691

420_500 Copier Bizhub

Embed Size (px)

Citation preview

Page 1: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 1/688

Page 2: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 2/688

Page 3: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 3/688

Introduction

bizhub 500/420 x-1

Introduction

Thank you for choosing this machine.This manual contains details on the operation of the various functions of themachine, precautions on its use, and basic troubleshooting procedures. Inorder to ensure that this machine is used correctly and efficiently, carefullyread this manual before using the machine. After reading the manual, storeit in the designated holder so that it can easily be referred to when questionsor problems arise during operation.

The illustrations used in this manual may appear slightly different from viewsof the actual equipment.

Page 4: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 4/688

Introduction

x-2 bizhub 500/420

Energy Star®

 As an ENERGY STAR® Partner, we have determined that this machine meetsthe ENERGY STAR® Guidelines for energy efficiency.

What is an ENERGY STAR® Product?

 An ENERGY STAR® product has a special feature that allows it to automat-ically switch to a “low-power mode” after a period of inactivity. An ENERGYSTAR® product uses energy more efficiently, saves you money on utility billsand helps protect the environment.

Low Power

This function conserves energy by lowering the power consumption to 105W in standby mode. In the standard setting, Low Power operates automati-

cally when 15 minutes (bizhub 500)/1 minute (bizhub 420) have elapsed aftercompletion of the last copy, with the copier remaining in the ready to copystate during that time.The time period for the low Power function can be set for 1 to 240 minutes in1 minute increments.

Sleep

This function achieves further energy conservation by partially turning thepower supply OFF, thereby reducing energy consumption to 2.2 W or less.

In the standard setting, Sleep follows Low Power, operating automaticallywhen 90 minutes (bizhub 500)/15 minutes (bizhub 420) have elapsed aftercompletion of the last copy, with the copier remaining in the ready to copystate during that time.The time period for the Sleep function can be set for 1 to 240 minutes in 1minute increments.

 Automatic Duplex Copying

To reduce paper consumption, use this function to make double-sided (du-

plex) copies, automatically.We recommend that you utilize the Low Power function, Sleep function, and Automatic Duplex Copying function.

Page 5: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 5/688

Introduction

bizhub 500/420 x-3

Trademarks and Registered Trademarks

KONICA MINOLTA, KONICA MINOLTA Logo, and The essentials of imagingare registered trademarks or trademarks of KONICA MINOLTA HOLDINGS,INC.

PageScope and bizhub PRO are registered trademarks or trademarks ofKONICA MINOLTA BUSINESS TECHNOLOGIES, INC.

Netscape Communications, the Netscape Communications logo, NetscapeNavigator, Netscape Communicator, and Netscape are trademarks of Net-scape Communications Corporation.

THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY ERIC YOUNG “AS IS” AND ANY EX-PRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO,THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A

PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AU-THOR OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCI-DENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES(INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTEGOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESSINTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILI-TY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDINGNEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USEOF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCHDAMAGE.

The licence and distribution terms for any publicly available version or deriv-ative of this code cannot be changed. i.e. this code cannot simply be copiedand put under another distribution licence [including the GNU Public Li-cence.]

 All other product names mentioned are trademarks or registered trademarksof their respective companies

Page 6: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 6/688

Introduction

x-4 bizhub 500/420

Contents

Introduction

Energy Star® ......................................................................................x-2

What is an ENERGY STAR® Product? ...........................................x-2Low Power ......................................................................................x-2Sleep ...............................................................................................x-2 Automatic Duplex Copying .............................................................x-2

Trademarks and Registered Trademarks .......................................x-3

Contents .............................................................................................x-4

 Available Features ...........................................................................x-18

 Automatically selecting the paper .................................................x-18

Specifying separate horizontal and vertical zoom ratios ..............x-18 Adjusting copies to the size of the paper .....................................x-18Scanning the original in separate batches ....................................x-18Copying multiple original pages onto a single page .....................x-19Copying an original containing various page sizes .......................x-19 Adjusting copies according to the image quality of the original ...x-19Inserting paper between copies of overhead projector transparencies  ..x-19 Adding a cover page/insertion ......................................................x-20Inserting copies of a different original at a specified location ......x-20Copying with chapter title pages on the front side .......................x-20

Separately copying a page spread ...............................................x-21Repeating copy images ................................................................x-21Splitting an original page into two copies .....................................x-21Copying with a layout for center binding ......................................x-22Copying with reversed colors .......................................................x-22Making copies for filing .................................................................x-22Erasing sections of copies ............................................................x-23 Adjusting the image to fit the paper size ......................................x-23Printing distribution text on copies ...............................................x-23

Sorting copies ...............................................................................x-24Stapling copies .............................................................................x-24Punching holes in copies ..............................................................x-24Center folding/binding ..................................................................x-25Printing a sample copy .................................................................x-25Checking the copy settings ..........................................................x-25Interrupting a copy job ..................................................................x-25Programming copy settings ..........................................................x-25Displaying explanations of functions and settings .......................x-25Managing jobs ..............................................................................x-26

Enlarging the size of text in touch panel screens .........................x-26

Explanation of Manual Conventions ..............................................x-27

Page 7: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 7/688

Introduction

bizhub 500/420 x-5

Descriptions and Symbols for Original and Paper ...................... x-28

“Width” and “Length” ....................................................................x-28Paper Orientation ..........................................................................x-28

User’s Guides .................................................................................. x-29

User’s Guide [Copy Operations] <this manual> ...........................x-29User’s Guide [Network Scanner Operations] ................................x-29User’s Guide [Box Operations] .....................................................x-29User’s Guide [Enlarge Display Operations] ...................................x-29User’s Guide [Fax Operations] ......................................................x-29IC-204 User’s Guide .....................................................................x-30

Legal Restrictions on Copying ...................................................... x-31

1 Installation and Operation Precautions

1.1 Safety Information ............................................................................ 1-2Warning and Precaution Symbols .................................................. 1-2Meaning of Symbols ...................................................................... 1-2

1.2 Regulation Notices ........................................................................... 1-9

CE Marking (Declaration of Conformity) for Users of the EuropeanUnion (EU) ...................................................................................... 1-9USER INSTRUCTIONS FCC PART 15 - RADIO FREQUENCYDEVICES (For U.S.A. Users) .......................................................... 1-9INTERFERENCE-CAUSING EQUIPMENT STANDARD (ICES-003

ISSUE 4) (For Canada Users) ......................................................... 1-9For Users in countries not subject to Class B regulations ........... 1-10Laser Safety ................................................................................. 1-10Ozone Release ............................................................................. 1-12 Acoustic noise (For European Users Only) .................................. 1-12

1.3 Caution Notations and Labels ....................................................... 1-13

1.4 Space Requirements ...................................................................... 1-15

1.5 Operation Precautions ................................................................... 1-17

Power Source ............................................................................... 1-17Operating Environment ................................................................ 1-17Storage of Copies ........................................................................ 1-17

2 Before Making Copies

2.1 Machine Configuration ..................................................................... 2-2

External .......................................................................................... 2-2Internal ........................................................................................... 2-6Options ........................................................................................... 2-8Paper Feed Cabinet PC-202/PC-402 .......................................... 2-10Large Capacity Unit LU-201 ........................................................ 2-12Finisher FS-510/Output Tray OT-601/Punch Unit PU-501 .......... 2-14

Page 8: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 8/688

Introduction

x-6 bizhub 500/420

Saddle Stitcher SD-502/Mailbin Kit MT-501 ................................2-16Finisher FS-511/Relay Unit RU-502 ..............................................2-18Control Panel ................................................................................2-20Basic Screen and Icons ................................................................2-22Icons shown in the icon display area ............................................2-24

Basic Screen and Icons ................................................................2-25Icons shown in the icon display area ............................................2-26

2.2 Adjusting Angle of the Control Panel ...........................................2-27

To adjust the angle of the control panel .......................................2-28

2.3 Turning On/Off the Power ...............................................................2-29

Turning on the machine ................................................................2-29Turning off the machine ................................................................2-31 Automatically Returning to the Default Settings (Automatic PanelReset) ............................................................................................2-33 Automatically Returning to the Priority Screen (Automatic SystemReset) ............................................................................................2-33

2.4 To Use Machine When Power Save Indicator Lights ...................2-34

To activate the machine ................................................................2-34 Automatically Conserving Energy (Low Power Mode) ..................2-35To interrupt the low power mode to activate the machine ...........2-35 Automatically Conserving Energy (Sleep Mode) ...........................2-36To interrupt the sleep mode to activate the machine ...................2-37Manually Conserving Energy ........................................................2-38Limiting Machine Usage (Weekly Timer) .......................................2-39Operating the Machine During Non-Business Hours (Weekly Timer) ..2-40

2.5 Making Authentication ....................................................................2-42

To enter a user name and password (user authentication) ...........2-42To enter an account name and password (account track) ...........2-45

2.6 Loading Paper ..................................................................................2-49

To load paper in tray 1/2 (or tray 3/4) ...........................................2-50

To load paper in tray 3 ..................................................................2-53To load paper into a large capacity unit .......................................2-56To load paper into the bypass tray ...............................................2-58

2.7 Incompatible Copy Settings ...........................................................2-64

To give priority to the copy setting specified following the first setting2-64To give priority to the copy setting specified first .........................2-65

3 Basic Copy Operations

3.1 General Copy Operation ...................................................................3-2

How to make a basic copy .............................................................3-2

Page 9: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 9/688

Introduction

bizhub 500/420 x-7

3.2 Positioning the Original .................................................................... 3-7

To position originals into the ADF .................................................. 3-7To position the original on original glass ....................................... 3-9

3.3 Setting Print Quantity ..................................................................... 3-12

To set print quantity ..................................................................... 3-12To change print quantity .............................................................. 3-13

3.4 Density Setting ................................................................................ 3-14

To adjust Density/Background Removal ..................................... 3-14

3.5 Paper Size Setting .......................................................................... 3-16

To select paper size automatically (Auto Paper Select) ............... 3-16To select paper size manually ...................................................... 3-18

3.6 Paper Setting for Bypass Tray ....................................................... 3-20

To automatically detect the paper size (Auto Detect) .................. 3-20To specify/recall non-standard size (Custom Size) ...................... 3-22To store non-standard size (Custom Size) ................................... 3-24To specify paper type .................................................................. 3-27

3.7 Zoom Setting ................................................................................... 3-30

To copy in full size (×1.000) mode ............................................... 3-30To copy in slightly reduced magnification mode (Minimal) .......... 3-31To select a preset zoom ratio ...................................................... 3-33To specify a desired zoom ratio .................................................. 3-34

To specify lengthwise and widthwise zoom ratios separately (SetIndividual Zoom) ........................................................................... 3-37To select a stored magnification ratio .......................................... 3-40To store a zoom ratio ................................................................... 3-41To select a magnification ratio automatically (Auto Zoom) .......... 3-43

3.8 Simplex/Duplex Setting .................................................................. 3-46

To make double-sided copies using ADF .................................... 3-46To make double-sided copies using original glass ...................... 3-51To make single-sided copies from double-sided original ............ 3-55

3.9 Separate Scan Setting .................................................................... 3-58To use Separate Scan mode ....................................................... 3-58

3.10 Setting Job During Warmup .......................................................... 3-62

To scan the original during warmup ............................................ 3-62

3.11 Next Job Reservation ..................................................................... 3-64

To reserve a copy job .................................................................. 3-64

3.12 To Stop/Resume/Delete a Job ...................................................... 3-67

To stop/resume the job in process .............................................. 3-67

To delete a suspended job .......................................................... 3-68

3.13 Copy Conditions Incompatible with Basic Settings .................... 3-70

Page 10: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 10/688

Introduction

x-8 bizhub 500/420

4 Combine Originals/ Original Image Type

4.1 Lay Out Multiple Pages onto One Sheet (Combine Pages) ...........4-2

Function overview ...........................................................................4-2To copy using Combine Pages .......................................................4-5

4.2 Specifying Original Settings (Original) .............................................4-8

4.2.1 Copying Mixed Size Original (Mixed Original) .................................4-8

Function overview ...........................................................................4-8To copy using Mixed Original .........................................................4-8

4.2.2 Copying Z-Folded Original (Z-Folded Original) .............................4-10

To copy using Z-Folded Original ..................................................4-10

4.2.3 Specifying Orientation of Original (Original Direction) ..................4-12

Function overview .........................................................................4-12

To specify Original Direction .........................................................4-14

4.2.4 Specifying Position of Binding Margin (Margin) ............................4-17

Function overview .........................................................................4-17To specify Margin .........................................................................4-18

4.3 Making Copy Quality Closer to Original (Original Image Type) ...4-20

Function overview .........................................................................4-20To specify Original Image Type ....................................................4-21

4.4 Copy Conditions Incompatible with Combine Originals/ Original

Image Type Settings ........................................................................4-22

5 Application Functions

5.1 Copying onto OHP Transparencies (OHP Interleave) ....................5-2

Function overview ...........................................................................5-2To copy using OHP Interleave ........................................................5-3

5.2 Adding Covers (Cover Mode) ...........................................................5-7

Function overview ...........................................................................5-7

To copy using Cover Mode ............................................................5-85.3 Adding Insertions (Insert Sheet) .....................................................5-12

Function overview .........................................................................5-12To copy using Insert Sheet ...........................................................5-14

5.4 Inserting Different Original Images into Printed Sets (Insert Image)5-20

Function overview .........................................................................5-20To copy using Insert Image ..........................................................5-21

5.5 Locating Title Pages on Front Side (Chapters) .............................5-25Function overview .........................................................................5-25To copy using Chapters ................................................................5-26

Page 11: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 11/688

Introduction

bizhub 500/420 x-9

5.6 Scanning documents with different settings and printing copies alltogether (“Program Job” function) ............................................... 5-31

To copy using Program Job ......................................................... 5-31

5.7 Dividing Spread Image into Right and Left Pages (Book Copy) . 5-36

Function overview ........................................................................ 5-36To copy using Book Copy ........................................................... 5-37

5.8 Repeating Original Image on One Sheet (Image Repeat) ........... 5-43

Function overview ........................................................................ 5-44

5.8.1 Setting Repeat Times Automatically ............................................ 5-45

To automatically set the repeat times .......................................... 5-45

5.8.2 Specifying Repeat Times (2/4/8 Repeat) ..................................... 5-50

To specify number of repeats ...................................................... 5-50

5.9 Dividing Spread Image into Right and Left Pages using ADF (BookletPagination) ...................................................................................... 5-56

Function overview ........................................................................ 5-56To copy using Booklet Pagination ............................................... 5-56

5.10 Making Multiple Page Signature Booklet (Booklet) ..................... 5-60

Function overview ........................................................................ 5-60To copy using Booklet ................................................................. 5-60

5.11 Reversing Color and Gradation of Image (Neg-Pos. Reverse) ... 5-64

Function overview ........................................................................ 5-64To copy using Neg-/Pos. Reverse ............................................... 5-64

5.12 Creating Margin of Copy Image (Page Margin) ........................... 5-66

Function overview ........................................................................ 5-66

5.12.1 Creating Binding Margin/ Selecting Binding Position .................. 5-67

To copy using Page Margin ......................................................... 5-67

5.12.2 Adjusting Image Position on Front/Back Sides (Edit Margin) ...... 5-70

To copy using Edit Margin ........................................................... 5-70

5.13 Erasing Specified Area of Copy (Erase) ........................................ 5-74Function overview ........................................................................ 5-74

5.13.1 Erasing Black Marks along Borders (Erase) ................................. 5-75

To copy using Erase .................................................................... 5-75

5.13.2 Erasing Black Marks along Center Fold (Center Erase) ............... 5-78

To copy using Center Erase ......................................................... 5-78

5.13.3 Erasing Outside Area of Original (Non-Image Area Erase) ........... 5-80

To copy using Non-Image Area Erase ......................................... 5-80

5.14 Adjusting Position of Copy Image (Image Adjustment) .............. 5-83

Function overview ........................................................................ 5-83

Page 12: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 12/688

Introduction

x-10 bizhub 500/420

5.14.1 Copying Image in the Center of Copy Paper (Centering) .............5-84

To copy using Centering ...............................................................5-84

5.14.2 Disabling Rotation Function (No Rotate) ......................................5-86

To specify No Rotate ....................................................................5-86

5.15 Printing Additional Information (Stamp/Overlay) .........................5-88Function overview .........................................................................5-89

5.15.1 Printing Date/Time (Date/Time) .....................................................5-91

To copy using Date/Time ..............................................................5-91

5.15.2 Printing Page Number (Page #) ....................................................5-95

To copy using Page # ...................................................................5-95

5.15.3 Printing Distribution Number (Set Numbering) ...........................5-100

To copy using Set Numbering ....................................................5-100

5.15.4 Printing Stamp onto Copies (Built-in Stamp) ..............................5-102

To copy using Built-in Stamp .....................................................5-102

5.15.5 Printing Watermark onto Copies (Watermark) ............................5-106

To copy using Watermark ...........................................................5-106

5.15.6 Overlay an Image onto Each Page Copied in the Job

(Image Overlay) ...........................................................................5-108

To copy using Image Overlay .....................................................5-108

5.15.7 Storing Image on HDD / Overlaying Stored Image(Store Overlay) ............................................................................5-110

To copy using Store Overlay ......................................................5-110

5.16 Copy Conditions Incompatible with Application Functions ......5-116

6 Finishing/Folding

6.1 Output for Machine without Finisher ...............................................6-2

Function overview ...........................................................................6-3To specify output mode ..................................................................6-4

6.2 Output for Machine with Finisher ....................................................6-6

Function overview ...........................................................................6-7To specify finisher output mode .....................................................6-8

6.3 Stapling Output Copies (Staple) .....................................................6-10

Function overview .........................................................................6-10To copy using Staple mode ..........................................................6-12

6.4 Punching File Holes in Copies (Punch) ..........................................6-15

Function overview .........................................................................6-15To copy using Punch mode ..........................................................6-16

6.5 Folding Copies at the Center/Binding Copies at the Center: Half 

Page 13: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 13/688

Introduction

bizhub 500/420 x-11

Fold/ Fold & Staple ......................................................................... 6-19

Function overview ........................................................................ 6-19To copy using Half Fold or Fold & Staple .................................... 6-20

6.6 Output for Machine with Separator .............................................. 6-22

To specify Separator output mode .............................................. 6-22

6.7 Copy Conditions Incompatible with Finishing/Folding ............... 6-26

7 Advanced Information

7.1 Checking Feature Selections by Proof Copying ............................ 7-2

To make a proof copy .................................................................... 7-2

7.2 Checking Feature Selections before Copying (Mode Check) ...... 7-6

To use Mode Check function ......................................................... 7-6

7.3 Interrupt Copying .............................................................................. 7-9

To copy using Interrupt mode ........................................................ 7-9

7.4 Storing and Recalling Job Settings (Mode Memory) ................... 7-11

To store copy program ................................................................ 7-11To recall copy program ................................................................ 7-13To change program name ............................................................ 7-17To delete copy program ............................................................... 7-18

7.5 Displaying Screen for Operation Guide (Help) ............................. 7-20

7.5.1 Displaying Help Screen ................................................................ 7-21To display Help Screen ................................................................ 7-21

7.6 Adjusting Control/Touch Panel Accessibility (Accessibility) ...... 7-24

7.6.1 Specifying Key Response Time in Enlarge Display Mode (Key RepeatStart/Interval Time) ....................................................................... 7-24

To specify Key Repeat Start/Interval Time .................................. 7-25

7.6.2 Setting Timer for Enlarge Display Confirmation (Enlarge Display TimerSetting) ......................................................................................... 7-27

To specify Enlarge Display Timer Setting .................................... 7-27

7.6.3 Specifying Error Message Display Time (Message Display Time) 7-29

To specify Message Display Time ............................................... 7-29

7.6.4 Enabling Key Tones (Sound Setting) ............................................ 7-31

To specify Sound Setting ............................................................. 7-31

7.6.5 Adjusting the Position of Touch Sensor

(Touch Panel Adjustment) ............................................................ 7-35

To specify Touch Panel Adjustment ............................................ 7-35

7.6.6 Setting Auto Reset Notification (Auto Reset Notification) ............ 7-38

To specify Auto Reset Notification ............................................... 7-38

Page 14: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 14/688

Introduction

x-12 bizhub 500/420

7.6.7 Setting Enlarge Display Confirmation Screen (Enlarge DisplayConfirmation Screen) ....................................................................7-41

To specify Enlarge Display Confirmation Screen ..........................7-41

8 Job Management (Job List)

8.1 Overview of the Job List Screen ......................................................8-2

 About Jobs ......................................................................................8-2Types of the Job List Screen ..........................................................8-2Tasks available when the Job List Screen is displayed aftertouching the [Print] tab ...................................................................8-4Description of the Job List Screen displayed after touchingthe [Print] tab ..................................................................................8-4

8.2 Managing the Job List Screen .........................................................8-7

To display Current Jobs ..................................................................8-7To display Job History ....................................................................8-9

8.2.1 Check the Details of Jobs in Current Jobs and Job History .........8-11

Procedure .....................................................................................8-12

8.2.2 Check the Settings of Jobs Active or Held in Current Jobs .........8-14

Procedure .....................................................................................8-14

8.2.3 Delete Active and Held Jobs in Current Jobs ...............................8-16

Procedure .....................................................................................8-16

8.2.4 Increase Priority for Printing an Active Job in Current Jobs .........8-17

Procedure .....................................................................................8-17

8.2.5 Prints a Single Held Job in Current Jobs List and Checks Its OutputResult ............................................................................................8-19

Procedure .....................................................................................8-19

8.2.6 Change and Print the Settings of Held Jobs in Current Jobs .......8-21

Procedure .....................................................................................8-21

9 Paper and Original Information9.1 Copy Paper .........................................................................................9-2

Paper Tray and Equipment .............................................................9-2Paper Weight ..................................................................................9-3Paper Tray/ Output Tray Capacity ..................................................9-4Paper Capacity in Finisher FS-510 Output Trays ...........................9-4Paper Size .......................................................................................9-6 Auto Tray Switch Function  ................................. 9-8

Special Paper ..................................................................................9-9

Precautions for Paper ...................................................................9-11Paper Storage ...............................................................................9-11

9.2 Originals ...........................................................................................9-12

Page 15: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 15/688

Introduction

bizhub 500/420 x-13

Unsuitable ADF Originals ............................................................. 9-12Positioning Original into the ADF ................................................. 9-13Positioning Original on the Original Glass .................................... 9-14

10 Supplies & Handling

10.1 When the Message “Replenish Paper” Is Displayed ................... 10-2

10.2 Replacing Toner Cartridge ............................................................ 10-3

Display in Enlarge Display Mode ................................................. 10-4To replace the toner cartridge ...................................................... 10-5

10.3 Adding Staples ................................................................................ 10-9

Display in Enlarge Display Mode ............................................... 10-10To replace the staple cartridge for Finisher FS-511 .................. 10-10To replace the staple cartridge for Finisher FS-510 .................. 10-14

To replace the staple cartridge for Saddle stitcher SD-502 ...... 10-18

10.4 Emptying Dust Boxes ................................................................... 10-22

To empty the dust box of FS-511 .............................................. 10-22To empty the dust box of PU-501 ............................................. 10-24

11 Troubleshooting

11.1 When the Message “Malfunction Detected” Appears (Call TechnicalRepresentative) ............................................................................... 11-2

Display in Enlarge Display Mode ................................................. 11-2To call the technical representative ............................................. 11-3

11.2 When the Message “Misfeed Detected” Is Displayed ................. 11-5

To clear a paper misfeed ............................................................. 11-6

11.3 When the Message “...Not Enough Remaining Memory” Is Displayed11-8

Memory Becomes Full While Scanning ....................................... 11-8Memory Becomes Full While Queuing a Job ............................... 11-9

11.4 Simple Troubleshooting ............................................................... 11-1011.5 Main Messages and Their Remedies .......................................... 11-13

12 Machine Maintenance

12.1 Cleaning ........................................................................................... 12-2

Cleaning the left partition glass .................................................... 12-2Cleaning the original glass ........................................................... 12-2Cleaning the document pad ......................................................... 12-3Cleaning the paper take-up roller ................................................ 12-3Cleaning the writing unit glass and the electrode wires .............. 12-4Cleaning the main unit ................................................................. 12-4Cleaning the control panel ........................................................... 12-5

Page 16: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 16/688

Introduction

x-14 bizhub 500/420

12.2 Viewing Counters (Meter Count) ....................................................12-6

To check and print the counter list ...............................................12-6

12.3 When the Message “Preventive Maintenance Time” Is Displayed ...12-9

13 Specifications13.1 Main Unit Specifications .................................................................13-2

Main Unit .......................................................................................13-2Reverse Automatic Document Feeder DF-607 .............................13-4

13.2 Option Specifications ......................................................................13-5

Paper Feed Cabinet PC-202 .........................................................13-5Paper Feed Cabinet PC-402 .........................................................13-5Large Capacity Unit LU-201 .........................................................13-6Desk DK-501 .................................................................................13-6

Finisher FS-510 .............................................................................13-7Output Tray Kit OT-601 ................................................................13-8Punch Unit PU-501 .......................................................................13-8Saddle Stitcher SD-502 ................................................................13-9Mailbin Kit MT-501 ........................................................................13-9Finisher FS-511 ...........................................................................13-10Output Tray OT-501 ....................................................................13-11Job Separator JS-502 .................................................................13-11Other Options .............................................................................13-12

14 Utility <User Setting>

14.1 User Setting Outlines ......................................................................14-2

How to use [Close], [Exit], and layer keys .....................................14-3Function list of User Setting .........................................................14-3

14.2 1 System Setting ..............................................................................14-6

14.2.1 1 Language Selection ...................................................................14-6

To specify Language Selection .....................................................14-6

14.2.2 2 Measurement Unit Setting .........................................................14-8

To specify Measurement Unit Setting ..........................................14-8

14.2.3 3 Paper Tray Setting > 1 Paper Type ..........................................14-10

To specify Paper Type ................................................................14-10

14.2.4 3 Paper Tray Setting > 2 Auto Tray Select Setting .....................14-12

To specify Auto Tray Select Setting ............................................14-12

14.2.5 3 Paper Tray Setting > 3 Auto Tray Switch ON/OFF ..................14-14

To specify Auto Tray Switch ON/OFF .........................................14-1414.2.6 3 Paper Tray Setting > 4 No Matching Paper in Tray Setting .....14-16

To specify No Matching Paper in Tray Setting ...........................14-16

Page 17: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 17/688

Introduction

bizhub 500/420 x-15

14.2.7 3 Paper Tray Setting > 5 Print Lists ........................................... 14-18

To specify Print Lists .................................................................. 14-18

14.3 2 Display Setting ........................................................................... 14-20

14.3.1 1 Sub Screen Display ON/OFF .................................................. 14-20

To specify Sub Screen Display ON/OFF .................................... 14-2014.3.2 2 Copier Setting ......................................................................... 14-21

To specify Copier Setting ........................................................... 14-21

14.3.3 3 Scan Basic Screen Default Setting ......................................... 14-22

14.3.4 4 Fax Basic Screen Default Setting ........................................... 14-22

14.3.5 5 Copy Screen ........................................................................... 14-23

To specify Copy Screen ............................................................. 14-23

14.3.6 6 Fax Active Screen ................................................................... 14-2414.3.7 7 Copy Initial Screen Setting ...................................................... 14-24

To specify the Copy Basic Screen Setting ................................ 14-24

14.3.8 8 Job List Default ....................................................................... 14-25

To specify the Job List Default .................................................. 14-25

14.4 3 Initial Setting .............................................................................. 14-27

To specify the initial setting ....................................................... 14-27

14.5 4 Copier Setting ............................................................................ 14-29

14.5.1 Auto Booklet ON When Fold & Staple ....................................... 14-29

To specify Auto Booklet ON When Fold & Staple ...................... 14-29

14.5.2 Auto Zoom for Combine/Booklet ............................................... 14-31

To specify Auto Zoom for Combine/Booklet ............................. 14-31

14.5.3 Sort/Group Auto Change ........................................................... 14-33

To specify Sort/Group Auto Change .......................................... 14-33

14.5.4 Enlarged Rotation ...................................................................... 14-34

To specify Enlarged Rotation ..................................................... 14-34

15 Utility <Administrator Setting>

15.1 Administrator Setting Outlines ...................................................... 15-2

How to access the Administrator Setting Screen ........................ 15-2How to use [Close], [Exit], and layer keys .................................... 15-3

15.1.1 Chart of Setting Items on Utility Screens ..................................... 15-4

 Administrator Security Level ........................................................ 15-4Marks and indication in the chart ................................................. 15-4

15.1.2 Function List of Administrator Setting ....................................... 15-17

15.2 1 System Setting ........................................................................... 15-25

Page 18: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 18/688

Introduction

x-16 bizhub 500/420

15.2.1 1 Power Save Setting .................................................................15-25

To specify Power Save Setting ...................................................15-25

15.2.2 2 Output Setting>2 Output Tray Setting .....................................15-29

To specify Output Tray Setting ...................................................15-29

15.2.3 2 Output Selling >4 Offset Each Job Setting ..............................15-31To specify Offset Each Job Setting ............................................15-31

15.2.4 3 Date/Time Setting ....................................................................15-34

To specify Date/Time Setting .....................................................15-34

15.2.5 4 Daylight Saving Time Setting ...................................................15-36

To specify Daylight Saving Time Setting ....................................15-36

15.2.6 Weekly Timer Setting Outlines ....................................................15-38

15.2.7 5 Weekly Timer Setting>1 Weekly Timer ON/OFF Setting .........15-39

To specify Weekly Timer ON/OFF Setting ..................................15-39

15.2.8 5 Weekly Timer Setting>2 Time Setting ......................................15-40

To specify Time Setting ..............................................................15-40

15.2.9 5 Weekly Timer Setting>3 Date Setting ......................................15-43

To specify Date Setting ...............................................................15-43

15.2.10 5 Weekly Timer Setting>4 Select Time for Power Save .............15-45

To specify Select Time for Power Save ......................................15-45

15.2.11 5 Weekly Timer Setting>5 Password for Non-Business Hours ..15-47To specify Password for Non-Business Hours ...........................15-47

15.2.12 6 Restrict User Access>1 Restrict Access to Saved

Program Jobs .............................................................................15-49

To specify Restrict Access to Saved Program Jobs ..................15-49

15.2.13 6 Restrict User Access>2 Delete Saved Program Jobs .............15-51

To specify Delete Saved Program Jobs .....................................15-51

15.2.14 6 Restrict User Access>3 Restrict Access to Job Settings ........15-52

To specify Restrict Access to Job Settings ................................15-52

15.2.15 7 Expert Adjustment>1 Original Image Density ..........................15-55

To specify Original Image Density ..............................................15-55

15.2.16 7 Expert Adjustment>2 Erase Adjustment ..................................15-57

To specify Erase Adjustment ......................................................15-57

15.2.17 7 Expert Adjustment>3 Finisher Adjustment ..............................15-60

To specify Finisher Adjustment ...................................................15-60

15.2.18 8 List/Counter>1 Management List ............................................15-66To specify Management List .......................................................15-66

15.2.19 8 List/Counter>2 Paper Size/Type Counter ................................15-68

Page 19: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 19/688

Introduction

bizhub 500/420 x-17

To specify Paper Size/Type Counter ......................................... 15-68

15.2.20 9 Reset Setting > 1 System Auto Reset ..................................... 15-71

To specify System Auto Reset ................................................... 15-71

15.2.21 9 Reset Setting > 2 Auto Reset .................................................. 15-73

To specify Auto Reset ................................................................ 15-73

15.2.22 9 Reset Setting > 3 Job Reset ................................................... 15-76

To specify Job Reset ................................................................. 15-76

15.2.23 9 Reset Setting>4 System Auto Reset of Proof Copy ............... 15-79

To specify System Auto Reset of Proof Copy ........................... 15-79

15.3 2 Administrator/Machine Setting ................................................ 15-81

15.3.1 1 Administrator Registration ...................................................... 15-81

To specify Administrator Registration ........................................ 15-81

15.3.2 2 Input Machine Address ........................................................... 15-84

To specify Input Machine Address ............................................ 15-84

15.4 4 User Authentication/Account Track ........................................ 15-86

User Authentication and Account Track .................................... 15-86

15.4.1 1 Authentication Method ............................................................ 15-88

To specify Authentication Method ............................................. 15-88

15.4.2 2 User Authentication Setting>1 Administrative Setting ............ 15-94

To specify Administrative Setting .............................................. 15-94

15.4.3 2 User Authentication Setting>2 User Registration ................... 15-97

To specify User Registration ...................................................... 15-97

15.4.4 2 User Authentication Setting>3 User Counter ........................ 15-102

To specify User Counter .......................................................... 15-102

15.4.5 3 Account Track Setting>1 Account Track Registration .......... 15-105

To specifiy Account Track Registration ................................... 15-105

15.4.6 3 Account Track Setting>2 Account Track Counter ................ 15-109To specify Account Track Counter .......................................... 15-109

15.4.7 4 Print without Authentication .................................................. 15-112

To specify Print without Authentication ................................... 15-112

15.4.8 5 Counter List ........................................................................... 15-114

To specify Counter List ............................................................ 15-114

15.5 6 Copier Setting .......................................................................... 15-116

15.5.1 Auto Zoom (Platen) .................................................................. 15-116

To specify Auto Zoom (Platen) ................................................. 15-116

15.5.2 Auto Zoom (ADF) ...................................................................... 15-118

Page 20: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 20/688

Introduction

x-18 bizhub 500/420

To specify Auto Zoom (ADF) .....................................................15-118

15.5.3 Select Tray when APS OFF ......................................................15-119

To specify Select Tray when APS OFF .....................................15-119

15.5.4 Select Tray for Insert Sheet ......................................................15-121

To specify Select Tray for Insert Sheet .....................................15-121

15.5.5 Image Rotation ..........................................................................15-123

To specify Image Rotation ........................................................15-123

15.5.6 Print Jobs During Copy Operation ............................................15-124

To specify Print Jobs During Copy Operation ..........................15-124

15.6 9 Security Setting ........................................................................15-126

15.6.1 1 Administrator Password ........................................................15-126

To specify Administrator Password ..........................................15-126

15.6.2 3 Administrator Security Level ..................................................15-128

To specify Administrator Security Level ...................................15-128

15.6.3 4 Security Details ......................................................................15-130

To specify Security Details .......................................................15-130

15.6.4 7 Management Function Setting>3 Network Function Setting 15-133

To specify Network Function Setting ........................................15-133

16 Appendix16.1 Entering Text ....................................................................................16-2

To type text ...................................................................................16-4List of Available Characters ..........................................................16-4

17 Index

Page 21: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 21/688

Introduction

bizhub 500/420 x-19

 Available Features

 Automatically selecting the paper

The most appropriate paper size can automatically be selected based on the

size of the loaded original and the specified zoom ratio.For details, refer to “To select paper size automatically (Auto Paper Select)”on page 3-16.

Specifying separate horizontal and vertical zoom ratios

By specifying separate horizontal and vertical zoom ratios, copies of the orig-inal can be resized as desired.

For details, refer to “To specify lengthwise and widthwise zoom ratios sepa-rately (Set Individual Zoom)” on page 3-37.

 Adjusting copies to the size of the paper

The most appropriate zoom ratio can automatically be selected based on thesize of the loaded original and the specified paper size.

For details, refer to “To select a magnification ratio automatically (AutoZoom)” on page 3-43.

Scanning the original in separate batches

 A document with a large number of pages can be divided and scanned inseparate batches. Double-sided copies can be produced by using the origi-nal glass or the original pages can be alternately loaded onto the original

glass or into the automatic document feeder, and then all pages can be print-ed together as a single job.For details, refer to “Separate Scan Setting” on page 3-58.

Page 22: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 22/688

Introduction

x-20 bizhub 500/420

Copying multiple original pages onto a single page

Multiple pages of the original can be printed together on a single page.

For details, refer to “Lay Out Multiple Pages onto One Sheet (Combine Pag-es)” on page 4-2.

Copying an original containing various page sizes

 An original with various page sizes can be scanned and copied together.For details, refer to “Copying Mixed Size Original (Mixed Original)” onpage 4-8.

 Adjusting copies according to the image quality of the original

The copies can be adjusted according to the image quality of the original.

For details, refer to “Density Setting” on page 3-14 or “Making Copy QualityCloser to Original (Original Image Type)” on page 4-20.

Inserting paper between copies of overhead projector transparencies

 After each overhead projector transparency copy is printed, a page can beadded to the stack as an interleaf.

For details, refer to “Copying onto OHP Transparencies (OHP Interleave)” onpage 5-2.

DEF  BC

Page 23: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 23/688

Introduction

bizhub 500/420 x-21

 Adding a cover page/insertion

Cover pages or insertions can be added to copies. Copies can be producedusing different paper (for example, colored paper) for the cover pages andinsertions.

For details, refer to “Adding Covers (Cover Mode)” on page 5-7 and “AddingInsertions (Insert Sheet)” on page 5-12.

Inserting copies of a different original at a specified location

 An original page scanned from the original glass can be inserted betweenoriginal pages scanned with the automatic document feeder, and all copiescan be fed out together.

For details, refer to “Inserting Different Original Images into Printed Sets (In-sert Image)” on page 5-20.

Copying with chapter title pages on the front side

Double-sided copies can be made so that the chapter title pages are printedon the front sides of pages.

For details, refer to “Locating Title Pages on Front Side (Chapters)” onpage 5-25.

Page 24: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 24/688

Introduction

x-22 bizhub 500/420

Separately copying a page spread

 A page spread, such as in an open book or catalog, can be copied onto sep-arate pages.

For details, refer to “Dividing Spread Image into Right and Left Pages (Book

Copy)” on page 5-36.

Repeating copy images

 An original image can be repeatedly printed on a single sheet of paper.

For details, refer to “Repeating Original Image on One Sheet (Image Repeat)”on page 5-43.

Splitting an original page into two copies

 A single original page can be divided in two and each half can be printed onseparate copies. For details, refer to “Dividing Spread Image into Right andLeft Pages using ADF (Booklet Pagination)” on page 5-56.

Page 25: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 25/688

Introduction

bizhub 500/420 x-23

Copying with a layout for center binding

Copies can be made with the pages arranged in the layout of a magazine.

For details, refer to “Making Multiple Page Signature Booklet (Booklet)” onpage 5-60.

Copying with reversed colors

 An original can be copied with the light- and dark-colored areas of imagesinversed.

For details, refer to “Reversing Color and Gradation of Image (Neg-Pos. Re-verse)” on page 5-64.

Making copies for filing

Copies can be printed with a filing margin so they can easily be stored in filingbinders.

For details, refer to “Creating Margin of Copy Image (Page Margin)” onpage 5-66.

Page 26: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 26/688

Introduction

x-24 bizhub 500/420

Erasing sections of copies

The transmission information in received faxes and the shadows frompunched holes and from the bindings and edges of books can be erased incopies.

For details, refer to “Erasing Specified Area of Copy (Erase)” on page 5-74.

 Adjusting the image to fit the paper size

Copies can be produced after specifying the position of the original imageon the paper. For details, refer to “Adjusting Position of Copy Image (Image Adjustment)” on page 5-83.

Printing distribution text on copies

Each copy set can be printed with distributions numbers, page numbers, or

the date.

For details, refer to “Printing Additional Information (Stamp/Overlay)” onpage 5-88.

ABC ABC

Page 27: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 27/688

Introduction

bizhub 500/420 x-25

Sorting copies

The sorting method for outputting copies can be selected.

For details, refer to “Output for Machine without Finisher” on page 6-2, “Out-put for Machine with Finisher” on page 6-6, or “Output for Machine with Sep-

arator” on page 6-22.

Stapling copies

Copies can be stapled together before they are fed out.

For details, refer to “Stapling Output Copies (Staple)” on page 6-10.

Punching holes in copies

Holes for filing can be punched in the copies.

For details, refer to “Punching File Holes in Copies (Punch)” on page 6-15.

Page 28: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 28/688

Introduction

x-26 bizhub 500/420

Center folding/binding

Copies can be creased in half, and also bound with staples in the center. Fordetails, refer to “Folding Copies at the Center/Binding Copies at the Center:Half Fold/ Fold & Staple” on page 6-19.

Printing a sample copy 

Before printing a large number of copies, a single proof copy can be printedso that it can be checked.

For details, refer to “Checking Feature Selections by Proof Copying” onpage 7-2.

Checking the copy settings

Screens showing the current copy settings can be displayed. From thesescreens, the copy settings can also be changed.

For details, refer to “Checking Feature Selections before Copying (ModeCheck)” on page 7-6.

Interrupting a copy job

The copy job being printed can be interrupted in order for a different copy job to be printed.

For details, refer to “Interrupt Copying” on page 7-9.

Programming copy settings

Frequently used copy settings can be programmed and recalled to be usedwith other copy jobs.

For details, refer to “Storing and Recalling Job Settings (Mode Memory)” onpage 7-11.

Displaying explanations of functions and settings

The name and function of parts and details of functions and settings appearsin the Help screens.

For details, refer to “Displaying Screen for Operation Guide (Help)” onpage 7-20.

Page 29: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 29/688

Introduction

bizhub 500/420 x-27

Managing jobs

The print status of copy jobs can be checked and the jobs can be managed.

For details, refer to “Job Management (Job List)” on page 8-2.

Enlarging the size of text in touch panel screens

The text and buttons in the touch panel can be displayed in a larger size thatis easier to read, allowing basic copy operations to be easily performed.

For details, refer to the Enlarge Display Operations of the bizhub 500/420 Us-er’s Guide.

Page 30: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 30/688

Introduction

x-28 bizhub 500/420

Explanation of Manual Conventions

 

Titles indicate the contents of the section.

Touch panel screens are shown to

check the actual display.

2

Note

Text highlighted in this mannercontains references and supplemental

information concerning operating

procedures and other descriptions.

We recommend that this information

be read carefully.

(The page shown above is an example only.)

Text highlighted in this manner indicates precautions to ensure safe use of this machine.

"Warning" indicates instructions that, when not observed, may result in fatal or critical injuries.

"Caution" indicates instructions that, when not observed, may result in serious injuries or

property damage.

7 WARNING , CAUTION

Text highlighted in this manner

provides more detailed information

concerning operating procedures or

references to sections containing

additional information. If necessary,

refer to the indicated sections.

Detail!

2

Reminder

Text highlighted in this mannerindicates operation precautions.

Carefully read and observe thistype of information.

[ ]Names put in brackets indicatekeys on the control panel andtouch screen.

Page 31: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 31/688

Introduction

bizhub 500/420 x-29

Descriptions and Symbols for Original and Paper

The use of words and symbols in this manual are explained below.

“Width” and “Length”

Whenever paper dimensionsare mentioned in this manual,the first value always refers tothe width of the paper (shownas “Y” in the illustration) andthe second to the length(shown as “X”).

Paper Orientation

Lengthwise ( w )If the width (Y) of the paper isshorter than the length (X), thepaper has a vertical orienta-

tion, indicated byw.

Crosswise ( v )If the width (Y) of the paper islonger than the length (X), thepaper has a horizontal orienta-tion, indicated by v.

Page 32: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 32/688

Introduction

x-30 bizhub 500/420

User’s Guides

The following User’s Guides have been prepared for this machine.

User’s Guide [Copy Operations] <this manual>

This manual contains details on basic operations and the operating proce-dures for the various copy functions, and also provides you with detailed in-formation on machine management and how to customize the machineaccording to your daily use.

- Refer to this User’s Guide for details on operating the machine includingprecautions on installation/use, turning the machine on/off, loading pa-per, troubleshooting operations such as clearing paper misfeeds, andsetup and management of the machine including registration of copy pa-per, tray setting and so on.

User’s Guide [Network Scanner Operations]

This manual contains details on specifying network settings for standardequipment and on operations for scanning functions.- Refer to this User’s Guide for details on operating procedures for network

functions and for using Scan to E-Mail, Scan to FTP and Scan to PC(SMB).

User’s Guide [Box Operations]

This manual contains details on operating procedures for using the boxes.- Refer to this User’s Guide for details on operating procedures for using

the boxes on the hard disk.

User’s Guide [Enlarge Display Operations]

This manual contains details on operating procedures for using copy func-tions, scanning functions, and fax functions in Enlarge Display mode.- Refer to this User’s Guide for details on operating procedures in Enlarge

Display mode.

User’s Guide [Fax Operations]

This manual contains details on operating procedures for facsimile functionsavailable with the Fax Kit FK-502 option installed.- Refer to this User’s Guide for details on operating procedures for using

the fax functions.

Page 33: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 33/688

Introduction

bizhub 500/420 x-31

This machine is also provided with the following User’s Guide Quick Guide.

IC-204 User’s Guide

This Guide describes the operation of the printer function equipped for themachine as option.

- For operating procedures for printer functions, refer to the user’s guide(PDF) contained in User Software CD-ROM or the quick guide (printedmaterial) attached to IC-204.

To operate safely, be sure to read “Section 1 Safety Information” in bizhub500/420 User’s Guide [Copy Operations] before using machine.

Page 34: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 34/688

Introduction

x-32 bizhub 500/420

Legal Restrictions on Copying

Certain types of original must never be copied with the purpose or intent topass copies of such documents off as the originals.

The following is not a complete list, but is meant to be used as a guide toresponsible copying.

<Financial Instruments>- Personal checks- Traveler’s checks- Money orders

- Certificates of deposit- Bonds or other certificates of indebtedness- Stock certificates

<Legal Documents>- Food stamps

- Postage stamps (canceled or uncanceled)- Checks or drafts drawn by government agencies- Internal revenue stamps (canceled or uncanceled)- Passports- Immigration papers- Motor vehicle licenses and titles

- House and property titles and deeds

<General>- Identification cards, badges, or insignias- Copyrighted works without permission of the copyright owner

In addition, it is prohibited under any circumstances to copy domestic or for-eign currencies, or works of art without permission of the copyright owner.

When in doubt about the nature of a document, consult with legal counsel.

Page 35: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 35/688

1   I  n  s   t  a   l   l  a   t   i  o  n  a  n

   d   O  p  e  r  a   t   i  o  n   P  r  e  c  a  u   t   i  o  n  s

   C   h  a  p   t  e  r   1

Installation andOperation Precautions

Page 36: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 36/688

1 Installation and Operation Precautions

1-2 bizhub 500/420

Installationan

dOperationPrecautions

Chapter1

1 Installation and Operation Precautions

1.1 Safety InformationThis section contains detailed instructions on the operation and maintenanceof this machine. To achieve optimum utility of this device, all operatorsshould carefully read and follow the instructions in this manual.

Please read the following section before connecting the machine to the sup-ply. It contains important information related to user safety and preventingequipment problems.

Please keep this manual in a handy place near the machine.

Make sure you observe all of the precautions appear in each section of thismanual.

2

Note

Some parts of the contents of this section may not correspond with the

purchased product.

Warning and Precaution Symbols

The following indicators are used on the warning labels or in this manual tocategorize the level of safety warnings.

Meaning of Symbols

WARNINGIgnoring this warning could cause serious injuryor even death.

CAUTIONIgnoring this caution could cause injury or dam-age to property.

 A triangle indicates a danger against which you should take pre-caution.

This symbol warns against cause burns.

 A diagonal line indicates a prohibited course of action.

This symbol warns against dismantling the device.

 A solid circle indicates an imperative course of action.

This symbol indicates you must unplug the device.

Page 37: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 37/688

Installation and Operation Precautions 1

bizhub 500/420 1-3

   I  n  s   t  a   l   l  a   t   i  o  n  a  n

   d   O  p  e  r  a   t   i  o  n   P  r  e  c  a  u   t   i  o  n  s

   C   h  a  p   t  e  r   1

Disassemble and modification

WARNING

• Do not attempt to remove the covers and pan-els which have been fixed to the product. Someproducts have a high-voltage part or a laserbeam source inside that could cause an electri-cal shock or blindness.

• Do not modify this product, as a fire, electricalshock, or breakdown could result. If the prod-uct employs a laser, the laser beam sourcecould cause blindness.

Power cord

WARNING• Use only the power cord supplied in the pack-

age. If a power cord is not supplied, only usethe power cord and plug that is specified inPOWER CORD INSTRUCTION. Failure to use

this cord could result in a fire or electricalshock.

• Use the power cord supplied in the packageonly for this machine and NEVER use it for anyother product. Failure to observe this precau-tion could result in a fire or electrical shock.

• Do not scratch, abrade, place a heavy objecton, heat, twist, bend, pull on, or damage thepower cord. Use of a damaged power cord (ex-

posed core wire, broken wire, etc.) could resultin a fire or breakdown.Should any of these conditions be found, im-mediately turn OFF the power switch, unplugthe power cord from the power outlet, and thencall your authorized service representative.

Page 38: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 38/688

1 Installation and Operation Precautions

1-4 bizhub 500/420

Installationan

dOperationPrecautions

Chapter1

Power source

WARNING

• Use only the specified power source voltage.Failure to do that could result in a fire or electri-cal shock.

• Connect power plug directly into wall outlethaving the same configuration as the plug. Useof an adapter leads to the product connectingto inadequate power supply (voltage, currentcapacity, grounding), and may result in fire orshock. If proper wall outlet is not available, the

customer shall ask qualified electrician for theinstallation.

• Do not use a multiple outlet adapter nor an ex-tension cord in principle. Use of an adapter oran extension cord could cause a fire or electri-cal shock.Contact your authorized service representativeif an extension cord is required.

• Consult your authorized service representative

before connecting other equipment on thesame wall outlet. Overload could result in a fire.

CAUTION• The outlet must be near the equipment and

easily accessible. Otherwise you can not pullout the power plug when an emergency occurs.

Page 39: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 39/688

Installation and Operation Precautions 1

bizhub 500/420 1-5

   I  n  s   t  a   l   l  a   t   i  o  n  a  n

   d   O  p  e  r  a   t   i  o  n   P  r  e  c  a  u   t   i  o  n  s

   C   h  a  p   t  e  r   1

Power plug

WARNING

• Do not unplug and plug in the power cord witha wet hand, as an electrical shock could result.

• Plug the power cord all the way into the poweroutlet. Failure to do this could result in a fire orelectrical shock.

CAUTION• Do not tug the power cord when unplugging.

Pulling on the power cord could damage thecord, resulting in a fire or electrical shock.

• Remove the power plug from the outlet morethan one time a year and clean the area be-tween the plug terminals. Dust that accumu-lates between the plug terminals may cause afire.

Grounding

WARNING• Connect the power cord to an electrical outlet

that is equipped with a grounding terminal.

Page 40: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 40/688

1 Installation and Operation Precautions

1-6 bizhub 500/420

Installationan

dOperationPrecautions

Chapter1

Installation

WARNING

• Do not place a flower vase or other containerthat contains water, or metal clips or othersmall metallic objects on this product. Spilledwater or metallic objects dropped inside theproduct could result in a fire, electrical shock,or breakdown.Should a piece of metal, water, or any othersimilar foreign matter get inside the product,immediately turn OFF the power switch, unplugthe power cord from the power outlet, and thencall your authorized service representative.

CAUTION• After installing this product, mount it on a se-

cure base. If the unit moves or falls, it maycause personal injury.

• Do not place the product in a dusty place, or asite exposed to soot or steam, near a kitchen

table, bath, or a humidifier. A fire, electricalshock, or breakdown could result.

• Do not place this product on an unstable or tilt-ed bench, or in a location subject to a lot of vi-bration and shock. It could drop or fall, causingpersonal injury or mechanical breakdown.

• Do not let any object plug the ventilation holesof this product. Heat could accumulate inside

the product, resulting in a fire or malfunction.• Do not use flammable sprays, liquids, or gases

near this product, as a fire could result.

Page 41: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 41/688

Installation and Operation Precautions 1

bizhub 500/420 1-7

   I  n  s   t  a   l   l  a   t   i  o  n  a  n

   d   O  p  e  r  a   t   i  o  n   P  r  e  c  a  u   t   i  o  n  s

   C   h  a  p   t  e  r   1

 Ventilation

CAUTION

• Always use this product in a well ventilated lo-cation. Operating the product in a poorly venti-lated room for an extended period of time couldinjure your health. Ventilate the room at regularintervals.

 Actions in response to troubles

WARNING• Do not keep using this product, if this product

becomes inordinately hot or emits smoke, orunusual odor or noise. Immediately turn OFFthe power switch, unplug the power cord fromthe power outlet, and then call your authorizedservice representative. If you keep on using itas is, a fire or electrical shock could result.

• Do not keep using this product, if this product

has been dropped or its cover damaged. Im-mediately turn OFF the power switch, unplugthe power cord from the power outlet, and thencall your authorized service representative. Ifyou keep on using it as is, a fire or electricalshock could result.

CAUTION• The inside of this product has areas subject to

high temperature, which may cause burns.When checking the inside of the unit for mal-functions such as a paper misfeed, do nottouch the locations (around the fusing unit, etc.)which are indicated by a “Caution HOT” cau-tion label.

Page 42: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 42/688

1 Installation and Operation Precautions

1-8 bizhub 500/420

Installationan

dOperationPrecautions

Chapter1

Consumables

WARNING

• Do not throw the toner cartridge or toner into anopen flame. The hot toner may scatter andcause burns or other damage.

CAUTION• Do not leave a toner unit or drum unit in a place

within easy reach of children. Licking or ingest-ing any of these things could injure your health.

• Do not store toner units and PC drum units neara floppy disk or watch that are susceptible tomagnetism. They could cause these productsto malfunction.

When moving the machine

CAUTION

• Whenever moving this product, be sure to dis-connect the power cord and other cables. Fail-ure to do this could damage the cord or cable,resulting in a fire, electrical shock, or break-down.

• When moving this product, always hold it bythe locations specified in the User’s Guide orother documents. If the unit falls it may causesevere personal injury. The product may also

be damaged or malfunction.

Before successive holidays

CAUTION• Unplug the product when you will not use the

product for long periods of time.

Page 43: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 43/688

Installation and Operation Precautions 1

bizhub 500/420 1-9

   I  n  s   t  a   l   l  a   t   i  o  n  a  n

   d   O  p  e  r  a   t   i  o  n   P  r  e  c  a  u   t   i  o  n  s

   C   h  a  p   t  e  r   1

1.2 Regulation Notices

CE Marking (Declaration of Conformity) for Users of the European Union

(EU)

This product complies with the following EU directives:89/336/EEC, 73/23/EEC and 93/68/EEC directives.

This declaration is valid for the area of the European Union.

This device must be used with a shielded network (10 Base-T/100 Base-TX)cable and a shielded parallel cable. The use of non-shielded cables is likelyto result in interference with radio communications and is prohibited underCISPR rules and local rules.

USER INSTRUCTIONS FCC PART 15 - RADIO FREQUENCY DEVICES

(For U.S.A. Users)

NOTE: This equipment has been tested and found to comply with the limitsfor a Class A digital device, pursuant to Part 15 of the FCC Rules.These limits are designed to provide reasonable protection against harmfulinterference when the equipment is operated in a commercial environment.This equipment generates, uses and can radiate radio frequency energy and,if not installed and used in accordance with the instruction manual, maycause harmful interference to radio communications. Operation of thisequipment in a residential area is likely to cause harmful interference in which

case the user will be required to correct the interference at his own expense.

WARNING: The design and production of this unit conform to FCC regula-tions, and any changes or modifications must be registered with the FCC andare subject to FCC control. Any changes made by the purchaser or userwithout first contacting the manufacturer will be subject to penalty underFCC regulations.

This device must be used with a shielded network (10 Base-T/100 Base-TX)cable and a shielded parallel cable. The use of non-shielded cables is likelyto result in interference with radio communications and is prohibited underFCC rules.

INTERFERENCE-CAUSING EQUIPMENT STANDARD (ICES-003

ISSUE 4) (For Canada Users)

This Class A digital apparatus complies with Canadian ICES-003.

Cet appareil numérique de la classe A est conforme à la norme NMB-003 duCanada.

Page 44: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 44/688

1 Installation and Operation Precautions

1-10 bizhub 500/420

Installationan

dOperationPrecautions

Chapter1

For Users in countries not subject to Class B regulations

WARNINGThis is a Class A product. In a domestic environment this product may causeradio interference in which case the user may be required to take adequatemeasures.

This device must be used with a shielded network (10 Base-T/100 Base-TX)cable and a shielded parallel cable. The use of non-shielded cables is likelyto result in interference with radio communications and is prohibited underCISPR rules and local rules.

Laser Safety 

This product employs a Class 3B laser diode having maximum power of 10mW and wavelength of 775 - 800 nm.

This product is certified as a Class 1 laser product. Since the laser beam isconcealed by protective housings, the product does not emit hazardous la-ser radiation as long as the product is operated according to the instructionsin this manual.

For Denmark Users ADVARSELUsynlig laserstråling ved åbning, når sikkerhedsafbrydere er ude af funktion.Undgå udsættelse for sråling.Klasse 1 laser produkt der opfylder IEC 60825-1 sikkerheds kravene.

Dansk: Dette er en halvlederlaser. Laserdiodens højeste styrke er 10 mW ogbølgelængden er 775- 800 nm.

For Norway Users ADVARSELDersom apparatet brukes på annen måte enn spesifisert I denne bruksan-visning, kan brukeren utsettes for usynlig laserstråling som overskridergrensen for laser klass 1.Dette en halvleder laser. Maksimal effekt till laserdiode er 10 mW og bøkge-lengde er 775 - 800 nm.

For Finland, Sweden UsersLUOKAN 1 LASERLAITEKLASS 1 LASER APPARAT VAROITUS!Laitteen käyttäminen muulla kuin tässä käyttöohjeessa mainitulla tavallasaattaa altistaa käyttäjän turvallisuusluokan 1 ylittävälle näkymättömälle la-sersäteilylle.Tämä on puolijohdelaser. Laserdiodin suurin teho on 10 mW ja aallonpituuson 775 - 800 nm.

 VARNING!Om apparaten används på annat sätt än I denna bruksanvisning specificer-ats, kan användaren utsättas för osynlig laserstrålning, som överskrider

Page 45: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 45/688

Installation and Operation Precautions 1

bizhub 500/420 1-11

   I  n  s   t  a   l   l  a   t   i  o  n  a  n

   d   O  p  e  r  a   t   i  o  n   P  r  e  c  a  u   t   i  o  n  s

   C   h  a  p   t  e  r   1

gränsen för laserklass 1.Det här är en halvledarlaser. Den maximala effekten för laserdioden är 10 mWoch våglängden är 775 - 800 nm.

Page 46: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 46/688

1 Installation and Operation Precautions

1-12 bizhub 500/420

Installationan

dOperationPrecautions

Chapter1

Ozone Release

Locate the Machine in a Well-Ventilated Room A negligible amount of ozone is generated during normal operation of thismachine. An unpleasant odor may, however, be created in poorly ventilatedrooms during extensive machine operations. For a comfortable, healthy andsafe operating environment, it is recommended that the room be well venti-lated.

Placer l’appareil dans une pièce largement ventiléeUne quantité d’ozone négligable est dégagée pendant le fonctionnement del’appareil quand celui-ci est utilisé normalement. Cependant, une odeurdésagréable peut être ressentie dans les pièces dont l’aération est insuff-isante et lorsque une utilisation prolongée de l’appareil est effectuée. Pouravoir la certitude de travailler dans un environnment réunissant des condi-tions de confort, santé et de sécurité, il est préférable de bien aérer la pièce

ou se trouve l’appareil.

 Acoustic noise (For European Users Only)

Maschinenlärminformations-Verordnung 3. GPSGV: Der höchsteSchalldruckpegel beträgt 70 dB(A) oder weniger gemäss EN ISO 7779.

Page 47: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 47/688

Installation and Operation Precautions 1

bizhub 500/420 1-13

   I  n  s   t  a   l   l  a   t   i  o  n  a  n

   d   O  p  e  r  a   t   i  o  n   P  r  e  c  a  u   t   i  o  n  s

   C   h  a  p   t  e  r   1

1.3 Caution Notations and Labels

Safety precaution notations and labels appear on this machine at the follow-ing positions.

Be very careful that an accident does not occur when operations such as re-

moving paper misfeeds are performed.

The fixing unit is very hot.To avoid getting burned DONOT TOUCH.

CAUTION

This area generateshigh voltage. Iftouched, electricalshock may occur. DONOT TOUCH!

CAUTION

The area opened by theconveyance lever is very hot.To avoid getting burned DONOT TOUCH.

CAUTION

Finisher FS-510

Page 48: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 48/688

1 Installation and Operation Precautions

1-14 bizhub 500/420

Installationan

dOperationPrecautions

Chapter1

CAUTION

This area is very hot.To avoid gettingburned DO NOTTOUCH.

To avoid injury, DO NOT put

your hand on the top of the

printed sheets. Be sure to

hold both sides of the

printed sheets when

removing them, and DO NOT

leave your hand on the

printed sheets while the tray2 (primary tray) goes up.

CAUTION

Finisher FS-511

Page 49: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 49/688

Installation and Operation Precautions 1

bizhub 500/420 1-15

   I  n  s   t  a   l   l  a   t   i  o  n  a  n

   d   O  p  e  r  a   t   i  o  n   P  r  e  c  a  u   t   i  o  n  s

   C   h  a  p   t  e  r   1

1.4 Space Requirements

To ensure that machine operation, consumables replenishing, part replace-ment, and regular maintenance can easily be performed, adhere to the rec-ommended space requirements detailed below.

bizhub 500/420 + DK-501

23.2(590)

12.6(320)17

(432)

15.3(387.8)

63.3(1609.8)

27.9(708)

21.7(550)

7.8(200)

57.4(1458)

45.3(1150)

36.5(928)

64.5(1637)

49.5

(1258)

20.9(532)

3.9(100)

23.2(590)

26.7(677)

79.5(2019)

20.8(530)

25.3(642)

27.9(708)

21.7(550)

57.4(1458)

15.6(397)45.3

(1150)

53.1(1350)

64.5(1637)

25.7(652)

3.9

(100)7.8

(200)

bizhub 500/420 + PC-202 + FS-510

23.2(590)

46.3(1177.8)

15.3(387.8)

27.9(708)

21.7(550)

7.8(200)

57.4(1458)

3.9(100)

45.3(1150)

64.5(1637)

19.2(487)

3.9(100)

Unit : Inch (mm)

Unit : Inch (mm)

Unit : Inch (mm)

bizhub 500/420 + PC-202 + FS-510 + SD-502 + LU-201

Page 50: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 50/688

1 Installation and Operation Precautions

1-16 bizhub 500/420

Installationan

dOperationPrecautions

Chapter1

2

Reminder

Be sure to allow a clearance of 200 mm (7-3/4 in.) or more at the back of

this machine for the ventilation duct.

bizhub 500/420 + PC-402 + FS-511 + LU-201

23.2(590)

26.7(677)

3.9(100)

78.1(1985)

16.5(418)

15.6(397)

49(1245)

56.1(1425)

64.5(1637)

24.3(618)

27.9(708)

21.7(550)

7.8(200)

57.4(1458)

26.8(680)

23.2(590)

35.8(910)

93.5(2377)

26.7(677)

45.3(1150)

64.5(1637)

19.2(487)

37.1(943)

15.6(397)

27.9(708)

21.7(550)

57.4(1458)

3.9(100)

3.9(100)

7.8(200)

Unit : Inch (mm)

Unit : Inch (mm)

bizhub 500/420 + PC-202 + FS-510 + MT-501 + LU-201

Page 51: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 51/688

Installation and Operation Precautions 1

bizhub 500/420 1-17

   I  n  s   t  a   l   l  a   t   i  o  n  a  n

   d   O  p  e  r  a   t   i  o  n   P  r  e  c  a  u   t   i  o  n  s

   C   h  a  p   t  e  r   1

1.5 Operation Precautions

To ensure the optimum performance of this machine, observe the precau-tions described below.

Power Source

The power source requirements are as follows.

-  Voltage: 120 V AC- Frequency: 60 Hz– Use a power source with as little voltage or frequency fluctuations as

possible.

Operating Environment

The environmental requirements for correct operation of the machine are as

follows.- Operating temperature: 10°C (50°F) to 30°C (86°F)- Humidity: 10% to 80%

Storage of Copies

To store copies, follow the recommendation listed below.- Copies that are to be kept for a long time should be kept where they are

not exposed to light in order to prevent them from fading.-  Adhesive that contains solvent (e.g., spray glue) may dissolve the toner

on copies.

Page 52: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 52/688

Page 53: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 53/688

2    B  e   f  o  r  e   M  a   k   i  n  g   C  o  p   i  e  s

   C   h  a  p   t  e  r   2

Before Making Copies

Page 54: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 54/688

2 Before Making Copies

2-2 bizhub 500/420

BeforeMakingCopies

Chapter2

2 Before Making Copies

2.1 Machine Configuration

External

5

1

2

6

7   8

9

10

11

12

13

14

16

15

1718

19

20

21

22

23

24

3

4

No. Name Description

1 Left partition glass Scans the original positioned in the ADF.

2 Document scales Used to align the document.

3 Document pad Presses down on the document positioned on the originalglass.

Page 55: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 55/688

Before Making Copies 2

bizhub 500/420 2-3

   B  e   f  o  r  e   M  a   k   i  n  g   C  o  p   i  e  s

   C   h  a  p   t  e  r   2

4 Original glass Scans the image of the loaded document.

5 Control panel Use to specify the various settings and perform opera-tions such as starting copying. Refer to page 2-20 for de-tails.

6 Machine Status indicator Indicates machine status by combining the color (greenor red) and the state (steady on or blinking).

7 Adjustable paper guides Used as guides with which to align the original positioned.

8 Paper tray Place the original face up.

9 Original output tray Feeds out scanned originals.

10 Document stopper Set in a standing position to prevent large-sized originalsfalling off the original output tray.

11 Sub power switch Turns on/off the copying and scanning functions.Turningit off will terminate all the functions other than printing,and receiving and outputting facsimile data, and then en-ter the sleep mode.

12 Automatic duplex unit doorrelease lever

Opens the automatic duplex unit door in case of papermisfeeds within the automatic duplex unit.

13 Automatic duplex unit door Opened when clearing paper misfeeds within the auto-matic duplex unit.

14 Release lever for the right-side door of the main unit

Pulled out to open the right-side door of the main unit.

15 Release lever for the verticalconveyance door of the main

unit

Slided to the right to open the vertical conveyance doorwhen clearing paper misfeeds.

16 Bypass tray entrance door le-ver

Held to slide to the front of the bypass tray entrance doorwhen clearing paper misfeeds.

17 Bypass tray Opened and used to print on the type of paper that is notor cannot be set in the other trays, including thick paper,overhead projector transparencies, envelopes or labelsheets.

18 Tray extension Opened when large-sized paper is to be loaded into thebypass tray.

19 Adjustable document guides Used as guides with which to align the paper.

20 Tray 1 A maximum of 500 sheets of 11 × 17 to 5-12 × 8-12 plainpaper (20 lb) can be loaded.

21 Tray 2 A maximum of 500 sheets of 11 × 17 to 5-12 × 8-12 plainpaper can be loaded.

22 Paper-empty indicator Indicates the remaining number of sheets of paper in thepaper tray. As the amount of paper in the paper tray de-creases, the area that appears in red increases.

23 Front door Opened when replacing the toner cartridge, or cleaningthe writing unit glass or corona wire. Refer to page 10-3 and page 12-4, for details.

24 Paper output tray Collects printed pages.

No. Name Description

Page 56: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 56/688

2 Before Making Copies

2-4 bizhub 500/420

BeforeMakingCopies

Chapter2

27

28

25

26

29

30

31

Page 57: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 57/688

Before Making Copies 2

bizhub 500/420 2-5

   B  e   f  o  r  e   M  a   k   i  n  g   C  o  p   i  e  s

   C   h  a  p   t  e  r   2

No. Name Description

25 ADF connector Used for connecting the ADF hookup cord.

26 Toner filter Collects the toner dust generated in the machine.

27 Power cord Supplies power to the machine.

28 Ventilation duct Releases exhaust heat from the machine.

29 IEEE1284 port (type C) Used for connecting a parallel cable from the computer.

30 USB port (type B) USB 2.0/ 1.1-compliant

Used for connecting to a computer via a USB cable.

31 Network connector (10 Base-T/100 Base-TX)

Used for connecting to the network cable for a local net-work when this machine is used for network printing andnetwork scanning.

Page 58: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 58/688

2 Before Making Copies

2-6 bizhub 500/420

BeforeMakingCopies

Chapter2

Internal

3

4 5

7

6

8910

1

2

Page 59: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 59/688

Before Making Copies 2

bizhub 500/420 2-7

   B  e   f  o  r  e   M  a   k   i  n  g   C  o  p   i  e  s

   C   h  a  p   t  e  r   2

No. Name Description

1 Fusing guide lever Held to open the fusing guide cover when clearing papermisfeeds.

2 Envelope lever Pulled up when printing on envelope.

3 Ozone filter Collects the ozone generated in the machine.

4 Switchback unit Built into the printer to turn over the paper during double-sided printing.

5 Automatic duplex unit door Held to open the Automatic duplex unit when clearing pa-per misfeeds.

6 Conveyance unit lever Held to open the Conveyance unit when clearing papermisfeeds.

7 Toner cartridge cover Opened to pull out the toner cartridge holder when re-placing the toner cartridge.

8 Corona wire cleaning lever Pull out when cleaning the corona wire.

9 Writing unit glass cleaning le-ver

Pull out when cleaning the writing unit glass.

10 Main power switch Used for turning on/off the machine.

Page 60: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 60/688

2 Before Making Copies

2-8 bizhub 500/420

BeforeMakingCopies

Chapter2

Options

1

2

3

1718

19

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

13 14

15

12

16

20

21 - 23

24

No. Name Description

1 Main unit Consists of a scanner, a printer, an ADF, and paper feed-ers (2 trays and 1 bypass tray).

2 Mount Kit MK-708 Used to install the Fax kit.

3 Multiple Line Expansion KitML-503

Used to expand the telephone line for exclusive use offacsimile.

4 Large Capacity Unit LU-201 Can be loaded with up to 2,000 sheets of paper (20 lb).

5 Desk DK-501 Set up on the floor, allowing the machine to be positionedon top. Can store copying material.

6 Paper Feed Cabinet PC-202 Consists of 2 trays, each of which can be loaded with upto 500 sheets of paper (20 lb).

7 Paper Feed Cabinet PC-402 Can be loaded with up to 2,500 sheets of paper (20 lb).

8 Relay Unit RU-502 Relays paper between the main unit and finisher FS-511.

Page 61: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 61/688

Before Making Copies 2

bizhub 500/420 2-9

   B  e   f  o  r  e   M  a   k   i  n  g   C  o  p   i  e  s

   C   h  a  p   t  e  r   2

9 Finisher FS-511 Collects printed sheets. Provides selectable finishingfunctions: sort, group, offset-sort, offset-group, staple,and punch.

10 Finisher FS-510 Collects printed sheets. Provides selectable finishing

functions: sort, group, offset-sort, offset-group, staple,and punch.

11 Punch Unit PU-501 Installed on FS-510 to provide hole punching functions.

12 Output Tray OT-601 A paper output tray which can be added to Finisher FS-510.

13 Saddle Stitcher SD-502 Installed on FS-510 to provide folding and binding func-tions.

14 Mailbin Kit MT-501 Installed onto the Finisher FS-510 to divide printed pagesand feed them into the appropriate bin assigned to a spe-cific individual or group when used for PC printing.

15 Output Tray OT-501 A paper output tray installed onto the main unit when afinisher is not used.

16 Job Separator JS-502 Separates printed sheets. Pull the lever when taking outthe paper.

17 Image Controller IC-204 Installed when the machine is used for network printingand network scanning.

18 Hard Disk HD-505 Installed to increase the scanning capacity or providescanning of multiple jobs.

19 Dehumidifier Heater 1C Installed in Paper Feed Cabinet to prevent the paper load-ed from collecting humidity. (It can be mounted also onDesk DK-501.)

20 Working table Provides an area to temporarily place original and othermaterials.

21 Key Counter Installed in the main unit to make the counter functionavailable for printed sheets.

22 Key Counter Mount Required when using the key counter.

23 Key Counter Mount Kit Required when installing the key counter kit.

24 Stamp Unit SP-501 Installed onto ADF.Stamps scanned document pages toindicate that they have been faxed.

No. Name Description

Page 62: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 62/688

2 Before Making Copies

2-10 bizhub 500/420

BeforeMakingCopies

Chapter2

Paper Feed Cabinet PC-202/PC-402

1

23

76

5 8

9

1011

13

12

4

Page 63: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 63/688

Before Making Copies 2

bizhub 500/420 2-11

   B  e   f  o  r  e   M  a   k   i  n  g   C  o  p   i  e  s

   C   h  a  p   t  e  r   2

Paper Feed Cabinet PC-202

Paper Feed Cabinet PC-402

No. Name Description

1 Lower right-side door Opened when clearing paper misfeeds.

2 Lower right-side door releaselever

Pulled to the right to open when clearing paper misfeeds.

3 Tray 3 A maximum of 500 sheets of 11 × 17 to 5-1/2 × 8-1/2plain paper (20 lb) can be loaded.

4 Tray 4 A maximum of 500 sheets of 11 × 17 to 5-1/2 × 8-1/2plain paper (20 lb) can be loaded.

5 Paper limit indication (  , ) Indicates the maximum amount of paper to be loaded.

6 Trailing-edge guide Slide the adjustable paper guides against the trailingedge of the copy paper.

7 Adjustable paper guides Slide the adjustable paper guides against the side edgesof the copy paper.

8 Paper guide lock release le-ver

Pressed backward to slide the paper guides.

No. Name Description

9 Lower right-side door Opened when clearing paper misfeeds.10 Lower right-side door release

leverPulled to the right to open when clearing paper misfeeds.

11 Paper feed cabinet The paper feed cabinet which can be used for 8-1/2 × 11paper only. A maximum of 2,500 sheets of plain paper (20lb) can be loaded.

12 Cabinet lock release button Pressed in order to pull out the paper feed cabinet.

13 Paper limit indication ( , ) Indicates the maximum amount of paper to be loaded.

Page 64: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 64/688

2 Before Making Copies

2-12 bizhub 500/420

BeforeMakingCopies

Chapter2

Large Capacity Unit LU-201

2

Reminder

Do not climb on, or place objects on this unit to prevent any damage.

13

4

2

Page 65: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 65/688

Before Making Copies 2

bizhub 500/420 2-13

   B  e   f  o  r  e   M  a   k   i  n  g   C  o  p   i  e  s

   C   h  a  p   t  e  r   2

No. Name Description

1 Large capacity unit The large capacity unit which can be used for 8-1/2 × 11paper only. A maximum of 2,000 sheets of plain paper (20lb) can be loaded.

2 Upper door Opened when loading paper or clearing paper misfeeds.

3 Lock release lever Held to slide the large capacity unit to the right whenclearing paper misfeeds.

4 Paper take-up roller Feeds one sheet of paper at a time into the main unit.

5 Paper limit indication (  , ) Indicates the maximum amount of paper to be loaded.

Page 66: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 66/688

2 Before Making Copies

2-14 bizhub 500/420

BeforeMakingCopies

Chapter2

Finisher FS-510/Output Tray OT-601/Punch Unit PU-501

2

ReminderDo not place objects beneath the output tray to prevent any damage in- 

curred by shock or other forces.

35

1112

8910 4

6

1

2

1

7

Page 67: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 67/688

Before Making Copies 2

bizhub 500/420 2-15

   B  e   f  o  r  e   M  a   k   i  n  g   C  o  p   i  e  s

   C   h  a  p   t  e  r   2

No. Name Description

1 Paper output tray Collects sheets.

2 Optional output tray (an Out-put Tray OT-601 option)

Collects sheets.

3 Guide (FN1) Pushed down when clearing paper misfeeds.

4 Knob (FN2) Turned when clearing paper misfeeds.

5 Punch dust box (a Punch UnitPU-501 option)

Collects punch dust. Pull out to empty.

6 Guide (FN3) Pushed down after pulling out the punch dust box to clearpaper misfeeds.

7 Guide (FN4) Pushed down when clearing paper misfeeds.

8 Stapler Staples paper.

9 Staple cartridge holder Stores staples. Pulled out from the stapler when loadingstaples or clearing paper misfeeds.

10 Dial Turned to move the stapler to the front when clearing jammed staples or loading staples.

11 Guide (FN5) Rotated when clearing paper misfeeds.

12 Guide (FN6) Rotated when clearing paper misfeeds.

Page 68: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 68/688

2 Before Making Copies

2-16 bizhub 500/420

BeforeMakingCopies

Chapter2

Saddle Stitcher SD-502/Mailbin Kit MT-501

2

Reminder

The finisher utilizes different trays by adjusting the height, which makesthe entire set of trays move up and down. This vertical movement be- 

comes even larger when a saddle stitcher or mailbin is installed, and any

object placed on or beneath the finisher may cause damage by making

contact to it. Make sure that there is no object on or beneath the finisher.

Do not place objects on, or lean against, the saddle stitcher or mailbin to

prevent any damage.

1

3

1 2

2

Page 69: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 69/688

Before Making Copies 2

bizhub 500/420 2-17

   B  e   f  o  r  e   M  a   k   i  n  g   C  o  p   i  e  s

   C   h  a  p   t  e  r   2

Saddle Stitcher SD-502

Mailbin Kit MT-501

No. Name Description

1 Paper output tray Collects sheets.

2 Lock release lever Pulled to slide to the left when clearing paper misfeeds.

No. Name Description

1 Lower cover lever Pulled down to open when clearing paper misfeeds.

2 Mailbins Collects printed and sorted sheets.

3 Misfeed-clearing door Pulled to the right to open when clearing paper misfeeds.

Page 70: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 70/688

2 Before Making Copies

2-18 bizhub 500/420

BeforeMakingCopies

Chapter2

Finisher FS-511/Relay Unit RU-502

3

1

24

5

6

7

8

910

15 16

11 12

13 14

Page 71: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 71/688

Before Making Copies 2

bizhub 500/420 2-19

   B  e   f  o  r  e   M  a   k   i  n  g   C  o  p   i  e  s

   C   h  a  p   t  e  r   2

2

Reminder

Do not place objects beneath the Primary output tray (tray 2) to prevent

any damage incurred by shock or other forces.

Do not hold the output tray (tray 1 or tray 2) when moving the finisher to

prevent the trays from broken or to prevent any damage.

No. Name Description

1 Finisher front door (FN4) Opened when clearing paper misfeeds.

2 Primary output tray (tray 2) Collects printed sheets.

3 Secondary output tray (tray 1) Collects printed sheets.

4 Upper cover (FN1) Opened when clearing paper misfeeds.

5 Finisher handle Held to slide the finisher to the left when detaching thefinisher from the main unit in such cases as clearing papermisfeeds, loading staples, and emptying the punch dustbox.

6 Relay unit lever Pushed down when clearing paper misfeeds.

7 Relay unit door Opened when clearing paper misfeeds.

8 Knobs (FN5) Rotated when clearing paper misfeeds.

9 Punch dust box Collects punch dust. Taken out to empty.

10 Finisher right-side door (FN7) Opened when emptying the punch dust box, clearing pa-per misfeeds, or loading staples.

11 Guide (FN3) Opened when clearing paper misfeeds.

12 Guide (FN2) Opened when clearing paper misfeeds.

13 Guide (FN8) Opened when clearing paper misfeeds.

14 Staple cartridge holder Stores staples.Pulled out from the stapler when loadingstaples or clearing paper misfeeds.

15 Dial Turned to the left to move the stapler to the center whenclearing jammed staples or loading staples.

16 Stapler Staples paper.

Page 72: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 72/688

2 Before Making Copies

2-20 bizhub 500/420

BeforeMakingCopies

Chapter2

Control Panel

1 2 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

1112131415161718192021222324

3

No. Name Description

1 [Power Save] key When the [Power Save] indicator is lit, press to activatethe machine.Vice versa, press to manually change to thepower save mode.

2 Touch panel Displays various screens and messages.Specify the vari-ous settings by directly touching the Touch Panel.

3 [Access] key If user authentication or account track settings have beenapplied, press this key after completing entering the user

name and password (user authentication) or the accountname and password (account track), so as to use the ma-chine.

4 [Box] key Press to enter the Box mode. While the machine is in theBox mode, the indicator on the [Box] key lights up ingreen. For details, refer to Box Operations of the bizhub500/420 User's Guide.

5 [Fax] key Press to enter the Fax mode. While the machine is in theFax mode, the indicator on the [Fax] key lights up ingreen. For details, refer to Fax Operations of the bizhub500/420 User's Guide.

6 [Scan] key Press to enter the Scan mode. While the machine is in theScan mode, the indicator on the [Scan] key lights up ingreen. For details, refer to Network Scanner Operations ofthe bizhub 500/420 User's Guide.

7 [Copy] key Press to enter the Copy mode. (This machine is default tothe Copy mode.) While the machine is in the Copy mode,the indicator on the [Copy] key lights up in green.

8 [Interrupt] key Press to change modes from the Copy, Print, or Scanmode.When pressed, the indicator on the [Interrupt] keylights up in green.

9 [Reset] key Resets all the settings specified using the control paneland the touch panel. (Stored settings are not reset by thiskey.)

Page 73: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 73/688

Before Making Copies 2

bizhub 500/420 2-21

   B  e   f  o  r  e   M  a   k   i  n  g   C  o  p   i  e  s

   C   h  a  p   t  e  r   2

2Reminder

Do not press the touch panel with an object with a sharp end or apply ex- 

treme pressure to it, otherwise it may be scratched or damage 

10 Sub power switch Turns on/off the copying and scanning functions.Turningit off will terminate all the functions other than the printand fax functions, and enter the sleep mode.

11 [Stop] key Press to abort the ongoing operation; delete the stored

memory.

12 [Start] key Press to start operations such as copying. When this ma-chine is ready to begin copying, the indicator on [Start]key lights up in green. If the indicator on key lights up inorange, copying cannot be started.

13 Main Power indicator Lights up in green when the main power is turned on.

14 Data indicator Blinks in green while a print job is being received. Lightsup in green when a print job is queued for printing or whenprinting is in progress.

15 [Proof Copy] key Press to print a single sample copy to be checked before

printing a large number of copies.

16 [C] (Clear) key Press to change a value (such as the number of copiesand the zoom ratio) entered from the keypad.

17 Keypad Press to enter values for various settings, including thenumber of copies and the zoom ratio.

18 [Mode Check] key Press to display the Mode Check Screen to view the cur-rent copy settings.

19 [Utility/Counter] key Press to display the Utility Screen or the sales counter.

20 [Mode Memory] key Press to register the desired copy settings as a programor to recall a registered copy program.

21 [Help] key Press to display the Help Screen that explains how tocopy or use other functions.

22 [Accessibility] key Press to change the control panel and touch panel set-tings.

23 Contrast dial Use to adjust the contrast of the touch panel.

24 [Enlarge Display] key Press to switch between the Enlarge Display mode andthe standard display mode.

No. Name Description

Page 74: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 74/688

2 Before Making Copies

2-22 bizhub 500/420

BeforeMakingCopies

Chapter2

Basic Screen and Icons

When the machine is ready to begin making copies after being turned on, theBasic Screen appears. Touch a key on the screen to display a respectivefunction or setting that you wish to use.

This machine provides two types of the Basic Screen (TYPE 1/TYPE 2).These two are the same in available functions though the layers of settingscreen and function keys are differently positioned.In this guide, the Basic Screen TYPE 1 is used to explain the setting proce-dure.

The key and icons displayed on the Basic Screen Type 1 are explained asfollows.

1 2 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

121314151617181920

3

11

No. Name Description

1 [Job List] Touched to display the Job List Screen.

2 Date and time display area Displays the current date and time. Switches to the clockdisplay when the weekly timer is due to activate in 5 min-utes.

3 Message display area Displays the status of the machine and details on opera-tions required of the user.

4 [Basic] tab Touched to display the Basic Screen to specify the basicfunctions.

5 [Combine Originals] tab Touched to display the Combine Originals Screen tospecify the type of originals to apply the Combine Origi-nals settings or to scan.

6 [Original Image Type] tab Displays the Original Image Type Screen to specify theoriginal image settings.

7 [Application] tab Touched to display the Application Screen to specify the

application settings.

8 Memory availability displayarea

Displays the amount of memory available for operations.

Page 75: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 75/688

Before Making Copies 2

bizhub 500/420 2-23

   B  e   f  o  r  e   M  a   k   i  n  g   C  o  p   i  e  s

   C   h  a  p   t  e  r   2

2

Note

If settings have been changed from the factory defaults, the tab for the

screen containing the changed settings appears framed with a solid line.

!Detail

[No Rotation] key can be displayed on the Basic Screen. Use the User

Setting in the Utility mode to select it. See page 14-21  for details.

To select the desired type of Basic screen, use the User Setting in the

Utility mode. See page 14-24  for details.

9 Copying amount display area Displays the number of copies specified.

10 [Simplex/Duplex] Touched to specify the Simplex/Duplex settings for theoriginals and the resultant copied sheets.

11 Image display area Displays the specified staple and punch hole settings.

12 [Zoom] Touched to use the Fixed Zoom, Set Zoom, Zoom Ratio,Independent Zoom, or Auto Zoom, or to define the SetZoom with desired zoom ratios.

13 [Finishing] Touched to specify the output settings other than fold-ing.The settings include:Output tray, paper orientation, sort/group and crisscross,staple/punch and positions (the availability varies de-pending on the options installed).

14 [Paper] Touched to select a paper tray or to specify the Auto Pa-per Select settings. Also used when specifying the paper

type and size that is set in the bypass tray.

15 [Folding] Touched to specify the Half Fold and Fold & Staple set-tings. (Only available when Saddle Stitcher SD-502 is in-stalled.)

16 [Density] Touched to specify copy density, select a stored densitysetting, or specify background density.

17 [Save in User Box] Touched while outputting scanned original data to savethe data in a box. Also used to further specify the boxwhere the data is to be saved and whether or not the datais printed when it is saved. For details, refer to the BoxOperations of the bizhub 500/420 User's Guide. (Only

available when Hard Disk HD-505 is installed.)

18 [Separate Scan] Touch to store scanned images in memory.

19 Icon display area Displays icons that show jobs and machine status.

20 Sub display area Graphically displays procedures and settings.

No. Name Description

Page 76: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 76/688

2 Before Making Copies

2-24 bizhub 500/420

BeforeMakingCopies

Chapter2

Icons shown in the icon display area

Icon Description

Indicates that data is being sent from the machine, regardless of the cur-rent mode.

Indicates that data is being received by the machine, regardless of thecurrent mode.

If the warning screen was closed when a warning occurred, touch thiskey to display the warning screen again.

Page 77: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 77/688

Before Making Copies 2

bizhub 500/420 2-25

   B  e   f  o  r  e   M  a   k   i  n  g   C  o  p   i  e  s

   C   h  a  p   t  e  r   2

Basic Screen and Icons

The key and icons displayed on the Basic Screen Type 2 are explained asfollows.

No. Name Description

1 [Job List] Touched to display the Job List Screen.

2 Date and time display area Displays the current date and time. Switches to the clockdisplay when the weekly timer is due to activate in 5 min-utes.

3 Message display area Displays the status of the machine and details on opera-tions required of the user.

4 [Basic] tab Touched to display the Basic Screen to specify the basicfunctions.

5 [Combine Originals] tab Touched to display the Combine Originals Screen tospecify the type of originals to apply the Combine Origi-nals settings or to scan.

6 [Original Image Type] tab Displays the Original Image Type Screen to specify theoriginal image settings.

7 [Application] tab Touched to display the Application Screen to specify theapplication settings.

8 Memory availability displayarea

Displays the amount of memory available for operations.

9 Copying amount display area Displays the number of copies specified.

10 [Background Removal] tab Displays the Background Removal Screen to specify thebackground adjustment.

11 [Separate Scan] Touch to store scanned images in memory.

Page 78: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 78/688

2 Before Making Copies

2-26 bizhub 500/420

BeforeMakingCopies

Chapter2

Icons shown in the icon display area

12 [Save in User Box] Touched while outputting scanned original data to savethe data in a box. Also used to further specify the boxwhere the data is to be saved and whether or not the datais printed when it is saved. For details, refer to the BoxOperations of the bizhub 500/420 User's Guide. (Only

available when Hard Disk HD-505 is installed.)

13 [Folding] Touched to specify the Half Fold and Fold & Staple set-tings. (Only available when Saddle Stitcher SD-502 is in-stalled.)

14 [Finishing] Touched to specify the output settings other than fold-ing.The settings include:Output tray, paper orientation, sort/group and crisscross,staple/punch and positions (the availability varies de-pending on the options installed).

15 Image display area Displays the specified staple and punch hole settings.

16 Simplex/Duplex setting area Touching [1%2], [2%2], or [2%1] will display the Bind &Orig Direction key to allow settings for the orientation ofpositioned original and binding direction of copy/original.

17 Zoom setting area Touched to use the Fixed Zoom, Set Zoom, Zoom withConstant X and Y Ratio, Independent Zoom, or AutoZoom, or to define the Set Zoom with desired zoom ra-tios.

18 Density setting area Touched to specify copy density.

19 Paper setting area Touched to select a paper tray or to specify the Auto Pa-per Select settings. Also used when specifying the papertype and size that is set in the bypass tray.

20 Icon display area Displays icons that show jobs and machine status.

No. Name Description

Icon Description

Indicates that data is being sent from the machine, regardless of the cur-rent mode.

Indicates that data is being received by the machine, regardless of thecurrent mode.

If the warning screen was closed when a warning occurred, touch thiskey to display the warning screen again.

Page 79: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 79/688

Before Making Copies 2

bizhub 500/420 2-27

   B  e   f  o  r  e   M  a   k   i  n  g   C  o  p   i  e  s

   C   h  a  p   t  e  r   2

2.2 Adjusting Angle of the Control Panel

The control panel can be adjusted to any of the following three angles. Adjustthe control panel to the angle that allows for easy operation.

1 Upper position (base position)

2 Middle position

3 Lower position

Page 80: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 80/688

2 Before Making Copies

2-28 bizhub 500/420

BeforeMakingCopies

Chapter2

To adjust the angle of the control panel

1 Pull the control panel release lever toward you to unlock the current po-sition.

2 Move the control panel slightly to any direction, and release the controlpanel release lever.

Page 81: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 81/688

Before Making Copies 2

bizhub 500/420 2-29

   B  e   f  o  r  e   M  a   k   i  n  g   C  o  p   i  e  s

   C   h  a  p   t  e  r   2

2.3 Turning On/Off the Power

This machine has two power switches: the main power switch and the subpower switch.

The main power switch turns on/off all the functions of the machine. Normally

the main power is kept turned on.

The sub power switch turns on/off the copying and scanning functions. Asfor the printer function and data transmission output function of facsimile,turning off the sub power switch will activate the power save mode.

Turning on the machine

1 Turn on the main power.

– The main power

switch is located in-side the machine.

– Open the front doorsof the main unit, andturn on the mainpower.

The main power indicator on the control panel lights up in green.

Page 82: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 82/688

2 Before Making Copies

2-30 bizhub 500/420

BeforeMakingCopies

Chapter2

2 Turn on the sub power.

– The sub powerswitch is located onthe right side of thecontrol panel.

– Press the sub powerswitch to turn it on.

The control panel displays the wake-up screen, followed by the Basic

screen.

? How long does it take for the machine to warm up?

% bizhub 500: within 60 seconds, bizhub 420: within 30 seconds.

!Detail

When the control panel is turned on by using the sub power switch, the

indicator on the Start key lights up in orange, and a screen indicating that

the machine is starting up appears. After a few seconds, the message

“Now warming up. Ready to scan.” is displayed, and the indicator on[Start] key lights up in green, indicating that originals can now be scanned

and later printed when the copying functions becomes available. For de- 

tails, refer to page 3-64 .

!Detail

User name and password may need to be entered to activate the ma- 

chine if the user authentication or account track function has been intro- 

duced to the machine. For details, refer to page 2-42 .

The user may also be required to insert a key counter or copy card into

the machine. Follow the instructions accordingly.

Page 83: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 83/688

Before Making Copies 2

bizhub 500/420 2-31

   B  e   f  o  r  e   M  a   k   i  n  g   C  o  p   i  e  s

   C   h  a  p   t  e  r   2

!Detail

Default settings are those settings that have not been changed since the

power is turned on, or that are available after pressing [Reset] to reset all

the previously specified settings.

The default settings can be changed. For details, refer to page 14-27 .

The factory default settings are the settings that were set when this ma- 

chine was shipped from the factory.

Turning off the machine

0 The main power is normally to be kept turned on. Turning it off will termi-nate all the functions including printing, and receiving and outputting fac-

simile data.

0 Do not turn off the main power while queued jobs or stored jobs are stillpending to be printed.Otherwise, data that are yet to be printed out willbe deleted.

0 Do not turn off the main power or sub power while printing is inprogress.Otherwise it will cause paper misfeeds.

0 Do not turn off the main power or sub power while scanning originals ortransmitting image data.Otherwise, data whose handling has yet to becompleted will be deleted.

1 Turn off the sub power.

– The sub powerswitch is located onthe right side surfaceof the control panel.

– Press the sub powerswitch to turn it off.

The display on the touch panel goes off, and all the lights are turned offexcept for the main power indicator.

Page 84: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 84/688

2 Before Making Copies

2-32 bizhub 500/420

BeforeMakingCopies

Chapter2

2 The main power switch is located inside the machine.

– The main powerswitch is locatedinside the ma-chine.

– Open the frontdoors of the mainunit, and turn offthe main power.

Open the front doors of the main unit, and turn off the main power.

2Reminder

When turning off and then turning on the main power, do so with an in- 

terval of at least 10 seconds between the actions. Otherwise the machine

may fail to function correctly.

Page 85: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 85/688

Before Making Copies 2

bizhub 500/420 2-33

   B  e   f  o  r  e   M  a   k   i  n  g   C  o  p   i  e  s

   C   h  a  p   t  e  r   2

 Automatically Returning to the Default Settings (Automatic Panel Reset)

If the [Reset] key is not pressed and no operation is performed for a specifiedlength of time, the copy settings that have not been specified are cleared andthe machine returns to the default settings.

This is the Automatic Panel Reset. As the factory default, Automatic Panel Reset activates after 1 minute.

!Detail

The length of time until the automatic panel reset operation is performed

and whether or not it is performed can be set in the Utility mode. For de- 

tails, refer to page 15-71 .

 Automatically Returning to the Priority Screen (Automatic System Re-

set)

If no operation is performed for a specified length of time, the screen is au-tomatically changed to that for the mode given priority.

This is the automatic system reset operation.

The priority screen can be set either to that for copying functions or to thatfor scanning functions.

 As the factory default, the Copy Mode Screen is displayed after 1 minute.

!Detail

Use the Utility mode to specify the length of time before the automatic

system reset is activated, or to give priority to a screen. For details, refer

to page 15-69 .

Page 86: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 86/688

2 Before Making Copies

2-34 bizhub 500/420

BeforeMakingCopies

Chapter2

2.4 To Use Machine When Power Save Indicator Lights

The power save indicator indicates either that the machine is in the powersave mode, or that the weekly timer is functioning. The machine is not oper-ational as it is.

To activate the machine

1 Position the original.

– Pressing any key also returns the machine to an operational state.

If the machine has been in the power save mode, it becomes availablefor operaions.

If the machine has been applied the weekly timer, the Basic Screen ap-pears. The message “Please enter the password ”appears on thescreen. Entering an appropriate password will activate the machineduring non-business hours. For details, refer to page 2-40.

!Detail

The power save function has two modes: the Low Power mode and the

Sleep mode. For details, refer to page 2-35  to page 2-36 .

The power save mode can be activated manually. For details, refer to

page 2-37 .

Page 87: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 87/688

Before Making Copies 2

bizhub 500/420 2-35

   B  e   f  o  r  e   M  a   k   i  n  g   C  o  p   i  e  s

   C   h  a  p   t  e  r   2

 Automatically Conserving Energy (Low Power Mode)

If no operation is performed for a specified length of time, the touch panelgoes off and the energy consumption is reduced to under approx. 105 W.

The [Power Save] key and the main power indicator light up in green, the

[Start] key lights up in red, and the touch panel and all the other indicators gooff.

This is the Low Power mode.

The machine can receive jobs even when it is in the Low Power mode.

 As the factory default, the machine enters the low power mode after 15 min-utes (bizhub 500) and 1 minute (bizhub 420).

To interrupt the low power mode to activate the machine

1 Position the original.

– Pressing any key orthe surface of thetouch panel also re-turns the machine toan operational state.

The touch panel display reappears and, after the machine has finishedwarming up, it is ready to operate again.

Page 88: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 88/688

2 Before Making Copies

2-36 bizhub 500/420

BeforeMakingCopies

Chapter2

!Detail

Originals can be scanned while the machine is warming up. For details,

refer to page 3-62 .

!Detail

The length of time until the machine enters Low Power mode can be

changed. For details, refer to page 15-25 .

If the time for entering Low Power mode and Sleep mode are the same,

the machine will immediately enter Sleep mode without entering Low

Power mode.

 Automatically Conserving Energy (Sleep Mode)

If no operation is performed for a specified length of time, the touch panelgoes off and the energy consumption is reduced to under 2.2 W, the statewhere the energy conserved is greater than the Low Power mode.

The [Power Save] key and the main power indicator light up in green, and thetouch panel and all the other indicators go off.

This is the Sleep mode.

 Although the machine conserves more energy in Sleep mode than in the LowPower mode, it needs to take longer than Low Power mode to warm up whenSleep mode is cancelled before getting ready to print again.

The machine can receive jobs even while it is in the Sleep mode.

 As the factory default, the machine enters the Sleep mode after 90 minutes(bizhub 500) and 15 minutes (bizhub 420).

Page 89: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 89/688

Before Making Copies 2

bizhub 500/420 2-37

   B  e   f  o  r  e   M  a   k   i  n  g   C  o  p   i  e  s

   C   h  a  p   t  e  r   2

To interrupt the sleep mode to activate the machine

1 Position the original.

– Pressing any key also returns the machine to an operational state.

The touch panel display reappears and, after the machine has finishedwarming up, it is ready to operate again.

!Detail

Originals can be scanned while the machine is warming up. For details,

refer to page 3-62 .

!DetailThe length of time before the machine enters Sleep mode can be

changed. For details, refer to page 15-25 .

If the time for entering Low Power mode and Sleep mode are the same,

the machine will immediately enter Sleep mode without entering Low

Power mode.

Page 90: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 90/688

2 Before Making Copies

2-38 bizhub 500/420

BeforeMakingCopies

Chapter2

Manually Conserving Energy 

The machine can be manually set to an energy conservation mode.

1 Press and hold [Power Save] on the control panel.

 As the factory default, the machine enters Low Power mode.

!Detail

 As the factory default settings, pressing the [Power Save] key will turn the

machine into the Low Power mode. By using the Administrator Settings

Screen, this setting can be changed so that it enters the Sleep mode with

the same user operation. For details, refer to page 15-25 .

Page 91: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 91/688

Before Making Copies 2

bizhub 500/420 2-39

   B  e   f  o  r  e   M  a   k   i  n  g   C  o  p   i  e  s

   C   h  a  p   t  e  r   2

Limiting Machine Usage (Weekly Timer)

The machine can be set to automatically enter the sleep mode according toa usage schedule determined by the administrator or limitations on the useof the machine can be specified.

This is the weekly timer.When the weekly timer is functioning and the machine is in the sleep mode,the [Power Save] key and the main power indicator light up in green, and thetouch panel and all the other indicators go off. The machine is not operationalwhile it is in this state.

The length of time before the machine enters the sleep mode can be

changed. While the machine is in the Sleep mode, entering the password fornon-business hours and specifying the duration of operation will make itavailable. For information on operating the machine when it is in the sleepmode by the weekly timer, refer to the following “Operating the Machine Dur-ing Non-Business Hours (Weekly Timer)” section.

!Detail

The weekly timer is not set as the factory default. The weekly timer is set

in the Administrator mode. For details, refer to page 15-38 .

To specify that the password for non-business hours should be entered

prior to setting the duration before the machine returns to the sleep mode

again, use the Administrator mode. This function is not set as the factory

default. For details, refer to page 15-48 .

Page 92: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 92/688

2 Before Making Copies

2-40 bizhub 500/420

BeforeMakingCopies

Chapter2

Operating the Machine During Non-Business Hours (Weekly Timer)

The following steps show how to operate the machine when it is in the Sleepmode by the weekly timer.

0 The weekly timer is set in the Administrator mode.

0 Interrupt the Sleep mode, and specify the duration before the machinereturns to the Sleep mode.

0 If the password for non-business hours is set by the administrator, thispassword must be entered before specifying the duration for user oper-ations.

1 Position original, or press any key on the control panel.

– The Operating Time Setting Screen will be displayed. Proceed toStep 4.

– If the password for non-business hours is set, the Password InputScreen appears. Proceed to Step 2.

2 Enter the password for non-business hours from the keypad.

– The password can be specified up to 8 digits.– To correct inputting errors, touch [Delete] and enter the correct

password.

Page 93: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 93/688

Before Making Copies 2

bizhub 500/420 2-41

   B  e   f  o  r  e   M  a   k   i  n  g   C  o  p   i  e  s

   C   h  a  p   t  e  r   2

3 Touch [OK].

The Operating Time Setting screen will be displayed.

4 Enter the duration of machine operation from the keypad on the controlpanel.

– Enter the duration before the machine enters the Sleep mode again.Specify a length of time between 5 minutes and 9 hours and 59 min-utes.

5 Touch [OK].

The Basic Screen is displayed with the message “Ready to copy”.Copy functions become available.

!Detail

If only one digit is to be specified for the duration, make it two digits by

adding 0 for the tens place. If the duration of less than 5 minutes is spec- 

ified, it is automatically changed to 5 minutes.In addition, a minutes set- 

ting of 60 or more cannot be specified.

2

ReminderIf you finish using the machine before the set length of time, you can

press and hold the [Power Save] key to apply the Sleep mode.

Page 94: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 94/688

2 Before Making Copies

2-42 bizhub 500/420

BeforeMakingCopies

Chapter2

2.5 Making Authentication

This machine can be set in the manner that it requires a user to enter a username and password, or account name and password, that are specified bythe administrator.

User authentication allows the administrator to limit functions or the amountof printed copies allowed to different users, use the printing and scanningcounter for each user, or allocate a personal box to each user.

 Account track allows the administrator to limit the amount of printed copiesor use the printing and scanning counter for each account.

!Detail

User authentication is specified in the Administrator mode. For details,

refer to page 15-86 .

 Account track is specified in the Administrator mode. For details, refer to

page 15-86 .

To enter a user name and password (user authentication)

If the administrator has specified the user authentication settings, only thepermitted users can use the machine.

0 When user authentication has been set, only users who enter the allocat-ed user name and password can use the machine.

0 Contact your administrator for password information.

0  Account track may be set in addition to user authentication.If an accountname and password are required, refer to the following “To enter an ac-count name and password (account track)” section.

0 The machine functions or the amount of printed copies permitted may bespecified between different users.

1 Turn on the machine power.

The User Name/Password Setting Screen will be displayed.

Page 95: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 95/688

Before Making Copies 2

bizhub 500/420 2-43

   B  e   f  o  r  e   M  a   k   i  n  g   C  o  p   i  e  s

   C   h  a  p   t  e  r   2

2 Touch [User Name].

– The User Name Input Screen will be displayed.

– If [Public User Access] is displayed, users who are not allocated a

user name and password can use this machine by touching [PublicUser Access].

– If [List] is displayed, the desired user name can be selected from thelist of user names. Touch [List] and select the desired user name,then touch [OK]. Proceed to Step 4.

3 Enter the user name, and then touch [OK].

The User Name/Password Setting Screen will be restored.

Page 96: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 96/688

2 Before Making Copies

2-44 bizhub 500/420

BeforeMakingCopies

Chapter2

4 Touch [Password].

The Password Input Screen will be displayed.

5 Enter the password, and then touch [OK].

The User Name/Password Setting Screen will be restored.

6 Press [Access] on the control panel.

The Basic Screen will be displayed.

7 Make copies using the desired copy settings.

Page 97: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 97/688

Before Making Copies 2

bizhub 500/420 2-45

   B  e   f  o  r  e   M  a   k   i  n  g   C  o  p   i  e  s

   C   h  a  p   t  e  r   2

8 When you have finished operating the machine, press [Access] on thecontrol panel again.

 A message appears, requesting confirmation to log off.

9 Touch [Yes].

The User Name/Password Setting Screen is displayed, indicating thatthe machine is no longer operational.

To enter an account name and password (account track)

If the administrator has specified the account track settings, only users who

belong to permitted accounts can use the machine.0 When account track has been set, only users who enter the allocated ac-

count name and password, or users who enter the allocated accountpassword, can use the machine.

0 Contact your administrator for password information.

0 The amount of printed copies permitted may be specified differently be-tween accounts.

Page 98: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 98/688

2 Before Making Copies

2-46 bizhub 500/420

BeforeMakingCopies

Chapter2

1 Turn on the machine power.

– The Account Name/Password Setting Screen will be displayed.

– If the Account Password Setting Screen is displayed, proceed toStep 5.

2 Touch [Account Name].

The Account Name Input Screen will be displayed.

3 Enter the account name, and then touch [OK].

The Account Name/Password Setting Screen will be restored.

Page 99: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 99/688

Before Making Copies 2

bizhub 500/420 2-47

   B  e   f  o  r  e   M  a   k   i  n  g   C  o  p   i  e  s

   C   h  a  p   t  e  r   2

4 Touch [Password].

The Account Password Input Screen will be displayed.

5 Enter the password, and then touch [OK].

6 Press [Access] on the control panel.

The Basic Screen will be displayed.

7 Make copies using the desired copy settings.

Page 100: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 100/688

2 Before Making Copies

2-48 bizhub 500/420

BeforeMakingCopies

Chapter2

8 When you have finished operating the machine, press [Access] on thecontrol panel again.

 A message appears, requesting confirmation to log off.

9 Touch [Yes].

The Account Name/Password Setting Screen is displayed, indicatingthat the machine is no longer operational.

Page 101: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 101/688

Before Making Copies 2

bizhub 500/420 2-49

   B  e   f  o  r  e   M  a   k   i  n  g   C  o  p   i  e  s

   C   h  a  p   t  e  r   2

2.6 Loading Paper

If a tray has run out of paper while copying or after printing, the message“Replenish paper” appears.

To continue the output job using another paper tray, touch [Paper Tray Set-ting] to display the Paper Setting Screen, then select the desired tray.

Checking the Amount of Paper Remaining in the Tray

The Paper Screen is displayed before paper runs out from the tray. The iconbeside the tray key indicates the current amount of paper remaining in thetray.

Page 102: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 102/688

2 Before Making Copies

2-50 bizhub 500/420

BeforeMakingCopies

Chapter2

The paper-empty indicator is located on the right-hand side of the front plateof Trays 1 to 4, indicating the amount of paper remaining in the tray. As theamount of paper in the paper tray decreases, the area that appears in red in-creases.

2

Reminder

Load only the type of paper that is specified for the particular tray to pre- vent any trouble. If you need to load a different type of paper than the

specified one, change the Paper Tray Setting from the User Setting

Screen in the Utility mode. For details, refer to page 14-10 .

Do not use treated paper to prevent the machine from being damaged.

For details, refer to page 9-11 .

To load paper in tray 1/2 (or tray 3/4)

Follow the procedure described below to load paper into the tray 1/2 or intothe tray 3/4 (optional paper feed cabinet PC-202).

1 Pull out the paper tray to be loaded with paper.

Icon Description

Indicates that no paper remains in the paper tray.

Indicates that less than 25% of the paper remains in the paper tray.

Page 103: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 103/688

Before Making Copies 2

bizhub 500/420 2-51

   B  e   f  o  r  e   M  a   k   i  n  g   C  o  p   i  e  s

   C   h  a  p   t  e  r   2

2 Slide the lateral guides along the appropriate size guides for the paperto be loaded.

– Pushing the paperguide lock releaselever, move the later-

al guides along theappropriate sizeguides for the paperto be loaded.Re-lease the pressureapplied to the paperguide lock releaselever to lock it again.

3 Load the paper into the tray.

– Load the paper sothat the right sideedge is aligned with

the right side lining ofthe tray.

Page 104: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 104/688

2 Before Making Copies

2-52 bizhub 500/420

BeforeMakingCopies

Chapter2

4  Align the trailing-edge guide with the paper.

– Push both ends ofthe trailing-edgeguide until it alignswith the paper. Re-

lease the pressureapplied to the endsof the trailing-edgeguide to lock it again.

5 Fully push in the paper tray.

The previously displayedred indicator in the pa-per-empty indicator onthe right-hand side ofthe tray disappears.

Page 105: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 105/688

Before Making Copies 2

bizhub 500/420 2-53

   B  e   f  o  r  e   M  a   k   i  n  g   C  o  p   i  e  s

   C   h  a  p   t  e  r   2

2

Reminder

If the lateral guides are not positioned correctly for the loaded paper, the

paper size will not be detected successfully. Be sure to adjust the lateral

guides to the size of the loaded paper.

Make sure to align the trailing-edge guide exactly with the paper.If there

is space between the trailing-edge guide and the paper, the paper will not

be fed correctly.

Do not load so much paper that the top of the stack does not exceed the

paper capacity ( ,   ) mark.

Flatten the paper before loading it to prevent any trouble.

Do not touch the film located at the right-hand end of the tray.If it is ac- 

cidentally bent or folded, this will cause paper to be fed incorrectly.

To load paper in tray 3

Follow the procedure described below to load paper into tray 3 (optional pa-per feed cabinet PC-402).

0  A paper cabinet can be loaded with up to 2,500 sheets (20 lb paper) of 8-1/2 × 11-sized paper only.

0 The paper feed cabinet can be pulled out only when both the main powerand the sub power are turned on. Make sure that both powers are turnedon when loading paper into the paper feed cabinet.

0 The paper feed cabinet cannot be pulled out when the machine is in thesleep mode. Make sure to interrupt the sleep mode when loading paperinto the paper feed cabinet.

1 Press the cabinet lock release button.

The cabinet becomes unlocked and is pushed out slightly to the fore.

Page 106: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 106/688

2 Before Making Copies

2-54 bizhub 500/420

BeforeMakingCopies

Chapter2

2 Further pull out the paper feed cabinet.

– Hold both ends ofthe paper feed cabi-net and pull it out.

3 Load paper into the right side of the cabinet.

– Position 8-1/2 × 11paper in the portrait

orientation ( v ) andalign it with the rightside lining of the cab-inet.

Page 107: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 107/688

Before Making Copies 2

bizhub 500/420 2-55

   B  e   f  o  r  e   M  a   k   i  n  g   C  o  p   i  e  s

   C   h  a  p   t  e  r   2

4 Load paper into the left side of the cabinet.

– Position 8-1/2 × 11paper in the portraitorientation ( v ) andalign it with the two

partitions in the cent-er of the cabinet di-viding the left andright positions.

5 Fully push in the paper feed cabinet.

Page 108: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 108/688

2 Before Making Copies

2-56 bizhub 500/420

BeforeMakingCopies

Chapter2

2

Reminder

For the left and right trays, do not load so much paper that the top of the

stack does not exceed the paper capacity ( ,   ) mark 

Flatten the paper before loading it to prevent any trouble.

Do not touch the film located at the right-hand end of the cabinet.If it is

accidentally bent or folded, this will cause paper to be fed incorrectly.

Do not close the paper feed cabinet with too much force, otherwise the

weight of the cabinet and paper may apply an impact to the machine that

may cause damage.

To load paper into a large capacity unitFollow the procedure described below to load paper into a large capacityunit (optional large capacity unit LU-201).

0  A large capacity unit can be loaded with up to 2,000 sheets (20 lb paper)of 8-1/2 × 11-sized paper only.

1 Open the upper door of the large capacity unit, and raise the papertake-up roller.

Page 109: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 109/688

Before Making Copies 2

bizhub 500/420 2-57

   B  e   f  o  r  e   M  a   k   i  n  g   C  o  p   i  e  s

   C   h  a  p   t  e  r   2

2 Load the paper into the tray.

– Load the paper sothat the left sideedge is aligned withthe left side lining of

the tray.

3 Close the upper door of the large capacity unit.

2Reminder

Make sure that the paper is not loaded above the point where the paper

guide starts to bend to prevent any trouble.

Flatten the paper before loading it to prevent any trouble.

Do not climb onto the upper door of the large capacity tray to prevent any

trouble.

Page 110: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 110/688

2 Before Making Copies

2-58 bizhub 500/420

BeforeMakingCopies

Chapter2

To load paper into the bypass tray 

Paper can be fed manually through the bypass tray if you wish to copy ontopaper that is not loaded into, or cannot be fed from, a paper tray, paper feedcabinet or large capacity unit, such as thick paper, envelopes, overhead pro- jector transparencies or label sheets.

0 Use the Paper screen to specify the size of the paper that is not detect-able automatically (for example, paper in A3 or A4 size, or custom sizepaper), or the special type of paper such as thick paper or overhead pro- jector transparencies. For details, refer to page 3-20.

0 Some types of special paper requires to be positioned in a certain orien-taion. For details, refer to pages 2-57 to 2-60.

1 Open the bypass tray.

– When loading large-sized paper, pull outthe tray extension.

Page 111: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 111/688

Before Making Copies 2

bizhub 500/420 2-59

   B  e   f  o  r  e   M  a   k   i  n  g   C  o  p   i  e  s

   C   h  a  p   t  e  r   2

2 Load the paper into the tray.

– The image will beprinted on the sur-face of the paper fac-ing down when the

paper is loaded intothe bypass tray.

– Insert the paper asmuch as possibleinto the feed slot.Pa-per can be loaded upto 150 sheets (20 lbpaper) of thickness.

3  Align the lateral guides with the paper.

The size of the paper loaded in the bypass tray is identified automati-cally, and the Paper screen is displayed.

4 If the type and size of the paper is not identified automatically, manuallyspecify the size.

– For details on the paper types and sizes, refer to the section onpage 3-20.

Page 112: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 112/688

2 Before Making Copies

2-60 bizhub 500/420

BeforeMakingCopies

Chapter2

2

Reminder

Do not load so much paper that the top of the stack does not exceed the

paper capacity ( ,   ) mark.

Make sure that the lateral guides are aligned exactly with the paper. Oth- 

erwise, the paper size may not be identified automatically, or the printed

image may become tilted.

Flatten the paper before loading it to prevent any trouble.

Load overhead projector transparencies, label sheet or trace paper one

sheet at a time.

2Reminder

Load overhead projector transparencies one sheet at a time.

Page 113: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 113/688

Before Making Copies 2

bizhub 500/420 2-61

   B  e   f  o  r  e   M  a   k   i  n  g   C  o  p   i  e  s

   C   h  a  p   t  e  r   2

2

Reminder

To print on envelopes, open the right-hand door of the machine and pull

up the envelope levers. After printing on envelopes, make sure to return

the envelope levers to the original position.

Before printing on envelopes, make sure that the envelopes are flattened

with flaps folded. Otherwise, any air remaining in the envelopes or open

flaps may cause creases on the envelopes or misfeeds.

Load envelopes in portrait w  orientation. Do not load envelopes in land- 

scape v  orientation. It is also necessary to position envelopes with the

flap side up. If the envelopes are loaded with the flap side down, a paper

misfeed may occur. The edge with the flap should be positioned toward

the rear or left side of the machine. The flap side of envelopes cannot be

printed on.

Page 114: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 114/688

2 Before Making Copies

2-62 bizhub 500/420

BeforeMakingCopies

Chapter2

 A maximum of 10 sheets of envelopes can be loaded.

2

Reminder

Load labels with the printable surface facing down.

Load one sheet at a time.

For details of the setting orientation, consult your service representative.

Flap on the rear side Flap on the left side

Page 115: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 115/688

Before Making Copies 2

bizhub 500/420 2-63

   B  e   f  o  r  e   M  a   k   i  n  g   C  o  p   i  e  s

   C   h  a  p   t  e  r   2

2

Reminder

Load letterheads with the printable surface facing up.

 A maximum of 150 sheets of letterheads can be loaded 

Page 116: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 116/688

2 Before Making Copies

2-64 bizhub 500/420

BeforeMakingCopies

Chapter2

2.7 Incompatible Copy Settings

Some copy settings cannot be combined and used together at the sametime. Priority is given to those settings that must not be combined. The ma-chine responds as follows if multiple copy settings that must not be com-bined are specified.- If the priority for the setting specified first is lower than that for the setting

specified next, the first setting will be cancelled automatically.- If the priority for the setting specified first is higher than that for the setting

specified next, the machine prompts the user with the message statingthat the settings must not be combined, and then cancels the secondsetting.

To give priority to the copy setting specified following the first setting

The Booklet setting is given higher priority than the 2 Position Staple setting. As an example, the procedure for setting the Booklet function after selectingthe 2 Position Staple setting is described below.

1 Select the 2 Position Staple setting.

2 Set the Booklet function.

The first 2 Position Staple setting is automatically cancelled, and the

second Booklet function becomes effective.To enable the 2 Position Staple setting instead, cancel the Bookletfunction.

Page 117: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 117/688

Before Making Copies 2

bizhub 500/420 2-65

   B  e   f  o  r  e   M  a   k   i  n  g   C  o  p   i  e  s

   C   h  a  p   t  e  r   2

To give priority to the copy setting specified first

The Booklet setting is given higher priority than the 2 Position Staple setting. As an example, the procedure for selecting the 2 Position Staple setting aftersetting the Booklet function is described below.

1 Set the Booklet function.

2 Select the 2 Position Staple setting.

The message “This mode is not available with Booklet” appears andthe 2 Position Staple setting cannot be selected.To enable the 2 Position Staple setting instead, cancel the Bookletfunction.

Page 118: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 118/688

Page 119: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 119/688

3   B

  a  s   i  c   C  o  p  y   O  p  e  r  a   t   i  o  n  s

   C   h  a  p   t  e  r   3

Basic Copy Operations

Page 120: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 120/688

3 Basic Copy Operations

3-2 bizhub 500/420

B

asicCopyOperations

Chapter3

3 Basic Copy Operations

3.1 General Copy OperationThis section describes how to make a basic copy.

How to make a basic copy 

0 The following procedure is basic and not always applicable to the oper-ation of selected copy conditions. When using a specific function, besure to follow the procedure described in each section.

1 Press [Copy] on the control panel to display the Basic Screen in Copy

mode.

– The following type of Basic Screen will be displayed as factory de-fault.

– The left side area of the screen can also provide the current job list.See page 14-20 for details.

Page 121: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 121/688

Basic Copy Operations 3

bizhub 500/420 3-3

   B

  a  s   i  c   C  o  p  y   O  p  e  r  a   t   i  o  n  s

   C   h  a  p   t  e  r   3

2 Position the original.

Page 122: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 122/688

3 Basic Copy Operations

3-4 bizhub 500/420

B

asicCopyOperations

Chapter3

– For details on positioning the original, see “Positioning the Original”on page 3-7.

– The machine will detect the original size automatically when theoriginal is loaded in the ADF or positioned on the original glass with ADF closed, then select an appropriate paper size automatically by

 Auto Paper Select function.The illustration in the left side area of the screen will vary depending onwhere the original is positioned.

3 Enter the desired print quantity from the control panel keypad.

– For details on entering print quantity, see “Setting Print Quantity”

on page 3-12.– Print quantity can be entered in any instance of the procedure un-

less the control panel keypad is temporarily used for entering othervalues.

Entered quantity will be displayed on the touch panel.

Page 123: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 123/688

Basic Copy Operations 3

bizhub 500/420 3-5

   B

  a  s   i  c   C  o  p  y   O  p  e  r  a   t   i  o  n  s

   C   h  a  p   t  e  r   3

4 Make copy settings as desired.

– The following settings are initially specified as factory default.Density: Auto (Density), Standard (Background)Paper: Auto Paper Select

Zoom: Full size (×1.000)Simplex/Duplex: 1>1Original Image Type: Text/Photo

– For details of each setting, refer to the following pages.Density: page 3-14Paper: page 3-16Zoom: page 3-30Simplex/Duplex: page 3-46Combine Originals: page 4-2Original Image Type: page 4-20 Application: page 5-2Finishing: page 6-2Folding: page 6-19

5 Press [Start] on the control panel.

– When the machine starts scanning the original, the basic job set-

tings and current original count will be displayed on the touch pan-el.

Page 124: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 124/688

3 Basic Copy Operations

3-6 bizhub 500/420

B

asicCopyOperations

Chapter3

When printing job is started, the Basic Screen will be restored withthe message “Ready to accept another job” displayed in the mes-sage area.

!Detail

The machine can be set to display the Copy Operating Screen instead of

the Basic Screen in order to provide the information about set quantity

and number of output pages during the print operation.

This setting can be specified in User Setting selected from the Utility/ 

Counter Screen. See page 14-23  for details.

When print operation of the current job is started, scanning for the next

 job becomes available.

For details, see “Next Job Reservation” on page 3-64 .

To stop the machine operation, press [Stop] on the control panel.

For details, see “To Stop/Resume/Delete a Job” on page 3-67 .

Page 125: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 125/688

Basic Copy Operations 3

bizhub 500/420 3-7

   B

  a  s   i  c   C  o  p  y   O  p  e  r  a   t   i  o  n  s

   C   h  a  p   t  e  r   3

3.2 Positioning the Original

This machine is provided with two devices for scanning the original; ADF andoriginal glass. Select the optimum one according to the original type.

To position originals into the ADF

0 For details of the original available in the ADF, see “Originals” on

page 9-12.0 The machine will automatically detect the original size positioned in the

 ADF, then select an appropriate paper size by Auto Paper Select func-tion.

0 Never load the originals bound together with paper clips or staples, oth-erwise the machine trouble may be caused or the originals may be dam-aged.For details of unsuitable ADF originals, see “Unsuitable ADF Originals” onpage 9-12.

0 Be sure to position the original in the specified orientation.For details, see “Specifying Orientation of Original (Original Direction)” onpage 4-12.

0  Adjust the paper guides to the original securely. If incorrectly loaded, theoriginal may not be fed straight, resulting in paper misfeed or damage tothe original.

0 Do not load more than 80 sheets of the original or over the limit mark, oth-erwise the original may be misfed or damaged, or machine trouble maybe caused.

If the number of original sheets exceeds 80, divide them into blocks toscan. For details, see “Separate Scan Setting” on page 3-58.

Equipment Feature

 ADF Automatically feeds a multi-page original from the top page directly to thescanning area. The double-sided original can also be scanned automat-ically.

Original glass Scans the original placed face down on the original glass. Use this modefor the original unsuitable for use with the ADF such as a book.

Page 126: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 126/688

3 Basic Copy Operations

3-8 bizhub 500/420

B

asicCopyOperations

Chapter3

1  Arrange the original in order.

2 Position the original FACE UP (with page one UP) in the ADF.

3  Adjust paper guides.

The original size will be detected automatically and displayed in themessage area of the Basic Screen, while an appropriate paper size willbe selected automatically by Auto Paper Select and displayed in thePaper area.

Page 127: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 127/688

Basic Copy Operations 3

bizhub 500/420 3-9

   B

  a  s   i  c   C  o  p  y   O  p  e  r  a   t   i  o  n  s

   C   h  a  p   t  e  r   3

!Detail

Mixed size originals can be copied together from the ADF.

For details, see “Copying Mixed Size Original (Mixed Original)” on

page 4-8 .

When copying double-sided original, be sure to check the binding mar- 

gin.

For details, see “Specifying Position of Binding Margin (Margin)” on

page 4-17 .

To position the original on original glass

0 For details of the original types available on the original glass, see “Orig-inals” on page 9-12.

0 The machine will automatically detect the original size positioned on theoriginal glass, then select an appropriate paper size by Auto Paper Selectfunction.

0 Be sure to position the original in the specified orientation.For details, see “Specifying Orientation of Original (Original Direction)” onpage 4-12.

0 Do not place the original weighing over 6.8 kg on the original glass, or donot press strongly down on an open book placed on the original glass;otherwise the machine trouble may be caused.

0 For the original of thick books or solid objects, start scanning with the ADF kept open.In this case, a bright light may beam through the glass. Be careful not tolook directly at the original glass.

1 Raise the ADF.

2 Position the original FACE DOWN on the original glass.

Page 128: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 128/688

3 Basic Copy Operations

3-10 bizhub 500/420

B

asicCopyOperations

Chapter3

– If original direction has not been specified, place the original in therear left corner, with its top toward the rear side.

3  Align the original with the mark in the rear left corner of measuringguide.

– For bound originalspread over two fac-ing pages such as abook or magazine,position the top ofthe original towardthe rear side of theoriginal glass, align-ing it with the arrowin the rear left cornerof measuring guide.

Page 129: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 129/688

Basic Copy Operations 3

bizhub 500/420 3-11

   B

  a  s   i  c   C  o  p  y   O  p  e  r  a   t   i  o  n  s

   C   h  a  p   t  e  r   3

– For transparent ortranslucent original,layer a blank sheet ofthe same size as theoriginal over the

placed original.

4 Close the ADF.

The original size will be detected automatically and displayed in themessage area of the Basic Screen, while an appropriate paper size willbe selected automatically by Auto Paper Select and displayed in thePaper area.

2

Reminder

When Book Copy, Auto Original Size Detect mode of Image Repeat,

Centering or Non-Image Area Erase is selected, the ADF should not beclosed while all the originals are scanned.

In this case, be sure to manually select the desired paper size, as the ma- 

chine cannot detect the original size automatically.

Page 130: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 130/688

3 Basic Copy Operations

3-12 bizhub 500/420

B

asicCopyOperations

Chapter3

3.3 Setting Print Quantity 

This section describes how to set or change print quantity.

To set print quantity 

The machine is set to copy one grouped set as factory default.With two or more of print quantity specified, the Sort mode will be automat-ically selected.

0 Print quantity can be entered in any instance of the procedure unless thecontrol panel keypad is temporarily used for entering other values.

1 Enter the desired print quantity from the control panel keypad.

Entered quantity will be displayed on the touch panel.

Page 131: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 131/688

Basic Copy Operations 3

bizhub 500/420 3-13

   B

  a  s   i  c   C  o  p  y   O  p  e  r  a   t   i  o  n  s

   C   h  a  p   t  e  r   3

To change print quantity 

Follow the procedure below to change the print quantity that has been al-ready entered.

1 Press [C] (Clear) on the control panel.

The quantity displayed on the touch panel will return to 1.

2 Enter the correct quantity from the control panel keypad.

Newly entered quantity will be displayed on the touch panel.

Page 132: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 132/688

3 Basic Copy Operations

3-14 bizhub 500/420

B

asicCopyOperations

Chapter3

3.4 Density Setting

The machine is initially set to detect the density of the original image and au-tomatically select an appropriate exposure for the copy. Adjust the exposure level manually in order to make a copy darker or lighterthan the print result of Auto Density.

The following two types of density adjustments are provided.

Density: Select the exposure level of print image from nine levels.Background Removal: Select the exposure level of the background color ofthe colored original from nine levels.

!Detail

The Original Image Type setting is also provided for the original written in

a pencil or with a half-tone photo image that often has difficulty in adjust- 

ing the exposure level.

For details, see “Making Copy Quality Closer to Original (Original Image

Type)” on page 4-20 .

To adjust Density/Background Removal

1 Touch [Density] on the Basic Screen.

The Density Screen will be displayed.

Page 133: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 133/688

Basic Copy Operations 3

bizhub 500/420 3-15

   B

  a  s   i  c   C  o  p  y   O  p  e  r  a   t   i  o  n  s

   C   h  a  p   t  e  r   3

2 Select the desired exposure level.

– Nine levels are provided to adjust the density of print image.Touching [Light]/[Dark] once makes it lighter/darker by one level.

– Touch [Std.] to specify the middle of the nine levels.

– Touch [Auto] to set the machine to automatically detect the originaldensity level and select the optimum exposure for printing.

3 Select the desired background density level.

– Nine levels are provided to adjust the density of the backgroundcolor of colored original.Touching [Light]/[Dark] once makes it lighter/darker by one level.

– Touch [Std.] to specify the middle of the nine levels.

4 Touch [OK] on the Density Screen.

The Basic Screen will be restored.

2

Note

If no other setting is desired, the copy job can be started using the set- 

tings currently specified without touching [OK] to return to the Basic

Screen.

Page 134: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 134/688

3 Basic Copy Operations

3-16 bizhub 500/420

B

asicCopyOperations

Chapter3

3.5 Paper Size Setting

The following two modes are provided to select the paper size.

Select either mode to cope with the desired copying operation.-  Automatically select the paper size according to the original size.

- Manually select the desired paper size.

To select paper size automatically (Auto Paper Select)

This mode detects the original size placed in the ADF or on the original glassand makes a copy of an appropriate paper size selected automatically.

If Zoom is set to ×1.000, the machine selects the same paper size as the orig-inal.If other magnification ratio is selected, the machine automatically specifiesan appropriate paper size according to the magnification ratio selected.

0 The machine is initially set to operate ×1.000 Zoom and Auto Paper Se-lect as factory default.

0  Auto Paper Select and Auto Zoom are incompatible.

0 The paper size loaded in bypass tray can also be detected and selectedautomatically by Auto Paper Select.

0 The trays specified as “Special Paper” cannot be selected by Auto PaperSelect. Use this setting for loading special paper in a tray.See page 14-10 for details of “Paper Type”, and see page 3-20 for details

of “Paper Setting for Bypass Tray”.

1 Touch [Paper] on the Basic Screen.

The Paper Screen will be displayed.

Page 135: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 135/688

Basic Copy Operations 3

bizhub 500/420 3-17

   B

  a  s   i  c   C  o  p  y   O  p  e  r  a   t   i  o  n  s

   C   h  a  p   t  e  r   3

2 Touch [Auto Paper Select].

3 Touch [OK].

The Basic Screen will be restored with Auto Paper Select displayed on

the Paper key.

2

Note

If no other setting is desired, the copy job can be started using the set- 

tings currently specified without touching [OK] to return to the Basic

Screen.

Page 136: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 136/688

3 Basic Copy Operations

3-18 bizhub 500/420

B

asicCopyOperations

Chapter3

To select paper size manually 

Making a copy with the desired paper size and magnification ratio specified,copied image may be too large to fit in, or too small compared with the se-lected paper size.In this case, Auto Zoom can be used to automatically select an appropriate

magnification ratio according to the original size and specified paper size.For details, see “To select a magnification ratio automatically (Auto Zoom)”on page 3-43.

1 Touch [Paper] on the Basic Screen.

The Paper Screen will be displayed.

2 Touch the desired tray key to highlight it.

– On the tray keys are indicated the size and orientation of the loadedpaper. If the tray is specified as Exclusive, the Exclusive icon is alsodisplayed.

3 Touch [OK].

Page 137: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 137/688

Basic Copy Operations 3

bizhub 500/420 3-19

   B

  a  s   i  c   C  o  p  y   O  p  e  r  a   t   i  o  n  s

   C   h  a  p   t  e  r   3

The Basic Screen will be restored with the selected paper size and ori-entation displayed on the Paper key.

!DetailFor details of the paper type icon, see page 9-9 .

!Detail

The machine is initially set to enable Auto Zoom immediately after the

original is loaded in the ADF.

However, positioning the original on the original glass does not automat- 

ically activate Auto Zoom as factory default. An administrator can set the

machine to enable this function. See page 15-113  for details.

2

Note

If no other setting is desired, the copy job can be started using the set- 

tings currently specified without touching [OK] to return to the Basic

Screen.

Page 138: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 138/688

3 Basic Copy Operations

3-20 bizhub 500/420

B

asicCopyOperations

Chapter3

3.6 Paper Setting for Bypass Tray 

This section describes how to specify the size and type of copy paper loadedin the bypass tray.

The bypass tray is generally used in the following cases.

-  Auto Detect SettingUsed as one of the trays loaded with normal paper of the size availablefor Auto Paper Select.

- Custom Size SettingUsed when loading paper of special size that cannot be loaded in othertrays.

- Paper Type SettingUsed when loading paper of special type that cannot be loaded in othertrays.

!Detail

Special paper type can also be loaded in the other trays on a regular ba- 

sis. The paper type setting for these trays is provided in User Setting of

the Utility/Counter Screen. See page 14-10  for details.

The custom size setting is unavailable for the trays except bypass tray.

For details on loading paper in the bypass tray, see “To load paper into

the bypass tray” on page 2-58 .

To automatically detect the paper size (Auto Detect)

Use this function to automatically detect the standard paper size loaded inthe bypass tray.

0 Standard sizes available for Auto Detect in bypass tray: 11×17 w, 8-1/ 2×14w, 8-1/2×11w / v, 5-1/2×8-1/2 v, A4w

0  Auto Detect is initially set for the bypass tray.

1 Touch [Paper] on the Basic Screen.

The Paper Screen will be displayed.

Page 139: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 139/688

Basic Copy Operations 3

bizhub 500/420 3-21

   B

  a  s   i  c   C  o  p  y   O  p  e  r  a   t   i  o  n  s

   C   h  a  p   t  e  r   3

2 Touch the bypass tray key to highlight it, then touch [Change Tray Set-tings].

The Change Tray Settings Screen will be displayed.

3 Touch [Auto Detect] to highlight it.

4 Touch [OK] twice.

The Basic Screen will be restored.

Page 140: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 140/688

3 Basic Copy Operations

3-22 bizhub 500/420

B

asicCopyOperations

Chapter3

To specify/recall non-standard size (Custom Size)

Use this function to specify non-standard paper size to be loaded in bypasstray.

0 Specify the dimensions of non-standard paper.

 Available range for each is as follows.Side X: 5-13/16 - 17 inchSide Y: 3-5/8 - 11-11/16 inch

0 Five non-standard sizes can be stored and recalled. For details on storingnon-standard size, see “To store non-standard size (Custom Size)” onpage 3-24.

1 Touch [Paper] on the Basic Screen.

The Paper Screen will be displayed.

2 Touch the bypass tray key to highlight it, then touch [Change Tray Set-tings].

The Change Tray Settings Screen will be displayed.

Page 141: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 141/688

Basic Copy Operations 3

bizhub 500/420 3-23

   B

  a  s   i  c   C  o  p  y   O  p  e  r  a   t   i  o  n  s

   C   h  a  p   t  e  r   3

3 Touch [Custom Size].

The Custom Size Screen will be displayed.

4 Enter the length (X) and width (Y) of the paper.

– Check that [X] is highlighted, then enter the size of side X from thecontrol panel keypad. (5-13/16 - 17 inch)

– Touch [Y] to highlight it, then enter the size of side Y from the con-trol panel keypad. (3-5/8 - 11-11/16 inch)

– To recall the stored non-standard size, touch one of [memory 1] to[memory 5]. The name displayed on the key may have beenchanged when stored.

? What should be done if the message “Input Error” is displayed and

entered size cannot be stored?The value just entered is out of available range.

% Press [C] (Clear) on the control panel, then reenter the correct value.

Page 142: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 142/688

3 Basic Copy Operations

3-24 bizhub 500/420

B

asicCopyOperations

Chapter3

5 Touch [OK] three times.

The Basic Screen will be restored with the specified paper size dis-played on the Paper key.

2Reminder

Be sure to load paper of specified size in the tray, otherwise paper mis- 

feed may be caused.

To store non-standard size (Custom Size)

Follow the procedure below to store up to five non-standard paper sizes.This function allows you to quickly select the non-standard size that is often

used, dispensing with the size entry for each time.

0 Specify the dimensions of non-standard paper. Available range for each is as follows.Side X: 5-13/16 - 17 inchSide X: 3-5/8 - 11-11/16 inch

0 To recall the stored non-standard size, see “To specify/recall non-stand-ard size (Custom Size)” on page 3-22.

1 Touch [Paper] on the Basic Screen.

The Paper Screen will be displayed.

Page 143: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 143/688

Basic Copy Operations 3

bizhub 500/420 3-25

   B

  a  s   i  c   C  o  p  y   O  p  e  r  a   t   i  o  n  s

   C   h  a  p   t  e  r   3

2 Touch the bypass tray key to highlight it, then touch [Change Tray Set-tings].

The Change Tray Settings Screen will be displayed.

3 Touch [Custom Size].

The Custom Size Screen will be displayed.

4 Enter the length (X) and width (Y) of the paper.

– Check that [X] is highlighted, then enter the size of side X from thecontrol panel keypad. (5-13/16 - 17 inch)

– Touch [Y] to highlight it, then enter the size of side Y from the con-trol panel keypad. (3-5/8 - 11-11/16 inch)

Page 144: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 144/688

3 Basic Copy Operations

3-26 bizhub 500/420

B

asicCopyOperations

Chapter3

? What should be done if the message “Input Error” is displayed andentered value is ignored?

The value just entered is out of available range.

% Press [C] (Clear) on the control panel, then reenter the correct value.

5 Touch [Store].

The Store Custom Size Screen will be displayed.

6 Store the entered sizes. (The name displayed on the custom size keycan also be changed.)

– Touch one of [memory 1] to [memory 5] to store the entered sizes.

– To change the name displayed on the key, touch [Custom Name]under the key to display the touch screen keypad, enter the newname, then touch [OK]. Up to 16 characters can be entered.

– The name on the key is not necessary to be changed.

7 Touch [OK] four times.

Page 145: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 145/688

Basic Copy Operations 3

bizhub 500/420 3-27

   B

  a  s   i  c   C  o  p  y   O  p  e  r  a   t   i  o  n  s

   C   h  a  p   t  e  r   3

The Basic Screen will be restored.

2

Note

The name displayed on the stored size key is not always necessary to bechanged.

To specify paper type

Specify the special paper type for the bypass tray.

 After a setting change has been made, the machine may adjust the fixingtemperature or limit the output tray to be used depending on the specifiedpaper type.

This setting also prevents the special paper loaded in bypass tray from beingfed automatically when Auto Paper Select or Auto Tray Switch functions.When using OHP transparencies or any special paper, be sure to specify thissetting to avoid unexpected feeding.

0 This setting is indispensable for OHP transparencies, thick paper, or thinpaper to be loaded in the bypass tray.

0 Setting options are Recycled, Thick Paper, Thin Paper, OHP, Envelope,Letterhead, Trace, User, Labels, and Colored Paper.

0 When printing on envelopes, open the right-hand door of the machineand pull up the envelope levers. For details, see page 2-59.

0 The special paper setting of bypass tray will be cleared to the normal typesetting, when the machine is reset to the initial setting.

Page 146: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 146/688

3 Basic Copy Operations

3-28 bizhub 500/420

B

asicCopyOperations

Chapter3

1 Touch [Paper] on the Basic Screen.

The Paper Screen will be displayed.

2 Touch the bypass tray key to highlight it, then touch [Change Tray Set-

tings].

The Change Tray Settings Screen will be displayed.

3 Specify the special paper type.

– Touch the desired paper type key to highlight it.– To select Letterhead, Trace, User, Labels, or Colored Paper, touch

[Specialty Paper].

Page 147: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 147/688

Basic Copy Operations 3

bizhub 500/420 3-29

   B

  a  s   i  c   C  o  p  y   O  p  e  r  a   t   i  o  n  s

   C   h  a  p   t  e  r   3

– Touch the desired key to highlight it, then touch [OK].

4 Touch [OK] twice.

The Copy Screen will be restored.

5 Load paper of specified type into the bypass tray.

2

Reminder

When loading special paper into the bypass tray, be sure to specify the

corresponding paper type; otherwise paper misfeed may be caused.

2

Note

If no other setting is desired, the copy job can be started using the set- 

tings currently specified without touching [OK] to return to the Basic

Screen.

Page 148: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 148/688

3 Basic Copy Operations

3-30 bizhub 500/420

B

asicCopyOperations

Chapter3

3.7 Zoom Setting

Use this setting in order to make a copy using different-sized paper from theoriginal, or to enlarge/reduce the image size.

The machine is initially set to make a copy in full size (×1.000) mode.

This section describes how to make the Zoom setting.

To copy in full size (×1.000) mode

Use this mode to make a copy of the same size as the original image irre-spective of the paper size to be used.

0 The full size (×1.000) mode is initially specified as default. If settingchange has been made, follow the procedure below to specify this mode.

0 Pressing [Reset] on the control panel will resume the full size (×1.000)

mode, unless the initial setting with that mode specified has not beenchanged. In this case, other setting changes will also return to the initialcondition.

0 Use the [+] and [–] keys on the Zoom Screen to make a fine adjustmenton specified magnification ratio. Touch [+] to increase, or [–] to decreasethe ratio in 0.001 increments.

1 Touch [Zoom] on the Basic Screen.

The Zoom Screen will be displayed.

Page 149: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 149/688

Basic Copy Operations 3

bizhub 500/420 3-31

   B

  a  s   i  c   C  o  p  y   O  p  e  r  a   t   i  o  n  s

   C   h  a  p   t  e  r   3

2 Touch [×1.0] to highlight it.

3 Touch [OK].

The Basic Screen will be restored with “×1.000” displayed on the Zoom

key.

2

Note

If no other setting is desired, the copy job can be started using the set- 

tings currently specified without touching [OK] to return to the Basic

Screen.

To copy in slightly reduced magnification mode (Minimal) A document Image can be printed slightly smaller (×0.930) than the originaldocument size.

0 The Minimal ratio is set to ×0.930 as factory default.

0 The Minimal ratio setting can be changed within the range from ×0.900to ×0.999. For details, see “To store a zoom ratio” on page 3-41.

0 Use the [+] and [–] keys on the Zoom Screen to make a fine adjustmenton the specified magnification ratio. Touch [+] to increase, or [–] to de-crease the ratio in 0.001 increments.

1 Touch [Zoom] on the Basic Screen.

Page 150: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 150/688

3 Basic Copy Operations

3-32 bizhub 500/420

B

asicCopyOperations

Chapter3

The Zoom Screen will be displayed.

2 Touch [Minimal] to highlight it.

3 Touch [OK].The Basic Screen will be restored with the specified magnification ratiodisplayed on the Zoom key.

2

Note

If no other setting is desired, the copy job can be started using the set- 

tings currently specified without touching [OK] to return to the Basic

Screen.

Page 151: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 151/688

Basic Copy Operations 3

bizhub 500/420 3-33

   B

  a  s   i  c   C  o  p  y   O  p  e  r  a   t   i  o  n  s

   C   h  a  p   t  e  r   3

To select a preset zoom ratio

This machine is initially set to provide several magnification ratios (presetzoom ratio) often used to make a standard-sized copy from a standard-sizedoriginal. Select an appropriate ratio according to the original and copy papersizes.

0 Four types each for enlargement (×1.214, ×1.294, ×1.545, ×2.000) andreduction (×0.785, ×0.772, ×0.647, ×0.500).

0 Use the [+] and [–] keys on the Zoom Screen to make a fine adjustmenton the specified magnification ratio. Touch [+] to increase, or [–] to de-crease the ratio in 0.001 increments.

1 Touch [Zoom] on the Basic Screen.

The Zoom Screen will be displayed.

2 Touch the desired preset key to highlight it.

Page 152: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 152/688

3 Basic Copy Operations

3-34 bizhub 500/420

B

asicCopyOperations

Chapter3

3 Touch [OK].

The Basic Screen will be restored with the specified magnification ratiodisplayed on the Zoom key.

2Note

If no other setting is desired, the copy job can be started using the set- 

tings currently specified without touching [OK] to return to the Basic

Screen.

To specify a desired zoom ratio

 A desired magnification ratio can be specified within the range from ×0.250

to ×4.000, in order to make a copy in the same height-to-width proportion asthe original.

0 Use the control panel keypad to enter the desired magnification ratio,within the range from ×0.250 to ×4.000 in ×0.001 increments.

0 Entered ratio can be registered. For details, see “To store a zoom ratio”on page 3-41.

0 Use the [+] and [–] keys on the Zoom Screen to make a fine adjustmenton the specified magnification ratio. Touch [+] to increase, or [–] to de-crease the ratio in 0.001 increments.

1 Touch [Zoom] on the Basic Screen.

Page 153: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 153/688

Basic Copy Operations 3

bizhub 500/420 3-35

   B

  a  s   i  c   C  o  p  y   O  p  e  r  a   t   i  o  n  s

   C   h  a  p   t  e  r   3

The Zoom Screen will be displayed.

2 Touch [XY Zoom].

The XY Zoom Screen will be displayed.

3 Enter the desired magnification ratio (×0.250 to ×4.000) from the con-trol panel keypad.

Entered ratio will be displayed in the Zoom with Constant X and Y Ratioarea.

Page 154: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 154/688

3 Basic Copy Operations

3-36 bizhub 500/420

B

asicCopyOperations

Chapter3

? What should be done if the message “Input Error” is displayed andentered size is ignored?

The value just entered is out of available range.

% Press [C] (Clear) on the control panel, then reenter the correct value.

4 Touch [OK].

– Touching [Cancel] will clear the magnification ratio entered on the XY Zoom Screen.

The Zoom Screen will be restored.

5 Touch [OK].

The Basic Screen will be restored with the specified magnification ratiodisplayed on the Zoom key.

2

Note

If no other setting is desired, the copy job can be started using the set- 

tings currently specified without touching [OK] to return to the Basic

Screen.

Page 155: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 155/688

Basic Copy Operations 3

bizhub 500/420 3-37

   B

  a  s   i  c   C  o  p  y   O  p  e  r  a   t   i  o  n  s

   C   h  a  p   t  e  r   3

To specify lengthwise and widthwise zoom ratios separately (Set Indi-

vidual Zoom)

The following copy images can be obtained by specifying lengthwise andwidthwise magnification ratios separately.

0 Use the control panel keypad to enter the desired lengthwise/widthwise

magnification ratio, within the range from ×0.250 to ×4.000 in ×0.001 in-crements.

0 The Individual Zoom ratio cannot be registered.

0 The [+] and [–] keys on the Zoom Screen cannot be used to make a fineadjustment on the specified Individual Zoom ratio.

X: x 1.000, Y: x 0.500X: x 0.500, Y: x0.500 X: x 2.000, Y: x 0.500 X: x 4.000, Y: x 0.500

X: x 1.000, Y: x 1.000X: x 0.500, Y: x 1.000 X: x 2.000, Y: x 1.000 X: x 4.000, Y: x 1.000

X

Y

X: x 1.000, Y: x 2.000X: x 0.500, Y: x 2.000 X: x 2.000, Y: x 2.000 X: x 4.000, Y: x 2.000

X: x 1.000, Y: x 4.000X: x 0.500, Y: x 4.000 X: x 2.000, Y: x 4.000 X: x 4.000, Y: x 4.000

Page 156: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 156/688

3 Basic Copy Operations

3-38 bizhub 500/420

B

asicCopyOperations

Chapter3

1 Touch [Zoom] on the Basic Screen.

The Zoom Screen will be displayed.

2 Touch [XY Zoom].

The XY Zoom Screen will be displayed.

3 Touch the X icon key in the Set Individual Zoom area to highlight it, thenenter the desired magnification ratio (×0.250 to ×4.000) from the con-trol panel keypad.

Entered ratio will be displayed on the right side of the X icon key.

Page 157: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 157/688

Basic Copy Operations 3

bizhub 500/420 3-39

   B

  a  s   i  c   C  o  p  y   O  p  e  r  a   t   i  o  n  s

   C   h  a  p   t  e  r   3

? What should be done if the message “Input Error” is displayed andentered size is ignored?

The value just entered is out of available range.

% Press [C] (Clear) on the control panel, then reenter the correct value.

4 Touch the Y icon key in the Set Individual Zoom area to highlight it, thenenter the desired magnification ratio (×0.250 to ×4.000) from the con-trol panel keypad.

Entered ratio will be displayed on the right side of the Y icon key.

? What should be done if the message “Input Error” is displayed andentered size is ignored?

The value just entered is out of available range.

% Press [C] (Clear) on the control panel, then reenter the correct value.

5 Touch [OK].

– Touching [Cancel] will clear the Individual Zoom ratio entered onthe XY Zoom Screen.

The Zoom Screen will be restored.

6 Touch [OK].

The Basic Screen will be restored with the specified Individual Zoom

ratio displayed on the Zoom key.

Page 158: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 158/688

3 Basic Copy Operations

3-40 bizhub 500/420

B

asicCopyOperations

Chapter3

2

Note

If no other setting is desired, the copy job can be started using the set- 

tings currently specified without touching [OK] to return to the Basic

Screen.

To select a stored magnification ratio

Follow the procedure below to recall the stored magnification ratio.

0 The factory default provides three types (×4.000, ×2.000, ×0.500) of theproportional zoom ratio.

0 The stored ratio can be altered. For details, see “To store a zoom ratio”

on page 3-41.0 Use the [+] and [–] keys on the Zoom Screen to make a fine adjustment

on the recalled magnification ratio. Touch [+] to increase, or [–] to de-crease the ratio in 0.001 increments.

1 Touch [Zoom] on the Basic Screen.

The Zoom Screen will be displayed.

2Touch the desired Set Zoom key to highlight it.

Page 159: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 159/688

Basic Copy Operations 3

bizhub 500/420 3-41

   B

  a  s   i  c   C  o  p  y   O  p  e  r  a   t   i  o  n  s

   C   h  a  p   t  e  r   3

3 Touch [OK].

The Basic Screen will be restored with the recalled zoom ratio dis-played on the Zoom key.

2Note

If no other setting is desired, the copy job can be started using the set- 

tings currently specified without touching [OK] to return to the Basic

Screen.

To store a zoom ratio

Follow the procedure below to register proportional zoom ratios to be often

used, or to change the ratio provided as Minimal.

0 Three proportional zoom ratios can be stored within the range from×0.250 to ×4.000 in 0.001 increments. The factory default provides×4.000, ×2.000, and ×0.500 as Set Zoom ratios.

0 The Minimal ratio setting can be changed within the range from ×0.900to ×0.999. The ratio is set to ×0.930 as factory default.

0 The Individual Zoom ratio cannot be registered.

1Touch [Zoom] on the Basic Screen.

The Zoom Screen will be displayed.

Page 160: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 160/688

3 Basic Copy Operations

3-42 bizhub 500/420

B

asicCopyOperations

Chapter3

2 Touch [XY Zoom].

The XY Zoom Screen will be displayed.

3 Touch the icon key in the Zoom with Constant X and Y Ratio area to

highlight it, then enter the desired magnification ratio from the controlpanel keypad.

– When registering a proportional zoom ratio, enter the value withinthe range from ×0.250 to ×4.000.

– When changing the Minimal ratio setting, enter the value within therange from ×0.900 to ×0.999.

Entered ratio will be displayed in the Zoom with Constant X and Y Ratioarea.

? What should be done if the message “Input Error” is displayed andentered size is ignored?

The value just entered is out of available range.

% Press [C] (Clear) on the control panel, then reenter the correct value.

4 Touch [Set Zoom].

The Set Zoom Screen will be displayed.

Page 161: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 161/688

Basic Copy Operations 3

bizhub 500/420 3-43

   B

  a  s   i  c   C  o  p  y   O  p  e  r  a   t   i  o  n  s

   C   h  a  p   t  e  r   3

5 Touch the key to be stored with the entered value or touch [Minimal] tohighlight it.

6 Touch [OK].

– Touching [Cancel] will clear the entered ratio without being stored.The XY Zoom Screen will be restored.

7 Touch [OK] twice.

The Basic Screen will be restored.

To select a magnification ratio automatically (Auto Zoom)

Use this function to automatically select an appropriate magnification ratio

according to the original size and selected paper size.

0 The full size (×1.000) mode is initially specified for Zoom as factory de-fault.

0  Auto Zoom and Auto Paper Select are incompatible. For details of AutoPaper Select, see page 3-16.

1 Touch [Zoom] on the Basic Screen.

The Zoom Screen will be displayed.

Page 162: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 162/688

3 Basic Copy Operations

3-44 bizhub 500/420

B

asicCopyOperations

Chapter3

2 Touch Auto Zoom to highlight it.

The Paper Screen will be displayed.

3 Touch the desired tray key to highlight it.

4 Touch [OK].

The Basic Screen will be restored.The appropriate magnification ratio has been selected according to theoriginal size.

Page 163: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 163/688

Basic Copy Operations 3

bizhub 500/420 3-45

   B

  a  s   i  c   C  o  p  y   O  p  e  r  a   t   i  o  n  s

   C   h  a  p   t  e  r   3

2

Note

If no other setting is desired, the copy job can be started using the set- 

tings currently specified without touching [OK] to return to the Basic

Screen.

Page 164: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 164/688

3 Basic Copy Operations

3-46 bizhub 500/420

B

asicCopyOperations

Chapter3

3.8 Simplex/Duplex Setting

This section describes how to make double-sided copies from the originalscanned from the ADF or from the original glass, and also to make single-sided copies from double-sided original.

The machine is initially set to make a single-sided copy from single-sidedoriginal (1%1) as factory default.

To make double-sided copies using ADF

Follow the procedure below to make double-sided copies from single-sidedor double-sided original using the ADF.

0 Specify the Original Direction according to the orientation of the originalloaded in the ADF. For details, see “Specifying Orientation of Original(Original Direction)” on page 4-12.

0 With 2%2 selected, the desired copy result may not be obtained from thefollowing types of double-sided original unless the original page marginis specified manually.8-1/2 × 11 or smaller portrait-type original with top margin created8-1/2 × 11 or smaller landscape-type original with right/left margin creat-ed8-1/2 × 14 or larger portrait-type original with right/left margin created8-1/2 × 14 or larger landscape-type original with top margin createdFor details, see “Specifying Position of Binding Margin (Margin)” on

page 4-17.0 When selecting 1%2 or 2%2 and making double-sided copies with top

margin created (arranged upside down on the reverse side), the bindingdirection can be specified using the [Binding Direction] key,

Page 165: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 165/688

Basic Copy Operations 3

bizhub 500/420 3-47

   B

  a  s   i  c   C  o  p  y   O  p  e  r  a   t   i  o  n  s

   C   h  a  p   t  e  r   3

1 Position the original in the ADF.

2 Touch [Simplex/Duplex] on the Basic Screen.

The Simplex/Duplex Screen will be displayed.

Page 166: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 166/688

3 Basic Copy Operations

3-48 bizhub 500/420

B

asicCopyOperations

Chapter3

3 Touch [1%2] or [2%2] to highlight it.

4 Specify the original set direction according to the orientation of posi-tioned original.

– Touch [Original Direction] to display the Original Direction Screen.– Select one of the original direction key according to the orientation

of positioned original, then touch [OK].

5 Specify the binding direction of original and copy.

– The binding direction of original and double-sided copies should bespecified manually, otherwise the desired copy result may not beobtained.

– Touch [Binding Direction] to display the Binding Direction Screen.

Page 167: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 167/688

Basic Copy Operations 3

bizhub 500/420 3-49

   B

  a  s   i  c   C  o  p  y   O  p  e  r  a   t   i  o  n  s

   C   h  a  p   t  e  r   3

– Touch the desired key for each of the original and copy, then touch[OK].

6 Touch [OK].

The Basic Screen will be restored.

7 Select additional copy conditions, as desired.

– For details on specifying the binding margin for double-sided cop-ies, see “Creating Margin of Copy Image (Page Margin)” onpage 5-66.

Page 168: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 168/688

3 Basic Copy Operations

3-50 bizhub 500/420

B

asicCopyOperations

Chapter3

2

Note

If no other setting is desired, the copy job can be started using the set- 

tings currently specified without touching [OK] to return to the Basic

Screen.

Page 169: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 169/688

Basic Copy Operations 3

bizhub 500/420 3-51

   B

  a  s   i  c   C  o  p  y   O  p  e  r  a   t   i  o  n  s

   C   h  a  p   t  e  r   3

To make double-sided copies using original glass

Follow the procedure below to make double-sided copies from the originalusing the original glass.

0 The Separate Scan mode will function automatically.

0 Specify the Original Direction according to the orientation of the originalpositioned on the original glass. For details, see “Specifying Position ofBinding Margin (Margin)” on page 4-17.

1 Open the ADF.

2 Position the original on original glass, then close the ADF.

– Place the original FACE DOWN from the first page (page 1). For de-tails, see “To position the original on original glass” on page 3-9.

Page 170: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 170/688

3 Basic Copy Operations

3-52 bizhub 500/420

B

asicCopyOperations

Chapter3

3 Touch [Simplex/Duplex] on the Basic Screen.

The Simplex/Duplex Screen will be displayed.

4 Touch [1%2] or [2%2] to highlight it.

5 Specify the original set direction according to the orientation of posi-tioned original.

– Touch [Original Direction] to display the Original Direction Screen.– Select one of the original direction key according to the orientation

of positioned original, then touch [OK].

Page 171: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 171/688

Basic Copy Operations 3

bizhub 500/420 3-53

   B

  a  s   i  c   C  o  p  y   O  p  e  r  a   t   i  o  n  s

   C   h  a  p   t  e  r   3

6 Specify the binding direction of copy.

– The binding direction of double-sided copies should be specified,otherwise the desired copy result may not be obtained. Touch[Binding Direction] to display the Binding Direction Screen.

– Touch the desired key to highlight it, then touch [OK].

7 Touch [OK].

The Basic Screen will be restored.

8 Select additional copy conditions, as desired.

– For details on specifying the binding margin for double-sided cop-ies, see “Creating Margin of Copy Image (Page Margin)” on

page 5-66.

9 Press [Start] on the control panel.

The original image will be scanned into memory.When completed, the message “Scanning stopped./ Press [Start] tocontinue.” will be displayed in the message area.

10 Replace the original on the original glass with the second page (page2), then press [Start].

– Repeat this step for all original pages to be scanned.

Page 172: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 172/688

3 Basic Copy Operations

3-54 bizhub 500/420

B

asicCopyOperations

Chapter3

11 When all the original pages are scanned, touch [Finish].

12 Press [Start].

 All the data in memory will be output to make double-sided copies.

2

Note

If no other setting is desired, the copy job can be started using the set- 

tings currently specified without touching [OK] to return to the Basic

Screen.

2

NoteUsing the original glass to scan the double-sided original, it does not

matter which of the two duplex modes (1 % 2 or 2 % 2) is specified.

Page 173: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 173/688

Basic Copy Operations 3

bizhub 500/420 3-55

   B

  a  s   i  c   C  o  p  y   O  p  e  r  a   t   i  o  n  s

   C   h  a  p   t  e  r   3

To make single-sided copies from double-sided original

Follow the procedure below to make single-sided copies from double-sidedoriginal using the ADF.When using the original glass to scan the double-sided original, select 1%1mode.

0 Specify the Original Direction according to the orientation of the originalloaded in the ADF. For details, see “Specifying Orientation of Original(Original Direction)” on page 4-12.

0 The desired copy result may not be obtained from the following types ofdouble-sided original unless the original page margin is specified manu-ally.8-1/2 × 11 or smaller portrait-type original with top margin created8-1/2 × 11 or smaller landscape-type original with right/left margin creat-ed8-1/2 × 14 or larger portrait-type original with right/left margin created8-1/2 × 14 or larger landscape-type original with top margin created.

1 Position the original in the ADF.

Page 174: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 174/688

3 Basic Copy Operations

3-56 bizhub 500/420

B

asicCopyOperations

Chapter3

2 Touch [Simplex/Duplex] on the Basic Screen.

The Simplex/Duplex Screen will be displayed.

3 Touch [2%1] to highlight it.

4 Specify the original set direction according to the orientation of posi-tioned original.

– Touch [Original Direction] to display the Original Direction Screen.– Select one of the original direction key according to the orientation

of positioned original, then touch [OK].

Page 175: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 175/688

Basic Copy Operations 3

bizhub 500/420 3-57

   B

  a  s   i  c   C  o  p  y   O  p  e  r  a   t   i  o  n  s

   C   h  a  p   t  e  r   3

5 Specify the binding direction of original.

– With [2%2] selected, the binding direction of original should bespecified manually, otherwise the desired copy result may not beobtained.

– Touch [Binding Direction] to display the Binding Direction Screen.

– Touch the desired key, then touch [OK].

6 Touch [OK].

The Basic Screen will be restored.

7 Select additional copy conditions, as desired.

– For details on specifying the binding margin of double-sided origi-

nal, see “Specifying Position of Binding Margin (Margin)” onpage 4-17.

2

Note

If no other setting is desired, the copy job can be started using the set- 

tings currently specified without touching [OK] to return to the Basic

Screen.

Page 176: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 176/688

3 Basic Copy Operations

3-58 bizhub 500/420

B

asicCopyOperations

Chapter3

3.9 Separate Scan Setting

 A large amount of the original can be divided and scanned into memory.

The ADF accepts only 80 original sheets at a time, however, the SeparateScan setting allows you to handle the original that exceeds 80 sheets as a

single job.The multiple original scanned from the original glass, or both from the ADFand original glass, can also be combined into a single job.

To use Separate Scan mode

0 Note that the maximum number of the original available in the ADF doesnot change in this mode.Do not load more than 80 original sheets or above the limit mark, other-wise paper misfeed or damage to the original may be caused.

0 Separate Scan mode is necessarily used and operates automatically inthe following functions:Making double-sided copies using original glassImage InsertBook Copy

1 Position the original.

– When using the original glass, place the first page face down on theoriginal glass.

Page 177: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 177/688

Basic Copy Operations 3

bizhub 500/420 3-59

   B

  a  s   i  c   C  o  p  y   O  p  e  r  a   t   i  o  n  s

   C   h  a  p   t  e  r   3

– When using the ADF, load the original arranged in page order withpage one on the top.

2 Touch [Separate Scan] on the Basic Screen.

3 Select additional copy conditions, as desired.

4 Press [Start] on the control panel.

Page 178: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 178/688

3 Basic Copy Operations

3-60 bizhub 500/420

B

asicCopyOperations

Chapter3

The machine starts to scan the original.

The original image will be scanned into memory.When completed, the message “Scanning stopped./ Press [Start] tocontinue.” will be displayed in the message area.

5 Replace the original, then press [Start].

– Repeat steps 4 and 5for all original pagesto be scanned.

6 When all the original pages are scanned, touch [Finish]

Page 179: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 179/688

Basic Copy Operations 3

bizhub 500/420 3-61

   B

  a  s   i  c   C  o  p  y   O  p  e  r  a   t   i  o  n  s

   C   h  a  p   t  e  r   3

7 Press [Start] on the control panel.

 All the data in memory will be output.

!Detail

To delete the scanned image data, press [Stop]. For details, see “To

Stop/Resume/Delete a Job” on page 3-67 .

2

Note

The memory indicator in the upper-right corner of the Basic Screen al- 

lows you to check the remainder of memory during the scanning job.

Page 180: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 180/688

3 Basic Copy Operations

3-62 bizhub 500/420

B

asicCopyOperations

Chapter3

3.10 Setting Job During Warmup

Select copy conditions and start scanning during warmup, so that the ma-chine may start printing immediately the machine engine is ready.

To scan the original during warmup

0 The machine starts warming up under the following conditions:The sub power switch is turned on. (See page 2-29.)[Power Save] is pressed to release the Sleep mode. (See page 2-37.)Weekly Timer mode is interrupted with a password entered. (Seepage 2-40.)

1 Check that the message “Now warming up. Ready to scan.” is dis-played in the message area of the Basic Screen.

– The LED of the [Start] key will lights in green.

2 Position the original.

3 Set the desired copy conditions, and enter the print quantity.

4 Press [Start] on the control panel.

The original will be scanned into memory, and a print job will be onstandby.

Page 181: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 181/688

Basic Copy Operations 3

bizhub 500/420 3-63

   B

  a  s   i  c   C  o  p  y   O  p  e  r  a   t   i  o  n  s

   C   h  a  p   t  e  r   3

5 When scanning for more than one job, repeat the steps 2 to 4.

6 Make settings and enter the print quantity, then press [Start].

Soon after the machine completes the warmup, printing job will start inthe job order.

!Detail

For details on positioning the original, see “Positioning the Original” on

page 3-7 .

For details on setting the print quantity, see “Setting Print Quantity” on

page 3-12 .

The machine can be set to leave some settings made for the previous job

in order to utilize them when scanning for the next job.

For details, see page 15-74 .

The standby jobs can be checked for the settings, rearranged with prior- 

ity in output order, and also be cancelled.

For details, see Section 8: Job Management.

To suspend the job in progress, press [Stop].

For details, see “To Stop/Resume/Delete a Job” on page 3-67 .

Page 182: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 182/688

3 Basic Copy Operations

3-64 bizhub 500/420

B

asicCopyOperations

Chapter3

3.11 Next Job Reservation

This function allows you to set up a new job and scan the original while a cur-rent job printing is in process. The reserved job will start printing immediatelythe current job operation is completed.

To reserve a copy job

0 Up to 61 job settings including the current printing job can be made.

0 The machine is initially set to accept the job reservation after the current job is finished with scanning the original and starts printing.Job reservation is unavailable while scanning for the current job is still inprocess.

0 The Copy Operating Screen may appear when the job reservation be-comes available. In this case, touch [Program Next Job] on the screen to

make a job reservation.For details of the Copy Operating Screen, see page 14-23.

1 Press [Start] on the control panel to start scanning the original.

– The Scanning Original Screen will be displayed. Job reservation isunavailable as long as this screen is displayed on the touch panel.

– When the original is all scanned and the machine starts printing, theBasic Screen will be restored with the message “Ready to acceptanother job” displayed in the message area.

Page 183: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 183/688

Basic Copy Operations 3

bizhub 500/420 3-65

   B

  a  s   i  c   C  o  p  y   O  p  e  r  a   t   i  o  n  s

   C   h  a  p   t  e  r   3

– The Copy Operating Screen may appear when scanning for theoriginal is completed and printing job starts.In this case, touch [Program Next Job] on the screen to proceed.

2 Position the original for the next job.

3 Select copy conditions and enter the print quantity for the next job.

4 Press [Start] on the control panel.

When the current printing job is completed, the reserved job will auto-matically start printing.

5 To reserve more than one job, repeat the steps from 1 to 3.

Page 184: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 184/688

3 Basic Copy Operations

3-66 bizhub 500/420

B

asicCopyOperations

Chapter3

!Detail

For details on positioning the original, see “Positioning the Original” on

page 3-7 .

For details on setting the print quantity, see “Setting Print Quantity” on

page 3-12 .

The machine can be set to leave some settings made for the previous job

in order to utilize them when scanning for the next job.

For details, see page 15-74 .

The standby jobs can be checked for the settings, rearranged with prior- 

ity in output order, and also be cancelled.

For details, see Section 8: Job Management.

To suspend the job in progress, press Stop.

For details, see “To Stop/Resume/Delete a Job” on page 3-67 .

Page 185: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 185/688

Basic Copy Operations 3

bizhub 500/420 3-67

   B

  a  s   i  c   C  o  p  y   O  p  e  r  a   t   i  o  n  s

   C   h  a  p   t  e  r   3

3.12 To Stop/Resume/Delete a Job

This section describes how to stop, resume, or delete the job currently inprocess (scanning, printing, or both of scanning and printing).

To stop/resume the job in process

0 This procedure is effective only for the current job in process.

0 The reserved job which already started scanning cannot stop its opera-tion. Touch [Job List] to delete the scanned data.For details, see Section 8: Job Management.

1 Press [Stop] on the control panel during scanning/printing.

The scanning/printing will be suspended and the Job Stop Screen willbe displayed.

Page 186: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 186/688

3 Basic Copy Operations

3-68 bizhub 500/420

B

asicCopyOperations

Chapter3

2 Press [Start] on the control panel.

 All suspended jobs will resume the operation.

To delete a suspended job

0 This procedure is effective only for suspended jobs.

0 The scanned data of reserved job can be deleted by touching [Job List],to cancel printing.For details, see Section 8: Job Management.

1 Press [Stop] on the control panel during scanning/printing.

The scanning/printing will be suspended and the Job Stop Screen willbe displayed.

Page 187: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 187/688

Basic Copy Operations 3

bizhub 500/420 3-69

   B

  a  s   i  c   C  o  p  y   O  p  e  r  a   t   i  o  n  s

   C   h  a  p   t  e  r   3

2 Touch and highlight the job to be deleted, then touch [Delete].

Selected job will be deleted.

Page 188: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 188/688

3 Basic Copy Operations

3-70 bizhub 500/420

B

asicCopyOperations

Chapter3

3.13 Copy Conditions Incompatible with Basic Settings

ible

Basic

Density   Paper Zoom

   A  u   t  o

   B  a  c   k  g  r  o  u  n   d   R  e  m  o  v  a   l

   D  e  n  s   i   t  y

   A  u   t  o   P  a  p  e  r   S  e   l  e  c   t

   P   a   p   e   r   T   r   a   y   /   L   a   r   g   e

   c   a   p   a   c   i   t   y   t   r   a   y

   M  u   l   t   i  p   l  e   b  y  p  a  s  s   t  r  a  y

   N  o  m  a   l

   R  e  c  y  c   l  e   d  p  a  p  e  r

   O   H   P

   L  a   b  e   l

   T  r  a  c  e

   U  s  e  r

   L  e   t   t  e  r   h  e  a   d

   P  o  s   t  c  a  r   d

   T   h   i  n   P  a  p  e  r

   T   h   i  c   k   P  a  p  e  r

   C  o   l  o  r  e   d   P  a  p  e  r

   E  n  v  e   l  o  p  e

   A  u   t  o   Z  o  o  m

  x   1 .   0

   P  r  e  s  e   t   Z  o  o  m

   Z  o  o  m   R  a   t   i  o

   I  n   d  e  p  e  n   d  e  n   t   Z  o  o  m

+ ,

oval   ,

,

t   , , , , , , , , , , , , , , ,

pacity, ,   × × × × × × ×

ray   , ,

× × × × × × × × × × ×

,   × × × × × × × × × × ×

,   × × × × × × × × × × × ×

,   × × × × × × × × × × × ×

,   × × × × × × × × × × × ×

,   × × × × × × × × × × ×

,   × × × × × × × × × × ×

,   × × × × × × × × × × × ×

,   × × × × × × × × × × × ×

,   × × × × × × × × × × × ×

,   × × × × × × × × × × ×

,   × × × × × × × × × × × ×

, , , , ,

, , , , , ,

, , , , , ,

, , , , , ,

m   , , , , , , ,

inals

Page 189: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 189/688

Basic Copy Operations 3

bizhub 500/420 3-71

   B

  a  s   i  c   C  o  p  y   O  p  e  r  a   t   i  o  n  s

   C   h  a  p   t  e  r   3

tible

Basic

   S  e  p  a  r  a   t  e   S  c  a  n

Combine Originals Quality  Application

Simplex/ Duplex

CombinePages Original

   T  e  x   t

   T  e  x   t   /   P   h  o   t  o

   P   h  o   t  o

   D  o   t   M  a   t  r   i  x

   O   H   P   I  n   t  e  r   l  e  a  v  e

   C  o  v  e  r   M  o   d  e

   I  n  s  e  r   t   S   h  e  e   t

   I  n  s  e  r   t   I  m  a  g  e

   C   h  a  p   t  e  r  s

   N  e  g  -   /   P  o  s .   R  e  v  e  r  s  e

  s   i  n  g   l  e  -  s   i   d  e   d  o  r   i  g   i  n  a   l  s

   d  o  u   b   l  e  -  s   i   d  e   d  o  r   i  g   i  n  a   l

  s   i  n  g   l  e  -  s   i   d  e   d  c  o  p   i  e  s

   d  o  u   b   l  e  -  s   i   d  e   d  c  o  p   i  e  s

   2   i  n   1

   4   i  n   1

   8   i  n   1

   M   i  x  e   d   O  r   i  g   i  n  a   l

   O  r   i  g   i  n  a   l   D   i  r  e  c   t   i  o  n   S  e   t   t   i  n  g  s

   M  a  r  g   i  n

moval

ect  , , ,

*3e

tray

r

+ +

+ + +

+ + +

+ + +

+ + +

+ + +

+ + + + + + + + + +

*4 *4 *4

*4 *4 *4   ,

duce *4 *4 *4   ,

*4 *4 *4   ,

om *4 *4 *4   ,

ginals   ,

riginal   ,

Page 190: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 190/688

3 Basic Copy Operations

3-72 bizhub 500/420

B

asicCopyOperations

Chapter3

tible

 Application

   B  o  o   k   C  o  p  y

   B  o  o   k   l  e   t   P  a  g   i  n  a   t   i  o  n

ImageRepeat

   P  a  g  e   M  a  r  g   i  n

   E   d   i   t   M  a  r  g   i  n

Erase  Image

 Adjustment

   B  o  o   k   l  e   t

Stamp

   S  e   t   R  a  n  g  e

   A  u   t  o   O  r   i  g   i  n  a   l   S   i  z  e   D  e   t  e  c   t

   R  e  p  e  a   t

   E  r  a  s  e   /   C  e  n   t  e  r   E  r  a  s  e

   N  o  n  -   I  m  a  g  e   A  r  e  a   E  r  a  s

  e

   C  e  n   t  e  r   i  n  g

   N  o   R  o   t  a   t   i  o  n

   O  r   i  g   i  n  a   l   S   i  z  e   S  e   t   t   i  n  g

   C  u  s   t  o  m   S   i  z  e   O  r   i  g   i  n  a   l  s

   S  e   t   N  u  m   b  e  r   i  n  g

   P  a  g  e   #

   D  a   t  e   /   T   i  m  e

   B  u   i   l   t  -   i  n   S   t  a  m  p

   W  a   t  e  r  m  a  r   k

elect   , , , , , , , ,

rge

ss tray

er

+

+

+

+

+

+

r

+ + + + + + + + + + +

, , , , , , , ,   *4

*4

*4

*4

oom   *4

Page 191: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 191/688

Basic Copy Operations 3

bizhub 500/420 3-73

   B

  a  s   i  c   C  o  p  y   O  p  e  r  a   t   i  o  n  s

   C   h  a  p   t  e  r   3

,: Condition last selected has priority and the former selection will be re-

leased.

x: Incompatible

+: Condition previously selected has priority and warning message will bedisplayed.

*3: Condition last selected has priority only when Copy Insertion is selected.

*4: Condition last selected has priority when recommended zoom ratio isused in Combine Originals or Booklet.

*6: Varies according to the finishing option to be used.*7: Offset mode will be ignored.

tible

Finishing   Folding

   S  o  r   t

   G  r  o  u  p

Offset

   S   t  a  p   l  e

   P  u  n  c   h

   O  u   t  p  u   t

   T  r  a  y

   F  o   l   d   &   S   t  a  p   l  e

   H  a   l   f   F  o   l   d

   C  r   i  s  s  c  r  o  s  s

   S   h   i   f   t  e   d

emoval

lect

ge

s tray

*6 *6 *6 *6 *6 *6

r   *6 *6 *6 *6 *6 *6

+   *6 *6 *6 *6 *6 *6+   *6 *6 *6 *6 *6 *6

+   *6 *6 *6 *6 *6 *6

*6 *6 *6 *6 *6 *6

*6 *6 *6 *6 *6 *6

+   *6 *6 *6 *6 *6 *6

+   *6 *6 *6 *6 *6 *6

+   *6 *6 *6 *6 *6 *6

* * * * * *

Page 192: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 192/688

Page 193: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 193/688

4

   C  o  m   b   i  n  e   O  r   i  g   i  n  a   l  s   /   O  r   i  g   i  n  a   l    I  m

  a  g  e   T  y  p  e

   C   h  a  p   t  e  r   4Combine Originals/

Original Image Type

Page 194: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 194/688

4 Combine Originals/ Original Image Type

4-2 bizhub 500/420

CombineOriginals/Original Im

ageType

Chapter4

4 Combine Originals/ Original Image Type

4.1 Lay Out Multiple Pages onto One Sheet (CombinePages)

Use this function to lay out and copy a fixed number (2, 4, or 8) of pages ontoone sheet of copy paper, so that the paper use can be saved.

Function overview

The following functions are provided to Combine Pages. The direction of thepage arrangement will vary according to the specified original binding mar-gin.

Settingitem

Description

2 in 1 Select this setting to print two original images onto one sheet.

Left binding Right binding

1

1

2

2

11

22

1

1

2

2

1

1

2

2

Page 195: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 195/688

Combine Originals/ Original Image Type 4

bizhub 500/420 4-3

   C  o  m   b   i  n  e   O  r   i  g   i  n  a   l  s   /   O  r   i  g   i  n  a   l    I  m

  a  g  e   T  y  p  e

   C   h  a  p   t  e  r   4

4 in 1 Select this setting to print four original images onto one sheet.The page arrangement (Numbering Direction) can be specified.

Horizontal order, left binding Horizontal order, right binding

 Vertical order, left binding Vertical order, right binding

Settingitem

Description

1

1

2

2

3

3

4

4

1

1

2

2

3

3

4

4

2

2

1

1

4

4

3

3

2

2

1

1

4

4

3

3

1

1

3

3

2

2

4

4

1

1

3

3

2

2

4

4

3

3

1

1

4

4

2

2

3

3

1

1

4

4

2

2

Page 196: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 196/688

4 Combine Originals/ Original Image Type

4-4 bizhub 500/420

CombineOriginals/Original Im

ageType

Chapter4

With Combine Pages specified, the machine will automatically select a rec-ommended zoom ratio to reduce the original image for copying.The zoom ratio recommended for each setting is listed below.- 2 in 1: ×0.647- 4 in 1: ×0.500

- 8 in 1: ×0.323

!Detail

The machine can be set to disable the automatic selection of recom- 

mended zoom ratio in order to accept the ratio entered manually.

For details, see page 14-31 .

8 in 1 Select this setting to print eight original images onto one page.The page arrangement (Numbering Direction) can be specified.

Horizontal order, left binding Horizontal order, right binding

 Vertical order, left binding Vertical order, right binding

Settingitem

Description

1

1

2

2

3

3

4

4

5

5

6

6

7

7

8

8

1

1

2

2

3

3

4

4

5

5

6

6

7

7

8

8

4

4

3

3

2

2

1

1

8

8

7

7

6

6

5

5

2

2

1

1

4

4

3

3

6

6

5

5

8

8

7

7

1

1

3

3

5

5

7

7

2

2

4

4

6

6

8

8

1

1

5

5

2

2

6

6

3

3

7

7

4

4

8

8

7

7

5

5

3

3

1

1

8

8

6

6

4

4

2

2

5

5

1

1

6

6

2

2

7

7

3

3

8

8

4

4

Page 197: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 197/688

Combine Originals/ Original Image Type 4

bizhub 500/420 4-5

   C  o  m   b   i  n  e   O  r   i  g   i  n  a   l  s   /   O  r   i  g   i  n  a   l    I  m

  a  g  e   T  y  p  e

   C   h  a  p   t  e  r   4

To copy using Combine Pages

0 Load the original in the ADF.

0 If the original is placed on the original glass, Separate Scan mode willfunction automatically.

0 The tray loaded with the same paper size as the original will be automat-ically selected to make a copy of combined original.To use paper size different from the original size, then select the desiredzoom ratio manually.

0 The tray selection will accord with the order specified in Tray Priority. Fordetails of Tray Priority setting, see page 14-12.

0 With [Right] selected for the original page margin, the layout of images oncopied sheet will start from right to left. For details, see Creating Marginof Copy Image (Page Margin) on page 5-66.

1 Position the original.

– Specify the OriginalDirection accordingto the orientation ofthe positioned origi-nal. For details, seeTo specify original di-rection onpage 4-12.

– When positioning theoriginal on originalglass, use the Sepa-rate Scan mode toscan the original im-

age into memory. Fordetails, see SeparateScan Setting onpage 3-58.

Page 198: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 198/688

4 Combine Originals/ Original Image Type

4-6 bizhub 500/420

CombineOriginals/Original Im

ageType

Chapter4

2 Touch [Combine Originals] tab on the Basic Screen.

The Combine Originals Screen will be displayed.

3 Select the desired Combine Pages mode.

– When selecting [4 in 1] or [8 in 1], touch [Horizontal] or [Vertical] tospecify the direction of page arrangement.

– If changing the direction of page arrangement to start from the rightside, touch [Margin] to select [Right], then touch [OK].

Page 199: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 199/688

Combine Originals/ Original Image Type 4

bizhub 500/420 4-7

   C  o  m   b   i  n  e   O  r   i  g   i  n  a   l  s   /   O  r   i  g   i  n  a   l    I  m

  a  g  e   T  y  p  e

   C   h  a  p   t  e  r   4

2

Reminder

Load copy paper of the same size as the original, if not loaded in any tray.

2

Note

To release Combine Pages, touch the highlighted key again to deselect

it, or press [Reset] on the control panel.

2

Note

If no other setting is desired, the copy job can be started using the set- 

tings currently specified without touching [OK] to return to the Basic

Screen.

!Detail

If change the direction of paper arrangement to start from the right side,

specify the margin of copy image. For details, see page 5-66 

Page 200: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 200/688

4 Combine Originals/ Original Image Type

4-8 bizhub 500/420

CombineOriginals/Original Im

ageType

Chapter4

4.2 Specifying Original Settings (Original)

The following procedure describes how to specify the original type, orienta-tion of the positioned original, and page margin of the original to be copied.

4.2.1 Copying Mixed Size Original (Mixed Original)

Use the Mixed Original mode to copy the mixed size original set scannedfrom the ADF with Auto Paper Select or Auto Zoom activated.

Function overview

To copy using Mixed Original0 Load the original in the ADF.

Combination of the original sizes to be mixed depends on the widestoriginal width (width of the ADF original guides). For details, seepage 9-13.

0  Adjust the paper guides to the original securely. If incorrectly loaded, theoriginal may not be fed straight, resulting in paper misfeed or damage tothe original.

0 Do not load more than 80 sheets of the original, otherwise the original

may be misfed or damaged, or machine trouble may be caused.If the number of original sheets exceeds 80, divide them into blocks toscan. For details, see “Separate Scan Setting” on page 3-58.

Setting item Description

 Auto Paper Select Used with Mixed Original for copying to paper of the same size asthe original set.

 Auto Zoom Select Select for copying to paper of desired size with appropriate zoomratio automatically selected for each original.

Page 201: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 201/688

Combine Originals/ Original Image Type 4

bizhub 500/420 4-9

   C  o  m   b   i  n  e   O  r   i  g   i  n  a   l  s   /   O  r   i  g   i  n  a   l    I  m

  a  g  e   T  y  p  e

   C   h  a  p   t  e  r   4

0 If the original is placed on the original glass, scan the original referring to“To position the original on original glass” on page 3-9, then proceed tostep 3.

0 When Mixed Original is specified, Auto Paper Select will function auto-matically. To copy to a single and desired paper size, manually specify

 Auto Zoom Select. For details, see “To select a magnification ratio auto-matically (Auto Zoom)” on page 3-43.

1  Arrange the mixed size original faceup, aligning the left and rear sidesof each.

– For the double-sidedoriginal, arrange itwith the first pagefaceup, and align the

left and rear sides ofeach.

2 Position the original FACEUP (with the first page UP) in the ADF.– Align the left and rear

sides of the originalto the ADF, then ad- just the paperguides.

Page 202: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 202/688

4 Combine Originals/ Original Image Type

4-10 bizhub 500/420

CombineOriginals/Original Im

ageType

Chapter4

3 Touch [Combine Originals] tab on the Basic Screen.

The Combine Originals Screen will be displayed.

4 Touch [Mixed Original] to highlight it.

2

Note

To release Mixed Original, touch the highlighted key again to deselect it,

or press [Reset] on the control panel.

2

NoteIf no other setting is desired, the copy job can be started using the set- 

tings currently specified without touching [OK] to return to the Basic

Screen.

4.2.2 Copying Z-Folded Original (Z-Folded Original)

If folded original are loaded in to the ADF to be copied, the original size iscorrectly detected.

To copy using Z-Folded Original

0 Load the original in to the ADF.

Page 203: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 203/688

Combine Originals/ Original Image Type 4

bizhub 500/420 4-11

   C  o  m   b   i  n  e   O  r   i  g   i  n  a   l  s   /   O  r   i  g   i  n  a   l    I  m

  a  g  e   T  y  p  e

   C   h  a  p   t  e  r   4

0 The length of the first page of the original is detected, and all pages of theoriginal are scanned at that size.

1 Position the original to be copied.

2 Touch [Combine Originals].

The Combine Original Screen will be displayed.

3 Touch [Z-Folded Original].

Page 204: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 204/688

4 Combine Originals/ Original Image Type

4-12 bizhub 500/420

CombineOriginals/Original Im

ageType

Chapter4

2

Note

To release Z-Folded Original, touch the highlighted key again to deselect

it, or press [Reset] on the control panel.

2

Note

If no other setting is desired, the copy job can be started using the set- 

tings currently specified without touch [OK] to return to the Basic Screen.

4.2.3 Specifying Orientation of Original (Original Direction)

Specify the orientation of the original placed on the ADF or on original glass.

Without this setting, the copy results may not be obtained as expected, es-pecially when making copies under following conditions.- Copying from double-sided original- Making double-sided copies- Combine Pages- Booklet- Book Copy

- Staple, etc.

Function overview

Using ADF Using originalglass

Icon Description

Select for the original positioned withthe top toward the rear of the machine.Initially selected as factory default.

Select for the original positioned withthe top toward the front of the machine.

   1

   1

1

1

Page 205: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 205/688

Combine Originals/ Original Image Type 4

bizhub 500/420 4-13

   C  o  m   b   i  n  e   O  r   i  g   i  n  a   l  s   /   O  r   i  g   i  n  a   l    I  m

  a  g  e   T  y  p  e

   C   h  a  p   t  e  r   4

2

Note

The difference in original type (portrait or landscape) does not matter to

the Original Direction setting. Specify the orientation of original simply ac- 

cording to where the top of the original is positioned.

Select for the original positioned in the ADF with the top toward the left side ofthe machine.Or, select for the original positioned on

the original glass with the top towardthe right side of the machine.

Select for the original positioned in the ADF with the top toward the right side ofthe machine.Or, select for the original positioned onthe original glass with the top towardthe left side of the machine.

Using ADF Using originalglass

Icon Description

 1   

 1   

          1

          1

Page 206: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 206/688

4 Combine Originals/ Original Image Type

4-14 bizhub 500/420

CombineOriginals/Original Im

ageType

Chapter4

To specify Original Direction

1 Position the original.

– Place the original in the ADF or on the original glass.

2 Touch [Combine Originals] tab on the Basic Screen.

– The Basic Screen with the original loaded in the ADF

– The Basic Screen with the original placed on the original glass

The Combine Originals Screen will be displayed.

3 Touch [Original Direction].

The Original Direction Screen will be displayed.

Page 207: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 207/688

Combine Originals/ Original Image Type 4

bizhub 500/420 4-15

   C  o  m   b   i  n  e   O  r   i  g   i  n  a   l  s   /   O  r   i  g   i  n  a   l    I  m

  a  g  e   T  y  p  e

   C   h  a  p   t  e  r   4

4 Select one of the original direction key according to the orientation ofthe positioned original.

– The Original Direction Screen with the original loaded in the ADF

– The Original Direction Screen with the original placed on the original

glass

5 Touch [OK], then touch [Basic] tab.

The Basic Screen will be restored.

!Detail

The Original Direction setting will not be cleared after a job completion

until the reset function is activated.The machine can be set to reset the Original Direction setting to the fac- 

tory default each time a single job is completed. For details, see

page 15-74 .

Page 208: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 208/688

4 Combine Originals/ Original Image Type

4-16 bizhub 500/420

CombineOriginals/Original Im

ageType

Chapter4

2

Note

Touch [Cancel] on the Original Direction Screen to cancel the setting

change.

Press [Reset] on the control panel to restore the factory default setting.

2

Note

If no other setting is desired, the copy job can be started using the set- 

tings currently specified without touching [OK] to return to the Basic

Screen.

Page 209: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 209/688

Combine Originals/ Original Image Type 4

bizhub 500/420 4-17

   C  o  m   b   i  n  e   O  r   i  g   i  n  a   l  s   /   O  r   i  g   i  n  a   l    I  m

  a  g  e   T  y  p  e

   C   h  a  p   t  e  r   4

4.2.4 Specifying Position of Binding Margin (Margin)

Specify the binding position of the double-sided original loaded in the ADF.

Function overview

Icon Description

Select to automatically specify the binding position of double-sidedoriginal.The longer side will be selected for 8-1/2×11 or smaller original sizes,while the shorter side will be selected for 8-1/2×14 or larger sizes auto-matically.This setting is initially specified as factory default.

Select for the double-sided original bound on the left side.

Select for the double-sided original bound on the right side.

Select for the double-sided original bound on the top side.

8-1/2 x 11 or smaller 8-1/2 x 14 or larger

ABB

Page 210: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 210/688

4 Combine Originals/ Original Image Type

4-18 bizhub 500/420

CombineOriginals/Original Im

ageType

Chapter4

To specify Margin

0 Load the original in the ADF.

0 This setting functions effectively when 2%2 or 2%1 mode is specified inSimplex/Duplex setting.

0 The Margin setting will not be cleared after a job completion until the re-set function is activated.The machine can be set to reset the Margin setting to the factory defaulteach time a single job is completed. For details, see page 15-74.

1 Load the original in the ADF.

2 Touch [Combine Originals] tab on the Basic Screen.

The Combine Originals Screen will be displayed.

3 Touch [Margin].

The Page Margin Screen will be displayed.

Page 211: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 211/688

Combine Originals/ Original Image Type 4

bizhub 500/420 4-19

   C  o  m   b   i  n  e   O  r   i  g   i  n  a   l  s   /   O  r   i  g   i  n  a   l    I  m

  a  g  e   T  y  p  e

   C   h  a  p   t  e  r   4

4 Touch the desired binding position key to highlight it.

5 Touch [OK], then touch [Basic] tab.

The Basic Screen will be restored.

2

Note

Touch [Cancel] on the Page Margin Screen to cancel the setting change.

Press [Reset] on the control panel to restore the factory default setting.

2

Note

If no other setting is desired, the copy job can be started using the set- tings currently specified without touching [OK] to return to the Basic

Screen.

Page 212: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 212/688

4 Combine Originals/ Original Image Type

4-20 bizhub 500/420

CombineOriginals/Original Im

ageType

Chapter4

4.3 Making Copy Quality Closer to Original (Original Im-age Type)

Select one of the following modes according to the original image type, sothat the copy quality more closely matches to that of the original.

Function overview

Icon Description

Select for copying the original composed of text only.In this mode, the edges of copied text will be sharpened to providehigher legibility.

Select for copying the original including both text and photo image.This mode is specified as factory default.

Select to reproduce a half-tone photo image. The copy will closely rep-resent the half-tones of the original image.

Select for copying the original composed of text only, in order to darkenlightly printed images (e.g. pencil) to improve the legibility.

Original Text mode

Text /Photo

mode

Original

Photo modeOriginal

Dot Matrixmode

Original

Page 213: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 213/688

Combine Originals/ Original Image Type 4

bizhub 500/420 4-21

   C  o  m   b   i  n  e   O  r   i  g   i  n  a   l  s   /   O  r   i  g   i  n  a   l    I  m

  a  g  e   T  y  p  e

   C   h  a  p   t  e  r   4

To specify Original Image Type

1 Position the original.

2 Touch [Orig.Image Type] tab on the Basic Screen.

The Original Image Type Screen will be displayed.

3 Select the original type according to the positioned original.

4 Touch [OK], then touch [Basic] tab.

The Basic Screen will be restored.

2Note

Press [Reset] on the control panel to restore the factory default setting.

2

Note

If no other setting is desired, the copy job can be started using the set- 

tings currently specified without touching [OK] to return to the Basic

Screen.

Page 214: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 214/688

4 Combine Originals/ Original Image Type

4-22 bizhub 500/420

CombineOriginals/Original Im

ageType

Chapter4

4.4 Copy Conditions Incompatible with Combine Origi-nals/ Original Image Type Settings

Copy Conditions Incompatiblewith Combine Originals/ 

Original Image Type Settings

Basic

Density   Paper Zoom

   A  u   t  o

   B  a  c   k  g  r  o  u  n   d   R  e  m  o  v  a   l

   D  e  n  s   i   t  y

   A  u   t  o   P  a  p  e  r   S  e   l  e  c   t

   P   a   p   e   r   T   r   a   y   /   L   a   r   g   e

   c   a   p   a   c   i   t   y   t   r   a   y

   M  u   l   t   i  p   l  e   b  y  p  a  s  s   t  r  a  y

   N  o  m  a   l

   R  e  c  y  c   l  e   d  p  a  p  e  r

   O   H   P

   L  a   b  e   l

   T  r  a  c  e

   U  s  e  r

   L  e   t   t  e  r   h  e  a   d

   P  o  s   t  c  a  r   d

   T   h   i  n   P  a  p  e  r

   T   h   i  c   k   P  a  p  e  r

   C  o   l  o  r  e   d   P  a  p  e  r

   E  n  v  e   l  o  p  e

   A  u   t  o   Z  o  o  m

  x   1 .   0

   P  r  e  s  e   t   Z  o  o  m

   Z  o  o  m   R  a   t   i  o

   I  n   d  e  p  e  n   d  e  n   t   Z  o  o  m

   C  o  m   b   i  n  e   O

  r   i  g   i  n  a   l  s Combine

Pages

2in1   +   *4 *4 *4 *4 *4

4in1   +   *4 *4 *4 *4 *4

8in1   +   *4 *4 *4 *4 *4

Original

Mixed Original

Original DirectionSettings

Margin

   Q  u  a   l   i   t  y

Text

Text/Photo

Photo

Dot Matrix

Copy Conditions Incompatiblewith Combine Originals/ 

Original Image Type Settings

Basic

   S  e  p  a  r  a   t  e   S  c  a  n

Combine Originals Quality   Application

Simplex/ Duplex

CombinePages

  Original

   T  e  x   t

   T  e  x   t   /   P   h  o   t  o

   P   h  o   t  o

   D  o   t   M  a   t  r   i  x

   O   H   P   I  n   t  e  r   l  e  a  v  e

   C  o  v  e  r   M  o   d  e

   I  n  s  e  r   t   S   h  e  e   t

   I  n  s  e  r   t   I  m  a  g  e

   C   h  a  p   t  e  r  s

   N  e  g  -   /   P  o  s .   R  e  v  e  r  s  e

  s   i  n  g   l  e  -  s   i   d  e   d  o  r   i  g   i  n  a   l  s

   d  o  u   b   l  e  -  s   i   d  e   d  o  r   i  g   i  n  a   l

  s   i  n  g   l  e  -  s   i   d  e   d  c  o  p   i  e  s

   d  o  u   b   l  e  -  s   i   d  e   d  c  o  p   i  e  s

   2   i  n   1

   4   i  n   1

   8   i  n   1

   M   i  x  e   d   O  r   i  g   i  n  a   l

   O  r   i  g   i  n  a   l   D   i  r  e  c   t   i  o  n   S  e   t   t   i  n  g  s

   M  a  r  g   i  n

   C  o  m   b   i  n  e   O  r   i  g   i  n  a   l  s Combine

Pages

2in1   , , , + + + + +

4in1   , , , + + + + +

8in1   , , , + + + + +

Original

Mixed Original   , , , + + + + +

Original DirectionSettings

Margin

   Q  u  a   l   i   t  y

Text   , , ,

Text/Photo   , , ,

Photo   , , ,

Dot Matrix   , , ,

Page 215: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 215/688

Combine Originals/ Original Image Type 4

bizhub 500/420 4-23

   C  o  m   b   i  n  e   O  r   i  g   i  n  a   l  s   /   O  r   i  g   i  n  a   l    I  m

  a  g  e   T  y  p  e

   C   h  a  p   t  e  r   4

,: Condition last selected has priority and the former selection will be re-leased.

+: Condition previously selected has priority and warning message will bedisplayed.

*4: Condition last selected has priority when recommended zoom ratio isused in Combine Originals or Booklet.

*8: Incompatible when Booklet is automatically selected with Half Fold orFold & Staple in combination.

Copy Conditions Incompatible

with Combine Originals/ Original Image Type Settings

 Application

   B  o  o   k   C  o  p  y

   B  o  o   k   l  e   t   P  a  g   i  n  a   t   i  o

  n

ImageRepeat

   P  a  g  e   M  a  r  g   i  n

   E   d   i   t   M  a  r  g   i  n

EraseImage

 Adjustment

   B  o  o   k   l  e   t

Stamp

   S  e   t   R  a  n  g  e

   A  u   t  o   O  r   i  g   i  n  a   l   S   i  z  e   D  e

   t  e  c   t

   R  e  p  e  a   t

   E  r  a  s  e   /   C  e  n   t  e  r   E  r  a  s  e

   N  o  n  -   I  m  a  g  e   A  r  e  a

   E  r  a  s  e

   C  e  n   t  e  r   i  n  g

   N  o   R  o   t  a   t   i  o  n

   O  r   i  g   i  n  a   l   S   i  z  e   S  e   t   t   i  n  g

   C  u  s   t  o  m   S   i  z  e   O  r   i  g

   i  n  a   l  s

   S  e   t   N  u  m   b  e  r   i  n  g

   P  a  g  e   #

   D  a   t  e   /   T   i  m  e

   B  u   i   l   t  -   i  n   S   t  a  m  p

   W  a   t  e  r  m  a  r   k

   C  o  m

   b   i  n  e   O  r   i  g   i  n  a   l  s Combine

Pages

2in1   + + + + +   +   +   +   +   +   +

4in1   + + + + +   +   +   +   +   +   +

8in1   + + + + +   +   +   +   +   +   +

Original

Mixed Original   + + + + +   + +   + + + + +   + + +   +

Original Direction

Settings

  + + + + + +

Margin   + + + + +   +

   Q  u  a   l   i   t  y

Text

Text/Photo

Photo

Dot Matrix

Copy Conditions Incompatiblewith Combine Originals/ 

Original Image Type Settings

Finishing   Folding

   S  o  r   t

   G  r  o  u  p

Offset

   S   t  a  p

   l  e

   P  u  n  c   h

   O  u   t  p  u   t   T  r  a  y

   F  o   l   d

   &   S   t  a  p   l  e

   H  a   l   f

   F  o   l   d

   C  r   i  s  s  c  r  o  s  s

   S   h   i   f   t  e   d

   C  o  m   b   i  n  e   O  r   i  g   i  n  a   l  s Combine

Pages

2in1   + + *8 *8

4in1   + + *8 *8

8in1   + + *8 *8

Original

Mixed Original   +   + +

Original DirectionSettings

Margin

   Q  u  a   l   i   t  y

Text

Text/Photo

Photo

Dot Matrix

Page 216: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 216/688

Page 217: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 217/688

5

   A

  p  p   l   i  c  a   t   i  o  n   F  u  n  c   t   i  o  n  s

   C   h  a  p   t  e  r   5

 Application Functions

Page 218: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 218/688

5  Application Functions

5-2 bizhub 500/420

A

pplicationFunctions

Chapter5

5 Application Functions

5.1 Copying onto OHP Transparencies (OHP Interleave)Use this function to copy onto overhead projector transparencies.

In order to prevent the copied transparencies from sticking together due tothe heat inside the machine, an interleaf can be inserted between the trans-parencies. The interleaf can be kept blank, or copied from the same originalas transparency.

Function overview

The following functions are provided in OHP Interleave.

Function Key Description

Copy onto interleaf Insert an interleaf with the same image copied astransparency.

Use blank interleaf Insert a blank interleaf between transparencies.

Page 219: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 219/688

 Application Functions 5

bizhub 500/420 5-3

   A

  p  p   l   i  c  a   t   i  o  n   F  u  n  c   t   i  o  n  s

   C   h  a  p   t  e  r   5

To copy using OHP Interleave

0 Load OHP transparencies in the bypass tray, one sheet at a time.

0 Never load OHP transparencies in any tray other than bypass tray, other-wise machine trouble may be caused.

0 Specify the paper type as OHP in paper setting for bypass tray.0 Load copy paper in any tray other than bypass tray to match the size of

OHP transparencies. Paper of different sizes cannot be used as interleaf.

0 With OHP Interleave specified, Auto Zoom and Sort are automatically se-lected.

0 Print quantity will be fixed to 1 and cannot be changed.

0 If the machine is equipped with the Finisher FS-511 option, printed trans-parencies will be output to tray 1 only. Only Sort and Sort + Offset modesare available.

With the Finisher FS-510 option equipped, the machine can deliver trans-parencies to any output tray. Only Sort and Sort + Offset modes are avail-able.Even if the machine is equipped with the Saddle Stitcher SD-502 option,neither the saddle stitcher tray, Fold & Staple, nor Half Fold mode can beused.

1 Position the original.

2 Load OHP transparencies in the bypass tray.

– Load one sheet at atime.

The Paper Screen will be displayed on the touch panel.

Page 220: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 220/688

5  Application Functions

5-4 bizhub 500/420

A

pplicationFunctions

Chapter5

3 Specify the paper type as OHP.

– Touch the bypass tray key on the Paper Screen, then touch[Change Tray Settings].

Touch [OHP] to highlight it, then touch [OK].

The Paper Screen will be restored.

4 Load copy paper in any tray other than bypass tray to match the sizeof OHP transparencies.

5 Touch [Application] tab on the Basic Screen.

The Application Screen will be displayed.

Page 221: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 221/688

 Application Functions 5

bizhub 500/420 5-5

   A

  p  p   l   i  c  a   t   i  o  n   F  u  n  c   t   i  o  n  s

   C   h  a  p   t  e  r   5

6 Touch [Sheet/Cover/Chapter Insert], then touch [OHP Interleave].

The OHP Interleave Screen will be displayed.

7 Specify the tray loaded with paper for interleaf.– Touch to highlight the tray key loaded with paper for interleaf in step

3.

8 Select [Copy] or [Blank].

– To copy the original image also onto interleaves, touch [Copy] un-der Copy or Blank to highlight it.

– To leave the interleaves blank, touch [Blank] under Copy or Blank

to highlight it.

Page 222: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 222/688

5  Application Functions

5-6 bizhub 500/420

A

pplicationFunctions

Chapter5

9 Touch [OK] to return to the Application Screen.

– Touch [Cancel] on the OHP Interleave Screen to cancel the settingchange.

10 Select additional copy conditions, as desired.

11 Press [Start] on the control panel.

2

Note

To release the selected application function, touch [OFF].

To release all the application functions, touch [Reset].

To resume the initial setting for all settings including application function,

press [Reset] on the control panel.

2

Note

If no other setting is desired, the copy job can be started using the set- 

tings currently specified without touching [OK] to return to the Basic

Screen.

Page 223: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 223/688

 Application Functions 5

bizhub 500/420 5-7

   A

  p  p   l   i  c  a   t   i  o  n   F  u  n  c   t   i  o  n  s

   C   h  a  p   t  e  r   5

5.2 Adding Covers (Cover Mode)

Select this function to attach covers to the copied sets using paper differentfrom that used for document pages.

Both front and back covers can be specified whether or not to be attached

and also whether or not to be copied for each.

Function overview

The following functions are provided in Cover Mode. Front (Copy or Blank)and Back (Copy or Blank) settings are compatible.

Function Key Description

Front (Copy) The first page of the original will be printed ontothe front cover. When making double-sided cop-ies, the second page of the original will be printedonto the back side of front cover.

Front (Blank) A blank sheet for front cover will be inserted asthe first sheet of copied set. The same result willbe obtained when making double-sided copies.

Back (Copy) The last page of the original will be printed ontothe back cover. When making double-sided cop-ies, the last two pages of the original will be print-ed onto both sides of back cover.

Back (Blank) A blank sheet for back cover will be inserted asthe last sheet of copied set. The same result willbe obtained when making double-sided copies.

432

4

432R P RT

432432

2

21

432321

432 432

2

21

Page 224: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 224/688

5  Application Functions

5-8 bizhub 500/420

A

pplicationFunctions

Chapter5

To copy using Cover Mode

0 Load the original in the ADF. If the number of original sheets exceeds 80,use Separate Scan mode. For details, see “Separate Scan Setting” onpage 3-58.

0 With Separate Scan mode selected, the original glass can also be usedto scan the original.

0 Trays for copy paper and front/back covers should have the same papersize loaded in the same orientation.

0 Tray 1 is initially specified as the source of both front and back covers.When loading covers into another tray, select that tray on the Cover Pa-per Screen.The initial setting can be changed in the administrator setting. For details,see page 15-118.

0 The front and back covers can be fed from different tray source for each.

0 When using thick paper for covers, load it into the bypass tray, then makepaper setting for bypass tray.

0 Insertion sheets can also be added to the copied set. For details, see“Adding Insertions (Insert Sheet)” on page 5-12.

1 Load the original.

2 Enter the desired print quantity from the control panel keypad.

3 Load cover paper into any tray.

– Load cover paper of the same size as document paper into anytray, except the tray loaded with document paper. Paper type canbe different between front and back covers.

– When using thick paper for covers, load it into the bypass tray, thenspecify the paper type as Thick in paper setting for bypass tray. Fordetails, see “To specify paper type” on page 3-27.

4 Touch [Application] tab on the Basic Screen.

The Application Screen will be displayed.

Page 225: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 225/688

 Application Functions 5

bizhub 500/420 5-9

   A

  p  p   l   i  c  a   t   i  o  n   F  u  n  c   t   i  o  n  s

   C   h  a  p   t  e  r   5

5 Touch [Sheet/Cover/Chapter Insert], then touch [Cover Mode].

The Cover Mode Screen will be displayed.

6 Touch the key under Front Cover and Back Cover to specify the de-sired cover type.

– To attach the front cover, touch either [Front (Copy)] or [Front(Blank)] to highlight it.If no front cover is needed, deselect both keys.

– To attach the back cover, touch either [Back (Copy)] or [Back(Blank)] to highlight it.If no back cover is needed, deselect both keys.

– The front cover setting is compatible with back cover setting.

Page 226: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 226/688

5  Application Functions

5-10 bizhub 500/420

A

pplicationFunctions

Chapter5

7 Touch [Front Cover Paper] or [Back Cover Paper].

– To specify the front cover tray source, touch [Front Cover Paper].To specify the back cover tray source, touch [Back Cover Paper].

The Cover Paper Screen for each will be displayed.

8 Select the tray loaded with cover paper in step 3.

9 Touch [OK] to complete the setting on each screen, then return to the Application Screen.

– Touch [Cancel] on the Cover Mode Screen to cancel the settingchange.

10 Select additional copy conditions, as desired.

11 Press [Start] on the control panel.

Page 227: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 227/688

 Application Functions 5

bizhub 500/420 5-11

   A

  p  p   l   i  c  a   t   i  o  n   F  u  n  c   t   i  o  n  s

   C   h  a  p   t  e  r   5

2

Note

To release the selected application function, touch [OFF].

To release all the application functions, touch [Reset].

To resume the initial setting for all settings including application function,

press [Reset] on the control panel.

2

Note

If no other setting is desired, the copy job can be started using the set- 

tings currently specified without touching [OK] to return to the Basic

Screen.

Page 228: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 228/688

5  Application Functions

5-12 bizhub 500/420

A

pplicationFunctions

Chapter5

5.3 Adding Insertions (Insert Sheet)

Use this function to add insertions of different paper type at specified loca-tions. The insertions can be either copied or kept blank.

Function overview

In the Insert Sheet setting, the insertion location will vary depending on thesimplex/duplex type of the original and copies.

e.g. Selecting [Copy] with page 5 specified as insertion location:

Simplex/Duplex Description

1%1 The 5th page of single-sided original is copied onto the insertion, whichwill be the 5th sheet of copied set.

1%2 The 5th and 6th pages of single-sided original are copied onto bothsides of the insertion, which will be the 3rd sheet of copied set.With page 6 specified, the 5th page of the single-sided original is sim-plex-copied onto copy paper, while the 6th and 7th pages of the single-sided original are duplex-copied onto the insertion which will be the 4thsheet of copied set.

2%2 The 5th and 6th pages of double-sided original are copied onto bothsides of the insertion, which will be the 3rd sheet of copied set.With page 6 specified, the 5th page of the double-sided original is sim-plex-copied onto copy paper, while the 6th and 7th pages of the dou-ble-sided original are duplex-copied onto the insertion which will be the4th sheet of copied set.

2%1 The 5th page of double-sided original is simplex-copied onto the inser-tion, which will be the 5th sheet of copied set.

3

3

Page 229: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 229/688

 Application Functions 5

bizhub 500/420 5-13

   A

  p  p   l   i  c  a   t   i  o  n   F  u  n  c   t   i  o  n  s

   C   h  a  p   t  e  r   5

e.g. Selecting [Blank] with page 5 specified as insertion location:

Simplex/Duplex Description

1%1 A blank insertion will be added as the 6th sheet of copied set, after the5th page of single-sided original is simplex-copied.

1%2 A blank insertion will be added as the 4th sheet of copied set, after the5th page of single-sided original is simplex-copied.With page 6 specified, a blank insertion will be added as the 4th sheetof copied set, after the 5th and 6th pages of single-sided original are du-

plex-copied.

2%2 A blank insertion will be added as the 4th sheet of copied set, after the5th page of double-sided original is simplex-copied.With page 6 specified, a blank insertion will be added as the 4th sheet

of copied set, after the 5th and 6th pages of double-sided original areduplex-copied.

2%1 A blank insertion will be added as the 6th sheet of copied set, after the5th page of double-sided original is simplex-copied.

3

3

Page 230: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 230/688

5  Application Functions

5-14 bizhub 500/420

A

pplicationFunctions

Chapter5

To copy using Insert Sheet

0 Load the original in the ADF. If the number of original sheets exceeds 80,use Separate Scan mode. For details, see “Separate Scan Setting” onpage 3-58.

0 With Separate Scan mode selected, the original glass can also be usedto scan the original.

0 Trays for copy paper and insertions should have the same paper sizeloaded in the same orientation.

0 Tray 1 is initially specified as the insertion tray source. When loading in-sertions into another tray, select that tray on the Insert Paper Screen.The initial setting can be changed in the administrator setting. For details,see page 15-118.The tray source cannot be specified individually for each insertion loca-tion.

0 Up to 30 insertion locations can be specified for the original from 1 to 999pages.

0 Covers can also be attached. For details, see “Adding Covers (CoverMode)” on page 5-7.The front and back covers can be fed from different tray source for each.

1 Load the original.

2 Enter the desired print quantity from the control panel keypad.

3 Select the Simplex/Duplex mode.

– For details on specifying Simplex/Duplex mode, see “Simplex/Du-plex Setting” on page 3-46.

4 Load paper for insertions into the desired tray.

– The bypass tray is also available as insertion tray source.

Page 231: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 231/688

 Application Functions 5

bizhub 500/420 5-15

   A

  p  p   l   i  c  a   t   i  o  n   F  u  n  c   t   i  o  n  s

   C   h  a  p   t  e  r   5

5 Touch [Application] tab on the Basic Screen.

The Application Screen will be displayed.

6 Touch [Sheet/Cover/Chapter Insert], then touch [Insert Sheet].

The Insert Sheet Screen will be displayed.

Page 232: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 232/688

5  Application Functions

5-16 bizhub 500/420

A

pplicationFunctions

Chapter5

7 Specify the insertion location by entering page number.

– Touch [P---] to highlight it, then enter the desired page number fromthe control panel keypad.

– Touch up/down arrow keys to scroll the screen to use all 30 keys.–

? Should page numbers be entered from the smaller number?

% Not necessary. The page numbers entered at random will be sortedautomatically.

? What if the same page number is entered twice?

% The copy result will not change. The page number entered twice ormore will be ignored.

?

What if an entered page number is larger than the total original page

count?% The entered page number will be ignored.

? Do you want to delete the page number once entered?

% Touch and highlight the page number key to be cleared, then press[C] (Clear) on the control panel.

8 Specify the tray loaded with insertions.

Page 233: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 233/688

 Application Functions 5

bizhub 500/420 5-17

   A

  p  p   l   i  c  a   t   i  o  n   F  u  n  c   t   i  o  n  s

   C   h  a  p   t  e  r   5

– Touch [Insert Paper], select the insertion tray source to highlight it,then touch [OK].

Page 234: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 234/688

5  Application Functions

5-18 bizhub 500/420

A

pplicationFunctions

Chapter5

9 Select whether or not to copy onto the insertions.

– To copy onto the insertions, touch [Copy] under Insert Type to high-light it.

– To leave the insertions blank, touch [Blank] under Insert Type tohighlight it.

10 Confirm settings on the Insert Sheet Check Screen, and make settingchange, if desired.

– To change the insertion tray source, return to step 8.To change the insertion type, return to step 9.

– To change insertion locations, touch [Edit] and return to step 7.

11 Touch [OK] to return to the Application Screen.– Touch [Cancel] on the Insert Sheet Screen or Insert Sheet Check

Screen to cancel the setting change.

12 Select additional copy conditions, as desired.

13 Press [Start] on the control panel.

Page 235: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 235/688

 Application Functions 5

bizhub 500/420 5-19

   A

  p  p   l   i  c  a   t   i  o  n   F  u  n  c   t   i  o  n  s

   C   h  a  p   t  e  r   5

2

Note

To release the selected application function, touch [OFF].

To release all the application functions, touch [Reset].

To resume the initial setting for all settings including application function,

press [Reset] on the control panel.

2

Note

If no other setting is desired, the copy job can be started using the set- 

tings currently specified without touching [OK] to return to the Basic

Screen.

Page 236: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 236/688

5  Application Functions

5-20 bizhub 500/420

A

pplicationFunctions

Chapter5

5.4 Inserting Different Original Images into Printed Sets(Insert Image)

Use this function to insert images scanned from the original glass into a setof original document scanned from the ADF at specified locations, then out-

put the combined images as a finished set.

Function overview

The images scanned from original glass will be added as the next page ofspecified document pages.

e.g. Specifying pages 2 and 5 as insertion locations:

Simplex/Duplex Description

1%1 The first scanned image will be inserted after page 2 of the original, andthe second scanned image will be inserted after page 5.

1%2 The first scanned image will be printed on the front side of the 2nd sheetafter page 2 of the original is printed, and the second scanned imagewill be on the front side of the 4th sheet in the finished set.

2%2 One double-sided original sheet will be counted as two pages, so thecopy result will be exactly the same as above in 1%2 mode.

2%1 The first scanned image will be inserted after page 2 of the finished set,and the second scanned image will be inserted after page 5.

3

3

7

   8

4

5

   2

   3

1

   6

7

   8

4

5

   2

   3

1

   6

Page 237: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 237/688

 Application Functions 5

bizhub 500/420 5-21

   A

  p  p   l   i  c  a   t   i  o  n   F  u  n  c   t   i  o  n  s

   C   h  a  p   t  e  r   5

To copy using Insert Image

0 Use the ADF to scan the original to have image insertions.If the number of original sheets exceeds 80, use Separate Scan mode.For details, see “Separate Scan Setting” on page 3-58.

0 Use the original glass to scan images to be inserted.

0 Up to 30 locations can be specified for the original from 1 to 999 pages.

1 Load the original in the ADF.

– Be sure to arrange the original in page order, and then place it withthe first page faceup; otherwise the copy result may not be satis-factory.

2 Enter the desired print quantity from the control panel keypad.

3 Select the Simplex/Duplex mode.

– For details on specifying Simplex/Duplex mode, see “Simplex/Du-plex Setting” on page 3-46.

4 Touch [Application] tab on the Basic Screen.

The Application Screen will be displayed.

Page 238: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 238/688

5  Application Functions

5-22 bizhub 500/420

A

pplicationFunctions

Chapter5

5 Touch [Sheet/Cover/Chapter Insert], then touch [Insert Image].

The Insert Image Screen will be displayed.

6 Specify the image insertion location by entering page number.– Touch [P---] to highlight it, then enter the desired page number from

the control panel keypad.– Touch up/down arrow keys to scroll the screen to use all 30 keys.– Touch [Select].

The Insert Image Check Screen will be displayed.

? What if the specified locations are fewer than the scanned insertionimages?

% The insertion images exceeding specified locations will be added atthe end of the finished set.

Page 239: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 239/688

 Application Functions 5

bizhub 500/420 5-23

   A

  p  p   l   i  c  a   t   i  o  n   F  u  n  c   t   i  o  n  s

   C   h  a  p   t  e  r   5

? What if the scanned insertion images are fewer than the specifiedlocations?

% Specified locations exceeding the scanned image count will be ig-nored.

?What if the same page number is entered twice or more?

% The images will be inserted at specified location by the enteredcount.

? Do you want to delete the page number once entered?

% Touch and highlight the page number key to be cleared, then press[C] (Clear) on the control panel.

7 Check the locations on the Insert Image Check Screen, and make set-ting change, if desired.

– To change the image insertion locations, touch [Edit] and return tostep 6.

8 Touch [OK] to return to the Application Screen.

– Touch [Cancel] on the Insert Image Screen or Insert Image CheckScreen to cancel the setting change.

9 Select additional copy conditions, as desired.

10 Press [Start] on the control panel.

– The machine starts scanning the original to have image insertions.

11 Place the original of image insertion on the original glass.

– When scanning the ADF original is completed, open the ADF. Posi-tion the insertion original facedown on the original glass, then closethe ADF.

Page 240: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 240/688

5  Application Functions

5-24 bizhub 500/420

A

pplicationFunctions

Chapter5

12 Press [Start] on the control panel.

– When scanning multiple originals, be sure to start with the first pageand repeat steps 11 and 12 for all the originals in page order.

13 Touch [Finish].

14 Press [Start] on the control panel.

The machine will start printing when ready for output.

2

Note

To release the selected application function, touch [OFF].

To release all the application functions, touch [Reset].

To resume the initial setting for all settings including application function,

press [Reset] on the control panel.

2

Note

If no other setting is desired, the copy job can be started using the set- 

tings currently specified without touching [OK] to return to the Basic

Screen.

Page 241: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 241/688

 Application Functions 5

bizhub 500/420 5-25

   A

  p  p   l   i  c  a   t   i  o  n   F  u  n  c   t   i  o  n  s

   C   h  a  p   t  e  r   5

5.5 Locating Title Pages on Front Side (Chapters)

Use this function with the ADF in duplex copying. If a title page is to be ar-ranged on the back side of double-sided copy, a blank page will be automat-ically created on that page for the purpose of locating the title page on thefront side of the next sheet.

Function overview

In Chapters function, a blank page will be inserted before the specified titlepage in order to locate it on the front side of double-sided copy.

e.g. Specifying pages 2 and 5 as title pages:

Simplex/Duplex Description

1%2Chapter paper: None

 A blank page is automatically added before the 2nd and 5th pages ofthe original, so that they will be printed on the front side of double-sidedcopies.

1%2Chapter paper: CopyInsert

The same page insertion is performed as above, and the chapter pages(2/3 and 5/6) will be printed on paper from another tray source.

2%2

Chapter paper: None

Since one double-sided original sheet is counted as two pages, the

copy result will be exactly the same as above in 1%2 mode with Noneselected for Chapter paper.

3

3

Page 242: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 242/688

5  Application Functions

5-26 bizhub 500/420

A

pplicationFunctions

Chapter5

To copy using Chapters

0 Load the original in the ADF. If the number of original sheets exceeds 80,use Separate Scan mode. For details, see “Separate Scan Setting” onpage 3-58.

0 With Separate Scan mode selected, the original glass can also be usedto scan the original.

0 Up to 30 title pages can be specified for the original from 1 to 999 pages.

0 The tray selection can be changed for printing specified title pages. How-ever, it cannot be changed individually for each title page.

1 Position the original.

– When using ADF, be sure to arrange the original in page order, and

then place it with the first page faceup; otherwise the copy resultmay not be satisfactory.

– When using original glass, be sure to scan from the first page of theoriginal in page order; otherwise the copy result may not be satis-factory.

2 Enter the desired print quantity from the control panel keypad.

3 Select [1%1] or [2%1] mode.

– For details on specifying “Simplex/Duplex Setting” on page 3-46.

2%2Chapter paper: CopyInsert

The same page insertion is performed as above, and the chapter pages(2/3 and 5/6) will be printed on paper from another tray source.

Simplex/Duplex Description

Page 243: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 243/688

 Application Functions 5

bizhub 500/420 5-27

   A

  p  p   l   i  c  a   t   i  o  n   F  u  n  c   t   i  o  n  s

   C   h  a  p   t  e  r   5

4 Touch [Application] tab on the Basic Screen.

The Application Screen will be displayed.

5 Touch [Sheet/Cover/Chapter Insert], then touch [Chapters].

The Chapters Screen will be displayed.

Page 244: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 244/688

5  Application Functions

5-28 bizhub 500/420

A

pplicationFunctions

Chapter5

6 Specify the title pages.

– Touch [P---] to highlight it, then enter the desired page number fromthe control panel keypad.

– Touch up/down arrow keys to scroll the screen to use all 30 keys.– Touch [Select].

– To change the tray selection for title pages, proceed to the nextstep.

– If tray selection is not needed, touch [Select] to display the Chap-ters Check Screen. Proceed to step 8.

? What if an entered page number is larger than the total original pagecount?

% The entered page number will be ignored.

?What if the same page number is entered twice?

% The copy result will not change. The page number entered twice ormore will be ignored.

? Do you want to delete the page number once entered?

% Touch and highlight the page number key to be cleared, then press[C] (Clear) on the control panel.

7 Change the tray selection for title pages, if desired.

– Touch [Copy Insert], if not highlighted, to display the [Chapter Pa-

per] key.

Page 245: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 245/688

 Application Functions 5

bizhub 500/420 5-29

   A

  p  p   l   i  c  a   t   i  o  n   F  u  n  c   t   i  o  n  s

   C   h  a  p   t  e  r   5

– Touch [Chapter Paper] to display the Chapter Paper Screen.

– Select the tray loaded with paper for printing title pages to highlightit.

– Touch [OK] to return to the Chapters Screen, then touch [Select] todisplay the Chapters Check Screen.

8 Check the locations on the Chapters Check Screen, and make settingchange, if desired.

– To change the tray selection for title pages, return to the previousstep.

– To change the title page number, touch [Edit] and return to step 6.

Page 246: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 246/688

5  Application Functions

5-30 bizhub 500/420

A

pplicationFunctions

Chapter5

9 Touch [OK] to return to the Application Screen.

– Touch [Cancel] on the Chapters Screen or Chapters Check Screento cancel the setting change.

10 Select additional copy conditions, as desired.

11 Press [Start] on the control panel.

The machine will start scanning the original, then printing when readyfor output.

2

Note

To release the selected application function, touch [OFF].

To release all the application functions, touch [Reset].

To resume the initial setting for all settings including application function,

press [Reset] on the control panel.

2

Note

If no other setting is desired, the copy job can be started using the set- 

tings currently specified without touching [OK] to return to the Basic

Screen.

Page 247: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 247/688

 Application Functions 5

bizhub 500/420 5-31

   A

  p  p   l   i  c  a   t   i  o  n   F  u  n  c   t   i  o  n  s

   C   h  a  p   t  e  r   5

5.6 Scanning documents with different settings and print-ing copies all together (“Program Job” function)

Loaded document pages can be scanned with different settings and theircopies can be printed together. Different Zoom or Paper settings can be

specified for a part of the document or Finishing settings or the “Set Num-bering” function can be set after the entire document is scanned, and thenall copies can be printed together.

To copy using Program Job

0 The Separate Scan mode will function automatically.

0 Once specified, paper size setting cannot be changed for another JOB.

0 Finishing mode and print quantity setting cannot be specified for eachJOB.

0 Max. 100 JOBs can be programmed for an output job.

0 Program Job setting cannot be stored in Mode Memory.

1 Position the original FACE UP in the ADF or FACE DOWN one the orig-inal glass.

– If the number of ADF originals exceeds100, them into blocks notexceeding 100 sheets and load them from the block with the firstpage.

1 2

1 2 3  4

 5  6 7  8

 9   10

1 2 3  4

 5  6

9 0  1

 2  3 4  5

 6  7 8

3  4 5  6

 7  8

1  2

Page 248: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 248/688

5  Application Functions

5-32 bizhub 500/420

A

pplicationFunctions

Chapter5

2 Touch [Application] tab on the Basic Screen.

The Application Screen will be displayed.

3 Touch [Sheet/Cover/Chapter Insert], then touch [Program Job].

4 Select the desired copy settings, and then press [Start] on the controlpanel.

– To print a single copy to be checked, touch [Proof Copy]. Scanningbegins.

Page 249: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 249/688

 Application Functions 5

bizhub 500/420 5-33

   A

  p  p   l   i  c  a   t   i  o  n   F  u  n  c   t   i  o  n  s

   C   h  a  p   t  e  r   5

5 Select [Fix], and then touch [OK].

– If the original is placed on the original glass, touch [Finish] in thescreen that appears, requesting confirmation that scanning of theoriginal is finished.

– To delete the scanning data, touch [Retry].

6 Position the next document batch, and then touch [Change Setting].

7 Select the desired copy settings, and then press [Start] on the controlpanel.

– To print a single copy to be checked, touch [Proof Copy].

– Repeat steps 6 and 7 until all original batches have been scanned.The amount of memory available can be checked beside “Memory”

Page 250: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 250/688

5  Application Functions

5-34 bizhub 500/420

A

pplicationFunctions

Chapter5

in the upper-right corner of the screen. In addition, the number oforiginal batches can be checked beside “Number of Sep. Scans”.

– If not enough space is available in the memory, a message appears.Select whether to delete the last part of the data and scan it again,delete the last part of the data and print, or delete all of the docu-

ment data.– To cancel changes to the settings, touch [Cancel Change].

Scanning begins. After scanning is finished, select [Fix], and then touch[OK].

? Is there more information about the settings?

% Refer to the appropriate section.

8  After all document pages have been scanned, touch [Finish].

 A message appears, requesting confirmation that scanning is finished.

9 Select [Yes], and then touch [OK].

– To change the copy settings, select [No], and then touch [ChangeSetting].

10 Specify any other desired copy settings.

Page 251: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 251/688

 Application Functions 5

bizhub 500/420 5-35

   A

  p  p   l   i  c  a   t   i  o  n   F  u  n  c   t   i  o  n  s

   C   h  a  p   t  e  r   5

– Touch [Print], and then specify the printing method for the entirescanned original.

? Is there more information about the settings?

% Refer to the appropriate section.

11 Using the keypad, type in the desired number of copies.

12 Touch [Execute] or press [Start] on the control panel.

– If [Cancel] is touched, a message appears, requesting confirmationto delete the data. To stop printing, select [Yes], and then touch[OK].

Page 252: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 252/688

5  Application Functions

5-36 bizhub 500/420

A

pplicationFunctions

Chapter5

5.7 Dividing Spread Image into Right and Left Pages(Book Copy)

Use this function to divide a page spread image scanned from the originalglass, such as an open book or catalog, into two separate images of right

and left pages. If front and back covers are desired, scan the cover pagesfirst so that they will be printed without image division performed and all theoriginal pages will be output in correct order.

The page spread original can also be copied without image division.

Function overview

Mode key Description

Book Spread Page spread original will be copied normally without image division.

Separation Page spread original image will be divided into two separate copies ofright and left pages.

Front Cover Printed sets will be output from the front cover page, then divided doc-ument pages according to pagination.The original should be scanned from the front cover, then page spreadoriginals in page order.

Page 253: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 253/688

 Application Functions 5

bizhub 500/420 5-37

   A

  p  p   l   i  c  a   t   i  o  n   F  u  n  c   t   i  o  n  s

   C   h  a  p   t  e  r   5

To copy using Book Copy 

0 Scan the original from original glass with the ADF kept open. The ADFcannot be used to scan the original.

0 Non-Image Area Erase will be specified automatically.

0 Original Direction and Margin settings are unavailable.

0 With Book Copy specified, tray 1 will be automatically selected as copypaper tray source.Change the tray selection manually, if desired. In this case, the scanningarea will be automatically determined according to the selected papersize. Auto Paper Select will not function.

0 Specify the binding position of the original. This setting will be effectivewith Separation, Front Cover, or Front and Back Cover selected, but nullfor the Book Spread mode.

0 Using Book Copy along with Centering, the original can be placed any-where on the original glass.

0 Use Erase/Center Erase to copy eliminating black copy marks along bor-ders.

0  Auto Zoom will not function. The magnification can be changed as de-sired.

Front and Back Cover Printed sets will be output from the front cover page, divided documentpages according to pagination, then the back cover page.The original should be scanned from the front cover, back cover, thenpage spread originals in page order.

Mode key Description

Page 254: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 254/688

5  Application Functions

5-38 bizhub 500/420

A

pplicationFunctions

Chapter5

1 Position the original on the original glass.

– Position the upper-left corner of the original to meet with the rear-left corner of the original glass. Keep the ADF open.

– When using Book Spread or Separation mode, place the first pageof spread original.

– When using Front Cover or Front and Back Cover mode, place thefront cover facedown.

– When using Centering in combination, the original can be locatedat any place provided it is not skewed.

2 Enter the desired print quantity from the control panel keypad.

3 Load the desired copy paper into any tray.

Page 255: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 255/688

 Application Functions 5

bizhub 500/420 5-39

   A

  p  p   l   i  c  a   t   i  o  n   F  u  n  c   t   i  o  n  s

   C   h  a  p   t  e  r   5

4 Specify the paper tray on the Paper Screen.

– Touch [Paper] on the Basic Screen to display the Paper Screen.– Touch the desired tray key to highlight it. Without this tray selection,

the machine will automatically use copy paper loaded in tray 1 toprint.

5 Touch [Application] tab on the Basic Screen.

The Application Screen will be displayed.

6 Touch [Book Copy/Repeat].

The Book Copy/Repeat Screen will be displayed.

Page 256: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 256/688

5  Application Functions

5-40 bizhub 500/420

A

pplicationFunctions

Chapter5

7 Touch [Book Copy].

The Book Copy Screen will be displayed.

8 Select the desired Book Copy mode.

– Touch either [Book Spread], [Separation], [Front Cover], or [Frontand Back Cover] to highlight it.

– When selecting Separation, Front Cover, or Front and Back Covermode, also select the binding position of the original by touching[Left Bind] or [Right Bind] in the Position area.

– If necessary, touch [Erase] or [Center Erase] in the Book Erase areato display the Erase Screen or Center Erase Screen to use eachfunction.

For details of setting procedure, see “Erasing Black Marks along 

Page 257: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 257/688

 Application Functions 5

bizhub 500/420 5-41

   A

  p  p   l   i  c  a   t   i  o  n   F  u  n  c   t   i  o  n  s

   C   h  a  p   t  e  r   5

Borders (Erase)” on page 5-75 and “Erasing Black Marks alongCenter Fold (Center Erase)” on page 5-78.

9 Touch [OK] to return to the Application Screen.

– Touch [Cancel] on the Book Copy Screen, Erase Screen, or CenterErase Screen to cancel the setting change.

10 Select additional copy conditions, as desired.

– When Separation is selected and separated original size is differentfrom selected paper size, specify the desired magnification.

– To use Centering function in combination, touch [Image Adjust-ment] on the Application Screen, then touch [Centering] to highlight

it.

11 Press [Start] on the control panel.

– Be sure to scan from the first page.– When selecting Front and Back Cover mode, scan the original in

the order of front cover, back cover, and then spread originals.– When selecting Front Cover mode, scan the front cover first, then

spread originals.

Page 258: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 258/688

5  Application Functions

5-42 bizhub 500/420

A

pplicationFunctions

Chapter5

12 When all originals are scanned, touch [Finish].

13 Press [Start] on the control panel.

The machine will start printing when ready for output.

2

Reminder

Non-Image Area Erase function may not operate properly for dark origi- 

nal. In this case, check this function using the original with white back- 

ground.

This function may also perform incorrectly if the lighting in the work place

is directly over the original glass. In this case, consult your service repre- 

sentative about an appropriate place for installation.

2

Note

To release the selected application function, touch [OFF].

To release all the application functions, touch [Reset].

To resume the initial setting for all settings including application function,

press [Reset] on the control panel.

2

Note

If no other setting is desired, the copy job can be started using the set- 

tings currently specified without touching [OK] to return to the Application

Screen or Basic Screen.

Page 259: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 259/688

 Application Functions 5

bizhub 500/420 5-43

   A

  p  p   l   i  c  a   t   i  o  n   F  u  n  c   t   i  o  n  s

   C   h  a  p   t  e  r   5

5.8 Repeating Original Image on One Sheet (Image Re-peat)

Use this function to print the original image repeatedly on a single sheet ofpaper.

The following two modes are provided for Image Repeat.-  Auto Repeat

Use the original glass to scan the original.The machine automatically determines the number of repeats from de-tected original image size and paper size.The original image size can be both detected automatically (Auto Detect)or specified manually (Set Range). Also select whether to print the defective images around the edges (With-out Margin), or to leave the marginal area blank without printing defective

images (With Margin).- 2/4/8 RepeatUse the ADF or original glass to scan the original.Specify the number of repeats from 2, 4, and 8 times, irrespective of theoriginal image size.The original image size can be both detected automatically (Auto Detect)or specified manually (Set Range).

Page 260: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 260/688

5  Application Functions

5-44 bizhub 500/420

A

pplicationFunctions

Chapter5

Function overview

Function Mode Description

 Auto Repeat Auto Detect + WithMargin

 Auto Detect + WithoutMargin

Set Range + WithMargin

Set Range + WithoutMargin

2/4/8 Repeat 2 Repeat

4 Repeat

8 Repeat

 X

Y

 X

Y

Page 261: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 261/688

 Application Functions 5

bizhub 500/420 5-45

   A

  p  p   l   i  c  a   t   i  o  n   F  u  n  c   t   i  o  n  s

   C   h  a  p   t  e  r   5

5.8.1 Setting Repeat Times Automatically 

Select the Auto Detect or Set Range mode to automatically detect or manu-ally specify the original image size, then let the machine determine thenumber of repeats from specified mode and magnification ratio.

To automatically set the repeat times

0 Scan the original from original glass. The ADF cannot be used to scan theoriginal.

0  Auto Detect mode uses Non-Image Area Erase function to automaticallydetect the original size. Keep the ADF open.

0 Set Range mode does not use Non-Image Area Erase function. Close the ADF.

0 Use Set Range mode to repeat a part of the original, not the entire image,

by specifying the scanning area.Select the standard size or enter the dimensions of custom size. Available dimensions: 2 to 17 in. for side X, 2 to 11-11/16 in. for side Y

0 Select With Margin to leave the marginal area blank without printing de-fective images. Or, select Without Margin to print the defective imagesaround the edges.

0 Tray 1 will be automatically selected as copy paper tray source.Change the tray selection manually, if desired. Auto Paper Select will notfunction.

0  Auto Zoom will not function. Specify the desired magnification ratio.

1 Position the original on the original glass.

– Keep the ADF open.

2 Enter the desired print quantity from the control panel keypad.

3 Load the desired copy paper into any tray.

Page 262: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 262/688

5  Application Functions

5-46 bizhub 500/420

A

pplicationFunctions

Chapter5

4 Specify the paper tray on the Paper Screen.

– Touch [Paper] on the Basic Screen to display the Paper Screen.– Touch the desired tray key to highlight it. Without this tray selection,

the machine will automatically use copy paper loaded in tray 1 toprint.

5 Touch [Application] tab on the Basic Screen.

The Application Screen will be displayed.

Page 263: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 263/688

 Application Functions 5

bizhub 500/420 5-47

   A

  p  p   l   i  c  a   t   i  o  n   F  u  n  c   t   i  o  n  s

   C   h  a  p   t  e  r   5

6 Touch [Book Copy/Repeat], then touch [Image Repeat].

The Image Repeat Screen will be displayed.

7 Specify the desired Layout mode.– Touch [With Margin] or [Without Margin] to highlight it.

Page 264: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 264/688

5  Application Functions

5-48 bizhub 500/420

A

pplicationFunctions

Chapter5

8 Specify the desired Scan Range mode.

– To detect the original size automatically, touch [Auto Detect].Non-Image Area Erase will also be selected automatically.

– To specify the scanning area, touch [Set Range] to display the

Standard Size Screen, then select the desired scanning area.Use up/down arrow key to scroll to the desired size, if necessary.

– To enter the dimensions of scanning area, touch [Custom Size] onthe Standard Size Screen to display the Custom Size Screen, thenenter the desired dimensions from the control panel keypad. In or-der to specify a fraction, touch the bidirectional arrow key to movethe cursor, then use [+] and [–] to enter the desired value in 1/16 in.increments.

– When selecting [Set Range], Close the ADF.

Page 265: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 265/688

 Application Functions 5

bizhub 500/420 5-49

   A

  p  p   l   i  c  a   t   i  o  n   F  u  n  c   t   i  o  n  s

   C   h  a  p   t  e  r   5

? Do you want to delete the dimensions once entered?

% Press [C] (Clear) on the control panel, then enter the correct dimen-sions.

9 Touch [OK] to return to the Application Screen.

– Touch [Cancel] on the Image Repeat Screen, Standard Size Screenor Custom Size Screen to cancel the setting change.

10 Select additional copy conditions, as desired.

– Specify the desired magnification.The number of repeats will be determined automatically from spec-ified scanning area, selected paper size and magnification ratio.

11 Press [Start] on the control panel.

The machine will start printing when ready for output.

2

Note

To release the selected application function, touch [OFF].

To release all the application functions, touch [Reset].

To resume the initial setting for all settings including application function,

press [Reset] on the control panel.

2

Note

If no other setting is desired, the copy job can be started using the set- 

tings currently specified without touching [OK] to return to the Application

Screen or Basic Screen.

Page 266: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 266/688

5  Application Functions

5-50 bizhub 500/420

A

pplicationFunctions

Chapter5

5.8.2 Specifying Repeat Times (2/4/8 Repeat)

Use this function to specify the number of repeats from 2, 4, and 8 times, ir-respective of the original image size.

To specify number of repeats

0 Position the original on the original glass or in the ADF.

0 Use Set Range mode to repeat a part of the original, not the entire image,by specifying the scanning area.Select the standard size or enter the dimensions of custom size. Available dimensions: 2 to 17 in. for side X, 2 to 11-11/16 in. for side Y

0 Select With Margin to repeat the image within the printing area leaving 3mm from the leading edge, 4 mm from the rear edge, and 2 mm eachfrom left and right edges of selected paper size.

When Without Margin is selected, the original image will be repeated tothe margin area in which an image loss is likely.

0 With 2 Repeat selected, the interval between the two copy images canbe adjusted by Repeat Interval Setting.

0 Tray 1 will be automatically selected as copy paper tray source.Change the tray selection manually, if desired. Auto Paper Select will notfunction.

0  Auto Zoom will not function. Specify the desired magnification ratio.

1 Position the original.

2 Enter the desired print quantity from the control panel keypad.

3 Load the desired copy paper into any tray.

4 Specify the paper tray on the Paper Screen.

– Touch [Paper] on the Basic Screen to display the Paper Screen.– Touch the desired tray key to highlight it. Without this tray selection,

the machine will automatically use copy paper loaded in tray 1 toprint.

Page 267: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 267/688

 Application Functions 5

bizhub 500/420 5-51

   A

  p  p   l   i  c  a   t   i  o  n   F  u  n  c   t   i  o  n  s

   C   h  a  p   t  e  r   5

5 Touch [Application] tab on the Basic Screen.

The Application Screen will be displayed.

6 Touch [Book Copy/Repeat], then touch [Image Repeat].

The Image Repeat Screen will be displayed.

Page 268: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 268/688

5  Application Functions

5-52 bizhub 500/420

A

pplicationFunctions

Chapter5

7 Specify the desired Scan Range mode.

– If the original size can hardly be detected from the ADF, use SetRange mode to specify the scanning area manually.

– To specify the scanning area of the original placed on the original

glass, touch [Set Range] to display the Standard Size Screen, thenselect the desired scanning area.Use up/down arrow key to scroll to the desired size, if necessary.

– To enter the dimensions of scanning area, touch [Custom Size] onthe Standard Size Screen to display the Custom Size Screen, thenenter the desired dimensions from the control panel keypad. In or-der to specify a fraction, touch the bidirectional arrow key to movethe cursor, then use [+] and [–] to enter the desired value in 1/16 in.increments.

– Touch [OK] to return to the Image Repeat Screen.

Page 269: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 269/688

 Application Functions 5

bizhub 500/420 5-53

   A

  p  p   l   i  c  a   t   i  o  n   F  u  n  c   t   i  o  n  s

   C   h  a  p   t  e  r   5

? Do you want to delete the dimensions once entered?

% Press [C] (Clear) on the control panel, then enter the correct dimen-sions.

? What if the value just entered is out of available range?

% The Input Error message will be displayed. Press [C] (Clear) on thecontrol panel, then reenter the correct value.

8 Touch [2/4/8 Repeat] on the Image Repeat Screen.

The 2/4/8 Repeat Screen will be displayed.

9 Specify the number of repeats.

– Touch [2 Repeat], [4 Repeat], or [8 Repeat] to highlight it.

– Select [2 Repeat] to repeat the original image twice on a printedpage.To adjust the interval between two images, touch [Repeat IntervalSetting]. Proceed to the next step.

– Select [4 Repeat] to repeat the original image four times on a print-ed page. Proceed to step 11.

– Select [8 Repeat] to repeat the original image eight times on a print-ed page. Proceed to step 11.

Page 270: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 270/688

5  Application Functions

5-54 bizhub 500/420

A

pplicationFunctions

Chapter5

10 Specify the interval between repeated images.

– Touch [Repeat Interval Setting] to display the Repeat Interval Set-ting Screen.

– Use [+] and [–] to enter a fraction in 1/16 in. increments.Touch the bidirectional arrow key to move the cursor, then use [+],

[–], or control panel keypad to enter whole number part of the de-sired value.

– If the interval does not need to be specified, touch [No Shift].

? What is the actual function of Repeat Interval Setting?

% In normal 2 Repeat mode, a copy of the original image will be re-peated twice from the edge of copy paper.When the Repeat Interval Setting is specified, the two copy imagesare positioned equally apart from the center of copy paper, withspecified value to be an interval between the two images.

? What should be done if wrong value is entered or Input Error mes-sage is displayed?

% Press [C] (Clear) on the control panel, then reenter the correct value.

11 Touch [OK] to return to the Application Screen.

– Touch [Cancel] on the Image Repeat Screen, 2/4/8 Repeat Screen,or Repeat Interval Setting Screen to cancel the setting change.

12 Select additional copy conditions, as desired.

13 Press [Start] on the control panel.

The machine will start printing when ready for output.

Page 271: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 271/688

 Application Functions 5

bizhub 500/420 5-55

   A

  p  p   l   i  c  a   t   i  o  n   F  u  n  c   t   i  o  n  s

   C   h  a  p   t  e  r   5

2

Note

To release the selected application function, touch [OFF].

To release all the application functions, touch [Reset].

To resume the initial setting for all settings including application function,

press [Reset] on the control panel.

2

Note

If no other setting is desired, the copy job can be started using the set- 

tings currently specified without touching [OK] to return to the Application

Screen or Basic Screen.

Page 272: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 272/688

5  Application Functions

5-56 bizhub 500/420

A

pplicationFunctions

Chapter5

5.9 Dividing Spread Image into Right and Left Pages us-ing ADF (Booklet Pagination)

Use this function to divide a page spread image scanned from the ADF intotwo separate images of right and left pages.

Function overview

To use this function properly, the binding position of the spread originalshould be specified.

To copy using Booklet Pagination

0 Load the original in the ADF. If the number of original sheets exceeds 80,use Separate Scan mode. For details, see Separate Scan Setting onpage 3-58.

0 This function is available for the landscape type original only. Portrait typeoriginal cannot be used.

The original size will be detected automatically when loaded in the ADF.0 Original Direction and Margin settings are ineffective, even if specified.

0  Available paper sizes are A4v, B5v, and 8-1/2”×11”v. Be sure to specifythe paper size manually. Auto Paper Select will not function.

0  Auto Zoom will not function. The magnification can be changed as de-sired.

1 Position the original in the ADF.

2 Enter the desired print quantity from the control panel keypad.

3 Load copy paper of size A4v, B5v, and 8-1/2”×11”v in any tray.

Mode Description

Left Bind Copies will be made from the left page to the right page.

Right Bind Copies will be made from the right page to the left page.

2221 2

2221 2

Page 273: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 273/688

 Application Functions 5

bizhub 500/420 5-57

   A

  p  p   l   i  c  a   t   i  o  n   F  u  n  c   t   i  o  n  s

   C   h  a  p   t  e  r   5

4 Specify the paper tray on the Paper Screen.

– Touch [Paper] on the Basic Screen to display the Paper Screen.– Touch the desired tray key to select the tray loaded with A4v, B5v,

and 8-1/2”×11”v paper.

5 Touch [Application] tab on the Basic Screen.

The Application Screen will be displayed.

Page 274: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 274/688

5  Application Functions

5-58 bizhub 500/420

A

pplicationFunctions

Chapter5

6 Touch [Book Copy/Repeat], then touch [Booklet Pagination].

The Booklet Pagination Screen will be displayed.

7 Select the binding position of the spread original.– For the spread original to read from the left page to the right page,

touch [Left Bind] to highlight it.On the contrary, if the spread original reads from the right page tothe left page, touch [Right Bind].

8 Touch [OK] to return to the Application Screen.

– Touch [Cancel] on the Booklet Pagination Screen to cancel the set-

ting change.

9 Select additional copy conditions, as desired.

Page 275: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 275/688

 Application Functions 5

bizhub 500/420 5-59

   A

  p  p   l   i  c  a   t   i  o  n   F  u  n  c   t   i  o  n  s

   C   h  a  p   t  e  r   5

10 Press [Start] on the control panel.

The machine will start scanning the original, then printing when readyfor output.

2

Note

To release the selected application function, touch [OFF].

To release all the application functions, touch [Reset].

To resume the initial setting for all settings including application function,

press [Reset] on the control panel.

2

Note

If no other setting is desired, the copy job can be started using the set- 

tings currently specified without touching [OK] to return to the Application

Screen or Basic Screen.

Page 276: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 276/688

5  Application Functions

5-60 bizhub 500/420

A

pplicationFunctions

Chapter5

5.10 Making Multiple Page Signature Booklet (Booklet)

Use this function to arrange the scanned original pages in booklet format incorrect order when folded in half.If the machine is equipped with Finisher FS-510 and Saddle stitcher SD-502options, the finished sets can be half-folded and also stapled in the center.

Function overview

With Booklet function specified, magnification will be set to ×0.647 automat-ically. For example, the 8-1/2×11 original will be automatically finished into8-1/2×11 spread (a booklet of size 5-1/2×8-1/2). If 11×17 spread (a bookletof size 8-1/2×11) is desired, manually select the tray loaded with 11×17 copypaper.To use this function properly, the binding position of the finished set shouldbe specified.

To copy using Booklet

0 Load the original in the ADF. If the number of original sheets exceeds 80,use Separate Scan mode. For details, see “Separate Scan Setting” on

page 3-58.0 Original pages should be a multiple of 4 in 1%2 mode, or a multiple of 2

in 2%2 mode. Otherwise, blank pages are automatically inserted to thelast.

0 The original size is detected when loaded in the ADF, then the machineautomatically specifies the recommended magnification ratio of ×0.647and an appropriate paper size with Auto Paper Select activated.The machine can be set to change the recommended magnification ratiomanually. For details, see page 14-31.

0 The binding margin will be automatically specified.

Mode Description

Left Bind Select to make a left-side-bound booklet.

Right Bind Select to make a right-side-bound booklet.

 

Page 277: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 277/688

 Application Functions 5

bizhub 500/420 5-61

   A

  p  p   l   i  c  a   t   i  o  n   F  u  n  c   t   i  o  n  s

   C   h  a  p   t  e  r   5

0 If the machine is equipped with Finisher FS-510 and Saddle Stitcher SD-502 options, the finished sets can be half-folded and also stapled in thecenter. For details, see “Folding Copies at the Center/Binding Copies atthe Center: Half Fold/ Fold & Staple” on page 6-19.

1 Load the original in the ADF.

2 Enter the desired print quantity from the control panel keypad.

3 Touch [Application] tab on the Basic Screen.

The Application Screen will be displayed.

4 Touch [Booklet] on the Application Screen.

The Booklet Screen will be displayed.

Page 278: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 278/688

5  Application Functions

5-62 bizhub 500/420

A

pplicationFunctions

Chapter5

5 Specify the binding position of the booklet.

– Touch [Left Bind] or [Right Bind] to highlight it.

– Use [Edit Margin] and [Page Interval] to adjust the position of imageprinted on a page spread, if necessary.

– Use the Page Interval function to make the specified amount ofblank space in the center, between the two images on a page. Use[-], [+], or control panel keypad to enter the desired amount, thentouch [OK].

– Use the Edit Margin function to adjust the image position widthwiseand lengthwise as desired, while Page Interval simply makes ablank space between the images. For details of the Edit Marginfunction, see page 5-70.

– When the adjustment is completed, touch [OK].

Page 279: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 279/688

 Application Functions 5

bizhub 500/420 5-63

   A

  p  p   l   i  c  a   t   i  o  n   F  u  n  c   t   i  o  n  s

   C   h  a  p   t  e  r   5

6 Touch [OK] to return to the Application Screen.

– Touch [Cancel] on the Booklet Screen to cancel the setting change.– An appropriate paper size corresponding to the original size and

recommended magnification ratio is automatically specified.If the corresponding paper size is not loaded in any tray, a message

will prompt you to load the specified size.

7 Select additional copy conditions, as desired.

– To make a folded booklet of the same size as the original size, man-ually select the paper size twice the original size. In this case, therecommended magnification ratio of ×0.647 will be changed to×1.000 automatically.

– Simplex/Duplex setting is automatically specified as 1%2. If thedouble-sided original is loaded in the ADF, touch [Simplex/Duplex]

to select 2%2 mode on the Simplex/Duplex Screen.

8 Press [Start] on the control panel.

The machine will start scanning the original, then printing when readyfor output.

2

Note

To release the selected application function, touch [OFF].

To release all the application functions, touch [Reset].

To resume the initial setting for all settings including application function,

press [Reset] on the control panel.

2

Note

If no other setting is desired, the copy job can be started using the set- 

tings currently specified without touching [OK] to return to the ApplicationScreen or Basic Screen.

Page 280: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 280/688

5  Application Functions

5-64 bizhub 500/420

A

pplicationFunctions

Chapter5

5.11 Reversing Color and Gradation of Image (Neg-Pos.Reverse)

Use this function to reverse the image from black-on-white to white-on-black, and vice versa.

Function overview

To copy using Neg-/Pos. Reverse

1 Position the original.

2 Enter the desired print quantity from the control panel keypad.

3 Touch [Application] tab on the Basic Screen.

The Application Screen will be displayed.

Page 281: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 281/688

 Application Functions 5

bizhub 500/420 5-65

   A

  p  p   l   i  c  a   t   i  o  n   F  u  n  c   t   i  o  n  s

   C   h  a  p   t  e  r   5

4 Touch [Neg./Pos. Reverse] on the Application Screen to highlight it.

5 Select additional copy conditions, as desired.

6 Press [Start] on the control panel.The machine will start scanning the original, then printing when readyfor output.

2

Note

To release the selected application function, touch [OFF].

To release all the application functions, touch [Reset].

To resume the initial setting for all settings including application function,press [Reset] on the control panel.

2

Note

If no other setting is desired, the copy job can be started using the set- 

tings currently specified without touching [OK] to return to the Basic

Screen.

Page 282: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 282/688

5  Application Functions

5-66 bizhub 500/420

A

pplicationFunctions

Chapter5

5.12 Creating Margin of Copy Image (Page Margin)

Use this function to create a binding margin on copies in order to make iteasier for filing purposes.Selecting the binding position of double-sided copies, the image orientationof the back side of copies can be changed. Also, use this function to adjust the position of copy image on both front andback sides when making double-sided copies, in order to correct the imagedislocation.

Function overview

Function Description

Creating binding mar-gin(Page Margin)

Selecting binding po-sition(Page Margin)

 Adjusting image posi-tion on front/backsides(Edit Margin)

Page 283: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 283/688

 Application Functions 5

bizhub 500/420 5-67

   A

  p  p   l   i  c  a   t   i  o  n   F  u  n  c   t   i  o  n  s

   C   h  a  p   t  e  r   5

5.12.1 Creating Binding Margin/ Selecting Binding Position

This function creates a binding margin on copies in order to make it easierfor filing purposes.With the margin set to “None”, the desired binding position of the double-sided copy can be specified for the purpose of changing the image orienta-tion.

To copy using Page Margin

0 The factory default is Auto for the binding position, None for the margin.

0  Available range for the margin is 1/16 to 3/4 in. in 1/16 in. increments.

0 With Auto selected, the machine automatically selects the binding posi-tion according to the orientation of loaded original.When making double-sided copies, the binding position will be deter-

mined automatically to the longer side for 8-1/2×11 or smaller original, orto the shorter side for 8-1/2×14 or larger original.

0 Staple and punch position settings will take priority if they conflict withthe specified binding position.

1 Position the original.

2 Enter the desired print quantity from the control panel keypad.

3 Touch [Application] tab on the Basic Screen.

The Application Screen will be displayed.

Page 284: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 284/688

5  Application Functions

5-68 bizhub 500/420

A

pplicationFunctions

Chapter5

4 Touch [Page Margin] on the Application Screen.

The Page Margin Screen will be displayed.

5 Select the binding position.

– Touch the desired binding position key to highlight it.

6 Specify the binding margin.

– Use [+] and [–] to enter the desired value in 1/16 in. increments.– When [None] is highlighted, the margin is automatically set to 0 in.

Use [None] for correcting the image orientation of double-sidedcopy.

? What should be done if wrong value is entered?

% Press [C] (Clear) on the control panel, then reenter the correct value.

Page 285: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 285/688

 Application Functions 5

bizhub 500/420 5-69

   A

  p  p   l   i  c  a   t   i  o  n   F  u  n  c   t   i  o  n  s

   C   h  a  p   t  e  r   5

? What if the value just entered is out of available range?

% The Input Error message will be displayed. Press [C] (Clear) on thecontrol panel, then reenter the correct value.

? Is it available to change the binding position even if the margin isalready specified?

% Yes. The binding position can be changed at any time.

7 Touch [OK] to return to the Application Screen.

– Touch [Cancel] on the Page Margin Screen to cancel the settingchange.

8 Select additional copy conditions, as desired.

9 Press [Start] on the control panel.The machine will start scanning the original, then printing when readyfor output.

2

Note

To release the selected application function, touch [OFF].

To release all the application functions, touch [Reset].

To resume the initial setting for all settings including application function,press [Reset] on the control panel.

2

Note

If no other setting is desired, the copy job can be started using the set- 

tings currently specified without touching [OK] to return to the Application

Screen or Basic Screen.

Page 286: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 286/688

5  Application Functions

5-70 bizhub 500/420

A

pplicationFunctions

Chapter5

5.12.2 Adjusting Image Position on Front/Back Sides (Edit Mar-gin)

This function creates a binding margin by shifting the position of scanned im-age as desired. Also, a fine adjustment can be made separately for front and back side im-ages when making double-sided copy.

To copy using Edit Margin

0 The position of scanned image can be shifted both in lengthwise direc-tion (Top & Bottom Shift) and in widthwise direction (Left & Right Shift).

0  Available range for the shift amount is 1/16 to 10 in. in 1/16 in. incre-ments.

0 The front- and back-side images of double-sided copy can be shifted

separately in order to correct the image dislocation.

1 Position the original.

2 Enter the desired print quantity from the control panel keypad.

3 Touch [Application] tab on the Basic Screen.

The Application Screen will be displayed.

Page 287: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 287/688

 Application Functions 5

bizhub 500/420 5-71

   A

  p  p   l   i  c  a   t   i  o  n   F  u  n  c   t   i  o  n  s

   C   h  a  p   t  e  r   5

4 Touch [Page Margin], then touch [Edit Margin].

The Edit Margin Screen will be displayed.

Page 288: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 288/688

5  Application Functions

5-72 bizhub 500/420

A

pplicationFunctions

Chapter5

5 Specify the shift direction and amount.

– Touch [Left] or [Right] to shift the image in widthwise direction.Use [+] and [–] to enter a fraction in 1/16 in. increments. Touch thebidirectional arrow key to move the cursor, then use [+], [–], or con-trol panel keypad to enter whole number part of the desired value.

– Touch [Top] or [Bottom] to shift the image in lengthwise direction.Use [+] and [–] to enter a fraction in 1/16 in. increments. Touch thebidirectional arrow key to move the cursor, then use [+], [–], or con-trol panel keypad to enter whole number part of the desired value.

– To clear the setting, touch [No Shift]. Press [C] (Clear) on the controlpanel to clear the setting in both directions.

– Proceed to the next step to adjust the position of the back-side im-age. If this adjustment is not required, proceed to step 7.

– Without a specific adjustment, the following settings will be appliedto the back-side image.Shift direction: Opposite to the front-side imageShift amount: Same as the front-side image

? Do you want to delete the shift amounts once entered?

% Press [C] (Clear) on the control panel, then enter the correct dimen-sions.

? What should be done if the message “Input Error” is displayed?

% Press [C] (Clear) on the control panel, then reenter the correct value.

? Is it available to change the shift direction even if the shift amountis already specified?

% Yes. The shift direction can be changed at any time.

Page 289: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 289/688

 Application Functions 5

bizhub 500/420 5-73

   A

  p  p   l   i  c  a   t   i  o  n   F  u  n  c   t   i  o  n  s

   C   h  a  p   t  e  r   5

6  Adjust the position of the back-side image.

– Touch [Edit 2nd Side] on the Edit Margin Screen to display the Edit2nd Side Screen.

– Specify the shift direction and amount of the back-side image sim-ilarly in step 5.

7 Touch [OK] to return to the Application Screen.

– Touch [Cancel] on the Page Margin Screen, Edit Margin Screen, orEdit 2nd Side Screen to cancel the setting change.

8 Select additional copy conditions, as desired.

9 Press [Start] on the control panel.

The machine will start scanning the original, then printing when readyfor output.

2

Note

To release the selected application function, touch [OFF].

To release all the application functions, touch [Reset].

To resume the initial setting for all settings including application function,press [Reset] on the control panel.

2

Note

If no other setting is desired, the copy job can be started using the set- 

tings currently specified without touching [OK] to return to the Application

Screen or Basic Screen.

Page 290: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 290/688

5  Application Functions

5-74 bizhub 500/420

A

pplicationFunctions

Chapter5

5.13 Erasing Specified Area of Copy (Erase)

When the original is scanned from the original glass, black copy marks maybe produced along borders and center line, and also around punch holes.Use this function to eliminate them from the copies and lower the toner con-sumption at the same time.

Function overview

The following three modes are provided for the Erase function. These arecompatible with each other.

Mode Description

Erase Erases black copy marks along borders of the original image.

Center Erase Erases black copy marks along the center line of the original.

Non-Image AreaErase

Detects the original size and erases outside area of the original.

Page 291: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 291/688

 Application Functions 5

bizhub 500/420 5-75

   A

  p  p   l   i  c  a   t   i  o  n   F  u  n  c   t   i  o  n  s

   C   h  a  p   t  e  r   5

5.13.1 Erasing Black Marks along Borders (Erase)

This function erases black marks along the borders of printed sheets whichtend to be created when using the original glass to scan thick original suchas a book.Use this function also for the original already having black marks along bor-ders.

To copy using Erase

0  Available range for the erasure amount is 1/16 to 12 in. in 1/16 in. incre-ments.

0 The erasure amount can be specified both collectively for all four sidesand individually for each side.

0  Available to be used together with Center Erase.

When using Non-Image Area Erase in combination, scan the original fromthe original glass.

1 Position the original.

2 Enter the desired print quantity from the control panel keypad.

3 Touch [Application] tab on the Basic Screen.

The Application Screen will be displayed.

Page 292: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 292/688

5  Application Functions

5-76 bizhub 500/420

A

pplicationFunctions

Chapter5

4 Touch [Erase], then touch [Erase] again.

The Erase Screen will be displayed.

5 Specify the erasing position and erasure amount.– To specify the erasure amount collectively for all four sides, touch

[Frame] to highlight it.– To specify the erasure amount individually for each side, touch the

desired side key to highlight it.Use [+] and [–] to enter a fraction in 1/16 in. increments. Touch thebidirectional arrow key to move the cursor, then use [+], [–], or con-trol panel keypad to enter whole number part of the desired value.Or, touch [None] to void the function on that side.

Page 293: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 293/688

 Application Functions 5

bizhub 500/420 5-77

   A

  p  p   l   i  c  a   t   i  o  n   F  u  n  c   t   i  o  n  s

   C   h  a  p   t  e  r   5

? Is it available to select [Frame] and other four keys ([Top], [Left],[Right], and [Bottom]) at the same time?

% No. Use [Frame] only for specifying the same erasure amount col-lectively for all four sides.

?Do you want to change the currently entered value using controlpanel keypad?

% Press [C] (Clear) on the control panel, then enter the correct value.

? What if the value just entered is out of available range?

% The Input Error message will be displayed. Press [C] (Clear) on thecontrol panel, then reenter the correct value.

? Is it available to change the side to be erased even if the erasureamount is already specified?

% No.

6 Touch [OK] to return to the Application Screen.

– Touch [Cancel] on the Erase Screen to cancel the setting change.

7 Select additional copy conditions, as desired.

8 Press [Start] on the control panel.

The machine will start scanning the original, then printing when ready

for output.

2

Note

To release the selected application function, touch [OFF].

To release all the application functions, touch [Reset].

To resume the initial setting for all settings including application function,

press [Reset] on the control panel.

2

Note

If no other setting is desired, the copy job can be started using the set- 

tings currently specified without touching [OK] to return to the Application

Screen or Basic Screen.

Page 294: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 294/688

5  Application Functions

5-78 bizhub 500/420

A

pplicationFunctions

Chapter5

5.13.2 Erasing Black Marks along Center Fold (Center Erase)

This function erases black marks along the center fold of printed sheetswhich tend to be created when using the original glass to scan thick originalsuch as a book.Use this function also for the original already having black marks along thecenter fold.

To copy using Center Erase

0  Available range for the erasure amount is 1/16 to 4 in. in 1/16 in. incre-ments.

0  Available to be used together with Erase.When using Non-Image Area Erase in combination, scan the original fromthe original glass.

1 Position the original.

2 Enter the desired print quantity from the control panel keypad.

3 Touch [Application] tab on the Basic Screen.

The Application Screen will be displayed.

Page 295: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 295/688

 Application Functions 5

bizhub 500/420 5-79

   A

  p  p   l   i  c  a   t   i  o  n   F  u  n  c   t   i  o  n  s

   C   h  a  p   t  e  r   5

4 Touch [Erase], then touch [Center Erase] again.

The Center Erase Screen will be displayed.

5 Specify the erasure amount.– Use [+] and [–], or control panel keypad to enter the desired erasure

amount. In order to specify a fraction, touch the bidirectional arrowkey to move the cursor, then use [+] and [–] to enter the desired val-ue in 1/16 in. increments.

? Do you want to change the currently entered value using controlpanel keypad?

% Press [C] (Clear) on the control panel, then enter the correct value.

? What if the value just entered is out of available range?% The Input Error message will be displayed. Press [C] (Clear) on the

control panel, then reenter the correct value.

Page 296: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 296/688

5  Application Functions

5-80 bizhub 500/420

A

pplicationFunctions

Chapter5

6 Touch [OK] to return to the Application Screen.

– Touch [Cancel] on the Center Erase Screen to cancel the settingchange.

7 Select additional copy conditions, as desired.

8 Press [Start] on the control panel.

The machine will start scanning the original, then printing when readyfor output.

2

Note

To release the selected application function, touch [OFF].

To release all the application functions, touch [Reset].

To resume the initial setting for all settings including application function,

press [Reset] on the control panel.

2

Note

If no other setting is desired, the copy job can be started using the set- 

tings currently specified without touching [OK] to return to the Application

Screen or Basic Screen.

5.13.3 Erasing Outside Area of Original (Non-Image Area Erase)

This function detects the original size placed on the original glass and erasesoutside area of the original.

To copy using Non-Image Area Erase

0 Scan the original from original glass. Be sure to keep the ADF open.

0 Original size should be larger than 1.18 × 1.18 in.0  Available to be used together with Erase and Center Erase.

1 Position the original on the original glass.

2 Enter the desired print quantity from the control panel keypad.

Page 297: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 297/688

 Application Functions 5

bizhub 500/420 5-81

   A

  p  p   l   i  c  a   t   i  o  n   F  u  n  c   t   i  o  n  s

   C   h  a  p   t  e  r   5

3 Touch [Application] tab on the Basic Screen.

The Application Screen will be displayed.

4 Touch [Erase] on the Application Screen.

The Erase Screen will be displayed.

5 Touch [Non-Image Area Erase] on the Erase Screen to highlight it.

6 Touch [OK] to return to the Application Screen.

– To release the selected application function, touch [Non-Image Area Erase].

7 Select additional copy conditions, as desired.

Page 298: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 298/688

5  Application Functions

5-82 bizhub 500/420

A

pplicationFunctions

Chapter5

8 Press [Start] on the control panel.

The machine will start scanning the original, then printing when readyfor output.

2

Note

To release all the application functions, touch [Reset].

To resume the initial setting for all settings including application function,

press [Reset] on the control panel.

2

Note

If no other setting is desired, the copy job can be started using the set- tings currently specified without touching [OK] to return to the Application

Screen or Basic Screen.

2

Reminder

Non-Image Area Erase function may not operate properly for dark origi- 

nal. In this case, check this function using the original with white back- 

ground.

This function may also perform incorrectly if the lighting in the work place

is directly over the original glass. In this case, consult your service repre- 

sentative about an appropriate place for installation.

Page 299: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 299/688

 Application Functions 5

bizhub 500/420 5-83

   A

  p  p   l   i  c  a   t   i  o  n   F  u  n  c   t   i  o  n  s

   C   h  a  p   t  e  r   5

5.14 Adjusting Position of Copy Image (Image Adjustment)

Use this function to make a copy adjusting the position of printed image.The original size can be either detected automatically or specified manually.

- CenteringThe original image will be centered on copy paper.

- No RotateFor example, when size 8-1/2 × 11 copy paper is loaded in lengthwise ( w )orientation and the machine detects that the size 8-1/2 × 11 original isplaced portrait ( v ), the Rotation operates to make the same size copy asif using size 8-1/2 × 11 copy paper loaded in crosswise ( v ) orientation byrotating the original image 90°. Also, the large original (such as 11 × 17 or 8-1/2 × 14) to be positionedonly landscape ( w ) can be copied onto copy paper loaded in crosswise( v ) orientation (such as 8-1/2 × 11 or 5-1/2 × 8-1/2) with Auto Zoom ac-

tivated to reduce the image size.Specify [No Rotate] to disable this function.

Function overview

The following two modes are provided for the Image Adjustment function.These are compatible with each other.

Mode Description

Centering

No Rotate

11 x 17

Original Copy Original Copy

8-1/2 x 14

8-1/2 x 11

5-1/2 x 8-1/2

8-1/2 x 11

8-1/2 x 11

8-1/2 x 11

5-1/2 x 8-1/2

5-1/2 x 8-1/2

5-1/2 x 8-1/2

8-1/2 x 11

5-1/2 x 8-1/28-1/2 x 11 5-1/2 x 8-1/2

Page 300: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 300/688

5  Application Functions

5-84 bizhub 500/420

A

pplicationFunctions

Chapter5

5.14.1 Copying Image in the Center of Copy Paper (Centering)

Use this function to center the whole original image on copy paper.

To copy using Centering

0 Scan the original from original glass. Be sure to keep the ADF open.Non-Image Area Erase functions automatically.

0 With Centering selected, the machine will operate Auto Detect automat-ically. The Standard Size setting is incompatible.

0  Auto Zoom is incompatible.

1 Position the original.

2 Enter the desired print quantity from the control panel keypad.

3 Touch [Application] tab on the Basic Screen.

The Application Screen will be displayed.

4 Touch [Image Adjustment] on the Application Screen.

The Image Adjustment Screen will be displayed.

Page 301: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 301/688

 Application Functions 5

bizhub 500/420 5-85

   A

  p  p   l   i  c  a   t   i  o  n   F  u  n  c   t   i  o  n  s

   C   h  a  p   t  e  r   5

5 Touch [Centering] on the Image Adjustment Screen to highlight it.

6 Touch [OK] to return to the Application Screen.

– Touch [Cancel] on the Image Adjustment Screen to cancel the set-

ting change.

7 Select additional copy conditions, as desired.

– The machine automatically selects tray 1 as factory default. Tospecify the paper size, touch [Paper] to display the Paper Screen,then touch the desired tray key to highlight it.

8 Press [Start] on the control panel.

The machine will start scanning the original, then printing when readyfor output.

2

Note

To release the selected application function, touch [OFF].

To release all the application functions, touch [Reset].

To resume the initial setting for all settings including application function,

press [Reset] on the control panel.

2

Note

If no other setting is desired, the copy job can be started using the set- 

tings currently specified without touching [OK] to return to the Application

Screen or Basic Screen.

Page 302: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 302/688

5  Application Functions

5-86 bizhub 500/420

A

pplicationFunctions

Chapter5

2

Reminder

Non-Image Area Erase function may not operate properly for dark origi- 

nal. In this case, check this function using the original with white back- 

ground.

This function may also perform incorrectly if the lighting in the work place

is directly over the original glass. In this case, consult your service repre- 

sentative about an appropriate place for installation.

5.14.2 Disabling Rotation Function (No Rotate)

Follow the procedure below to turn off/on the Rotation function.

To specify No Rotate0  Available paper size for Rotation: 8-1/2 × 11, 5-1/2 × 8-1/2

0  Available original size for Rotation: 11 × 17, 8-1/2 × 14, 8-1/2 × 11, 5-1/2× 8-1/2

0 Rotation is initially enabled as factory default.

0 When [Reset] on the control panel is pressed or Auto Reset function op-erates on the machine, the Rotation function will be turned on automati-cally even if disabled by this procedure.

1 Touch [Application] tab on the Basic Screen.

The Application Screen will be displayed.

Page 303: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 303/688

 Application Functions 5

bizhub 500/420 5-87

   A

  p  p   l   i  c  a   t   i  o  n   F  u  n  c   t   i  o  n  s

   C   h  a  p   t  e  r   5

2 Touch [Image Adjustment] on the Application Screen.

The Image Adjustment Screen will be displayed.

3 Touch [No Rotate] on the Image Adjustment Screen to highlight it.

The Rotation function is now turned off.

4 Touch [OK] to return to the Application Screen.

– Touch [Cancel] on the Image Adjustment Screen to cancel the set-ting change.

2

Note

To release the selected application function, touch [OFF].

To release all the application functions, touch [Reset].

To resume the initial setting for all settings including application function,

press [Reset] on the control panel.

2

Note

If no other setting is desired, the copy job can be started using the set- tings currently specified without touching [OK] to return to the Application

Screen or Basic Screen.

Page 304: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 304/688

5  Application Functions

5-88 bizhub 500/420

A

pplicationFunctions

Chapter5

5.15 Printing Additional Information (Stamp/Overlay)

This function allows you to print onto output copies the desired type of date/ time, page number for multiple pages, numbering for multiple sets, built-instamp, watermark, scanned image, and image stored in HDD.

The following modes are provided.- Date/Time

Specify a format and print position to print the date and time.- Page #

Specify a format and print position to print page number from the speci-fied number.

- Set NumberingPrint four-digit distribution number to fill the background of each copiedset.

- Built-in StampPrint the desired letter type selected from preset stamps such as UR-GENT, IMPORTANT, etc.

- WatermarkPrint the desired letter type selected from preset watermarks in the centerof printed page background.

- Image OverlayCopies can be printed with the first image scanned overlapping imageslater scanned.

- Store Overlay

 A previously scanned image can be stored on the HDD and recalled whenneeded to be printed overlapping a document.

Page 305: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 305/688

 Application Functions 5

bizhub 500/420 5-89

   A

  p  p   l   i  c  a   t   i  o  n   F  u  n  c   t   i  o  n  s

   C   h  a  p   t  e  r   5

Function overview

The following five modes are provided for the Stamp function. These arecompatible with each other.

Mode Description

Date/Time

Page #

Set Numbering

’06/1/23 1:23PM

Page 306: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 306/688

5  Application Functions

5-90 bizhub 500/420

A

pplicationFunctions

Chapter5

Built-in Stamp

Watermark

Image Overlay

Store Overlay

Mode Description

ABCDABCD

ABCDABCD

ABCDABCD

ABCDABCD

Page 307: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 307/688

 Application Functions 5

bizhub 500/420 5-91

   A

  p  p   l   i  c  a   t   i  o  n   F  u  n  c   t   i  o  n  s

   C   h  a  p   t  e  r   5

5.15.1 Printing Date/Time (Date/Time)

To copy using Date/Time

0  Available to print the date only, without being followed by the time.

0 The desired print position can be selected from nine areas. If required,make fine adjustment of the selected position both in lengthwise andwidthwise directions by entering a value from 1/16 to 1-15/16 in. in 1/16in. increments.

0 Select to print the date/time either on the cover or on all pages.

1 Position the original.

2 Enter the desired print quantity from the control panel keypad.

3 Touch [Application] tab on the Basic Screen.

The Application Screen will be displayed.

Page 308: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 308/688

5  Application Functions

5-92 bizhub 500/420

A

pplicationFunctions

Chapter5

4 Touch [Stamp/Overlay], then touch [Date/Time].

The Date/Time Screen will be displayed.

5 Specify the date type, time type, and pages to print.– Touch one of the five keys under Date Type to highlight it.– Select either of the two time types under Time Type. If the time in-

dication is not desired, touch [None] to highlight it.– Touch either of the two keys under Pages to highlight it.

– To change or make fine adjustment on the print position currentlyspecified as indicated on the Print Position key, proceed to the nextstep.

To complete this setting, proceed to step 8.

Page 309: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 309/688

 Application Functions 5

bizhub 500/420 5-93

   A

  p  p   l   i  c  a   t   i  o  n   F  u  n  c   t   i  o  n  s

   C   h  a  p   t  e  r   5

6 Touch [Print Position] on the Date/Time Screen to specify the desiredprint position.

– Touch one of the nine Print Position keys to highlight it.

– If fine adjustment is not required, proceed to step 8.

Page 310: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 310/688

5  Application Functions

5-94 bizhub 500/420

A

pplicationFunctions

Chapter5

7 Touch [Change Adjustment] on the Print Position Screen to make a fineadjustment of the print position.

– Touch [Left] or [Right] under Left & Right Adjustment to highlight it.Use [+] and [–] to enter a fraction in 1/16 in. increments. Touch thebidirectional arrow key to move the cursor, then use [+], [–], or con-

trol panel keypad to enter whole number part of the desired value.Similarly, touch [Top] or [Bottom] under Top & Bottom Adjustmentto highlight it, then enter the desired value.To deactivate these adjustment, touch [No Adj.] for each.

? Do you want to change the currently entered value using controlpanel keypad?

% Press [C] (Clear) on the control panel, then enter the correct value.

?What if the value just entered is out of available range?

% The Input Error message will be displayed. Press [C] (Clear) on thecontrol panel, then reenter the correct value.

Page 311: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 311/688

 Application Functions 5

bizhub 500/420 5-95

   A

  p  p   l   i  c  a   t   i  o  n   F  u  n  c   t   i  o  n  s

   C   h  a  p   t  e  r   5

8 Touch [OK] to return to the Application Screen.

– Touch [Cancel] on the Date/Time Screen, Print Position Screen, orFine-Tune Screen to cancel the setting change.

9 Select additional copy conditions, as desired.

10 Press [Start] on the control panel.

The machine will start scanning the original, then printing when readyfor output.

2

Note

To release the selected application function, touch [OFF].

To release all the application functions, touch [Reset].

To resume the initial setting for all settings including application function,

press [Reset] on the control panel.

2

Note

If no other setting is desired, the copy job can be started using the set- 

tings currently specified without touching [OK] to return to the Application

Screen or Basic Screen.

5.15.2 Printing Page Number (Page #)

To copy using Page #

0 Specify the start number. Use a minus value, if required.For example, enter –1 to set the third page as page 1. Available range forthis setting is –99999 ~ 99999.

0 When Chapters is used in combination, the start number for the first pageof each chapter can also be specified. Available range for this setting is–999 ~ 999.

0 Select one from the five types of page number format.

0 When Cover Mode is used in combination, the Insert Sheet Setting allowsyou to select whether or not to print the page number on cover pages.

0 The desired print position can be selected from nine areas. If required,make fine adjustment of the selected position both in lengthwise andwidthwise directions by entering a value from 1/16 to 1-15/16 in. in 1/16in. increments.

1 Position the original.

Page 312: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 312/688

5  Application Functions

5-96 bizhub 500/420

A

pplicationFunctions

Chapter5

2 Enter the desired print quantity from the control panel keypad.

3 Touch [Application] tab on the Basic Screen.

The Application Screen will be displayed.

4 Touch [Stamp/Overlay], then touch [Page #].

The Page # Screen will be displayed.

Page 313: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 313/688

 Application Functions 5

bizhub 500/420 5-97

   A

  p  p   l   i  c  a   t   i  o  n   F  u  n  c   t   i  o  n  s

   C   h  a  p   t  e  r   5

5 Specify the start number and page number type.

– Touch [Page #] under Start No., then enter the desired start numberfrom the control panel keypad.Press [1] on the control panel to switch the value from plus to minusand vice versa.

– To start the page number from the first page of each chapter, touchChapter to highlight it, then enter the desired start number from thecontrol panel keypad.Press [1] on the control panel to switch the value from plus to minusand vice versa.

– Touch one of the five keys under Page No. Type to highlight it.

– To make settings for printing page number onto covers, proceed tothe next step.To change or make fine adjustment on the print position currentlyspecified as indicated on the Print Position key, proceed to step 7.To complete this setting, proceed to step 9.

? Do you want to change the currently entered value using controlpanel keypad?

% Press [C] (Clear) on the control panel, then enter the correct value.

? What if the value just entered is out of available range?

% The Input Error message will be displayed. Press [C] (Clear) on thecontrol panel, then reenter the correct value.

Page 314: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 314/688

5  Application Functions

5-98 bizhub 500/420

A

pplicationFunctions

Chapter5

6 Touch [Insert Sheet Setting] on the Page # Screen to display the InsertSheet Setting Screen, then specify the page number settings for CoverMode/Insert Sheet function.

– For Cover Mode, select one from the three options to highlight it.

– Touch [OK] to complete the setting.

7 Touch [Print Position] to display the Print Position Screen.

– Touch one of the nine Print Position keys to highlight it.

– If fine adjustment is not required, proceed to step 9.

Page 315: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 315/688

 Application Functions 5

bizhub 500/420 5-99

   A

  p  p   l   i  c  a   t   i  o  n   F  u  n  c   t   i  o  n  s

   C   h  a  p   t  e  r   5

8 Touch [Change Adjustment] to display the Fine-Tune Screen.

– Touch [Left] or [Right] under Left & Right Adjustment to highlight it.Use [+] and [–] to enter a fraction in 1/16 in. increments. Touch thebidirectional arrow key to move the cursor, then use [+], [–], or con-trol panel keypad to enter whole number part of the desired value.

Similarly, touch [Top] or [Bottom] under Top & Bottom Adjustmentto highlight it, then enter the desired value.To deactivate these adjustment, touch [No Adj.] for each.

? Do you want to change the currently entered value using controlpanel keypad?

% Press [C] (Clear) on the control panel, then enter the correct value.

? What if the value just entered is out of available range?

% The Input Error message will be displayed. Press [C] (Clear) on thecontrol panel, then reenter the correct value.

9 Touch [OK] to return to the Application Screen.

– Touch [Cancel] on the Page # Screen, Insert Sheet Setting Screen,Print Position Screen, or Fine-Tune Screen to cancel the settingchange.

10 Select additional copy conditions, as desired.

11 Press [Start] on the control panel.

The machine will start scanning the original, then printing when readyfor output.

Page 316: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 316/688

5  Application Functions

5-100 bizhub 500/420

A

pplicationFunctions

Chapter5

2

Note

To release the selected application function, touch [OFF].

To release all the application functions, touch [Reset].

To resume the initial setting for all settings including application function,

press [Reset] on the control panel.

2

Note

If no other setting is desired, the copy job can be started using the set- 

tings currently specified without touching [OK] to return to the Application

Screen or Basic Screen.

5.15.3 Printing Distribution Number (Set Numbering)

To copy using Set Numbering

0 Specify the start number. Available range for this setting is 0 ~ 9999.The distribution number is normally printed as a four-digit number.

0 Select the desired density level from the four options.

0 Select whether to print the distribution number on the cover only or on all

pages.

0 Select the character size from 20pt or 36pt.

1 Position the original.

2 Enter the desired print quantity from the control panel keypad.

3 Touch [Application] tab on the Basic Screen.

The Application Screen will be displayed.

Page 317: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 317/688

 Application Functions 5

bizhub 500/420 5-101

   A

  p  p   l   i  c  a   t   i  o  n   F  u  n  c   t   i  o  n  s

   C   h  a  p   t  e  r   5

4 Touch [Stamp/Overlay], then touch [Set Numbering].

The Set Numbering Screen will be displayed.

5 Specify the start number, text density, and pages to print.– Enter the desired start number from the control panel keypad to

display it under Start Number.– Touch one of the four keys under Text Density to highlight it.– Touch either of the two keys under Pages to highlight it.– Touch [Character Size] to select 20 point or 36 point.

? Do you want to change the currently entered value using controlpanel keypad?

% Press [C] (Clear) on the control panel, then enter the correct value.

Page 318: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 318/688

5  Application Functions

5-102 bizhub 500/420

A

pplicationFunctions

Chapter5

? What if the value just entered is out of available range?

% The Input Error message will be displayed. Press [C] (Clear) on thecontrol panel, then reenter the correct value.

6 Touch [OK] to return to the Application Screen.

– Touch [Cancel] on the Set Numbering Screen to cancel the settingchange.

7 Select additional copy conditions, as desired.

8 Press [Start] on the control panel.

The machine will start scanning the original, then printing when readyfor output.

2Note

To release the selected application function, touch [OFF].

To release all the application functions, touch [Reset].

To resume the initial setting for all settings including application function,

press [Reset] on the control panel.

2Note

If no other setting is desired, the copy job can be started using the set- 

tings currently specified without touching [OK] to return to the Application

Screen or Basic Screen.

5.15.4 Printing Stamp onto Copies (Built-in Stamp)

To copy using Built-in Stamp

0 Select one from the eight stamp types provided on the screen.

0 The desired print position can be selected from nine areas. If required,make fine adjustment of the selected position both in lengthwise andwidthwise directions by entering a value from 1/16 to 1-15/16 in. in 1/16in. increments.

0 Select to print the stamp either on the cover or on all pages.

0 Select the character size from large size or small size.

1 Position the original.

2 Enter the desired print quantity from the control panel keypad.

Page 319: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 319/688

 Application Functions 5

bizhub 500/420 5-103

   A

  p  p   l   i  c  a   t   i  o  n   F  u  n  c   t   i  o  n  s

   C   h  a  p   t  e  r   5

3 Touch [Application] tab on the Basic Screen.

The Application Screen will be displayed.

4 Touch [Stamp/Overlay], then touch [Built-in Stamp].

The Built-in Stamp Screen will be displayed.

Page 320: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 320/688

5  Application Functions

5-104 bizhub 500/420

A

pplicationFunctions

Chapter5

5 Select the desired stamp type and pages to print.

– Touch one of the eight stamp type keys to highlight it.– Touch either of the two keys under Pages to highlight it.– Touch [Change Size] to select Large Size or Small Size.

– To change or make fine adjustment on the print position currentlyspecified as indicated on the Print Position key, proceed to the nextstep.To complete this setting, proceed to step 8.

6 Touch [Print Position] to display the Print Position Screen.

– Touch one of the nine Print Position keys to highlight it.

– If fine adjustment is not required, proceed to step 8.

Page 321: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 321/688

 Application Functions 5

bizhub 500/420 5-105

   A

  p  p   l   i  c  a   t   i  o  n   F  u  n  c   t   i  o  n  s

   C   h  a  p   t  e  r   5

7 Touch [Change Adjustment] to display the Fine-Tune Screen.

– Touch [Left] or [Right] under Left & Right Adjustment to highlight it.Use [+] and [–] to enter a fraction in 1/16 in. increments. Touch thebidirectional arrow key to move the cursor, then use [+], [–], or con-trol panel keypad to enter whole number part of the desired value.

Similarly, touch [Top] or [Bottom] under Top & Bottom Adjustmentto highlight it, then enter the desired adjustment value.To deactivate these adjustment, touch [No Adj.] for each.

? Do you want to change the currently entered value using controlpanel keypad?

% Press [C] (Clear) on the control panel, then enter the correct value.

? What if the value just entered is out of available range?

% The Input Error message will be displayed. Press [C] (Clear) on thecontrol panel, then reenter the correct value.

8 Touch [OK] to return to the Application Screen.

– Touch [Cancel] on the Built-in Stamp Screen, Print Position Screen,or Fine-Tune Screen to cancel the setting change.

9 Select additional copy conditions, as desired.

10 Press [Start] on the control panel.

The machine will start scanning the original, then printing when readyfor output.

Page 322: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 322/688

5  Application Functions

5-106 bizhub 500/420

A

pplicationFunctions

Chapter5

2

Note

To release the selected application function, touch [OFF].

To release all the application functions, touch [Reset].

To resume the initial setting for all settings including application function,

press [Reset] on the control panel.

2

Note

If no other setting is desired, the copy job can be started using the set- 

tings currently specified without touching [OK] to return to the Application

Screen or Basic Screen.

5.15.5 Printing Watermark onto Copies (Watermark)

To copy using Watermark

0 Select one from the eight watermark types provided on the screen.

1 Position the original.

2 Enter the desired print quantity from the control panel keypad.

3 Touch [Application] tab on the Basic Screen.

The Application Screen will be displayed.

Page 323: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 323/688

 Application Functions 5

bizhub 500/420 5-107

   A

  p  p   l   i  c  a   t   i  o  n   F  u  n  c   t   i  o  n  s

   C   h  a  p   t  e  r   5

4 Touch [Stamp/Overlay], then touch [Watermark].

The Watermark Screen will be displayed.

5 Select the desired watermark type.– Touch one of the eight keys to highlight it.

6 Touch [OK] to return to the Application Screen.

– Touch [Cancel] on the Watermark Screen to cancel the settingchange.

7 Select additional copy conditions, as desired.

Page 324: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 324/688

5  Application Functions

5-108 bizhub 500/420

A

pplicationFunctions

Chapter5

8 Press [Start] on the control panel.

The machine will start scanning the original, then printing when readyfor output.

2

Note

To release the selected application function, touch [OFF].

To release all the application functions, touch [Reset].

To resume the initial setting for all settings including application function,

press [Reset] on the control panel.

2

Note

If no other setting is desired, the copy job can be started using the set- 

tings currently specified without touching [OK] to return to the Application

Screen or Basic Screen.

5.15.6 Overlay an Image onto Each Page Copied in the Job (Im-age Overlay)

To copy using Image Overlay 

0 Separate Scan mode is automatically selected.

1 Position the overlaying original.

Position the original FACE up in the document feeder or FACE DOWNon the original glass.

2 Touch [Application] tab on the Basic Screen.

The Application Screen will be displayed.

Page 325: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 325/688

 Application Functions 5

bizhub 500/420 5-109

   A

  p  p   l   i  c  a   t   i  o  n   F  u  n  c   t   i  o  n  s

   C   h  a  p   t  e  r   5

3 Touch [Stamp/Overlay], then touch [Image Overlay] to highlight it.

– Auto Zoom and Auto Paper Select are automatically released, and1.000 (100%) is selected as a magnification ratio.

– To specify the desired copy conditions for overlaying original, touch[OK] to continue.

4 Press [Start] on the control panel.

The original image will be scanned into memory, and the followingscreen will be displayed.

5 Position the original to be overlaid.

6 Press [Start] to scan.

– Repeat steps 5 and 6 for all originals.

Page 326: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 326/688

5  Application Functions

5-110 bizhub 500/420

A

pplicationFunctions

Chapter5

7 Touch [Complete Scan] on the Basic Screen.

8 Press [Start].

The machine will start printing when ready for output.

2

Note

To release all the application functions, touch [Reset].

To resume the initial setting for all settings including application function,

press [Reset] on the control panel.

2

Note

If no other setting is desired, the copy job can be started using the set- 

tings currently specified without touching [OK] to return to the Application

Screen or Basic Screen.

5.15.7 Storing Image on HDD / Overlaying Stored Image (StoreOverlay)

To make a copy using the image previously stored, start with step 9.

To copy using Store Overlay 

1 Position the overlaying original.

Position the original FACE up in the document feeder or FACE DOWNon the original glass.

Page 327: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 327/688

 Application Functions 5

bizhub 500/420 5-111

   A

  p  p   l   i  c  a   t   i  o  n   F  u  n  c   t   i  o  n  s

   C   h  a  p   t  e  r   5

2 Touch [Application] tab on the Basic Screen.

The Application Screen will be displayed.

3 Touch [Stamp/Overlay], then touch [Store Overlay].

The Overlaying Image Selection Screen will be displayed.

Page 328: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 328/688

5  Application Functions

5-112 bizhub 500/420

A

pplicationFunctions

Chapter5

4 Touch [Store Image Overlay].

The Store Image Overlay Screen will be displayed.

5 Specify the image size and registration area.

– The original size will be detected automatically. To specify the de-sired size, touch [Standard Size] to select it. The registration areawill also be designated automatically. If desired, touch [SpecifyOne-Touch] to select the desired registration area.

6 Enter the desired image name.

– Touch [Change] to display the Image Name Entry Screen. Use thetouch panel keypad to enter the desired name up to 8 characters.

The date when you made this entry will be stored autommatically.

– Touch [OK].

Page 329: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 329/688

 Application Functions 5

bizhub 500/420 5-113

   A

  p  p   l   i  c  a   t   i  o  n   F  u  n  c   t   i  o  n  s

   C   h  a  p   t  e  r   5

– If the message “Name is in use. Do you want to overwrite thepresent overlay image?” is displayed, the image previously regis-tered can be overwritten. Touching [Yes] will delete the previous im-age to overwrite it with the new one. To enter a new name, touch[No].

– If the message “Name is in use. Please enter another name” is dis-played, the entered name cannot be used. Touch [OK], then repeatthe procedure to enter a new name. Administrator can specifywhether to allow or restrict the Changing Image Overlay setting inthe Utility mode. For details, see page 15-51.

7 Touch [OK] to display the Stamp/Overlay Screen.

8 Press [Start] on the control panel.The scanned image will be registered and the Basic Screen will be re-stored.

9 Position the original to be overlaid.

10 Repeat steps 2 and 3 to display the Overlaying Image SelectionScreen.

11 Recall the desired overlaying image.

Page 330: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 330/688

5  Application Functions

5-114 bizhub 500/420

A

pplicationFunctions

Chapter5

– Touch the desired image data key to highlight it.

12 Touch [OK] to restore the Application Screen.

– Select additional copy conditions, as desired.

13 Press [Start].

The original to be overlaid will be scanned into memory.

14 Touch [Complete Scan] on the Basic Screen.

15 Press [Start].

The machine will start printing when ready for output.

Page 331: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 331/688

 Application Functions 5

bizhub 500/420 5-115

   A

  p  p   l   i  c  a   t   i  o  n   F  u  n  c   t   i  o  n  s

   C   h  a  p   t  e  r   5

2

Note

To release all the application functions, touch [Reset].

To resume the initial setting for all settings including application function,press [Reset] on the control panel.

2

Note

If no other setting is desired, the copy job can be started using the set- 

tings currently specified without touching [OK] to return to the Application

Screen or Basic Screen.

Page 332: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 332/688

5  Application Functions

5-116 bizhub 500/420

A

pplicationFunctions

Chapter5

5.16 Copy Conditions Incompatible with Application Func-tions

Copy Conditions Incompatiblewith Application Functions

Basic

Density Paper Zoom

   A  u   t  o

   B  a  c   k  g  r  o  u  n   d   R  e  m  o  v  a   l

   D  e  n  s   i   t  y

   A  u   t  o   P  a  p  e  r   S  e   l  e  c   t

   P   a   p   e   r   T   r   a   y   /   L   a   r   g   e

   c   a   p   a   c   i   t   y   t   r   a   y

   M  u   l   t   i  p   l  e   b  y  p  a  s  s   t  r  a  y

   N  o  m  a   l

   R  e  c  y  c   l  e   d  p  a  p  e  r

   O   H   P

   L  a   b  e   l

   T  r  a  c  e

   U  s  e  r

   L  e   t   t  e  r   h  e  a   d

   P  o  s   t  c  a  r   d

   T   h   i  n   P  a  p  e  r

   T   h   i  c   k   P  a  p  e  r

   C  o   l  o  r  e   d   P  a  p  e  r

   E  n  v  e   l  o  p  e

   A  u   t  o   Z  o  o  m

  x   1 .   0

   P  r  e  s  e   t   Z  o  o  m

   Z  o  o  m   R  a   t   i  o

   I  n   d  e  p  e  n   d  e  n   t   Z  o  o  m

   A  p  p   l   i  c  a   t   i  o  n

OHP Interleave   + + + + + + +

Cover Mode   + +

Insert Sheet   + +

Insert Image   +

Chapters *3   + + + + + + +

Neg-/Pos. Reverse   +

Book Copy   + + +

Booklet Pagination   + + +

ImageRepeat

Set Range   + + +

 Auto Original SizeDetect   + + +

Repeat   + + +

Page Margin

Edit Margin

Erase

Erase/CenterErase

Non-Image AreaErase

  + +

Image Adjustment

Centering   +

No Rotation

Original SizeSetting

Custom SizeOriginals

  + +

Booklet   + + + + + + + *4 *4 *4 *4

Stamp

Set Numbering   +

Page #   +

Date/Time   +

Built-in Stamp   +

Watermark   +

Page 333: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 333/688

 Application Functions 5

bizhub 500/420 5-117

   A

  p  p   l   i  c  a   t   i  o  n   F  u  n  c   t   i  o  n  s

   C   h  a  p   t  e  r   5

Copy Conditions Incompatible

with Application Functions

Basic

   S  e  p  a  r  a   t  e   S  c  a  n

Combine Originals Quality  Application

Simplex/ Duplex

CombinePages Original

   T  e  x   t

   T  e  x   t   /   P   h  o   t  o

   P   h  o   t  o

   D  o   t   M  a   t  r   i  x

   O   H   P   I  n   t  e  r   l  e  a  v  e

   C  o  v  e  r   M  o   d  e

   I  n  s  e  r   t   S   h  e  e   t

   I  n  s  e  r   t   I  m  a  g  e

   C   h  a  p   t  e  r  s

   N  e  g  -   /   P  o  s .   R  e  v

  e  r  s  e

  s   i  n  g   l  e  -  s   i   d  e   d  o  r   i  g   i  n  a   l  s

   d  o  u   b   l  e  -  s   i   d  e   d  o  r

   i  g   i  n  a   l

  s   i  n  g   l  e  -  s   i   d  e   d  c  o  p   i  e  s

   d  o  u   b   l  e  -  s   i   d  e   d  c  o

  p   i  e  s

   2   i  n   1

   4   i  n   1

   8   i  n   1

   M   i  x  e   d   O  r   i  g   i  n  a   l

   O  r   i  g   i  n  a   l   D   i  r  e  c   t   i  o  n

   S  e   t   t   i  n  g  s

   M  a  r  g   i  n

   A  p  p   l   i  c  a   t   i  o  n

OHP Interleave   + + + + + , , , +

Cover Mode   + + + + , ,

Insert Sheet   + + + + , , +

Insert Image   + + + + , , , +

Chapters   + + + + + + + +

Neg-/Pos. Reverse

Book Copy   + + + + + + + + + + +

Booklet Pagination   + + + + + + + + + +

ImageRepeat

Set Range   + + + + + + + + + + + + + +

 Auto Original SizeDetect   + + + + + + + + + + + + + +

Repeat   + + + + + + + + + + + + + +

Page Margin

Edit Margin   + +

Erase

Erase/CenterErase   + + + +

Non-Image AreaErase   + + + + + + + + + + + + +

Image Adjustment

Centering   + + + + + + + + + +

No Rotation   + + +

Original SizeSetting   ,

Custom SizeOriginals   + + + , +

Booklet   + + + + + + +

Stamp

Set Numbering   + +

Page #   + + +

Date/Time   + +

Built-in Stamp   + +

Watermark   + +

Page 334: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 334/688

5  Application Functions

5-118 bizhub 500/420

A

pplicationFunctions

Chapter5

Copy Conditions Incompatiblewith Application Functions

 Application

   B  o  o   k   C  o  p  y

   B  o  o   k   l  e   t   P  a  g   i  n  a   t   i  o

  n

ImageRepeat

   P  a  g  e   M  a  r  g   i  n

   E   d   i   t   M  a  r  g   i  n

EraseImage

 Adjustment

   B  o  o   k   l  e   t

Stamp

   S  e   t   R  a  n  g  e

   A  u   t  o   O  r   i  g   i  n  a   l   S   i  z  e   D  e   t  e  c   t

   R  e  p  e  a   t

   E  r  a  s  e   /   C  e  n   t  e  r   E  r  a  s  e

   N  o  n  -   I  m  a  g  e   A  r  e  a

   E  r  a  s  e

   C  e  n   t  e  r   i  n  g

   N  o   R  o   t  a   t   i  o  n

   O  r   i  g   i  n  a   l   S   i  z  e   S  e   t   t   i  n  g

   C  u  s   t  o  m   S   i  z  e   O  r   i  g

   i  n  a   l  s

   S  e   t   N  u  m   b  e  r   i  n  g

   P  a  g  e   #

   D  a   t  e   /   T   i  m  e

   B  u   i   l   t  -   i  n   S   t  a  m  p

   W  a   t  e  r  m  a  r   k

   A  p  p   l   i  c  a   t   i  o  n

OHP Interleave   + + + + +

Cover Mode   + + + + + +

Insert Sheet   + + + + + + + + +

Insert Image   + + + + + + + + +

Chapters   + + + + + + + +

Neg-/Pos. Reverse   + + + + + + + + + +

Book Copy   , , , , + + + + + +

Booklet Pagination   , , , , + + + + + + +

ImageRepeat

Set Range   , , , , + + + + + + + + + + +

 Auto Original Size Detect   , , , , + + + + + + + + + + + +

Repeat   , , , , + + + + + + + + + + +

Page Margin   + + + + +

Edit Margin   + + + + + + + + + + + +

EraseErase/Center Erase   + + + +

Non-Image Area Erase   + , + + + + + + + +

Image Adjustment

Centering   + + + + , , + + + +

No Rotation   +

Original Size Setting   , + , ,

Custom Size Originals   , + + + , , + + + +

Booklet   + + + + + + + + + + + +

Stamp

Set Numbering   + + +

Page #   + + + + + + + + +

Date/Time   + + + + + + + + +

Built-in Stamp   + + + + + + + + + ,

Watermark   + + + ,

Page 335: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 335/688

 Application Functions 5

bizhub 500/420 5-119

   A

  p  p   l   i  c  a   t   i  o  n   F  u  n  c   t   i  o  n  s

   C   h  a  p   t  e  r   5

,: Condition last selected has priority and the former selection will be re-

leased.+: Condition previously selected has priority and warning message will bedisplayed.

*3: Condition last selected has priority only when Copy Insertion is selected.

*4: Condition last selected has priority when recommended zoom ratio isused in Combine Originals or Booklet.

Copy Conditions Incompatiblewith Application Functions

Finishing   Folding

   S  o  r   t

   G  r  o  u  p

Offset

   S   t  a  p   l  e

   P  u  n  c   h

   O  u   t  p  u   t   T  r  a  y

   F  o   l   d   &   S   t  a  p   l  e

   H  a   l   f   F  o   l   d

   C  r   i  s  s  c  r  o  s  s

   S   h   i   f   t  e   d

   A  p  p   l   i  c  a   t   i  o  n

OHP Interleave   + + + + + + + +

Cover Mode   + +

Insert Sheet   + + + +

Insert Image   + +

Chapters   + +

Neg-/Pos. Reverse

Book Copy   + + +

Booklet Pagination   + + +

ImageRepeat

Set Range   + + + + +

 Auto Original SizeDetect   + + + + +

Repeat   + + + + +

Page Margin

Edit Margin

Erase

Erase/CenterErase

Non-Image AreaErase   + + +

Image Adjustment

Centering   + +

No Rotation

Original Size

SettingCustom SizeOriginals

Booklet   + + + +

Stamp

Set Numbering +

Page #

Date/Time

Built-in Stamp

Watermark

Page 336: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 336/688

Page 337: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 337/688

6

   F   i  n   i  s   h   i  n  g   /   F  o   l   d   i  n  g

   C   h  a  p   t  e  r   6

Finishing/Folding

Page 338: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 338/688

6 Finishing/Folding

6-2 bizhub 500/420

Finishing/Folding

Chapter6

6 Finishing/Folding

6.1 Output for Machine without FinisherThe output tray OT-501 is in-stalled in the main unit withouta finisher as illustrated right.The machine is available to se-lect the following four outputmodes. As the default setting, “Sort” isselected.

- SortSelect this setting to separate each set of a multi-page original.

- GroupSelect this setting to separate the copies of each page in a multi-pageoriginal.

- Sort and Offset

Select this setting to rotate every other set by 90° upon exit, provided thesame paper size is loaded in two trays, one tray with paper loaded incrosswise orientation v and the other tray with paper loaded in length-wise orientationw, e.g.,8-1/2 × 11- or 5-1/2 × 8-1/2 size paper.

- Group and OffsetSelect this setting to rotate every other grouped set by 90° upon exit, pro-vided the same paper size is loaded in two trays, one tray with paperloaded in crosswise orientationv and the other tray with paper loaded inlengthwise orientationw, e.g., 8-1/2 × 11- or 5-1/2 × 8-1/2 size paper.

Page 339: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 339/688

Finishing/Folding 6

bizhub 500/420 6-3

   F   i  n   i  s   h   i  n  g   /   F  o   l   d   i  n  g

   C   h  a  p   t  e  r   6

Function overview

Mode Sample

Sort

Group

Sort and Offset

Group and Offset

Page 340: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 340/688

6 Finishing/Folding

6-4 bizhub 500/420

Finishing/Folding

Chapter6

To specify output mode

0  As the default setting, Group is selected. When 2 sets or more are en-tered, automatically output in sort mode.

0 Some copy condition is incompatible with Group. For details, see “CopyConditions Incompatible with Finishing/Folding” on page 6-26.

0 If no finisher is installed and the following conditions are met, printedcopies can be fed out and sorted in an alternating crisscross pattern.8-1/2 × 11- or 5-1/2 × 8-1/2-size paper is used.Paper of the same size and type is loaded with the crosswise orientationv in one paper tray and with the lengthwise orientationw in other tray.“Auto Paper Select” setting is selected.The “Auto Paper Select” setting is not selected when the Mixed Originalsetting is selected.

0 The output tray capacity is max. 250 sheets. If a copy run of more than

250 is required, be sure to remove the copies from the output tray beforethe maximum capacity is reached.

1 Position the original to be copied.

2 Using the keypad, enter the desired number of copies.

3 Load copy paper into the tray.

– When using an alternating crisscross pattern, load 8-1/2 × 11- or 5-

1/2 × 8-1/2-size paper with crosswise orientation v in one papertray and with the lengthwise orientationw in other tray.

4 Touch [Finishing] on the Basic Screen.

The Finishing Screen will be displayed.

Page 341: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 341/688

Finishing/Folding 6

bizhub 500/420 6-5

   F   i  n   i  s   h   i  n  g   /   F  o   l   d   i  n  g

   C   h  a  p   t  e  r   6

5 Select Sort or Group, and set Offset to use offset output.

– To set sort, touch [Sort] to highlight it.– To set group, touch [Group] to highlight it.– To set sort in alternating crisscross pattern, touch [Sort] and [Offset]

to highlight them.

– To set group in alternating crisscross pattern, touch [Group] and[Offset] to highlight them.

6 Touch [OK].

The Basic Screen will be restored.

7 Specify any necessary copy settings.

– Auto Paper Select may be released automatically depending on thesetting you made.When using Crisscross sorting or Crisscross grouping, make surethat other copy conditions do not conflict with Auto Paper Select.

8 Press [Start].

The scan/print job will start.

2

NoteTo cancel changes to the settings, touch [Cancel] on the Finishing

Screen.

To cancel all settings, press [Reset].

If no other setting is desired, the copy job can be started using the set- 

tings currently specified without touching [OK] to return to the Basic

Screen.

Page 342: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 342/688

6 Finishing/Folding

6-6 bizhub 500/420

Finishing/Folding

Chapter6

6.2 Output for Machine with Finisher

The machine with Finisher FS-510/FS-511 provides output modes as de-scribed below. As factory default, Finisher FS-510 is set to output the printed sheets to tray1 in Group mode. As factory default, Finisher FS-511 is set to output the printed sheets to pri-mary tray (tray 2) in Group mode.

- SortSelect this setting to separate each set of a multi-page original.

- GroupSelect this setting to separate the copies of each page in a multi-page

original.- Sort + OffsetSelect this setting to output multiple copies of the original set; each sort-ed set will be offset by 1.18 in. upon exit.(Secondary tray (tray 1) of Finisher FS-511 is unavailable.)

- Group + OffsetSelect this setting to group together multiple copies of each original andoffsets the sets by 1.18 in. upon exit.(Secondary tray (tray 1) of Finisher FS-511 is unavailable.)

2Note

Finisher FS-510 is initially equipped with two exit trays, and one optional

output tray OT-601 can be installed. Contact your service representative,

if desired. (Optional output tray is installed in Finisher illustrated above) 

Finisher FS-510 is available to output in each tray using every output

mode.

Page 343: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 343/688

Finishing/Folding 6

bizhub 500/420 6-7

   F   i  n   i  s   h   i  n  g   /   F  o   l   d   i  n  g

   C   h  a  p   t  e  r   6

Function overview

Mode Sample

Sort

Group

Sort + Offset

Group + Offset

4

12

3

4444

3333

2

222

1111

1.18 in.

1.18 in.

Page 344: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 344/688

6 Finishing/Folding

6-8 bizhub 500/420

Finishing/Folding

Chapter6

To specify finisher output mode

0  As the default setting, Sort is selected. No limit is established in Sortmode.

0 Some copy conditions are incompatible with Group mode. For details,see “Copy Conditions Incompatible with Finishing/Folding” onpage 6-26.

0 When making copies using postcard, trace, or OHP transparencies onthe machine with Finisher FS-511 installed, be sure that the Secondary(sub) tray is selected as an output tray.

0 Each output tray of Finisher FS-510 and FS-511 has a limit in capacity.Be careful not to exceed the limit. For details, see “Paper Tray/ OutputTray Capacity” on page 9-4.

1 Position the original to be copied.

2 Using the keypad, enter the desired number of copies.

3 Touch [Finishing] on the Basic Screen.

The Finishing Screen will be displayed.

4 Select Sort or Group, and set Offset to use offset output.

– To set Sort mode, touch [Sort] to highlight it.– To set Group mode, touch [Group] to highlight it.– To set Sort in offset output, touch [Sort] and [Offset] to highlight

them.

Page 345: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 345/688

Finishing/Folding 6

bizhub 500/420 6-9

   F   i  n   i  s   h   i  n  g   /   F  o   l   d   i  n  g

   C   h  a  p   t  e  r   6

– To set Group in offset output, touch [Group] and [Offset] to highlightthem.

– To cancel the setting, touch the key again to deselect it.

5 Touch [OK].The Basic Screen will be restored.

6 Specify any necessary copy settings.

7 Press [Start].

The scan/print job will start.

2

ReminderFinisher FS-510 trays gradually go up/down while printed materials out- 

put, depending on the tray selected.With Saddle Stitcher SD-502 or Mail- 

bin Kit MT-501, the operation of the trays become greater. DO NOT allow

any object to interfere with the operation of the tray around the finisher,

as any interference may cause damage to the finisher.

Finisher FS-511 tray 2 (main tray) gradually goes down while printed ma- 

terials output. DO NOT allow any object to interfere with the operation of

the tray 2 (main tray) on the left side of the finisher, as any interference

may cause damage to the finisher.

2

Note

To cancel changes to the settings, touch [Cancel] on the Finishing

Screen.

To cancel all settings, press [Reset].

If no other setting is desired, the copy job can be started using the set- tings currently specified without touching [OK] to return to the Basic

Screen.

Page 346: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 346/688

6 Finishing/Folding

6-10 bizhub 500/420

Finishing/Folding

Chapter6

6.3 Stapling Output Copies (Staple)

The following types of machine with a finisher installed can provide Stapleoutput mode.

2

Note

Finisher FS-510 is initially equipped with two exit trays, and one optional

exit tray (OT-601) can be installed. Contact your service representative, if

desired. (Already installed in the above illustration.) 

Function overview

The Original Direction setting for the samples below is supposed to be theone which the top of the original is aligned to the rear side of the machine.

Key Sample

Page 347: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 347/688

Finishing/Folding 6

bizhub 500/420 6-11

   F   i  n   i  s   h   i  n  g   /   F  o   l   d   i  n  g

   C   h  a  p   t  e  r   6

Key Sample

Page 348: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 348/688

6 Finishing/Folding

6-12 bizhub 500/420

Finishing/Folding

Chapter6

To copy using Staple mode

0 If Staple is to be selected, select the orientation in which the original ispositioned and the orientation of the page to be stapled, otherwise thecopies may not be stapled as desired.

0 If Staple is selected, the machine also selects Sort automatically with dis-abling Group and Offset. Each copied set is supposed to be sorted andstapled.

0 If staple position setting is different from the binding position specified inPage Margin of Application setting, the staple position is given priority.

0 With Auto selected on the Staple Position popup menu, the staple posi-tion will be determined automatically to the longer side for 8-1/2 × 11copy paper, or to the shorter side for copy paper larger than 8-1/2 × 11.

0  Available paper weight is 16 to 24 lb. For details of other specifications,see page 9-3.

0 Using excessively curled paper or some types of thin paper in Staplemode may cause poor results in arrangement of the stapled sets.

0 Each output tray of Finisher FS-510 and FS-511 has a limit in capacity.Be careful not to exceed the limit. For details, see “Paper Tray/ OutputTray Capacity” on page 9-4.

1 Position the original to be copied.

2 Using the keypad, enter the desired number of copies.

3 Touch [Combine Originals] tab on the Basic Screen, then make OriginalDirection and Margin settings.

– For setting Original Direction, see “Specifying Orientation of Origi-nal (Original Direction)” on page 4-12.For setting Margin, see “Paper Tray/ Output Tray Capacity” onpage 9-4.

– When completed, touch [Basic] tab to return to the Basic Screen.

Page 349: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 349/688

Finishing/Folding 6

bizhub 500/420 6-13

   F   i  n   i  s   h   i  n  g   /   F  o   l   d   i  n  g

   C   h  a  p   t  e  r   6

4 Touch [Finishing] on the Basic Screen.

The Finishing Screen will be displayed.

5 Select the staple position.

– To staple at a corner, touch [Corner] to highlight it.– To staple along the edge, touch [2 Position] to highlight it.

6 Select staple position.

– Touch [Position] to display the Staple Position popup menu.– Touch the desired key to highlight it.

7 Touch [OK] twice.

The Basic Screen will be restored.

Page 350: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 350/688

6 Finishing/Folding

6-14 bizhub 500/420

Finishing/Folding

Chapter6

8 Specify any necessary copy settings.

9 Press [Start].

The scan/print job will start.

2Reminder

Finisher FS-510 trays gradually go up/down while printed materials out- 

put, depending on the tray selected.With Saddle stitcher SD-502 or Mail- 

bin kit MT-501, the operation of the trays become greater. DO NOT allow

any object to interfere with the operation of the tray around the finisher,

as any interference may cause damage to the finisher.

Finisher FS-511 tray 2 (main tray) gradually goes down while printed ma- 

terials output. DO NOT allow any object to interfere with the operation ofthe tray 2 (main tray) on the left side of the finisher, as any interference

may cause damage to the finisher.

2

Note

To cancel changes to the settings, touch [Cancel] on the Finishing

Screen.

To cancel all settings, press [Reset].

If no other setting is desired, the copy job can be started using the set- 

tings currently specified without touching [OK] to return to the Basic

Screen.

Page 351: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 351/688

Finishing/Folding 6

bizhub 500/420 6-15

   F   i  n   i  s   h   i  n  g   /   F  o   l   d   i  n  g

   C   h  a  p   t  e  r   6

6.4 Punching File Holes in Copies (Punch)

The Punch mode is available on the machine with Finisher FS-511 installed,or if Finisher FS-510 mounted with Punch Unit PU-501 option is installed.

2

Note

Finisher FS-510 is initially equipped with two exit trays, and one optional

exit tray (OT-601) can be installed. Contact your service representative, if

desired. (Already installed in the above illustration.) 

Function overview

The Original Direction setting for the samples below is supposed to be theone which the top of the original is aligned to the rear side of the machine.

Key Sample

Page 352: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 352/688

6 Finishing/Folding

6-16 bizhub 500/420

Finishing/Folding

Chapter6

To copy using Punch mode

0 If Punch is to be selected, select the orientation in which the original ispositioned and the orientation of the page to be punched, otherwise thecopies may not be punched as desired.

0 This mode is available in combination with Group, Sort + Offset, Group +Offset, or Staple mode.

0 If punch position setting is different from the binding position specified inPage Margin of Application setting, the punch position is given priority.

0 With Auto selected on the Punch Position popup menu, the punch posi-tion will be determined automatically to the longer side for 8-1/2 × 11copy paper, or to the shorter side for copy paper larger than 8-1/2 × 11.

0 Be sure that the side guide plates of the paper tray are securely alignedto the paper; otherwise the copies may not be punched in position.

0  Available paper weight for Punch Unit PU-501 mounted on Finisher FS-510 is 15 to 24 lb, while paper weight for Finisher FS-511 is 16 to 24 lb.For details of other specifications, see page 9-3.

0 If the ATS (Automatic Tray Switching) functions while the machine usesthe Punch mode, the punch holes may be slightly off the appropriate po-sitions.

0 Do not punch special paper type such as overhead projection transpar-ent films, labels, etc.Otherwise, machine trouble may occur.

0 Each output tray of Finisher FS-510 and FS-511 has a limit in capacity.Be careful not to exceed the limit. For details, see “Paper Tray/ OutputTray Capacity” on page 9-4.

1 Position the original to be copied.

2 Using the keypad, enter the desired number of copies.

3 Touch [Combine Originals] tab on the Basic Screen, then make OriginalDirection and Margin settings.

– For setting Original Direction, see “Specifying Orientation of Origi-nal (Original Direction)” on page 4-12.

Key Sample

Page 353: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 353/688

Finishing/Folding 6

bizhub 500/420 6-17

   F   i  n   i  s   h   i  n  g   /   F  o   l   d   i  n  g

   C   h  a  p   t  e  r   6

For setting Margin, see “Specifying Position of Binding Margin(Margin)” on page 4-17.

– When completed, touch [Basic] tab to return to the Basic Screen.

4 Touch [Finishing] on the Basic Screen.

The Finishing Screen will be displayed.

5 Touch [][2-Hole] or [3-Hole] to highlight it.

– Group and Offset are also available in combination. Touch the de-sired key to highlight it.

– To cancel the setting, touch the button again to deselect it.

Page 354: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 354/688

6 Finishing/Folding

6-18 bizhub 500/420

Finishing/Folding

Chapter6

6 Select the punch position.

– Touch [Position] to display the Punch Position popup menu.– Touch the desired key to highlight it.

7 Touch [OK] twice.

The Basic Screen will be restored.

8 Specify any necessary copy settings.

9 Press [Start].

The scan/print job will start.

2

Reminder

Finisher FS-510 trays gradually go up/down while printed materials out- 

put, depending on the tray selected.With Saddle Stitcher SD-502 or Mail- 

bin Kit MT-501, the operation of the trays become greater. DO NOT allow

any object to interfere with the operation of the tray around the finisher,

as any interference may cause damage to the finisher.

Finisher FS-511 tray 2 (main tray) gradually goes down while printed ma- 

terials output. DO NOT allow any object to interfere with the operation of

the tray 2 (main tray) on the left side of the finisher, as any interferencemay cause damage to the finisher.

2

Note

To cancel changes to the settings, touch [Cancel] on the Finishing

Screen.

To cancel all settings, press [Reset].

If no other setting is desired, the copy job can be started using the set- tings currently specified without touching [OK] to return to the Basic

Screen.

Page 355: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 355/688

Finishing/Folding 6

bizhub 500/420 6-19

   F   i  n   i  s   h   i  n  g   /   F  o   l   d   i  n  g

   C   h  a  p   t  e  r   6

6.5 Folding Copies at the Center/Binding Copies at theCenter: Half Fold/ Fold & Staple

The Half Fold and Fold & Sta-ple modes are available on the

machine mounted with Finish-er FS-510 and Saddle StitcherSD-502 as illustrated on theright, along with Booklet func-tion which will be automatical-ly selected in combination.

- In the Half Fold mode, each copied sheet is creased and output to theSaddle stitcher tray.

- In the Fold & Staple mode, each copied set is creased and stapled at twopositions (saddle stitched), then output to the Saddle stitcher tray.

2

Note

Finisher FS-510 is initially equipped with two exit trays, and one optional

exit tray (OT-601) can be installed. Contact your service representative, ifdesired. (Already installed in the above illustration.) 

Function overview

Key Description

Page 356: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 356/688

6 Finishing/Folding

6-20 bizhub 500/420

Finishing/Folding

Chapter6

To copy using Half Fold or Fold & Staple

0  As the default setting, 1%2 mode and Booklet function will be specifiedautomatically when Half Fold or Fold & Staple is selected. For details, see“Making Multiple Page Signature Booklet (Booklet)” on page 5-60.Half Fold and Fold & Staple are still available even if 1%2 mode is

changed or Booklet function is cancelled.

0  Auto Zoom is automatically selected. Half Fold and Fold & Staple are stillavailable even if Auto Zoom is deselected manually.

0 Staple position: 2 staples in the center (saddle stitch), pitch 120 mm +/–4 mm (staple width 11 mm)Max. number of sheets in Fold & Staple mode: 15 sheets (20 lb paper)

0 Paper size:11 × 17w, 8-1/2 × 14w, 8-1/2 × 11 wPaper weight: 16 to 24 lbFor details of other specifications, see page 9-3.

0 Saddle stitcher tray capacity: 200 sheets or 20 sets (20 lb paper)Using Half Fold or Fold & Staple mode, finished sets are delivered only tothe Saddle stitcher tray.

1 Position the original to be copied.

– When using Fold & Staple mode, be sure that the original countdoes not exceed the maximum number of sheets specified for Fold& Staple mode.

2 Using the keypad, enter the desired number of copies.

– Be sure that the output sheets may not exceed the Saddle stitchertray capacity.

3 Touch [Folding] on the Basic Screen.

The Folding Screen will be displayed.

Page 357: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 357/688

Finishing/Folding 6

bizhub 500/420 6-21

   F   i  n   i  s   h   i  n  g   /   F  o   l   d   i  n  g

   C   h  a  p   t  e  r   6

4 Touch [Half Fold] or [Fold & Staple] to highlight it.

5 Touch [OK].

The Basic Screen will be restored.

6 Specify any necessary copy settings.

7 Press [Start].

The scan/print job will start.

2

Reminder

Finisher FS-510 trays gradually go up/down while printed materials out- 

put, depending on the tray selected.With Saddle stitcher SD-502 or Mail- bin kit MT-501, the operation of the trays become greater. DO NOT allow

any object to interfere with the operation of the tray around the finisher,

as any interference may cause damage to the finisher.

2

Note

To cancel changes to the settings, touch [Cancel] on the Finishing

Screen.To cancel all settings, press [Reset].

If no other setting is desired, the copy job can be started using the set- 

tings currently specified without touching [OK] to return to the Basic

Screen.

Page 358: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 358/688

6 Finishing/Folding

6-22 bizhub 500/420

Finishing/Folding

Chapter6

6.6 Output for Machine with Separator

The machine with Separatorinstalled can deliver the print-ed sheets separately into dif-ferent trays.

The following four outputmodes are available for usewith two output trays. As fac-tory default, copies will be de-livered into the tray 2 in Groupmode.

- SortSelect this setting to separate each set of a multi-page original.

- GroupSelect this setting to separate the copies of each page in a multi-pageoriginal.

- Sort + OffsetSelect this setting to rotate every other set by 90° upon exit, provided thesame paper size is loaded in two trays, one tray with paper loaded incrosswise orientation v and the other tray with paper loaded in length-

wise orientationw, e.g., 8-1/2 × 11- or 5-1/2 × 8-1/2 size paper.- Group + Offset

Select this setting to rotate every other grouped set by 90° upon exit, pro-vided the same paper size is loaded in two trays, one tray with paperloaded in crosswise orientationv and the other tray with paper loaded inlengthwise orientationw, e.g., 8-1/2 × 11- or 5-1/2 × 8-1/2 size paper.

Specifying a tray for the output to be made in other job type than Copy (e.g.Print, Reports, or Fax), printed sheets will be distributed into the specifiedtray in order to prevent the output sheets from being mixed up.

2

Note

The output tray can be specified for each job type (Copy, Print, and Re- 

ports). See page 15-29  for details.

To specify Separator output mode

0  As the default setting, Sort is selected. No limit is established in Sortmode.

Page 359: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 359/688

Finishing/Folding 6

bizhub 500/420 6-23

   F   i  n   i  s   h   i  n  g   /   F  o   l   d   i  n  g

   C   h  a  p   t  e  r   6

0 Some copy conditions are incompatible with Group mode. For details,see “Copy Conditions Incompatible with Finishing/Folding” onpage 6-26.

0 If no finisher is installed and the following conditions are met, printedcopies can be fed out and sorted in an alternating crisscross pattern.

8-1/2 × 11- or 5-1/2 × 8-1/2-size paper is used.Paper of the same size and type is loaded with the crosswise orientation

v in one paper tray and with the lengthwise orientationw in other tray.“Auto Paper Select” setting is selected.The “Auto Zoom” setting is used when the Mixed Original setting is se-lected.

0 The tray 1 (upper tray) capacity is max. 100 sheets, and tray 2 (lower tray)capacity is max. 250 sheets. If a copy run of more than those limits is re-quired, be sure to remove the copies from the tray before the maximum

capacity is reached.

1 Position the original to be copied.

2 Using the keypad, enter the desired number of copies.

3 Load the desired copy paper size in a tray.

– When using an alternating crisscross pattern, load 8-1/2 × 11- or 5-1/2 × 8-1/2-size paper in crosswise orientation v into one paper

tray and in the lengthwise orientationw into other tray.

4 Touch [Finishing] on the Basic Screen.

The Finishing Screen will be displayed.

Page 360: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 360/688

6 Finishing/Folding

6-24 bizhub 500/420

Finishing/Folding

Chapter6

5 Select Sort or Group, and set Offset to use offset output.

– To set Sort mode, touch [Sort] to highlight it.– To set Group mode, touch [Group] to highlight it.– To set Sort in alternating crisscross pattern, touch [Sort] and [Off-

set] to highlight them.

– To set Group in alternating crisscross pattern, touch [Group] and[Offset] to highlight them.

6 Select the desired output tray.

– Touch [Tray 1] or [Tray 2] to highlight it.

7 Touch [OK].

The Basic Screen will be restored.

8 Specify any necessary copy settings.

– Auto Paper Select may be released automatically depending on thesetting you made.When using Sort or Group in alternating crisscross pattern, makesure that other copy conditions do not conflict with Auto Paper Se-lect.

9 Press [Start].

The scan/print job will start.

Page 361: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 361/688

Finishing/Folding 6

bizhub 500/420 6-25

   F   i  n   i  s   h   i  n  g   /   F  o   l   d   i  n  g

   C   h  a  p   t  e  r   6

2

Note

To cancel changes to the settings, touch [Cancel] on the Finishing

Screen.

To cancel all settings, press [Reset].

If no other setting is desired, the copy job can be started using the set- 

tings currently specified without touching [OK] to return to the Basic

Screen.

Page 362: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 362/688

6 Finishing/Folding

6-26 bizhub 500/420

Finishing/Folding

Chapter6

6.7 Copy Conditions Incompatible with Finishing/Folding

Copy ConditionsIncompatible

with FinishingFolding

Basic

Density Paper Zoom

   A  u   t  o

   B  a  c   k  g  r  o  u  n   d   R  e  m  o  v  a   l

   D  e  n  s   i   t  y

   A  u   t  o   P  a  p  e  r   S  e   l  e  c   t

   P   a   p   e   r   T   r   a   y   /   L   a   r   g   e

   c   a   p   a   c   i   t   y

   t   r   a   y

   M  u   l   t   i  p   l  e   b  y  p  a  s  s   t  r  a  y

   N  o  m  a   l

   R  e  c  y  c   l  e   d  p  a  p  e  r

   O   H   P

   L  a   b  e   l

   T  r  a  c  e

   U  s  e  r

   L  e   t   t  e  r   h  e  a   d

   P  o  s   t  c  a  r   d

   T   h   i  n   P  a  p  e  r

   T   h   i  c   k   P  a  p  e  r

   C  o   l  o  r  e   d   P  a  p  e  r

   E  n  v  e   l  o  p  e

   A  u   t  o   Z  o  o  m

  x   1 .   0

   P  r  e  s  e   t   Z  o  o  m

   Z  o  o  m   R  a   t   i  o

   I  n   d  e  p  e  n   d  e  n   t   Z  o  o  m

   F   i  n

   i  s   h   i  n  g

Sort

Group

OffsetCrisscross   , , , , , , , *7 *7

Shifted *6 *6 *6 *6 *6 *6 *6 *6 *6 *6 *6 *6

Staple *6 *6 *6 *6 *6 *6 *6 *6 *6 *6 *6 *6

Punch *6 *6 *6 *6 *6 *6 *6 *6 *6 *6 *6 *6

Output Tray *6 *6 *6 *6 *6 *6 *6 *6 *6 *6 *6 *6

   F  o   l   d   i  n  g Fold & Staple *6 *6 *6 *6 *6 *6 *6 *6 *6 *6 *6 *6

Half Fold *6 *6 *6 *6 *6 *6 *6 *6 *6 *6 *6 *6

Copy ConditionsIncompatible

with FinishingFolding

Basic

   S  e  p  a  r  a   t  e   S  c  a  n

Combine Originals Quality  Application

Simplex/ Duplex CombinePages Original

   T  e  x   t

   T  e  x   t   /   P   h  o   t  o

   P   h  o   t  o

   D  o   t   M  a   t  r   i  x

   O   H   P   I  n   t  e  r   l  e  a  v  e

   C  o  v  e  r   M  o   d  e

   I  n  s  e  r   t   S   h  e  e   t

   I  n  s  e  r   t   I  m  a  g  e

   C   h  a  p   t  e  r  s

   N  e  g  -   /   P  o  s .   R  e  v  e  r  s  e

  s   i  n  g   l  e  -  s   i   d  e   d  o  r   i  g   i  n  a   l  s

   d  o  u   b   l  e  -  s   i   d  e   d  o  r   i  g   i  n  a   l

  s   i  n  g   l  e  -  s   i   d  e   d  c  o  p   i  e  s

   d  o  u   b   l  e  -  s   i   d  e   d  c  o  p   i  e  s

   2   i  n   1

   4   i  n   1

   8   i  n   1

   M   i  x  e   d   O  r   i  g   i  n  a   l

   O  r   i  g   i  n  a   l   D   i  r  e  c   t   i  o  n   S  e   t   t   i  n  g  s

   M  a  r  g   i  n

   F   i  n   i  s   h   i  n  g

Sort

Group   , , , , , , , ,

OffsetCrisscross   , , , , , , , , ,

Shifted   ,

Staple   ,

Punch   ,

Output Tray

   F  o   l   d   i  n  g Fold & Staple *5 *8 *8 *8   , + +

Half Fold *5 *8 *8 *8   , + +

Page 363: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 363/688

Finishing/Folding 6

bizhub 500/420 6-27

   F   i  n   i  s   h   i  n  g   /   F  o   l   d   i  n  g

   C   h  a  p   t  e  r   6

,: Condition last selected has priority and the former selection will be re-leased.

x: Incompatible

+: Condition previously selected has priority and warning message will bedisplayed.

*5: Condition last selected has priority when Booklet is automatically select-ed with Half Fold or Fold & Staple in combination.

*6: Varies according to the finishing option to be used.

*7: Offset mode will be ignored.

*8: Incompatible when Booklet is automatically selected with Half Fold orFold & Staple in combination.

Copy ConditionsIncompatible

with FinishingFolding

 Application

   B  o  o   k   C  o  p  y

   B  o  o   k   l  e   t   P  a  g   i  n

  a   t   i  o  n

ImageRepeat

   P  a  g  e   M  a  r  g   i  n

   E   d   i   t   M  a  r  g   i  n

EraseImage

 Adjustment

   B  o  o   k   l  e   t

Stamp

   S  e   t   R  a  n  g  e

   A  u   t  o   O  r   i  g   i  n  a   l   S   i  z  e   D  e   t  e  c   t

   R  e  p  e  a   t

   E  r  a  s  e   /   C  e  n   t  e  r   E  r  a  s  e

   N  o  n  -   I  m  a  g  e   A  r  e

  a   E  r  a  s  e

   C  e  n   t  e  r   i  n  g

   N  o   R  o   t  a   t   i  o  n

   O  r   i  g   i  n  a   l   S   i  z  e   S

  e   t   t   i  n  g

   C  u  s   t  o  m   S   i  z  e   O  r   i  g   i  n  a   l  s

   S  e   t   N  u  m   b  e  r   i  n  g

   P  a  g  e   #

   D  a   t  e   /   T   i  m  e

   B  u   i   l   t  -   i  n   S   t  a  m  p

   W  a   t  e  r  m  a  r   k

   F   i  n   i  s   h   i  n  g

Sort

Group   , ,

OffsetCrisscross   , , , , , , ,

Shifted

Staple   , , , , , , ,

Punch   , , , , , , ,

Output Tray

   F  o   l   d   i  n  g Fold & Staple   + + + + +

Half Fold   + + + + +

Copy ConditionsIncompatible

with FinishingFolding

Finishing   Folding

   S  o  r   t

   G  r  o  u  p

Offset

   S   t  a  p   l  e

   P  u  n  c   h

   O  u   t  p  u   t   T  r  a  y

   F  o   l   d   &   S   t  a  p   l  e

   H  a   l   f   F  o   l   d

   C  r   i  s  s  c  r  o  s  s

   S   h   i   f   t  e   d

   F   i  n   i  s   h   i  n  g

Sort   ,

Group   , , , ,

OffsetCrisscross × × × × × ×Shifted ×   , , ,

Staple   , ×   , *6   , ,

Punch × *6   , ,

Output Tray ×

   F  o   l   d   i  n  g Fold & Staple   , ×   , , , ,

Half Fold   , ×   , , , ,

Page 364: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 364/688

Page 365: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 365/688

7   A   d  v  a  n  c  e   d   I  n   f  o  r  m  a   t   i  o  n

   C   h  a  p   t  e  r   7

 Advanced Information

Page 366: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 366/688

7  Advanced Information

7-2 bizhub 500/420

AdvancedInformation

Chapter7

7 Advanced Information

7.1 Checking Feature Selections by Proof CopyingUse this function to produce a sample of the copied set before making mul-tiple copies. This is a convenient and cost effective way of viewing the resultsof the copying selections.

To make a proof copy 

0 Proof copy is to be made when multiple sets of copies are required fromtwo or more sheets of the original.

1 Position the original, then set the print quantity.

2 Select the desired copy conditions.

3 Press [Proof Copy] on the control panel.

 A sample copy will be output, and the screen for checking the job set-tings will be displayed.

Page 367: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 367/688

 Advanced Information 7

bizhub 500/420 7-3

   A   d  v  a  n  c  e   d   I  n   f  o  r  m  a   t   i  o  n

   C   h  a  p   t  e  r   7

4 Check the sample copy.

– The count display under Number of Sets on the Proof Copy Screenindicates the printed set count per specified print quantity.

– If the sample copy gives satisfactory result, proceed to step 9.

To change any settings, proceed to the next step.

5 Touch [Change Setting] on the Proof Copy Screen.

The Change Setting Screen will be displayed.

6 Make the setting change as desired.

– The following settings can be changed from the screen after proofcopying.Print QuantitySimplex/Duplex (except for the simplex/duplex original type)FinishingFoldingCover ModeInsert SheetChaptersPage MarginStamp/Overlay

Page 368: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 368/688

7  Advanced Information

7-4 bizhub 500/420

AdvancedInformation

Chapter7

– To change the print quantity, press [C] (Clear) on the control panel,then reenter the desired value from the control panel keypad.To change the simplex/duplex copy mode, touch [1-Sided] or [2-Sided].To make other setting changes, touch the desired key to display the

setting screen for each function.– To cancel the setting change, touch [Cancel Change]. The previous

setting will be restored.

7 Repeat the steps 3 to 6 until the desired copy result is obtained.

– If the desired setting cannot be changed, delete the current job andrestart the job setting from the first step. See the next step for de-tails.

8 Delete the current job, if required, then restart the job setting.– To delete the current job, use up/down arrow keys to scroll to the

 job in the job list, if displayed in the sub area, then touch the job keyto highlight it.Touch [Delete] to display the popup menu for confirmation, thentouch [Yes].

9 Touch [Print] on the Proof Copy Screen.

The machine will start printing the rest except the sample sets.

Page 369: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 369/688

 Advanced Information 7

bizhub 500/420 7-5

   A   d  v  a  n  c  e   d   I  n   f  o  r  m  a   t   i  o  n

   C   h  a  p   t  e  r   7

!Detail

To stop scanning/printing for the proof copy or to stop printing after proof

copying, press [Stop] on the control panel.

For details, see “To Stop/Resume/Delete a Job” on page 3-67 .

Page 370: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 370/688

7  Advanced Information

7-6 bizhub 500/420

AdvancedInformation

Chapter7

7.2 Checking Feature Selections before Copying (ModeCheck)

Display the Mode Check Screen to check and change the feature selectionsyou made.

To use Mode Check function

1 Position the original, and enter the desired print quantity.

2 Select the desired copy conditions.

– Scan the original, if any setting requires.

3 Press [Mode Check] on the control panel.

The Mode Check Screen will be displayed.

Page 371: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 371/688

 Advanced Information 7

bizhub 500/420 7-7

   A   d  v  a  n  c  e   d   I  n   f  o  r  m  a   t   i  o  n

   C   h  a  p   t  e  r   7

4 Check the job settings on the screen.

– The Mode Check Screen comprises three different pages. Thescreen number for the current page is indicated in the center of theupper part of the screen.Touch [Back] or [Fwd.] to scroll to the desired page.

– If setting change is desired, proceed to the next step.– If settings are OK, touch [Job End] on the Mode Check Screen, then

proceed to step 7.

5 Touch the key of the function to be changed.

The setting screen for that function will be displayed.

Page 372: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 372/688

7  Advanced Information

7-8 bizhub 500/420

AdvancedInformation

Chapter7

6 Change the setting as desired.

– Follow the procedure specified for each function.– To make more than one setting change, repeat the steps from 3 to

6.

7 Press [Start] on the control panel.

The machine will start printing.

!Detail

To stop printing, press [Stop] on the control panel. For details, see “To

Stop/Resume/Delete a Job” on page 3-67 .

Page 373: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 373/688

 Advanced Information 7

bizhub 500/420 7-9

   A   d  v  a  n  c  e   d   I  n   f  o  r  m  a   t   i  o  n

   C   h  a  p   t  e  r   7

7.3 Interrupt Copying

Use the Interrupt mode to interrupt printing in progress to perform another job in different settings. The interrupted job will resume automatically whenthe interrupt copying is completed.

To copy using Interrupt mode

0 To interpose a newly entered job not into the current printing job but be-tween two reserved jobs, use the Increase Priority function. For details,see “Increase Priority for Printing an Active Job in Current Jobs” onpage 8-17.

0 The Interrupt mode cannot be entered while the machine is scanning theoriginal. Press [Interrupt] after scanning is completed.

0 Once the Interrupt mode is entered, the current printing job will be sus-

pended and all the settings will resume the initial setting.

1 Position the original for the interrupt job.

2 Press [Interrupt] on the control panel.

When the machine is working on a printing job, the message “Job isstopping” will be displayed.

The Interrupt LED lights up in green, and then printing job stops.

3 Enter the print quantity for the interrupt job.

4 Set copy conditions, as desired.

Page 374: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 374/688

7  Advanced Information

7-10 bizhub 500/420

AdvancedInformation

Chapter7

5 Press [Start] on the control panel.

The interrupt copying will start.

6 When the interrupt printing job is completed, press [Interrupt] again.

The Interrupt LED goes off, and the settings of the initial job will be re-stored on the screen.The suspended printing will be continued automatically.

Page 375: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 375/688

 Advanced Information 7

bizhub 500/420 7-11

   A   d  v  a  n  c  e   d   I  n   f  o  r  m  a   t   i  o  n

   C   h  a  p   t  e  r   7

7.4 Storing and Recalling Job Settings (Mode Memory)

Use Mode Memory to store the desired copy job settings, which can bereadily recalled at any time for copying. This function is convenient for fre-quently used settings of complicated operation.We recommend you to store those complicated settings that can be expect-ed for another or more use.

To store copy program

Up to 30 copy programs can be stored with given alphanumeric names.

0 Name the stored program. Up to 16 characters can be used.

0 The given name can be edited. For details, see “To change programname” on page 7-17.

0 The contents of stored program cannot be altered for reentry. However,

setting change is available for the program once recalled to make a copy,and those job settings can be stored as a new program.

0 If 30 copy programs are already stored, new entry becomes unavailable.In this case, delete an unnecessary program to store a new program. Fordetails on deleting copy programs, see “To delete copy program” onpage 7-18

0 The administrator can set the machine to lock the programs so that theycannot be deleted individually or the given name cannot be edited. Fordetails, see page 15-48.

1 Position the original, then make the desired job settings.

– Use control panel and touch panel keys to select the desired copyconditions.

2 Press [Mode Memory] on the control panel.

The Recall Copy Program Screen will be displayed.

Page 376: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 376/688

7  Advanced Information

7-12 bizhub 500/420

AdvancedInformation

Chapter7

3 Touch [Program Registration].

The Program Name Screen will be displayed.

4 Enter the desired program name.

– Up to 16 characters can be entered.Use right/left arrow keys to move the cursor, and use [Shift] to enterupper case letters or symbols.

5 Touch [OK] to return to the Basic Screen.

The copy program has been stored successfully.

Page 377: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 377/688

 Advanced Information 7

bizhub 500/420 7-13

   A   d  v  a  n  c  e   d   I  n   f  o  r  m  a   t   i  o  n

   C   h  a  p   t  e  r   7

2

Note

To cancel the program registration, press [Reset] or [Mode Memory] on

the control panel before returning to the Basic Screen. The program reg- 

istration will be cancelled from any screen displayed on the touch panel.Otherwise, touch [Cancel] repeatedly until the Basic Screen is restored.

To recall copy program

Follow the procedure below to recall the stored copy program. The job set-tings can be checked before recalling them.

0 The job settings cannot be changed from the Check Job Screen. If anysetting change is desired, recall the copy program then access the de-sired setting screen, or press [Mode Check] to jump to the desired settingfrom the Mode Check Screen. For details, see “Checking Feature Selec-tions before Copying (Mode Check)” on page 7-6.

1 Position the original.

2 Press [Mode Memory] on the control panel.

The Recall Copy Program Screen will be displayed.

Page 378: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 378/688

7  Advanced Information

7-14 bizhub 500/420

AdvancedInformation

Chapter7

3 Touch the desired copy program key to highlight it.

– To recall the program without checking job settings, proceed tostep 8.

4 Touch [Check Job].

The Check Job Screen will be displayed.

5 Check the settings.

– The Check Job Screen comprises four different pages. The screennumber for the current page is indicated in the center of the upperpart of the screen.Touch [Back] or [Fwd.] to scroll to the desired page.

Page 379: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 379/688

 Advanced Information 7

bizhub 500/420 7-15

   A   d  v  a  n  c  e   d   I  n   f  o  r  m  a   t   i  o  n

   C   h  a  p   t  e  r   7

– The functions which have been changed from the factory defaultappear highlighted on the screen.

Page 380: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 380/688

7  Advanced Information

7-16 bizhub 500/420

AdvancedInformation

Chapter7

6 Touch [Job End] on the screen.

The Recall Copy Program Screen will be restored, however, the copyprogram selection made in step 3 is released on the screen.

7  Again touch the desired copy program key to highlight it.

8 Touch [OK] on the Recall Copy Program Screen.

The job settings of the selected program will be recalled on the re-stored Basic Screen.

9 Press [Start] on the control panel.

The machine will start copying using recalled job settings.

2Note

To stop recalling the copy program, press [Reset] or [Mode Memory] on

the control panel. The recalling procedure will be cancelled from any

screen displayed on the touch panel.

Otherwise, touch [Cancel] repeatedly until the Basic Screen is restored.

Page 381: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 381/688

 Advanced Information 7

bizhub 500/420 7-17

   A   d  v  a  n  c  e   d   I  n   f  o  r  m  a   t   i  o  n

   C   h  a  p   t  e  r   7

To change program name

Follow the procedure below to change the stored program name.

0 The administrator can set the machine to lock the programs so that thegiven name cannot be edited. In this case, the [Edit Name] key will disap-

pear from the Recall Copy Program Screen to disable the procedure. Fordetails, see page 15-48.

1 Press [Mode Memory] on the control panel.

The Recall Copy Program Screen will be displayed.

2 Touch the copy program key of the name to be edited, then touch [Edit

Name].

The Program Name Screen will be displayed.

Page 382: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 382/688

7  Advanced Information

7-18 bizhub 500/420

AdvancedInformation

Chapter7

3 Enter the new name.

– Up to 16 characters can be entered.Use right/left arrow keys to move the cursor, and use [Shift] to enterupper case letters or symbols.

4 Touch [OK].

The Recall Copy Program Screen will be restored with the edited pro-gram name displayed.

To delete copy program

Follow the procedure below to delete the stored copy program.

0 The administrator can set the machine to lock the programs so that theycannot be deleted individually. In this case, the [Del.] key will disappearfrom the Recall Copy Program Screen to disable the procedure. For de-tails, see page 15-48.

Page 383: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 383/688

 Advanced Information 7

bizhub 500/420 7-19

   A   d  v  a  n  c  e   d   I  n   f  o  r  m  a   t   i  o  n

   C   h  a  p   t  e  r   7

1 Press [Mode Memory] on the control panel.

The Recall Copy Program Screen will be displayed.

2 Touch to highlight the copy program key to be deleted.

3 Touch [Del.].

The confirmation screen will be displayed.

4 Touch [Yes].

The Recall Copy Program Screen will be restored with the selectedcopy program deleted.

Page 384: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 384/688

7  Advanced Information

7-20 bizhub 500/420

AdvancedInformation

Chapter7

7.5 Displaying Screen for Operation Guide (Help)

The Help Screen provides you with the information about various machinefunctions and control/touch panel key operation for setting those functions.

Select either way to access the Help Screen.

- Main Menu ScreenPress [Help] on the control panel while the Basic Screen is displayed.

- Help Screen for each setting screenPress [Help] on the control panel while the desired setting screen is dis-played.

2

Note

The screens which develop succeedingly when the [Help] key is pressed

are generally referred to as Help Screen. The Help Screens can be rec- ognized by the question mark at the upper-left corner of the screen.

The following control panel keys will be disabled while the Help Screen is

displayed.

[Start] 

[Stop] 

[C] (Clear) 

[Interrupt] 

[Proof Copy] 

[Access] [Mode Memory] 

[Enlarge Display] 

[Mode Check] 

To exit the Help mode and return to the Basic Screen or previous setting

screen, touch [Exit] on the Help Screen or press [Help] on the control pan- 

el while the Help Screen is displayed.

Help Screen comprises the following menu items.

- CopyProvides information on function and operation of the keys on copier set-tings.

- ScanProvides information on function and operation of the keys for scannersettings.

- FaxProvides information on function and operation of the keys for fax set-tings.

- Box

Provides information on function and operation of the keys for box set-tings.

Page 385: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 385/688

 Advanced Information 7

bizhub 500/420 7-21

   A   d  v  a  n  c  e   d   I  n   f  o  r  m  a   t   i  o  n

   C   h  a  p   t  e  r   7

- Job ListProvides information on function and operation of the keys on Job ListScreen displayed when [Job List] is touched on the Basic Screen.

- Name and function of each partProvides information on function and operation of the ADF, original glass,

control panel keys, bypass tray, main body tray, LCT, output tray, and fin-isher.

- Service/Administrator InformationDisplays the name, extension number and e-mail address of the servicerepresentative or administrator.

- MaintenanceProvides information on adding toner, adding staples, and emptyingpunch waste basket.

7.5.1 Displaying Help Screen

Follow the procedure below to display the Help Screen.

To display Help Screen

0 The Help Screen cannot be displayed while the machine is under the fol-lowing conditions.Scanning the originalPrintingProof copying

Enlarge Display mode Accessibility mode

0 The information provided for Copy, Scan, Fax, Box, and Job List can alsobe displayed from each setting screen by pressing [Help] on the controlpanel.

1 Display the Basic Screen, then press [Help] on the control panel.

The Main Menu Screen will be displayed.

Page 386: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 386/688

7  Advanced Information

7-22 bizhub 500/420

AdvancedInformation

Chapter7

2 Touch the desired menu key to reach the information on that topic.

– The control panel keypad can also be used to enter the desiredmenu number for getting the same result.

3 Touch the desired key to display specific information.

– Touch [5 Functionality Map] to display the Function Map Screen toview a chart of available functions and settings on that topic.Use the control panel keypad to access the desired Help Screen.

Page 387: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 387/688

 Advanced Information 7

bizhub 500/420 7-23

   A   d  v  a  n  c  e   d   I  n   f  o  r  m  a   t   i  o  n

   C   h  a  p   t  e  r   7

4 Check the information provided on that screen.

– Touch [Back] or [Fwd.] to scroll, if provided.To view a detailed description, touch [Detail].To jump to the screen in a higher level of the structure, touch the

return arrow key.

5 Touch [Exit] on the Help Screen, or press [Help] on the control panel.

The Basic Screen will be restored.

Page 388: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 388/688

7  Advanced Information

7-24 bizhub 500/420

AdvancedInformation

Chapter7

7.6 Adjusting Control/Touch Panel Accessibility (Acces-sibility)

This section describes how to adjust the control/touch panel accessibility.

The following seven items are provided for this setting.

- Key Repeat Start/Interval Time- Enlarge Display Timer Setting- Message Display Time- Sound Setting- Touch Panel Adjustment-  Auto Reset Notification- Enlarge Display Confirmation Screen

7.6.1 Specifying Key Response Time in Enlarge Display Mode

(Key Repeat Start/Interval Time)This adjustment is effective only when the machine displays the followingscreens in Enlarge Display mode.

Specify the period of time to be elapsed before the current value begins tochange when the following keys are touched, and also specify the interval oftime for the value to phase when those keys are kept touched.

- The [+] and [–] keys on the Zoom Screen.

- The [Light] and [Dark] keys on the Density Screen.

Page 389: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 389/688

 Advanced Information 7

bizhub 500/420 7-25

   A   d  v  a  n  c  e   d   I  n   f  o  r  m  a   t   i  o  n

   C   h  a  p   t  e  r   7

To specify Key Repeat Start/Interval Time

0  Available setting range for both start and interval times is from 0.1 to 3.0seconds in 0.1 second increments.

0 Specified start/interval time will be in effect only when the Enlarge Displaymode is activated.

1 Press [Accessibility] on the control panel.

The Accessibility Setting Screen will be displayed.

2 Touch [1 Key Repeat Start/Interval Time], or press [1] on the controlpanel keypad.

The Key Repeat Start/Interval Time Screen will be displayed.

Page 390: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 390/688

7  Advanced Information

7-26 bizhub 500/420

AdvancedInformation

Chapter7

3 Touch [+] or [–] to specify the desired Time to Start and Interval.

Specified value will be displayed in each area.

4 Touch [OK].

The Accessibility Setting Screen will be restored.

5 Touch [Close], or press [Accessibility] on the control panel.

The Basic Screen will be restored.

2

Note

Touch [Cancel] on the Key Repeat Start/Interval Time Screen to cancel

the setting change.

For details of the Enlarge Display mode, refer to the User’s Guide - En- 

large Display.

Page 391: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 391/688

 Advanced Information 7

bizhub 500/420 7-27

   A   d  v  a  n  c  e   d   I  n   f  o  r  m  a   t   i  o  n

   C   h  a  p   t  e  r   7

7.6.2 Setting Timer for Enlarge Display Confirmation (EnlargeDisplay Timer Setting)

This adjustment is effective only when the machine is used in Enlarge Displaymode.

Specify whether or not the machine displays the Enlarge Display Confirma-tion popup menu to release the Enlarge Display mode in the case of Auto Re-set. Also specify the period of time to display the confirmation popup menu,if it is desired.

To specify Enlarge Display Timer Setting

0 The Enlarge Display Confirmation popup menu is deactivated as factorydefault.

If the popup menu is desired, select the period of time to display from 30,60, 90, and 120 seconds.

0 Specified setting will be in effect only when the Enlarge Display mode isactivated.

1 Press [Accessibility] on the control panel.

The Accessibility Setting Screen will be displayed.

Page 392: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 392/688

7  Advanced Information

7-28 bizhub 500/420

AdvancedInformation

Chapter7

2 Touch [2 Enlarge Display Timer Setting], or press [2] on the control pan-el keypad.

The Enlarge Display Timer Setting Screen will be displayed.

3 Touch [OFF], or the desired timer key to highlight it.

– Select [OFF] for deactivate the Enlarge Display Confirmation popupmenu.

4 Touch [OK].

The Accessibility Setting Screen will be restored.

Page 393: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 393/688

 Advanced Information 7

bizhub 500/420 7-29

   A   d  v  a  n  c  e   d   I  n   f  o  r  m  a   t   i  o  n

   C   h  a  p   t  e  r   7

5 Touch [Close], or press [Accessibility] on the control panel.

The Basic Screen will be restored.

2

Note

Touch [Cancel] on the Enlarge Display Timer Setting Screen to cancel the

setting change.

For details of the Enlarge Display mode, refer to the User’s Guide - En- 

large Display.

7.6.3 Specifying Error Message Display Time (Message DisplayTime)

Specify the period of time for an error message to be displayed when any in-

correct operation is performed.

To specify Message Display Time

0 The factory default is 3 seconds.Select either 3 seconds or 5 seconds for the display time.

1 Press [Accessibility] on the control panel.

The Accessibility Setting Screen will be displayed.

Page 394: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 394/688

7  Advanced Information

7-30 bizhub 500/420

AdvancedInformation

Chapter7

2 Touch [3 Message Display Time], or press [3] on the control panel key-pad.

The Message Display Time Screen will be displayed.

3 Select the desired display time.

– Touch [3 sec.] or [5 sec.] to highlight it.

4 Touch [OK].

The Accessibility Setting Screen will be restored.

5 Touch [Close], or press [Accessibility] on the control panel.

The Basic Screen will be restored.

Page 395: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 395/688

 Advanced Information 7

bizhub 500/420 7-31

   A   d  v  a  n  c  e   d   I  n   f  o  r  m  a   t   i  o  n

   C   h  a  p   t  e  r   7

2

Note

Touch [Cancel] on the Message Display Time Screen to cancel the setting

change.

7.6.4 Enabling Key Tones (Sound Setting)

Specify the sound of the machine.- Key Accept Sound/Key Refuse Sound

Specify whether or not to enable the key tone for the control/touch panelkeys.

- Warning SoundSpecify whether or not to enable the warning sound when the machinestops due to paper jam or empty tray etc., and also specify the sound du-

ration from 2 seconds, 5 seconds, and 10 seconds.

To specify Sound Setting

0 Key Accept Sound/Key Refuse Sound, is enabled (ON) as factory default.

0 Warning Sound is enabled (ON) and Warning Sound Times is set to3.0sec as factory default.

1 Press [Accessibility] on the control panel.

The Accessibility Setting Screen will be displayed.

Page 396: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 396/688

7  Advanced Information

7-32 bizhub 500/420

AdvancedInformation

Chapter7

2 Touch [4 Sound Setting], or press [4] on the control panel keypad.

The Sound Setting Screen will be displayed.

Page 397: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 397/688

 Advanced Information 7

bizhub 500/420 7-33

   A   d  v  a  n  c  e   d   I  n   f  o  r  m  a   t   i  o  n

   C   h  a  p   t  e  r   7

3 Select whether or not to enable key tones.

– Touch [1 Key Accept Sound/ Key Refuse Sound], or press [1] on thecontrol panel keypad.

– The Key Accept Sound/ Key Refuse Sound Screen will be dis-played.

– Touch [ON] to activate, or [OFF] to deactivate.

– Touch [OK] to return to the Sound Setting Screen.

4 Select whether or not to enable warning sound.

Page 398: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 398/688

7  Advanced Information

7-34 bizhub 500/420

AdvancedInformation

Chapter7

– Touch [2 Warning Sound], or press [2] on the control panel keypad.

– The Warning Sound Screen Will be displayed.

– Touch [ON] to activate, or [OFF] to deactivate.When selecting [ON], select one from [3 sec.], [5 sec.], or [10 sec].

– Touch [OK] to return to the Sound Setting Screen.

Page 399: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 399/688

 Advanced Information 7

bizhub 500/420 7-35

   A   d  v  a  n  c  e   d   I  n   f  o  r  m  a   t   i  o  n

   C   h  a  p   t  e  r   7

5 Touch [Close].

The Accessibility Setting Screen will be restored.

6 Touch [Close], or press [Accessibility] on the control panel.

The Basic Screen will be restored.

2

Note

Touch [Cancel] on the Key Accept Sound Screen to cancel the setting

change.

7.6.5 Adjusting the Position of Touch Sensor (Touch Panel Ad- justment)

If touch panel keys do not respond correctly, the touch sensor may shift inposition of the touch keys.In this case, use this function to adjust the position of touch sensor.

To specify Touch Panel Adjustment

1 Press [Accessibility] on the control panel.

The Accessibility Setting Screen will be displayed.

Page 400: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 400/688

7  Advanced Information

7-36 bizhub 500/420

AdvancedInformation

Chapter7

2 Touch [5 Touch Panel Adj.], or press [5] on the control panel keypad.

– If the [5 Touch Panel Adj.] key does not function, use the controlpanel keypad to select it.

The Touch Panel Adjustment Screen will be displayed.

3 Touch the four check keys [+] to check the buzzer tone.

When a check point is touched correctly, the Start LED on the controlpanel will light up in green.

? Is there a specific order to touch the check keys?

% No. Touch them in any order.

Page 401: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 401/688

 Advanced Information 7

bizhub 500/420 7-37

   A   d  v  a  n  c  e   d   I  n   f  o  r  m  a   t   i  o  n

   C   h  a  p   t  e  r   7

? Why can no buzzer tone be heard?

No sound can be heard if the Sound Setting has been set to OFF.

% Set the function to ON. For details, see “Enabling Key Tones(Sound Setting)” on page 7-31.

? Do you want to reset the adjustment?% Press [C] (Clear) on the control panel, then touch the four check

keys [+] again.

? Do you want to cancel the adjustment?

% Press [Stop] on the control panel. The Basic Screen will be re-stored.

4 Press [Start] on the control panel.

The position of the touch sensor will be adjusted, and the AccessibilityScreen will be restored.

5 Touch [Close], or press [Accessibility] on the control panel.

The Basic Screen will be restored.

2

NoteContact your service representative if adjustment result is not satisfacto- 

ry.

Page 402: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 402/688

7  Advanced Information

7-38 bizhub 500/420

AdvancedInformation

Chapter7

7.6.6 Setting Auto Reset Notification (Auto Reset Notification)

When the automatic panel reset operation is performed, a message can bedisplayed, requesting confirmation to reset the settings in Enlarge Displaymode.

In addition, it is possible to specify when the message is displayed, request-ing confirmation to reset the settings in Enlarge Display mode.

To specify Auto Reset Notification

0 The Enlarge Display Auto Reset Notification Screen will not be displayedas factory default.

0 Even if the machine is set to display the Enlarge Display Auto Reset No-tification Screen, the Enlarge Display Confirmation Screen will be dis-played when the same period of time is specified to activate Auto Reset

and System Auto Reset.0 The factory default setting is “OFF”.

1 Press [Accessibility] on the control panel.

The Accessibility Setting Screen will be displayed.

Page 403: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 403/688

 Advanced Information 7

bizhub 500/420 7-39

   A   d  v  a  n  c  e   d   I  n   f  o  r  m  a   t   i  o  n

   C   h  a  p   t  e  r   7

2 Touch [6 Auto Reset Notification], or press [6] on the control panel key-pad.

The Auto Reset Notification Screen will be displayed.

3 Touch the key for the desired display time.

– To not display the message requesting confirmation to reset thesettings in Enlarge Display mode, touch [OFF].

– To cancel changes to the settings, touch [Cancel].

Page 404: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 404/688

7  Advanced Information

7-40 bizhub 500/420

AdvancedInformation

Chapter7

4 Touch [OK] to return to Accessibility Screen.

5 Touch [Close], or press [Accessibility] on the control panel.

The Basic Screen will be restored.

2Note

For details on the Enlarge Display mode, refer to the User’s Guide [En- 

large Display Operations].

Page 405: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 405/688

 Advanced Information 7

bizhub 500/420 7-41

   A   d  v  a  n  c  e   d   I  n   f  o  r  m  a   t   i  o  n

   C   h  a  p   t  e  r   7

7.6.7 Setting Enlarge Display Confirmation Screen (Enlarge Dis-play Confirmation Screen)

When the [Enlarge Display] key is pressed to change the display of thescreen, a message can be displayed, requesting confirmation to reset thesettings to their defaults.

To specify Enlarge Display Confirmation Screen

0 The factory default setting is “No”.

1 Press [Accessibility] on the control panel.

The Accessibility Setting Screen will be displayed.

Page 406: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 406/688

7  Advanced Information

7-42 bizhub 500/420

AdvancedInformation

Chapter7

2 Touch [7 Enlarge Display Confirmation Screen], or press [7] on the con-trol panel keypad.

The Enlarge Display Confirmation Screen will be displayed.

3 Select whether or not the message is displayed.

– To cancel changes to the settings, touch [Cancel].

4 Touch [OK] to return to the Accessibility Setting Screen.

5 Touch [Close], or press [Accessibility] on the control panel.

The Basic Screen will be restored.

Page 407: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 407/688

 Advanced Information 7

bizhub 500/420 7-43

   A   d  v  a  n  c  e   d   I  n   f  o  r  m  a   t   i  o  n

   C   h  a  p   t  e  r   7

2

Note

The Enlarge Display mode is compatible with basic copy, scanning and

fax functions. With the Enlarge Display mode, text and illustrations are

displayed at a larger size so that they can be seen more easily. For detailson the Enlarge Display mode, refer to the User’s Guide [Enlarge Display

Operations].

If [No] is touched in the message requesting confirmation to enter Enlarge

Display mode, the screens are not changed.

Page 408: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 408/688

Page 409: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 409/688

8   J  o   b   M  a  n  a  g  e  m  e  n   t   (   J  o   b   L   i  s   t   )

   C   h  a  p   t  e  r   8

Job Management (JobList)

Page 410: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 410/688

8 Job Management (Job List)

8-2 bizhub 500/420

JobManagement(JobList)

Chapter8

8 Job Management (Job List)

8.1 Overview of the Job List Screen

 About Jobs

Specifying the desired copy conditions and pressing the [Start] key queuesthe copy operation in this machine. This queued copy operation is called a job.

Operations for making scans and computer printouts are also queued as jobs.

The Job List Screen allows you to check the current job status, perform thevarious job operations, and also display a log of the jobs previously per-formed.

To display the Job List Screen, touch [Job List] at any time except when themachine is under the following status:- Displaying the Help screen with the [Help] key pressed- Setting the Accessibility mode with the [Accessibility] key pressed- When the [Utility/Counter] key is pressed- During the Enlarge Display mode

!Detail

The Job List Screen is a generic term of the screens to be displayed after

[Job List] is touched from the touch screen. The Job List Screen can be

identified by the title “Job List” at the upper left corner of the screen.

Types of the Job List Screen

Besides copying, this machine provides computer printing, scanning, and

user box features. There fore, the Job List Screens are classified into the fol-lowing three types:

Page 411: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 411/688

Job Management (Job List) 8

bizhub 500/420 8-3

   J  o   b   M  a  n  a  g  e  m  e  n   t   (   J  o   b   L   i  s   t   )

   C   h  a  p   t  e  r   8

- Job List Screen with the [Print] tab highlightedLists print jobs for copying and computer printing.Displays the Current Jobs list and the Job History list.The Current Jobs list includes the Active Jobs list and the Held Jobs list.The Job History list includes the Deleted Jobs list, the Finished Jobs list,

and the Active Jobs list that comprises the first two lists.Details will be explained in this section.

- Job List Screen with the [Scan] tab highlightedDisplays scanner transmission jobs.For more details, refer to the User's Guide “Network Scanner Opera-tions”.

- Job List Screen with the [RX/User Box] tab highlightedDisplays data saved in boxes.

For more details, refer to the User's Guide “Network Scanner Opera-tions”.

Page 412: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 412/688

8 Job Management (Job List)

8-4 bizhub 500/420

JobManagement(JobList)

Chapter8

Tasks available when the Job List Screen is displayed after touching the

[Print] tab

The following tasks can be checked and managed in the Job List Screen.

- Checks the details of jobs in the Current Jobs list and the Job History list.- Checks the settings of active jobs and held jobs in the Current Jobs list.- Deletes active jobs and held jobs in the Current Jobs list.- Increases the priority for printing of active jobs in the Current Jobs list.- Prints a single held job in the Current Jobs list and checks its output re-

sult.- Changes the settings of held jobs in the Current Jobs list to print.

Description of the Job List Screen displayed after touching the [Print]

tab

Job List screen displayed after touching the [Print] tab > [Current Jobs] > [Ac-tive Jobs]

5 6

9

14

1 2 4

10

11

12

3

7 8 13

No. Part name Description

1 [Print] tab Displays the Job List Screen for computer printing.

2 [Scan] tab Displays the Job List Screen for scan.

3 [RX/User Box] tab Displays the Job List Screen for data saved in boxes.

4 [Exit] Closes the Job List Screen.

5 [Current Jobs] Displays and checks/manages the Active Jobs list or theHeld Jobs list of the Current Job list during the JobHistory list is displayed.

6 [Job History] Switches to the Job History list which shows the list of jobs completed during the Current Jobs list is displayed.

7 [Held Jobs] Displays and manages the list of jobs queued as a held

 job during the Job History list is displayed.

Page 413: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 413/688

Job Management (Job List) 8

bizhub 500/420 8-5

   J  o   b   M  a  n  a  g  e  m  e  n   t   (   J  o   b   L   i  s   t   )

   C   h  a  p   t  e  r   8

8 [Active Jobs] Switches between the list of jobs currently beingperformed and the list of jobs waiting to be performed, inthe Current Jobs list.

9 [Delete] Delets active jobs and held jobs displayed in the Current

Jobs list.

10 [Increase Priority] Selects the next job to be printed after the current jobbeing printed from the Active Jobs list. The output priorityfor jobs cannot be specified from the Held Jobs list.

11 [Check Job] Checks the settings of active jobs and held jobsdisplayed in the Current Jobs list.

12 [Detail] Checks the status of active jobs and held jobs displayedin the Current Jobs list.

13 [ ][ ] Displays jobs not displayed in a screen, when there aremore jobs than the five that can be displayed at one time.

14 Displayed Items No.Job identification number assigned when the job isqueued.User NameDisplays the type of jobs. Copying is displayed as“COPY”.StatusDisplays the status of the job.Document NameDisplays the name of the file for print jobs sent from a net-work printer.If user authentication settings have been applied, thenames of original are not displayed. The names of confi-dential original are not displayed for other users.Time of StorageDisplays the time that the job was queued.# of Pgs.Displays the number of pages in the original.# of SetsDisplays the specified number of pages to be printed.

No. Part name Description

Page 414: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 414/688

8 Job Management (Job List)

8-6 bizhub 500/420

JobManagement(JobList)

Chapter8

Job List Screen displayed after touching the [Print] tab > [Job History] >[Active Jobs]

14

15 16 17

No. Part name Description

14 Displayed Items See No. 14 in the above table for detailed description ofNo., User Name, # of Pgs. and # of Sets.ResultDisplays the result of the operation (Job Complete, ErrorCleared, Deleted by User, Mode cancelled from conflict)

15 [Deleted Jobs] Displayes jobs deleted from the Job History list beforeprinting was completed.

16 [Finished Jobs] Displays jobs that were correctly completed in the JobHistory list.

17 [Active Jobs] Displays all jobs in the Job History list.

Page 415: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 415/688

Job Management (Job List) 8

bizhub 500/420 8-7

   J  o   b   M  a  n  a  g  e  m  e  n   t   (   J  o   b   L   i  s   t   )

   C   h  a  p   t  e  r   8

8.2 Managing the Job List Screen

The following describes how to check and manage jobs that are being per-formed, and how to check the job log by using the Job List Screen.The Job List Screen has the following two types of screens:- Current Jobs- Job History

To display Current Jobs

The list of received print jobs for Copy mode and for computer printing is dis-played.

The Current Jobs list displays the Active Jobs list and the Held Jobs list sep-arately.

The Held Jobs list shows jobs that have been automatically reset during

proof copying, and jobs that have been performed proof printing using theBox functions.

1 Touch [Job List] on the touch screen.

– When the Current Jobs list using the Print functions is notdisplayed, touch the [Print] tab.

The Current Jobs list using the Print functions will be displayed.

Page 416: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 416/688

8 Job Management (Job List)

8-8 bizhub 500/420

JobManagement(JobList)

Chapter8

2 Touch [Held Jobs] or [Active Jobs] to select the jobs to be listed.

– [Active Jobs]: Lists jobs being active in the Current Jobs list.

– [Held Jobs]: Lists jobs being held in the Current Jobs list.

The specified Current Jobs list will be displayed.

!Detail

The Current Jobs list displays active jobs when first displayed.

To return to the screen displayed before touching [Job List], touch [Exit]

or press [Reset] on the control panel.

Page 417: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 417/688

Job Management (Job List) 8

bizhub 500/420 8-9

   J  o   b   M  a  n  a  g  e  m  e  n   t   (   J  o   b   L   i  s   t   )

   C   h  a  p   t  e  r   8

To display Job History 

The list of jobs that have already been performed is displayed.

The Job History list displays the three types of job lists respectively: Deleted,Finished, and Active.

1 Touch [Job List] on the touch screen.

– When the Current Jobs list using the Print functions is not dis-played, touch the [Print] tab.

The Current Jobs list using the Print functions will be displayed.

2 Touch [Job History].

The Job History list using the Print functions will be displayed.

Page 418: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 418/688

8 Job Management (Job List)

8-10 bizhub 500/420

JobManagement(JobList)

Chapter8

3 Touch any one of [Deleted Jobs], [Finished Jobs], and [Active Jobs] todisplay the desired list of jobs.

– [Deleted Jobs]: Lists jobs being deleted from the Job History list be-fore printing was completed.

– [Finished Jobs]: Lists jobs being completed correctly from the JobsHistory list.

– [Active Jobs]: Lists all jobs in the Job History list.

The list of jobs being selected is displayed.

!Detail

The Job History list displays all the jobs when first displayed.

To return to the screen displayed before touching [Job List], touch [Exit]

or press [Reset] on the control panel.

Page 419: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 419/688

Job Management (Job List) 8

bizhub 500/420 8-11

   J  o   b   M  a  n  a  g  e  m  e  n   t   (   J  o   b   L   i  s   t   )

   C   h  a  p   t  e  r   8

8.2.1 Check the Details of Jobs in Current Jobs and Job History 

The following details can be checked for jobs displayed as active and held inthe Current Jobs list and jobs displayed in the Job History.

Current Jobs of the [Print] tab (list of jobs being active or held)

- Status: Receiving, Waiting, Printing, Printing Stopped, Print Error, JobStored, Deleting

- File Name- User Name- Time of Storage

- # of pgs.- # of Sets- Output Tray

Job History of the [Print] tab

- Result: Job complete, Error cleared, Deleted by User, Deleted Due To Er-ror

- Error Detail- File Name- User Name- Time of Storage- # of pgs.

- # of Sets- Output Tray

Current Jobs of the [Scan] tab- Status: Transferring, Waiting-  Address- Type- User Name- Time of Storage- # of pgs.- File Name- No. of Dest (number of jobs being sent/number of specified recipients)

(Displayed only for Current Jobs transmitted to multiple recipients)

Job History of the [Scan] tab

- Result: Job complete, Error cleared, Deleted by User- Error Detail-  Address- Type- User Name- Time of Storage- # of pgs.- File Name

Page 420: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 420/688

8 Job Management (Job List)

8-12 bizhub 500/420

JobManagement(JobList)

Chapter8

Current Jobs of the [RX/User Box] tab- Status: Receiving, Waiting, Printing, Printing Stopped, Print Error, Job

Stored- RX User Box: box number/box name- User Name

- Time of Storage- # of pgs.- # of Sets- Output Tray- File Name

Job History of the [RX/User Box] tab- Result: Job complete, Error cleared, Deleted by User, Deleted Due To Er-

ror- Error Detail

- RX User Box: box number/box name- User Name- Time of Storage- # of pgs.- # of Sets- Output Tray- File Name

Procedure

0 Jobs whose details are checked can be deleted from the Check DetailScreen.

1 Touch [Job List] on the touch screen.

– When the current list of jobs using the Print functions is not dis-played, touch the [Print] tab.

The current list of jobs using the Print functions will be displayed.

2 Touch [Current Jobs] or [Job History].

– The list of jobs that have being selected will be displayed.– When Current Jobs is displayed, continue with step 3.– When Job History is displayed, continue with step 4.

3 Select the type of jobs to check details from Current Jobs.

– To check the jobs that have been held, touch [Held Jobs].

The current list of jobs that have being selected will be displayed.

Page 421: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 421/688

Job Management (Job List) 8

bizhub 500/420 8-13

   J  o   b   M  a  n  a  g  e  m  e  n   t   (   J  o   b   L   i  s   t   )

   C   h  a  p   t  e  r   8

4 Select the job whose details are to be checked, and then touch [Detail].

– Touch [ ] or [ ] to scroll the job keys, and search the job to bechecked.Touch the desired job key, and then touch [Detail].

The Check Detail Screen will be displayed.

? What to do if an incorrect job key was selected?

% Select a correct job key, or touch the key for the selected job againto deselect it.

Page 422: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 422/688

8 Job Management (Job List)

8-14 bizhub 500/420

JobManagement(JobList)

Chapter8

5 Check details.

? Is it possible to delete the held/active jobs in the Current Jobs liston the Check Detail Screen?

% In order to delete the job whose details are checked, touch [Delete]

to display a message requesting confirmation to delete the job.Touch [Yes].

6 Close the Check Detail screen.

– To return to the Job List screen, touch [Close].– To return to the screen that was displayed before [Job List] was

touched, touch [Exit], or press [Reset] from the control panel.

8.2.2 Check the Settings of Jobs Active or Held in Current Jobs

The settings of jobs that is active or held in the Current Jobs list can bechecked.

Procedure

0 The contents and number of Check Job Details Screens differ dependingon the job that was selected.

1 Touch [Job List] on the touch screen.

– When the current list of jobs using the Print functions is not dis-played, touch the [Print] tab.

The current list of jobs using the Print functions will be displayed.

2 Select a job whose details are to be checked from the Current Jobs list.

– To check the jobs that have been held, touch [Held Jobs].

The current list of jobs that have been selected will be displayed.

Page 423: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 423/688

Job Management (Job List) 8

bizhub 500/420 8-15

   J  o   b   M  a  n  a  g  e  m  e  n   t   (   J  o   b   L   i  s   t   )

   C   h  a  p   t  e  r   8

3 Select a job to be checked, and then touch [Detail].

– Touch [ ] or [ ] to scroll the job keys, and search the job to bechecked.Touch the desired job key, and then touch [Check Job].

The Check Job Details Screen of the selected job is displayed.

? What to do if an incorrect job key was selected?

% Select a correct job key, or touch the key for the selected job againto deselect it.

4 Check the contents of the Check Job Details screen.

– The number to the left of [ Back] indicates the number of the cur-rently displayed screen/the total number of screens.

– Touch [ Back] or [Fwd. ] to switch Check Job Details Screens.– The screen below is a sample.The contents and number of Check

Job Details Screens differ depending on the job that was selected.

5 Close the Check Job Details screen.

– To return to Current Jobs, touch [Close].– To return to the screen that was displayed before [Job List] was

touched, touch [Exit], or press [Reset] from the control panel.

Page 424: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 424/688

8 Job Management (Job List)

8-16 bizhub 500/420

JobManagement(JobList)

Chapter8

8.2.3 Delete Active and Held Jobs in Current Jobs

 Active jobs or jobs being held can be deleted from the Current Jobs list.

Procedure

0 If user authentication settings have been applied and the machine is setso that jobs cannot be deleted by other users, the job is not deleted. Fordetails, refer to page 15-51.

1 Touch [Job List] on the touch screen.

– When the current list of jobs using the Print functions is not dis-played, touch the [Print] tab.

The current list of jobs using the Print functions will be displayed.

2 Select the type of jobs to be deleted from the Current Jobs lists.

– To check the jobs that have been held, touch [Held Jobs].

The current list of jobs that have been selected will be displayed.

3 Select the job to be deleted, and then touch [Delete].

– Touch [ ] or [ ] to scroll the job keys, and search the job to bechecked.Touch the desired job key, and then touch [Check Job].

 A message requesting confirmation to delete the job appears.

? What to do if an incorrect job key was selected?

% Select a correct job key, or touch the key for the selected job againto deselect it.

%  A job can also be deleted after checking details of that job. Seepage 8-11.

Page 425: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 425/688

Job Management (Job List) 8

bizhub 500/420 8-17

   J  o   b   M  a  n  a  g  e  m  e  n   t   (   J  o   b   L   i  s   t   )

   C   h  a  p   t  e  r   8

4 Check the contents of the job being selected, and then touch [Yes].

The Current Jobs list whose job being deleted appears again.

? How to stop from deleting the job?

% Touch [No] in the message screen. The Current Jobs list which isnot changed will be restored.

5 Close the Job List Screen.

– To return to the screen that was displayed before [Job List] wastouched, touch [Exit], or press [Reset] from the control panel.

8.2.4 Increase Priority for Printing an Active Job in Current Jobs

The next job to be printed after the current job being printed can be selected.

Procedure

0 If an Administrator mode function was set so that the output priority of jobs cannot be changed, [Increase Priority] does not appear and the out-put priority of the jobs cannot be specified. For details, refer topage 15-51.

0 If the output priority of jobs is set when the job which can be interruptedis printed, printing is interrupted and printing of the job given priority be-gins.

Printing of the interrupted job is automatically restarted once printing forthe job given priority is finished.

0 When copying a job by interrupt or printing a job by the output priority,another job cannot be copied by interrupt.If the output priority of jobs isset when the job which cannot be interrupted is printed, printing beginsafter the current printing completes.

1 Touch [Job List] on the touch screen.

– When the current list of jobs using the Print functions is not dis-

played, touch [Print] tab.The current list of jobs using the Print functions is displayed.

Page 426: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 426/688

8 Job Management (Job List)

8-18 bizhub 500/420

JobManagement(JobList)

Chapter8

2 Touch [Active Jobs].

The Current Jobs list of active jobs will be displayed.

3 Touch [Increase Priority].

The Increase Priority Screen will be displayed.

4 In the job list of the Increase Priority Screen, touch the key for a job tobe given priority to select it, and then touch [OK].

– Touch [ ] or [ ] to scroll the job keys, and search the job to bechecked.Touch the desired job key, and then touch [OK].

The selected job moves to the top of the list and printing of the job be-gins.When printing for the job given priority is finished, the Current Job listwill be restored.

? What to do if an incorrect job key was selected?

% Select a correct job key, or touch the key for the selected job againto deselect it.

? How to stop printing the job given priority?

% Touch [Cancel]. The Increase Priority Screen will be terminated and

the current job list will be restored.

Page 427: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 427/688

Job Management (Job List) 8

bizhub 500/420 8-19

   J  o   b   M  a  n  a  g  e  m  e  n   t   (   J  o   b   L   i  s   t   )

   C   h  a  p   t  e  r   8

5 Close the Job List Screen.

– To return to the screen that was displayed before [Job List] wastouched, touch [Exit], or press [Reset] on the control panel.

8.2.5 Prints a Single Held Job in Current Jobs List and ChecksIts Output Result

The Held Jobs list shows jobs that have been automatically reset duringproof copying, and jobs that have been performed proof printing using theBox functions.

Prints a single held job in the Current Jobs list and checks its output result.

Procedure

1 Touch [Job List] on the touch screen.– When the current list of jobs using the Print functions is not dis-

played, touch the [Print] tab.

The current list of jobs using the Print functions will be displayed.

2 Touch [Held Jobs].

The current list of jobs being held will be displayed.

3 Touch [Release Held Job].

The Release Held Job screen will be displayed.

Page 428: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 428/688

8 Job Management (Job List)

8-20 bizhub 500/420

JobManagement(JobList)

Chapter8

4 Touch the key for the job to print a proof copy from the job list, and thentouch [Proof Print].

– Touch [ ] or [ ] to scroll the job keys, and search the job to print aproof copy.Touch the desired job key, and then touch [Proof Print].

? What to do if an incorrect job key was selected?

% Select a correct job key, or touch the key for the selected job againto deselect it.

? How to stop from printing a proof copy before outputting the proofcopy?

% Touch [Cancel]. The Release Held Job Screen is quit, and the Cur-rent Jobs list of the job that has being held is restored.

5 Touch [OK].

 A single proof copy is printed.

? How to stop from printing the proof copy when outputting the proofcopy?

% Press [Stop] on the control panel.

6 Check the proof copy.

7 The Current Jobs list will be restored.– To return to the screen that was displayed before [Job List] was

touched, touch [Exit], or press [Reset] on the control panel.

Page 429: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 429/688

Job Management (Job List) 8

bizhub 500/420 8-21

   J  o   b   M  a  n  a  g  e  m  e  n   t   (   J  o   b   L   i  s   t   )

   C   h  a  p   t  e  r   8

8.2.6 Change and Print the Settings of Held Jobs in Current Jobs

The Held Jobs list shows jobs that have been automatically reset duringproof copying, and jobs performing proof printing using the Box functions.

Jobs in the Held Jobs list is printed. The settings of jobs being held can be

changed.

Procedure

1 Touch [Job List] on the touch screen.

– When the current list of jobs using the Print functions is not dis-played, touch the [Print] tab.

The current list of jobs using the Print functions will be displayed.

2 Touch [Held Jobs].

The current list of jobs being held will be displayed.

3 Touch [Release Held Job].

The Release Held Job Screen will be displayed.

Page 430: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 430/688

8 Job Management (Job List)

8-22 bizhub 500/420

JobManagement(JobList)

Chapter8

4 Touch and select the job key to print.

– Touch [ ] or [ ] to scroll the job keys, and search the job to print.

? What to do if an incorrect job key was selected?

% Select a correct job key, or touch the key for the selected job againto deselect it.

? How to stop normal printing before outputting the job?

% Touch [Cancel]. The Release Held Job Screen is quit, and the Cur-rent Jobs list of the job that has being held will be restored.

5 Touch [Print].

[Change Setting] will be displayed.To change the settings of the held job specified, continue with step 6.

To leave the settings of the held job specified as is, continue with step9.

6 Touch [Change Setting].

The Change Setting screen will be displayed.

Page 431: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 431/688

Job Management (Job List) 8

bizhub 500/420 8-23

   J  o   b   M  a  n  a  g  e  m  e  n   t   (   J  o   b   L   i  s   t   )

   C   h  a  p   t  e  r   8

7 Change the settings.

– To change a value, press [C] (clear) on the control panel, and thenuse the keypad to type in the new value.

– Touch the setting key to be changed, display the setting screen,and then change the settings of each screen.

– To cancel changes to the copy settings, touch [Cancel].– Touch [OK] on each setting screens and return to the Release Held

Job Screen.

? Can a proof copy be printed after changing the settings?

% Yes. Touch [Proof Print] on the Release Held Job Screen, and thentouch [OK]. For more details, refer to the “1” on page 8-19.

?How to change the settings other than those displayed in the

Change Setting Screen?% No.

Page 432: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 432/688

8 Job Management (Job List)

8-24 bizhub 500/420

JobManagement(JobList)

Chapter8

8 Touch [OK].

The job being held is moved to the Current Jobs list of jobs being ac-tive, and is printed.

? How to stop printing?

% Press [Stop] on the control panel.

9 Close the Job List Screen.

– To return to the screen that was displayed before [Job List] wastouched, touch [Exit], or press [Reset] on the control panel.

Page 433: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 433/688

9

   P  a  p  e  r  a  n   d   O  r   i  g   i  n  a   l    I  n   f  o  r  m  a   t   i  o  n

   C   h  a  p   t  e  r   9

Paper and OriginalInformation

Page 434: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 434/688

9 Paper and Original Information

9-2 bizhub 500/420

PaperandOriginal Information

Chapter9

9 Paper and Original Information

9.1 Copy Paper Available paper size/type is restricted in each equipment.

Paper Tray and Equipment

This machine is equipped with the following trays for loading copy paper.- Main unit trays: Tray 1 and 2- Bypass tray- Paper Feed Cabinet PC-202: Tray 3 and 4- Paper Feed Cabinet PC-402: Tray 3

- Large Capacity Unit LU-201

 Also, the following equipment is provided for conveying/delivering copies.-  ADU (Automatic Duplex Unit) (built in to the main unit)- Finisher FS-510 (built-in Staple Unit)- Finisher FS-511 (built-in Staple/Punch Unit)- Punch Unit PU-501 (for Finisher FS-510))- Saddle Stitcher SD-502 (for Finisher FS-510)- Mailbin Kit MT-501 (for Finisher FS-510)- Output tray OT-601 (for Finisher FS-510)

- Output tray OT-501 (for the machine without finisher)- Job Separator JS-502 (for the machine without finisher)

Page 435: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 435/688

Paper and Original Information 9

bizhub 500/420 9-3

   P  a  p  e  r  a  n   d   O  r   i  g   i  n  a   l    I  n   f  o  r  m  a   t   i  o  n

   C   h  a  p   t  e  r   9

Paper Weight

Paper trays Paper Weight

Main unit trays (Tray 1 and 2) 16 to 28 lb

Paper Feed Cabinet PC-202(Tray 3 and 4)

Paper Feed Cabinet PC-402(Tray 3)

Large Capacity Unit LU-201

Bypass tray 13 to 56 lbSelect “thick paper” when loading 29 to 56 lb paper.Select “thin paper” when loading 13 to 15 lb paper

Equipment Paper Weight

 Automatic Duplex Unit 16 to 28 lb

Finisher FS-510 “Sort” and “Group” settings: 13 to 56 lb“Offset” + “Sort” and “Offset” + “Group” settings: 15 to 24 lbStaple: 15 to 24 lb

Finisher FS-510 + SaddleStitcher SD-502

Staple, “Half Fold” and “Fold & Staple” settings: 15 to 24 lb

Finisher FS-510 + Punch UnitPU-501

Punch: 16 to 35 lb

Finisher FS-510 + Output trayOT-601

13 to 56 lb

Mailbin Kit MT-501 15 to 24 lb

Finisher FS-511 “Sort” and “Group” settings: 13 to 35 lb“Offset” + “Sort” and “Offset” + “Group” settings: 13 to 35 lbStaple: 16 to 24 lbPunch: 16 to 24 lb

Output tray OT-501 13 to 56 lb

Job Separator JS-502 Tray 1 (Secondary tray): 13 to 56 lbTray 2 (Primary tray): 15 to 24 lb

Page 436: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 436/688

9 Paper and Original Information

9-4 bizhub 500/420

PaperandOriginal Information

Chapter9

Paper Tray/ Output Tray Capacity 

Paper Capacity in Finisher FS-510 Output Trays

There are the following six types of Output Tray configuration in Finisher FS-510 according to the optional equipment installed in the machine.

- Finisher only: 2 exit trays- Finisher with Output tray OT-601: 3 output trays- Finisher with Saddle Stitcher SD-502: Saddle stitcher tray + 2 output

trays- Finisher with Output tray OT-601 and Saddle Stitcher SD-502: 1 Saddle

stitcher tray + 3 output trays

- Finisher with Mailbin MT-501: 4 mail bins + 2 output tray- Finisher with Output tray OT-601 and Mailbin MT-501: 4 mail bins + 3

output trays

The maximum capacity varies according to each tray configuration type. Seethe following tables. The former of the two values with a slash in betweenrepresents the capacity for A4, 8-1/2×11 or smaller sizes, and the latter rep-

Paper trays Capacity  

Main unit trays (Tray 1 and 2) 500 sheets (20 lb)

Paper Feed Cabinet PC-202(Tray 3 and 4)

Paper Feed Cabinet PC-402 2,500 sheets (20 lb)

Large Capacity Unit LU-201 2,000 sheets (20 lb)

Bypass tray Normal, Thin paper: 150 sheetsThick paper: 50 sheetsOverhead projection transparent film, Labels, Trace Paper: 1sheetEnvelope: 10 sheets

Equipment Capacity  

 Automatic Duplex Unit Unlimited

Finisher FS-510 See page 9-5.

Mailbin Kit MT-501 Max. 125 sheets (20 lb) per bin

Finisher FS-511 Tray 1 (Secondary tray)Normal, recycled paper: 250 sheets (16 to 24 lb) or 36 mm max.Thick paper, Thin paper, Overhead projection transparent film,Envelope, Trace Paper, Labels etc.: 20 sheets or 36 mm max.Tray 2 (Primary tray)

8-1/2 × 14 or more: 1,500 sheets (20 lb) or 187.5 mm max.8-1/2 × 11 or less: 3,000 sheets (20 lb) or 375 mm max.

Output tray OT-501 100 sheets (16 to 24 lb)

Job Separator JS-502 100 sheets (16 to 24 lb)

Page 437: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 437/688

Paper and Original Information 9

bizhub 500/420 9-5

   P  a  p  e  r  a  n   d   O  r   i  g   i  n  a   l    I  n   f  o  r  m  a   t   i  o  n

   C   h  a  p   t  e  r   9

resents the capacity for B4, 8-1/2×14 or larger sizes.Staple capacity is 50 sheets (20 lb) at maximum in Staple mode, and 15sheets (20 lb) in Fold & Staple mode. The staple capacity should not exceedthe non-stapled paper capacity.

Finisher only: 2 output trays

Finisher with Output tray OT-601: 3 output trays

Finisher with Saddle Stitcher SD-502: Saddle stitcher tray + 2 output trays

Tray 1 Tray 2

“Sort” and “Group” settings 200 sheets 1,000/500 sheets

“Offset” + “Sort” and “Offset”+ “Group” settings

200 sheets or 20 sets 1,000/500 sheets or 100 sets/  50 sets

Tray 1 Tray 2 (Optionaloutput tray)

Tray 3

“Sort” and “Group” settings 200 sheets 200 sheets 500/250 sheets

“Offset ”+ “Sort” and “Offset”+ “Group” settings

200 sheets or 20sets

200 sheets or 20sets

500/250 sheets or50 sets/25 sets

Staple

Tray 1 Tray 2 Saddle stitchertray 

“Sort” and “Group” settings 200 sheets 500/250 sheets

“Offset” + “Sort” and “Offset”+ “Group” settings

200 sheets or20sets

500/250 sheets or50 sets/25 sets

Staple

Fold & Staple 200 sheets or 20

sets

200 sheets(20 sets)

Page 438: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 438/688

9 Paper and Original Information

9-6 bizhub 500/420

PaperandOriginal Information

Chapter9

Finisher with Output tray OT-601 and Saddle Stitcher SD-502: 1 Saddlestitcher tray + 3 output trays

Finisher with Mailbin MT-501: 4 mail bins + 2 output trays

Finisher with Output tray OT-601 and Mailbin MT-501: 4 mail bins + 3 outputtrays)

Paper Size

Tray 1 Tray 2 (Op-tional output

tray)

Tray 3 Saddlestitcher tray 

“Sort” and “Group” settings 200 sheets 200 sheets 200/100sheets

“Offset” + “Sort” and “Offset”+ “Group” settings

200 sheets or20 sets

200 sheets or20 sets

200/100sheets or 20sets/10 sets

Staple

“Fold & Staple” 200 sheets(20sets)

Tray 1 Tray 2 Mail bins

“Sort” and “Group” settings 200 sheets 500/250 sheets 500 sheets

“Offset” + “Sort” and “Offset”+ “Group” settings

200 sheets or 20sets

500/250 sheets or50 sets/25 sets

Tray 1 Tray 2 (op-tional outputtray)

Tray 3 Mail bins

“Sort” and “Group” settings 200 sheets 200 sheets 200/100sheets

500 sheets

“Offset” + “Sort” and “Offset”+ “Group” settings

200 sheets or20 sets

200 sheets or20 sets

200/100sheets or 20

sets/10 sets

Paper Trays Available Size

Main unit (Tray 1 and 2) 11 × 17w, 8-1/2 × 14w, 8-1/2 × 11 w / v, 5-1/2 × 8-1/2 v, A3w, A4w / v, A5 v, F4 w

Paper Feed Cabinet PC-

202(Tray 3 and 4)

Paper Feed Cabinet PC-402 8-1/2 × 11 v

Page 439: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 439/688

Paper and Original Information 9

bizhub 500/420 9-7

   P  a  p  e  r  a  n   d   O  r   i  g   i  n  a   l    I  n   f  o  r  m  a   t   i  o  n

   C   h  a  p   t  e  r   9

Large Capacity Unit LU-201 8-1/2 × 11 v

Bypass Tray Standard Size:11 × 17w, 8-1/2 × 14 w, 8-1/2 × 11 w / v, 5-1/2× 8-1/2 v, A4 wCustom Size:92 mm × 148 mm w to 297 mm × 431.8 mm w

Paper Trays Available Size

Equipment Available Size

 Automatic Duplex Unit Standard Size:11 × 17w to 5-1/2 × 8-1/2 v, A3 w to A5 v

Finisher FS-510 (Exit tray OT-601)

“Sort” and “Group” settings:Standard Size: 11 × 17 w to 5-1/2 × 8-1/2 w / vCustom Size:100 mm × 139.7 mm w to 297 mm × 431.8 mm w"Offset" + "Sort" and "Offset" + "Group" settings:Standard Size:11 × 17 w to 8-1/2 × 11 w / v, 5-1/2 × 8-1/2 vCustom Size:182 mm × 139.7 mm v to 297 mm × 431.8 mm wStaple:

Standard Size:11 × 17 w to 8-1/2 × 11 w / v, 5-1/2 × 8-1/2 vCustom Size:182 mm × 139.7 mm v to 297 mm × 431.8 mm w

Finisher FS-510 + SaddleStitcher SD-502

“Half Fold”/“Fold & Staple”:Standard Size: 11 × 17 w, 8-1/2 × 11 wCustom Size:182 mm × 257 mm w to 297 mm × 431.8 mm w

Finisher FS-510 + Punch UnitPU-501

Punch:Standard Size 2-hole: 11 × 17 w to 8-1/2 × 11 w / vCustom Size 2-hole: 215.9 mm × 140 mm v to 297 mm × 431.8mm wStandard Size 3-hole: 11 × 17 w, 8-1/2 × 11 vCustom Size:279.4 mm × 140 mm v to 297 mm × 431.8 mm w

Mailbin Kit MT-501 Standard Size: 8-1/2 × 11w, 5-1/2 x 8-1/2 vCustom Size:139.7 mm × 182 mm v to 216 mm × 297 mm w

Finisher FS-511 “Sort” and “Group” settings:Standard Size:11 × 17 w to 8-1/2 × 11 w / v, 5-1/2 × 8-1/2 wCustom Size:100 mm × 139.7 mm w to 314 mm × 457.2 mm w“Offset” + “Sort” and “Offset” + “Group” settings:Standard Size: 11 × 17 w to 8-1/2 x 11 w / vCustom Size: 182 mm × 182 mm to 314 mm x 457.2 mmwStaple:Standard Size: 11 × 17 w to 8-1/2 × 11 w / vCustom Size: 182 mm × 182 mm to 297 mm × 431.8 mm wPunch:

Standard Size 2-hole: 8-1/2 × 14 w, 8-1/2 × 11 wStandard Size 3-hole: 11 × 17 w, 8-1/2 × 11 v

Exit tray OT-501 100 mm × 148 mmw to 314 mm × 457.2 mm w

Job Separator JS-502

Page 440: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 440/688

9 Paper and Original Information

9-8 bizhub 500/420

PaperandOriginal Information

Chapter9

!Detail

F4 can select one from four sizes. For details, contact your service rep- 

resentative.

The paper feed cabinet PC-402 and large capacity unit LU-201 can

change the paper size from 8-1/2 × 11 v  to A4 v . For details, contact your

service representative.

 Auto Tray Switch Function

If the selected paper tray runs out of paper while a job is being printed and adifferent paper tray is loaded with paper meeting the following conditions,

the other paper tray is automatically selected so printing can continue. If theoptional large capacity unit LU-201 is installed, a maximum of 5,650 copiescan be made continuously. (The paper tray is automatically switched only ifthe “ATS Permission parameter” in the Utility mode is set to “Permit”.)

Operating Conditions (Set the following condition at “1 System Setting>3 Pa-per Tray Setting” of User Setting.)- Select the same paper type at “1 Paper Type”.- Select the paper trays to be selected automatically by “2 Auto Tray Select

Setting”, if Auto paper select is functioned.

Tray Priority is available.- Select “Allow” at “3 Auto Tray Switch ON/OFF”

Load the following paper into the paper trays.- The same size in the same orientation.- The same paper type.

Page 441: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 441/688

Paper and Original Information 9

bizhub 500/420 9-9

   P  a  p  e  r  a  n   d   O  r   i  g   i  n  a   l    I  n   f  o  r  m  a   t   i  o  n

   C   h  a  p   t  e  r   9

Special Paper

When loading the paper except normal (overhead projection transparent film,thick paper, colored paper etc.), select the appropriate name from 10. A pa-per tray with this setting is not automatically selected when the Auto PaperSelect setting is specified or when the paper trays are switched automatical-ly.

The paper types for No. 1 to 6 are specified to Bypass tray only. For detailson the paper setting for bypass tray, see “To specify paper type” onpage 3-27.

The paper type setting for trays is provided in User Setting of the UtilityScreen. See page 14-10 for detail.

No. Paper type/Icon Description

1 Thick Paper Select this setting when the thick paper that is loaded has aweight of 24 lb to 53 lb.

2 Thin Paper Select this setting when the Thin paper that is loaded has aweight of 13 lb to 15 lb.

3 OHP Select this setting when overhead projection transparentfilms are loaded.

4 Envelope Select this setting when envelope is loaded.

5 Labels Select this setting when label sheets are loaded.

6 Trace Paper Select this setting when trace paper is loaded.

Page 442: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 442/688

9 Paper and Original Information

9-10 bizhub 500/420

PaperandOriginal Information

Chapter9

7 User Paper Select this setting when the paper without selected type isloaded. For details, contact your service representative.

8 Recycled Select this setting when recycled paper is loaded.

9 Colored Paper Select this setting when colored paper is loaded.

10 Letterhead Select this setting when the paper that is loaded is alreadyprinted with a company name or preset text and, therefore,should be differentiated from Normal paper.

No. Paper type/Icon Description

Page 443: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 443/688

Paper and Original Information 9

bizhub 500/420 9-11

   P  a  p  e  r  a  n   d   O  r   i  g   i  n  a   l    I  n   f  o  r  m  a   t   i  o  n

   C   h  a  p   t  e  r   9

Precautions for Paper

The following types of paper should not be used, otherwise decreased printquality, paper misfeeds or damage to the machine may occur.- Overhead projector transparencies that have already been fed through

the machine (even if the transparency is still blank)

- Paper that has been printed on by a heat-transfer printer or an inkjetprinter

- Paper that is either extremely thick or extremely thin

- Folded, curled, wrinkled, or torn paper- Paper that has been left unwrapped for a long period of time- Damp paper, perforated paper, or paper with punched holes- Extremely smooth or extremely rough paper, or paper with an uneven

surface

- Paper that has been treated, such as carbon-backed, heat-sensitive,

pressure-sensitive paper or inkjet printer paper- Paper that has been decorated with foil or embossing

- Paper of a non-standard shape (not rectangular)- Paper that is bound with glue, staples or paper clips- Paper with labels attached- Paper with ribbons, hooks, buttons, etc. attached

Paper Storage

Observe the following precautions when storing the paper.- Store paper in a cool, dark location with little humidity.- If the paper becomes damp, paper misfeeds may occur.

Paper that has not been loaded should be kept wrapped or placed in aplastic bag and stored in a cool, dark location with little humidity.

- Store the paper laying flat, not standing on its edge.Curled paper may cause paper misfeeds.

- Keep paper out of the reach of children.

Page 444: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 444/688

9 Paper and Original Information

9-12 bizhub 500/420

PaperandOriginal Information

Chapter9

9.2 Originals

When making copies, position the original into the ADF or on the originalglass.

To copy original that cannot be positioned into the ADF, position them on the

original glass.

Unsuitable ADF Originals

The following types of original should not be positioned into the ADF, other-wise paper misfeeds, damage to the original or the machine trouble may oc-cur.- Wrinkled, folded, curled, or torn original- Highly translucent or transparent original, such as overhead transparen-

cies or trace paper

- Coated original such as carbon-backed paper- Original printed on paper thicker than 34 lb- Original printed on paper thinner than 9-1/4 lb

- Original printed on paper thicker than 13 lb during double-sided copying- Original that are bound, for example, with staples or paper clips- Original that are bound in a book or booklet- Original that are bound together with glue- Original pages that have been cut or contain cutouts- Label sheets- Offset printing masters

- Original with binder holes- Original that have just been printed with this machine

Page 445: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 445/688

Paper and Original Information 9

bizhub 500/420 9-13

   P  a  p  e  r  a  n   d   O  r   i  g   i  n  a   l    I  n   f  o  r  m  a   t   i  o  n

   C   h  a  p   t  e  r   9

Positioning Original into the ADF

There are two methods for using the ADF. The machine will detect the origi-nal size automatically when the original is positioned in the ADF, then selectan appropriate paper size automatically by Auto Paper Select function.There are limits on the types of original that can be positioned with eachmethod.- Normal method- For original of mixed sizes

- For Z-folded original

Normal method

Mixed Original SettingThe following chart shows the possible combinations of standard- size paperthat can be used with the “Mixed Original” setting.

Item Description

Original paper weight Single-sided original: 9-1/4 lb to 34 lbDouble-sided original: 13 lb to 34 lb

Original size 128 mm × 139.7 mm to 297 mm × 431.8 mm

 Auto original size detect 11 × 17w, 8-1/2 × 14w, 8-1/2 × 11w / v, 5-1/2 × 8-1/2w / v,A3w, B4 w, A4 w / v, B5 w / v

Curling tolerance 10 mm or less

Paper capacity 80 sheets (21-14 lb) or max. 11 mm

Item Description

Original paper weight Single-sided original: 9-1/4 lb to 34 lbDouble-sided original: 13 lb to 34 lb

 Auto original size detect Two types of size combination are determined by the ADF guidewidth.Width of 11 × 17 w8-1/2 × 11 v:11 × 17 w, 8-1/2 × 14 w, 8-1/2 × 11 w / v, 5-1/2 × 8-1/2 vWidth of 8-1/2 × 11 w /5-1/2 × 8-1/2 v:8-1/2 × 11 w, 5-1/2 × 8-1/2 w / v

Curling tolerance 10 mm or less

Paper capacity 80 sheets (21-1/4 lb) or max. 11 mm

Page 446: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 446/688

9 Paper and Original Information

9-14 bizhub 500/420

PaperandOriginal Information

Chapter9

Z-Folded Original Setting

Positioning Original on the Original Glass

Use the original glass when originals are not suitable for use with the ADF, orwhen setting copying conditions incompatible with the ADF.

The machine will detect the original size automatically when the original ispositioned on the original glass with ADF closed, then select an appropriatepaper size automatically by Auto Paper Select function.

Observe the following precautions when placing the original on the originalglass.- The size of original printed on paper in AB sizes (such as A3, B4, A4) can-

not be automatically detected. The setting must be specified by the serv-

ice representative. For details, contact the service representative.- If a custom-sized original is positioned, the “Auto Paper Select” and “Au-

to Zoom” settings cannot be used since the original size cannot be de-tected automatically. If a custom-sized original is positioned, select thesize of the paper to be copied.

- If highly translucent or transparent original, such as overhead transpar-encies or trace paper, are positioned, the original size cannot be detectedautomatically. Place a blank sheet of paper of the same size over the orig-inal.

- Do not place objects exceeding 15 lb on the original glass, otherwise theoriginal glass may be damaged.

- If a book is placed on the original glass, do not press it down extremelyhard, otherwise the original glass may be damaged.

Item Description

Original paper weight Single-sided original: 9-1/4 lb to 34 lbDouble-sided original: 13 lb to 34 lb

Original size 128 mm × 139.7 mm to 297 mm × 431.8 mm

 Auto original size detect 11 × 17w, 8-1/2 × 14w, 8-1/2 × 11w / v, 5-1/2 × 8-1/2w / v,A3w, B4 w, A4 w / v, B5w / v

Curling tolerance 10 mm or less

Paper capacity 80 sheets (21-14 lb) or max. 11 mm

Item Description

Original type Sheets, books (spreads), three-dimensional objects

Original Size 128 mm × 139.7 mm to 297 mm × 431.8 mm

 Auto Original Size Detect 11 × 17w, 8-1/2 × 14 w, 8-1/2 × 11 w / v, 5-1/2 × 8-1/2 w / v, A3w, B4w, A4w / v, B5 w / v

Maximum original weight 15 lb

Maximum original thickness 30 mm

Page 447: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 447/688

10

   S  u  p  p   l   i  e  s   &

   H  a  n   d   l   i  n  g

   C   h  a  p   t  e  r   1

   0

Supplies & Handling

Page 448: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 448/688

10 Supplies & Handling

10-2 bizhub 500/420

Supplies&

Handling

Chapter1

0

10 Supplies & Handling

10.1 When the Message “Replenish Paper” Is DisplayedIf a tray has run out of paper while copying or after printing, the message“Replenish paper.” is displayed.Check which paper tray appears highlighted in the touch panel, and thenload it with paper.

- To load paper in tray 1/2, see page 2-50.

- To load paper into a paper feed cabinet PC-202 (tray 3/4), see page 2-50.- To load paper into a paper feed cabinet PC-402 (tray 3), see page 2-53.- To load paper into a large capacity unit LU-201, see page 2-56.- To load paper into the bypass tray, see page 2-58.

Page 449: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 449/688

Supplies & Handling 10

bizhub 500/420 10-3

   S  u  p  p   l   i  e  s   &

   H  a  n   d   l   i  n  g

   C   h  a  p   t  e  r   1

   0

10.2 Replacing Toner Cartridge

When the toner is about to run out, the warning message shown below is dis-played.

Replace the toner cartridge. See page 10-5.

!Detail

Some copies can be printed between the time that the message “Toner

Cartridge needs to be replaced.” is displayed until the time that the mes- 

sage “Replace the Toner.” is displayed. However, it is recommended that

the toner cartridge be replaced when the message “Toner Cartridge

needs to be replaced.” is displayed.

When the toner is empty, the warning message shown below is displayedand copies can no longer be made.

Page 450: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 450/688

10 Supplies & Handling

10-4 bizhub 500/420

Supplies&

Handling

Chapter1

0

Display in Enlarge Display Mode

When the toner is empty, the following screen is displayed in enlarge displaymode.

Touch [ ] to display the message enlarged.

  WARNINGPrecaution for the empty toner cartridge

If it is thrown into a fire, the toner may ignite and cause a dangerous situation.

% DO NOT THROW toner or the empty toner cartridge into a fire!

Page 451: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 451/688

Supplies & Handling 10

bizhub 500/420 10-5

   S  u  p  p   l   i  e  s   &

   H  a  n   d   l   i  n  g

   C   h  a  p   t  e  r   1

   0

  CAUTIONPrecaution for storing and handling the toner cartridge

If too much of toner is inhaled or toner gets in your eyes, your health may be

affected.% Keep the toner cartridge away from children.

% Be careful not to spill toner inside the machine or get toner on yourclothes or hands.

% If your hands become soiled with toner, immediately wash them withsoap and water.

% If toner gets in your eyes, immediately flush them with water, and thenseek professional medical attention.

To replace the toner cartridge

0 Use the same number toner cartridge as described on the label appliedon the upper left side of the toner cartridge cover. Otherwise, machinetrouble may occur.

1 Open the machine front door, then open the toner cartridge door.

– When opening the

toner cartridge cov-er, release the lock ofthe cover.

Page 452: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 452/688

10 Supplies & Handling

10-6 bizhub 500/420

Supplies&

Handling

Chapter1

0

2 Pull out the toner cartridge holder.

– Fully withdraw thetoner cartridge hold-er straight toward thefront until it stops.

3 Withdraw and pull up the used toner cartridge to remove it.

4 Loosen toner by tapping bottom of the new toner cartridge on a solidsurface at least five times.

– Remove the new ton-er cartridge form thebox.

– The toner within thetoner cartridge mayhave become com-pacted. Be sure tohandle steps 4 to 6until the toner ismostly broken up be-fore installing thecartridge.

5~6cm

Page 453: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 453/688

Supplies & Handling 10

bizhub 500/420 10-7

   S  u  p  p   l   i  e  s   &

   H  a  n   d   l   i  n  g

   C   h  a  p   t  e  r   1

   0

5 Loosen toner by tapping top of the new toner cartridge on a solid sur-face at least five times.

6 Shake the new toner cartridge by turning it over about five times.

7 Remove the cap from the new toner cartridge.

5~6cm

1

2

Page 454: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 454/688

10 Supplies & Handling

10-8 bizhub 500/420

Supplies&

Handling

Chapter1

0

8 Set the toner cartridge from its top first, making sure that it is correctlyoriented.

– Be sure the “Up ar-row” mark on thetoner cartridge is

shown on the top;otherwise the tonercartridge cannot beset properly.

9 Return the cartridge holder to its original position

10 Close and lock the toner cartridge cover, then close the machine frontdoor.

Page 455: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 455/688

Supplies & Handling 10

bizhub 500/420 10-9

   S  u  p  p   l   i  e  s   &

   H  a  n   d   l   i  n  g

   C   h  a  p   t  e  r   1

   0

10.3 Adding Staples

When the staple cartridge of the Finisher FS-511 is empty, the Basic Screendisplays the following message in the message area.To replace the staple cartridge for Finisher FS-511, see page 10-10.

When the staple cartridge of the Finisher FS-510 is empty, the Basic Screendisplays the following message in the message area.To replace the staple cartridge for Finisher FS-510, see page 10-14.

When either of the two staple cartridges becomes empty in the Saddlestitcher SD-502 mounted on Finisher FS-510, the Basic Screen displays thefollowing message in the message area.For details on replacing the staple cartridge for Saddle stitcher SD-502, seepage 10-18.

Page 456: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 456/688

10 Supplies & Handling

10-10 bizhub 500/420

Supplies&

Handling

Chapter1

0

2

Reminder

Be sure to replace the staple cartridge only after the message is dis- 

played, otherwise the machine may be damaged.

Display in Enlarge Display Mode

When the staple cartridge is empty, the following screen is displayed in en-large display mode.

To replace the staple cartridge for Finisher FS-511

0 Be sure to replace the staple cartridge after displaying the message, oth-erwise the machine may be damaged.

1 Slide the finisher to the left.

– Holding the finisherhandle on the top,slide the finisher tothe left until it stops.

Page 457: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 457/688

Supplies & Handling 10

bizhub 500/420 10-11

   S  u  p  p   l   i  e  s   &

   H  a  n   d   l   i  n  g

   C   h  a  p   t  e  r   1

   0

2 Open the finisher right door FN7.

3 Turn the dial to the left until the two staplers come to the center.

4 Pull up then forward the staple holder to remove it from the stapler.

– Please check themessage which sta-pler to remove.Staple cartridge 1:rear sideStaple cartridge 2:front side

Page 458: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 458/688

10 Supplies & Handling

10-12 bizhub 500/420

Supplies&

Handling

Chapter1

0

5 Remove the empty staple cartridge.

– Push the two PUSHbuttons of the stapleholder to slide thetop cover upward,

then remove theempty staple car-tridge.

6 Install the new staple cartridge into the staple cartridge.

– Push the staple car-tridge, and thencheck that the car-tridge is securely in-stalled.

7 Push down the top cover to return it to its original position.

1

2

Page 459: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 459/688

Supplies & Handling 10

bizhub 500/420 10-13

   S  u  p  p   l   i  e  s   &

   H  a  n   d   l   i  n  g

   C   h  a  p   t  e  r   1

   0

8 Remove the lock tape from the cartridge.

9 Return the staple holder to the stapler, and push it down until it clicks

in place.

10 Close the finisher right door FN7.

Page 460: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 460/688

10 Supplies & Handling

10-14 bizhub 500/420

Supplies&

Handling

Chapter1

0

11 Close the finisher right side door, then slide the finisher to the right toreturn it to its original position.

To replace the staple cartridge for Finisher FS-510

0 Be sure to replace the staple cartridge after displaying the message, oth-erwise the machine may be dameged.

0 When replacing the staple cartridge, touch [Add Staples] to move the sta-pler toward the finisher front door. If necessary, turn the stapler movingknob to bring the stapler forward.

1 Touch [Finishing] on the Basic Screen.

The Finishing Screen will be displayed. The [Add Staples] key will ap-pear on the Finishing Screen.

Page 461: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 461/688

Supplies & Handling 10

bizhub 500/420 10-15

   S  u  p  p   l   i  e  s   &

   H  a  n   d   l   i  n  g

   C   h  a  p   t  e  r   1

   0

2 Touch [Add Staples].

The Moving Stapler Screen will be displayed while the stapler deeplypositioned inside the finisher moves toward the finisher front door.When moving toward completely, the Check Stapler Screen will be dis-

played.

3 When the Check Stapler Screen is displayed, open the finisher frontdoor.

– Moving Stapler ScreenDO NOT open the finisher door while the Moving Stapler Screen isdisplayed.

– Check Stapler Screen

Page 462: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 462/688

10 Supplies & Handling

10-16 bizhub 500/420

Supplies&

Handling

Chapter1

0

4 Remove the stapler holder from the stapler.

5 Remove the empty staple cartridge from the staple cartridge holder.

– Push the two“PUSH” buttons ofthe staple holder toslide the top coverupward, then removethe empty staple car-tridge.

6 Install the new staple cartridge into the staple cartridge.

– Firmly insert the newcartridge into stapleholder.

1

2

1

2

Page 463: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 463/688

Supplies & Handling 10

bizhub 500/420 10-17

   S  u  p  p   l   i  e  s   &

   H  a  n   d   l   i  n  g

   C   h  a  p   t  e  r   1

   0

7 Push down the top cover to return it to its original position.

8 Remove the lock tape from the cartridge.

9 Return the staple holder to the stapler, and push it down until it clicksin place.

2

1

Page 464: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 464/688

10 Supplies & Handling

10-18 bizhub 500/420

Supplies&

Handling

Chapter1

0

10 Close the finisher front door.

Stapler will return to its original position, then the Basic screen will be

restored.

To replace the staple cartridge for Saddle stitcher SD-502

0 Be sure to replace the saddle staple cartridge after displaying the mes-sage, otherwise the machine may be dameged.

1 Pull the saddle stitcher tray open and hold it as it is.

– It is not possible toleave the tray is kept

open.Do not releaseit suddenly.

– If the extensible trayof the tray 1 just un-der the saddle stitch-er tray is withdrawn,push it back to itsoriginal position, oth-erwise it may disturbyou in the followingprocedure or ma-chine trouble may occur.

Page 465: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 465/688

Supplies & Handling 10

bizhub 500/420 10-19

   S  u  p  p   l   i  e  s   &

   H  a  n   d   l   i  n  g

   C   h  a  p   t  e  r   1

   0

2 Remove the staple holder.

– Push down the sta-ple holder as shownright, then pull for-ward to remove it.

– Please check themessage which sta-pler to remove.Saddle staple car-tridge 1: rear sideSaddle staple car-tridge 2: front side

– Gently return thesaddle stitcher tray

to its original position.

3 Remove the empty saddle staple cartridge.

– Push the two“PUSH” buttons ofthe staple holder toslide the top coverupward, then removethe empty saddle

staple cartridge.

4 Install the new saddle staple cartridge into the staple cartridge.

– Firmly insert the new

cartridge into stapleholder.

1

2

1

2

Page 466: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 466/688

10 Supplies & Handling

10-20 bizhub 500/420

Supplies&

Handling

Chapter1

0

5 Push down the top cover to return it to its original position.

6 Remove the lock tape from the cartridge.

7 Return the staple holder to the stapler.

– Hold the staple hold-er as shown right.

Page 467: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 467/688

Supplies & Handling 10

bizhub 500/420 10-21

   S  u  p  p   l   i  e  s   &

   H  a  n   d   l   i  n  g

   C   h  a  p   t  e  r   1

   0

– While keeping thesaddle stitcher trayopen, push in thestaple holder to itsoriginal position,

then pull it up until itclicks in place.

– Gently return thesaddle stitcher trayto its original posi-tion.

8 Open the stapling part of the saddle stitcher, then close it.

The saddle stitcher will be reset, and the copying job using Fold & Sta-ple mode will be available.

1

2

1

2

Page 468: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 468/688

10 Supplies & Handling

10-22 bizhub 500/420

Supplies&

Handling

Chapter1

0

10.4 Emptying Dust Boxes

Even when the punch dust box of the Finisher FS-511 is full, the message isnot displayed. Before using punch mode, perform the following procedure tocheck if the punch dust box, if needed. To empty the dust box, see the fol-lowing pages.

When the punch dust box of the Punch unit PU-501 mounted on the FinisherFS-510, the following message will be displayed on the screen, and the fin-ished set will be output without being punched. To empty the dust box, seepage 10-24.

To empty the dust box of FS-511

0 Even when the punch dust box is full, the message is not displayed. Be-

fore using punch mode, perform the following procedure to check if thepunch dust box, if needed.

0 The punch dust box is not disposable. Be sure to return it to its originalposition.

1 Slide the finisher to the left.

– Holding the finisherhandle on the top,slide the finisher to

the left until it stops.

Page 469: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 469/688

Supplies & Handling 10

bizhub 500/420 10-23

   S  u  p  p   l   i  e  s   &

   H  a  n   d   l   i  n  g

   C   h  a  p   t  e  r   1

   0

2 Open the finisher right door FN7.

3 Pull out the punch dust box.

4 Empty the punch dust box.

Page 470: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 470/688

10 Supplies & Handling

10-24 bizhub 500/420

Supplies&

Handling

Chapter1

0

5 Return the punch dust box, then close the finisher right door [FN7].

6 Slide the finisher to the right to return it to its original position.

To empty the dust box of PU-501

1 Open the finisher front door.

Page 471: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 471/688

Supplies & Handling 10

bizhub 500/420 10-25

   S  u  p  p   l   i  e  s   &

   H  a  n   d   l   i  n  g

   C   h  a  p   t  e  r   1

   0

2 Pull out the punch dust box.

3 Empty the punch dust box.

4 Return the punch dust box, then close the finisher front door.

– Firmly reinstall thepunch dust box.

Page 472: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 472/688

Page 473: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 473/688

11

   T  r  o  u   b   l  e  s   h  o  o   t   i  n  g

   C   h  a  p   t  e  r   1   1

Troubleshooting

Page 474: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 474/688

11 Troubleshooting

11-2 bizhub 500/420

Troubleshooting

Chapter11

11 Troubleshooting

11.1 When the Message “Malfunction Detected” Appears(Call Technical Representative)

If a malfunction that cannot be corrected by the user occurred, the message“Malfunction detected. Please call your Technical Representative.” is dis-played. (Call Technical Representative Screen)

The phone number and fax number for the usual technical representative isdisplayed on the center of the Call Technical Representative Screen.

When the screen is displayed, be sure to contact your technical representa-

tive immediately by following the procedure below.

Display in Enlarge Display Mode

If a malfunction occurs, the screen shown below is displayed.

Page 475: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 475/688

Troubleshooting 11

bizhub 500/420 11-3

   T  r  o  u   b   l  e  s   h  o  o   t   i  n  g

   C   h  a  p   t  e  r   1   1

Touch [ ] to display the message shown in the following illustration.

To call the technical representative

1 Write down the malfunction code (for example, C-0001) in the CallTechnical Representative Screen.

Page 476: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 476/688

11 Troubleshooting

11-4 bizhub 500/420

Troubleshooting

Chapter11

2 Turn off the sub power switch and the main power switch.

3Unplug the machine.

4 Contact the service representative, and inform them of the malfunctioncode.

!Detail

If CS Remote Care is being operated from the service representative, the

service representative is automatically notified of the malfunction code.

 After the message “Malfunction was detected. CS Remote Care has

called the Service Center.” is displayed, turn off the sub power switch

and the main power switch, and then unplug the machine from the elec- 

trical outlet.

Page 477: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 477/688

Troubleshooting 11

bizhub 500/420 11-5

   T  r  o  u   b   l  e  s   h  o  o   t   i  n  g

   C   h  a  p   t  e  r   1   1

11.2 When the Message “Misfeed Detected” Is Displayed

If a misfeed occurs during copying or printing, the message “Misfeed detect-ed.” is displayed and the location of the misfeed is indicated in the screen.(Misfeed Screen) At this time, copying and printing cannot continue until the misfeed is ade-quately cleared.

If paper misfeeds have occurred at multiple locations, multiple jam numbersand arrows appear or flash.The flashing jam number and arrow indicate locations where the paper mis-feed should be cleared first.Clear the paper misfeeds according to the messages that appear in the guid-ance display area.

2

Reminder

Before clearing paper misfeeds, be sure to check pages 1-13 to 1-14 for

the locations of caution labels.

1

23

No. Item Description

1 [Illustration] Touch this button to display a screen that contains illustra-tions describing the recommended procedure for clearing thepaper misfeed.

2 Guidance display area Displays the basic procedures for clearing paper misfeeds.

3 Illustration descriptionarea

Jam number indicates the location of the paper misfeed, andthe arrow indicates the operation for clearing the misfeed.

Page 478: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 478/688

11 Troubleshooting

11-6 bizhub 500/420

Troubleshooting

Chapter11

2

Note

The illustration above shows all jam numbers and arrows displayed; how- 

ever, normally, all marks will not be displayed.

Error codes may appear in the illustration description area of the JAM Lo- 

cation Display Screen. For details, contact your service representative.

To clear a paper misfeed

0 When removing misfeed paper, be careful that the paper does not tearand remain in the machine.

0 When the right side door and conveyance cover are opened, it is possibleto touch the drum. Do not touch or scratch the surface of the drum.

Do not leave opened the conveyance cover for a long time. The drummay be damaged by a long period of exposure.

1 The illustration screen is displayed.

Touch [Illustration] on the JAM Location Display Screen.

2 Clear the paper misfeed according to the instructions that are dis-played on the screen.

– If the description of the illustration extends over multiple pages,

[Next%] is displayed on the lower-right corner of the screen. Touch[Next %] to display the next screen.

– To return to the previous illustration description screen, touch[ Back].

Page 479: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 479/688

Troubleshooting 11

bizhub 500/420 11-7

   T  r  o  u   b   l  e  s   h  o  o   t   i  n  g

   C   h  a  p   t  e  r   1   1

3  After the procedure is finished, the Basic Screen is displayed.

– If paper misfeeds occurred at multiple locations, the JAM LocationDisplay Screen is restored. Check the screen for messages and thelocation of the next misfeed to be cleared, and then repeat steps 1and 2.

– After all paper misfeeds have been cleared, the Basic Screen is re-stored.

  CAUTIONPrecaution for electrical shock

High voltage is generated around the drum unit inside the right side door ofthe machine.

% In order to reduce the risk of electric shock, do not touch any part in

this unit when clearing paper misfeeds.

  CAUTIONPrecaution for high temperature

The fusing unit inside the right side door of the machine is extremely hot.

% In order to reduce the risk of burns, do not touch any part in this unitwhen clearing paper misfeeds.

  CAUTIONPrecaution for getting injured

% Be careful of removing staples stuck inside the machine so as not toget injured.

  CAUTIONPrecaution for high temperature

Parts around the rail for stapler of the Finisher FS-510 are extremely hot.

% In order to reduce the risk of burns, do not touch any part in this unitwhen clearing paper misfeeds.

Page 480: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 480/688

11 Troubleshooting

11-8 bizhub 500/420

Troubleshooting

Chapter11

11.3 When the Message “...Not Enough Remaining Memo-ry” Is Displayed

This machine uses the memory to produce copies.Since the amount of memory available is limited, the message “Scanning

cannot be continued. Not enough remaining memory.” or “The job has beendeleted. Not enough remaining memory.” is displayed if the memory be-comes full while copying.Continue the operation according to the corresponding instructions.

Memory Becomes Full While Scanning

This message is displayed when the memory becomes full and scanningstops while scanning in Copy mode.

Display in Enlarge Display Mode

Continue the operation according to the following instructions.- To print all pages that have been scanned, touch [Print].- To delete the job for the scanned pages, touch [Delete].

Page 481: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 481/688

Troubleshooting 11

bizhub 500/420 11-9

   T  r  o  u   b   l  e  s   h  o  o   t   i  n  g

   C   h  a  p   t  e  r   1   1

Memory Becomes Full While Queuing a Job

This message is displayed when the memory becomes full and the scanned job was deleted while scanning a document for a job to be queued.

Display in Enlarge Display Mode

Check the number of pages counted for the document, and then adjust thenumber of pages in the job to be queued.

Page 482: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 482/688

11 Troubleshooting

11-10 bizhub 500/420

Troubleshooting

Chapter11

11.4 Simple Troubleshooting

Symptom Possible Cause Remedy  

Mainbody

The machine does notstart up when the mainpower switch is turnedon.

Is no power suppliedfrom the electrical out-let?

 After the main power switch andsub power switch are turned off,correctly insert the power supplyplug into the electrical outlet.

Has the sub powerswitch been turned on?

Turn on the sub power switch.

Correctly insert thepower supply plug intothe electrical outlet.

 Are the doors, such asthe front doors (left andright) or the finisherdoor, open?

Securely close the doors, suchas the front doors (left and right)and the finisher door.

Is there no paper thatmatches the docu-

ment?

Load paper of the appropriatesize into the paper tray.

The printed output istoo light.

Is the copy density settoo light?

Touch [Dark] in the DensityScreen to copy at the desiredcopy density. ( page 3-14 )

Is the paper damp? Replace the paper with new pa-per.

The printed output istoo dark.

Is the copy density settoo dark?

Touch [Light] in the DensityScreen to copy at the desiredcopy density. ( page 3-14 )

Was the document notpressed close enoughagainst the originalglass?

Position the document so that itis pressed closely against theoriginal glass.

The printed output isblurry.

Is the paper damp? Replace the paper with new pa-per.

Was the document notpressed close enoughagainst the originalglass?

Position the document so that itis pressed closely against theoriginal glass.

There are dark specksor spots throughout the

printed output. Thereare streaks in the print-ed output.

Is the original glassdirty?

Wipe the glass with a soft, drycloth. (page 12-2 )

Is the left partition glassdirty?

Wipe the glass with a soft, drycloth. (page 12-2 )

Is the document paddirty?

Wipe the document pad with asoft, dry cloth. ( page 12-3 )

Was the original docu-ment printed on highlytranslucent material,such as trace paper or

overhead projectortransparencies?

Place a blank sheet of paper ontop of the document.

Page 483: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 483/688

Troubleshooting 11

bizhub 500/420 11-11

   T  r  o  u   b   l  e  s   h  o  o   t   i  n  g

   C   h  a  p   t  e  r   1   1

Is a double-sided doc-ument being copied?

If a thin double-sided documentis being copied, the informationon the back side may be repro-duced in the copy. Touch [Light-er] on the Background Removal

Screen to select a lighter back-ground density. ( page 3-14 )

The image is notaligned properly on thepaper.

Is the document incor-rectly positioned?

Correctly position the documentagainst the measuring guide.( page 3-9 )Load the document into the

 ADF, and slide the adjustabledocument guides to fit the sizeof the document. ( page 3-7 )

Is the document incor-rectly positioned in the

 ADF?

If the document cannot be fedcorrectly through the ADF, make

copies by positioning the docu-ment on the original glass.( page 9-12 )

Is the original glassdirty (while using the

 ADF)?

Wipe the glass with a soft, drycloth. ( page 12-2)

 Are the adjustable doc-ument guides incor-rectly positionedagainst the edges ofthe document?

Slide the document guidesagainst the edges of the docu-ment.

Was curled paper load-ed into the paper tray? Flatten the paper before loadingit.

The printed page iscurled.

Was paper that curlseasily (as with recycledpaper) used?

Remove the paper from the pa-per tray, turn it over, and thenload it again.Replace the paper with paperthat is not damp.

The edge of the printedoutput is dirty.

Is the document paddirty?

Wipe the document pad with asoft, dry cloth. ( page 12-3 )

Was the selected papersize larger than the

document (with aZoom setting of“×1.000”)?

Select a paper size that is thesame size as the document.

Otherwise, select the “AutoZoom” setting to enlarge thecopy to the selected paper size.( page 3-43 )

Is the orientation of thedocument differentfrom the orientation ofthe paper (with a Zoomsetting of “×1.000”)?

Select a paper size that is thesame size as the document. Oth-erwise, select a paper orienta-tion that is the same as that ofthe document.

Was the copy reducedto a size smaller thanthe paper (with a re-

duced zoom ratiospecified)?

Select a zoom ratio that adjuststhe document size to the select-ed paper size. Otherwise, select

the “Auto Zoom” setting to re-duce the copy to the selectedpaper size. ( page 3-43 )

Symptom Possible Cause Remedy  

Page 484: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 484/688

11 Troubleshooting

11-12 bizhub 500/420

Troubleshooting

Chapter11

If any message other than those listed above is displayed, perform the oper-ation described in the message.If the problem is not corrected after the de-scribed operation is performed, contact your service representative.

Even though the papermisfeed was cleared,copies cannot be pro-duced.

 Are there paper mis-feeds at other loca-tions?

Check the touch panel for JAMlocation display and then re-move any misfeed paper at allother locations. (page 11-5 )

Copying is not possibleeven though the pass-word is entered on amachine with user au-thentication/accounttrack set.

Did the message “Youraccount has reachedits maximum allow-ance.” is displayed?

Contact your administrator.

 ADF The document is notfed.

Is the ADF slightlyopen?

Securely close the ADF.

Is the document onethat does not meet thespecifications?

Replace the document with onethat meets the specifications.( page 9-12 )

Is the document cor-rectly loaded?

Position the document correctly.( page 3-7 )

Finisher The finisher cannot beused.

Is there a paper mis-feed in the finisher?

If there is a paper misfeed, clearit.

Is the finisher door fullyclosed?

Securely close the finisher door.

The pages cannot bestapled.

Have the staples runout?

Replace the staple cartridge.( page 10-9 )

The staple is incorrect-ly positioned by 90 de-

grees.

 Are the staples posi-tioned as specified?

Select the desired position forthe staples. ( page 6-10 )

The pages that werefed out were not uni-formly loaded and thepunched holes or sta-ples are incorrectly po-sitioned.

Is the paper curled? Remove the paper from the pa-per tray, turn it over, and thenload it again.

Is there a gap betweenthe lateral guides in thepaper tray and the sideof the paper?

Slide the lateral guides in the pa-per tray against the side of thepaper so that there is no gap.

Even though a Punchsetting was selected,holes are not punched.(when PU-501 is in-stalled on FS-510)

Did the message “Re-move Punch Scraps.”is displayed?

Empty the punch dust box.

Symptom Possible Cause Remedy  

Page 485: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 485/688

Troubleshooting 11

bizhub 500/420 11-13

   T  r  o  u   b   l  e  s   h  o  o   t   i  n  g

   C   h  a  p   t  e  r   1   1

11.5 Main Messages and Their Remedies

Message Cause Remedy  

Original left on glass. The document was left on theoriginal glass.

Remove the document fromthe original glass.

Matching paper size is notavailable.Select paper size.

Paper of a suitable size is notloaded in a paper tray.

Either select paper of a differ-ent size or load paper of asuitable size.

Original size cannot be de-tected.Select paper size.

The document is not posi-tioned correctly.

Position the document cor-rectly.

 A document with a non-stand-ard size or with a size toosmall to be detected is load-ed.

Select the correct paper size.

This mode cannot be set with XXX.

 A setting was selected thatgives priority to the setting se-lected first.

Make copies using only one ofthe settings, for example, bycanceling the setting selectedfirst.

The Exit Tray has reached itscapacity.Please remove all pages from% section tray.

Since the maximum amount ofcopies for the indicated finish-er exit tray has been exceed-ed, the machine is unable tomake copies.

Remove all copies from the in-dicated tray.

Input User Name and Pass-word to login.

User authentication settingshave been specified. Copies

cannot be made unless a username and its correct pass-word are entered.

Type in your user name andpassword. ( page 2-42 )

Input Account Name andPassword to login.

 Account track settings havebeen specified. Copies cannotbe made unless an accountname and its correct pass-word are entered.

Type in your account nameand password. ( page 2-45 )

Your account has reached itsmaximum allowance.

The limit on the number ofcopies that can be made hasbeen reached.

Contact your administrator.

Section % is open.Close % Section properly.

Since a machine door or coveris open or an option is not in-stalled correctly, the machineis unable to make copies.

Make sure that all doors andcovers are closed and that alloptions are installed correctly.

Replenish paper. The indicated tray has run outof paper.

Load paper into the indicatedtray. ( page 2-49)

Replace the Toner Cartridge. Since the toner has run out,the machine is unable to makecopies.

Replace the toner cartridge.

Stapler empty. Replace StapleCartridge or cancel Staple

mode.

The staples have run out. Replace the staple cartridge.( page 10-9 )

Page 486: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 486/688

11 Troubleshooting

11-14 bizhub 500/420

Troubleshooting

Chapter11

If any message other than those listed above is displayed, perform the oper-ation described in the message. If the problem is not corrected after the de-scribed operation is performed, contact your service representative.

Misfeed detected. Since a paper misfeed oc-curred, the machine is unableto make copies.

Clear the paper misfeed.

Malfunction detected.

Please call your Service Rep-resentative.

The machine malfunctioned

and is unable to make copies.

Turn OFF the main and sub

power switch and unplug themachine. Then inform yourservice representative of thecode displayed on the touchpanel.

Message Cause Remedy  

Page 487: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 487/688

12

   M  a  c   h   i  n  e   M  a   i  n   t  e  n  a  n  c  e

   C   h  a  p   t  e  r   1   2

Machine Maintenance

Page 488: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 488/688

12 Machine Maintenance

12-2 bizhub 500/420

MachineMaintenance

Chapter12

12 Machine Maintenance

12.1 CleaningThis section describes the procedures for cleaning each part.

Cleaning the left partition glass

Keep the glass clean; other-wise soil marks may be cop-ied, resulting in dark lines onthe copies.

Raise the ADF, and clean theleft partition glass by wiping itwith a soft, dry cloth.

2

Reminder

Never use solvents, such as benzene or thinner, to clean the left partitionglass.

Cleaning the original glass

Keep the glass clean; other-wise spots may be copied.

Raise the ADF, and clean thesurface of the original glass bywiping it with a soft, dry cloth.

2

Reminder

Never use solvents, such as benzene or thinner, to clean the original

glass.

Page 489: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 489/688

Machine Maintenance 12

bizhub 500/420 12-3

   M  a  c   h   i  n  e   M  a   i  n   t  e  n  a  n  c  e

   C   h  a  p   t  e  r   1   2

Cleaning the document pad

Keep the pad clean; otherwisespots may be copied

Raise the ADF, and clean the

document pad by wiping itwith a soft, dry cloth.

2

ReminderNever use solvents, such as benzene or thinner, to clean the document

pad.

Cleaning the paper take-up roller

Keep the roller clean; other-wise soil marks may be cop-ied, resulting in dark lines onthe copies.

Clean the paper take-up roll-ers by wiping them with a soft,dry cloth.

2

ReminderNever use solvents, such as benzene or thinner, to clean the paper take- 

up roller.

Page 490: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 490/688

12 Machine Maintenance

12-4 bizhub 500/420

MachineMaintenance

Chapter12

Cleaning the writing unit glass and the electrode wires

Keep the writing unit glass andthe electrode wires clean; oth-erwise soil marks may be cop-ied, resulting in dark lines onthe copies.

Open the main front door, thenwithdraw and push in the writ-ing unit glass cleaning knoband the corona wire cleaningknob, several times.

Firmly push in these knobs,

then close the machine frontdoor.

Cleaning the main unit

Clean the surface of the mainunit by wiping it with a softcloth dampened with a mildhousehold detergent.

2

Reminder

Be sure to turn off the main power switch before cleaning it.

Never use solvents, such as benzene or thinner, to clean the main unit.

Page 491: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 491/688

Machine Maintenance 12

bizhub 500/420 12-5

   M  a  c   h   i  n  e   M  a   i  n   t  e  n  a  n  c  e

   C   h  a  p   t  e  r   1   2

Cleaning the control panel

Clean the control panel bywiping it with a soft, dry cloth.

2

Reminder

Pressing too hard on the control panel or the touch panel may damage

them. Never use a mild household detergent, glass cleaner, benzin or

thinner to clean the control panel or touch panel.

Page 492: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 492/688

12 Machine Maintenance

12-6 bizhub 500/420

MachineMaintenance

Chapter12

12.2 Viewing Counters (Meter Count)

The Utility/Counter Screen allows you to view the current indication of thefollowing items as a list. List items:- Total- No. of Originals- No. of Prints

- Total Duplex

The detailed counter can be verified to touch [Details] in the sub display area.

The list of counters can be printed.

To check and print the counter list

1 Press [Utility/Counter] on the control panel.

The Utility/Counter Screen will be displayed.Check the list.

Page 493: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 493/688

Machine Maintenance 12

bizhub 500/420 12-7

   M  a  c   h   i  n  e   M  a   i  n   t  e  n  a  n  c  e

   C   h  a  p   t  e  r   1   2

2 Touch [Details] in the sub display area.

Page 494: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 494/688

12 Machine Maintenance

12-8 bizhub 500/420

MachineMaintenance

Chapter12

– Print the counter list, if desired.Touch [Print] . Select the desired paper tray and simplex/duplex,then press [Start] on the control panel.

3 Touch [Close] on the Utility/Counter Screen.

The Basic Screen will be restored.

2

Note

The list of counters can be displayed even while the copying or printing

operation is in progress.

Page 495: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 495/688

Machine Maintenance 12

bizhub 500/420 12-9

   M  a  c   h   i  n  e   M  a   i  n   t  e  n  a  n  c  e

   C   h  a  p   t  e  r   1   2

12.3 When the Message “Preventive Maintenance Time” IsDisplayed

 After a set number of copies (250,000 copies) have been made on your ma-chine, Preventive maintenance will be required for maintaining optimal per-

formance.If the message “Preventive maintenance time.” is displayed, contact yourtechnical representative and request a periodic maintenance inspection.

Page 496: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 496/688

Page 497: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 497/688

13

   S  p  e  c   i   f   i  c  a   t   i  o  n  s

   C   h  a  p   t  e  r   1   3

Specifications

Page 498: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 498/688

13 Specifications

13-2 bizhub 500/420

Specifications

Chapter13

13 Specifications

13.1 Main Unit Specifications

Main Unit

Item Description

Name bizhub 500/420

Type Desktop

Document holder Stationary

Photoconductor OPC

Luminous source Xenon lamp

Copying system Laser electrostatic transfer method

Developing system Dry-type dual-component reverse magnetic brush devel-oping

Fusing system Heat roller

Resolution 600 dpi × 600 dpi

Document Types: sheets, books (spread), three-dimensional objectsSize: Max. 297 mm × 431.8 mmThickness: Max. 30 mm, Weight: 15 lbDetectable sizes for original glass:11 × 17 w, 8-1/2 × 14 w, 8-1/2 × 11 w / v, 5-1/2 × 8-1/2w / v, A3 w, B4 w, A4 w / v, B5 w / vDetectable sizes for ADF:11 × 17 w, 8-1/2 × 14 w, 8-1/2 × 11 w / v, 5-1/2 × 8-1/2w / v, A3 w, B4 w, A4 w / v, B5 w / v

Paper types Normal paper: 16 lb to 28 lb, thin paper: 13 lb to 15 lb,thick paper: 29 lb to 56 lb (210 g/m2 ), overhead projectortransparencies*, envelopes*, labels*, trace paper*, recy-cled paper, colored paper, letterhead*Can only be fed through the bypass tray.

Paper sizes Trays 1 and 2:11 × 17 w, 8-1/2 × 14 w, 8-1/2 × 11 w / v, 5-1/2 × 8-1/2v, A3 w, A4w / v, A5 v, F4 *1 wBypass tray:Standard sizes: 11 × 17w, 8-1/2 × 14 w, 8-1/2 × 11 w /v, 5-1/2 × 8-1/2 v, A4 wCustom sizes: 92 mm × 148 mm w to 297 mm × 431.8mmw

Image blank Leading edge, front and rear: Less than 1.5 mm ± 1.5 mmTrailing edge: Less than 3.0 mm ± 3.0 mm

Paper tray capacity Trays 1 and 2

500 sheets (20 lb paper)Bypass tray150 sheets (20 lb paper)

Page 499: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 499/688

Specifications 13

bizhub 500/420 13-3

   S  p  e  c   i   f   i  c  a   t   i  o  n  s

   C   h  a  p   t  e  r   1   3

*1: F4 (Foolscap) includes the following 4 types: 8-1/4 x 13 w, 8-1/2 x 13-1/ 4w, 8-1/2 x 13w, and 8 x 13w, one of which can be selected. For details,contact the service representative.

*2: The indicated spaced requirements represent the space required to fullyextend the bypass tray.

In order to incorporate improvements, these product specifications are sub- ject to change without notice.

Warm-up time bizhub500: approx. 60 seconds, bizhub 420: approx. 30seconds

First copy bizhub 500: within 3.2 seconds, bizhub 420: within 3.6seconds

Copy speedbizhub 500: 50 sheets/min. (8-1/2 × 11 v ), 27 sheets/min.(11 × 17w ), 31 sheets/min. (8-1/2 × 14w ), 37 sheets/min.(8-1/2 × 11 w ), 50 sheets/min. (5-1/2 × 8-1/2w ) bizhub 420: 42 sheets/min. (8-1/2 × 11 v ), 23 sheets/min.(11 × 17w ), 26 sheets/min. (8-1/2 × 14w ), 31 sheets/min.(8-1/2 × 11 w ), 42 sheets/min. (5-1/2 × 8-1/2w )

Magnification ratios Full size: × 1.000 ± 1.0% or lessEnlargement (Fixed Zoom): × 1.214, × 1.294, × 1.545, ×2.000Reduction (Fixed Zoom): × 0.500, × 0.647, × 0.772, ×0.785Minimal Copy: 0.930Zoom with Constant X and Y Ratio: × 0.250 to 4.000 (in0.001 increments)Independent Zoom: vertical × 0.250 to 4.000 (in 0.001 in-crements), horizontal × 0.250 to 4.000 (in 0.001 incre-ments)User-set zoom ratio: 3

Multiple copies/sets 1 to 999 copies/1 to 999 sets

Density adjustment Copy Density: Automatic and manual (9 levels)Background adjustment: Manual (9 levels)

Power requirements AC 120 V, 12 A, 60 Hz

Noise 75 dB or less (bizhub 500)73.7 dB or less (bizhub 420)

Power consumption Max. 1,560 W (including options)

Dimensions 677 (W) × 708 (D) × 895 (H) mm (main unit and ADF)

Space requirements *2 978 (W) x 708 (D) (main unit and ADF)

Memory 192 MB (Max. 320 MB)

Weight Approx. 201 lb

Item Description

Page 500: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 500/688

13 Specifications

13-4 bizhub 500/420

Specifications

Chapter13

Reverse Automatic Document Feeder DF-607

Item Description

Name DF-607

Document feed methods Standard original: Single-sided, double-sidedMixed original: Single-sided, double-sided

Original paper types Single-sided original: 9-1/4 to 34 lbDouble-sided original: 13-1/4 to 34 lb

Original sizes 128 mm × 139.7 mm to 297 mm × 431.8 mmDetectable sizes:11 × 17 w, 8-1/2 × 14 w, 8-1/2 × 11 w / v, 5-1/2 × 8-1/2w / v, A3 w, B4 w, A4 w / v, B5 w / v

Capacity of document feeder Max. 80 sheets (20 lb) or 11 mm of thickness

Power requirements Supplied from main unit

Dimensions 582 (W) × 145 (D) × 558 (H) mm

Weight Approx. 22 lb

Page 501: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 501/688

Specifications 13

bizhub 500/420 13-5

   S  p  e  c   i   f   i  c  a   t   i  o  n  s

   C   h  a  p   t  e  r   1   3

13.2 Option Specifications

Paper Feed Cabinet PC-202

Paper Feed Cabinet PC-402

Item DescriptionName PC-202

Paper type Normal paper (16 to 28 lb)

Paper sizes 11 × 17 w, 8-1/2 × 14 w, 8-1/2 × 11 w / v, 5-1/2 × 8-1/2v, A3w, A4w / v, A5 v, F4 w

Paper tray capacity Upper tray (tray 3): 500 sheets (20 lb)Lower tray (tray 4): 500 sheets (20 lb)

Power requirements Supplied from main unit

Maximum power consumption 15 W or less

Dimensions 570 (W) × 548 (D) × 263 (H) mm

Weight Approx. 57.3 lb

Configuration 2 paper trays

Item Description

Name PC-402

Paper types Normal paper (16 to 28 lb)

Paper sizes 8-1/2 × 11 v

Paper tray capacity 2,500 sheets (20 lb)

Power requirements Supplied from main unit

Maximum power consumption 45 W or less

Dimensions 570 (W) × 548 (D) × 263 (H) mm

Weight Approx. 57.3 lb

Configuration 1 paper tray (loaded to right and left)

Page 502: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 502/688

13 Specifications

13-6 bizhub 500/420

Specifications

Chapter13

Large Capacity Unit LU-201

Desk DK-501

Item Description

Name LU-201

Paper types Normal paper (16 to 28 lb)

Paper sizes 8-1/2 × 11 v

Paper tray capacity 2,000 sheets (20 lb)

Power requirements Supplied from main unit

Maximum power consumption 30 W or less

Dimensions 356 (W) × 515 (D) × 299 (H) mm

Weight Approx. 28.7 lb

Configuration 1 paper tray

Item Description

Name DK-501

Function Stores copying material

Configuration Storage racks

Page 503: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 503/688

Specifications 13

bizhub 500/420 13-7

   S  p  e  c   i   f   i  c  a   t   i  o  n  s

   C   h  a  p   t  e  r   1   3

Finisher FS-510

Item Description

Name FS-510

Function Straight delivery (sorted, grouped)Offset delivery (sort and offset, group and offset)Staple delivery (corner staple, 2 staples)

Staple/punch settings The following options can be installed to add further func-tions.Punch Unit PU-501: Punching file holes in copiesSaddle Stitcher SD-502: Half fold, crease & center stapleMailbin Kit MT-501: Adding 4 output traysOutput Tray OT-601: Adding an output tray

Output tray Trays 1 and 2

Offset width 1-1/16 in.

Paper types Sort, group: Normal paper (16 to 24 lb), thick paper (25 to116 lb), thin paper (13 to 15 lb), overhead projector trans-parencies, envelopes, labels, etc.Staple: 15 to 24 lb paperPunch: 16 to 34 lb paper (when optional Punch Unit PU-501 is installed)

Paper sizes Sort, group:Standard sizes: 11 × 17 w to 5-1/2 × 8-1/2 w / vCustom sizes: 100 mm × 139.7 mm w to 297 mm × 431.8mmwSort and offset, group and offset:

Standard sizes: 11 × 17 w to 8-1/2 × 11 w / v, 5-1/2 × 8-1/2 vCustom sizes: 182 mm × 139.7 mm v to 297 mm × 431.8mmwStaple:Standard sizes: 11 × 17 w to 8-1/2 × 11 w / v, 5-1/2 × 8-1/2 vCustom sizes: 182 mm × 139.7 mm v to 297 mm ×431.8mmwPunch (when optional Punch Unit PU-501 is installed):Standard sizes (2 holes): 11 × 17 w to 8-1/2 × 11 w / vStandard sizes (3 holes): 11 × 17 w, 8-1/2 × 11 v

Output tray capacity Refer to page 9-4.

Power requirements Supplied from main unit

Maximum power consumption 66 W or less

Dimensions 319 (435 when trays are pulled out) (W) x 558 (D) x 573 (H)mm

Weight Approx. 47.2 lb

Consumables Staples: 2 sets of MS-5D (Binding max. 50 sheets, con-taining 5,000 staples/set)

Page 504: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 504/688

13 Specifications

13-8 bizhub 500/420

Specifications

Chapter13

Output Tray Kit OT-601

Punch Unit PU-501

Item Description

Name OT-601

Function Optional output tray for Finisher FS-510

Dimensions 282 (W) × 368 (D) × 57 (H) mm

Weight Approx. 1.5 lb

Configuration 1 tray

Item Description

Name PU-501

Function Punches file holes in copies

Number of holes 2 holes/3 holes (Auto change)

Hole diameter 0.315" ± 0.020" (8.0 mm ± 0.5 mm)

Hole pitch 2-hole: 2.75" ± 0.020" (70 mm ± 0.5 mm)3-hole: 4.252" ± 0.020" (108 mm ± 0.5 mm)

Paper types 16 to 34 lb paper

Paper sizes Standard sizes (2 holes): 11 × 17w to 8-1/2 × 11 w / v

Standard sizes (3 holes): 11 × 17 w, 8-1/2 × 11 vPower requirements Supplied from finisher

Dimensions 114 (W) × 461 (D) × 136 (H) mm

Weight Approx. 4.2 lb

Page 505: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 505/688

Specifications 13

bizhub 500/420 13-9

   S  p  e  c   i   f   i  c  a   t   i  o  n  s

   C   h  a  p   t  e  r   1   3

Saddle Stitcher SD-502

Mailbin Kit MT-501

Item Description

Name SD-502

Function Half fold, crease & center staple

Binding pitch 120 mm ± 4 mm (Stitch length: 11 mm)

Binding capacity 2 to 15 sheets (max. 60 pages)

Paper Types 15 to 24 lb paper

Paper Sizes Standard sizes: 11 × 17 w, 8-1/2 × 11 wCustom sizes: 182 mm × 257 mm w to 297 mm × 431.8mmw

Paper tray capacity 200 sheets or 20 copies

Power requirements Supplied from finisher

Maximum power consumption 66 W or less

Dimensions 445 (576 when trays are pulled out) (W) × 203 (281) (D) ×478 (H) mm

Weight Approx. 20.5 lb

Consumables Staples: 2 sets of MS-2C (Binding max. 15 sheets, con-taining 2,000 staples/set)

Configuration Binder, folder, one finishing tray

Item Description

Name MT-501

Function Distributes output

Paper types 15 to 24 lb paper

Paper sizes Standard sizes: 8-1/2 × 11 w, 5-1/2 × 8-1/2 wCustom sizes: 139.7 mm × 182 mm v to 216 mm × 297mmw

Bin tray capacity 125 sheets/tray (500 sheets in total)

Power requirements Supplied from finisher

Dimensions 340 (W) × 509 (D) × 387 (H) mm

Weight Approx. 17.6 lb (product), Max. 26.5 lb (gross)

Page 506: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 506/688

13 Specifications

13-10 bizhub 500/420

Specifications

Chapter13

Finisher FS-511

Item Description

Name FS-511

Function Straight delivery (sorted, grouped)Offset delivery (sort and offset, group and offset)Staple delivery (corner staple, 2 staples)

Punch settings Punching file holes in copies

Output tray Tray 1 (Secondary tray)Tray 2 (Primary tray)

Paper types Tray 1 (Secondary tray)Sort, group: Normal paper (16 to 24 lb), thick paper (25 to115 lb), thin paper (13 to 15 lb), overhead projector trans-parencies, envelopes, labels, etc.Tray 2 (Primary tray)

Sort, group: Normal paper (16 to 24 lb), thick paper (25 to115 lb), thin paper (13 to 15 lb)Staple: 16 to 24 lb paperPunch: 16 to 24 lb paper (when optional Punch Unit PU-501 is installed)

Offset width 30 mm

Paper sizes Sort, group:Standard sizes: 11 × 17w to 8-1/2 × 11 w / v, 5-1/2 × 8-1/2wCustom sizes: 100 mm × 139.7 mm w to 314 mm ×x457.2 mmw

Sort and offset, group and offset:Standard sizes: 11 × 17w to 8-1/2 × 11 w / vCustom sizes: 182 mm × 182 mm to 314 mm × 457.2 mmwStaple:Standard sizes: 11 × 17w to 8-1/2 × 11 w / vCustom sizes: 182 mm × 182 mm to 297 mm × 431.8 mmwPunch:Standard sizes (2 holes): 8-1/2 × 14 w, 8-1/2 × 11 wStandard sizes (3 holes): 11 × 17 w, 8-1/2 × 11 v

Output tray capacity Tray 1 (Secondary tray):Normal paper, Recycled paper: 250 sheets (16 to 24 lb pa-

per) or within 36 mm of thicknessthick paper, thin paper, overhead projector transparen-cies, labels: 20 sheets or within 36 mm of thicknessTray 2 (Primary tray): 8-1/2 x 14 or larger: 1,500 sheets (20lb paper) or within 187.5 mm of thickness8-1/2 x 11 or smaller: 3,000 sheets (20 lb paper) or within375 mm of thickness

Staple capacity 50 sheets (20 lb paper) or within 5 mm of thickness

Punch Number of holes: 2 or 3 (Auto change)Hole diameter: 0.315” ± 0.020” (8.0 mm ± 0.5 mm)Hole pitch: 2-hole punch: 2.756” ± 0.020” (70 mm ± 0.5

mm)3-hole punch: 4.252” ± 0.020” (108 mm ± 0.5 mm)

Power requirements Supplied from main unit

Page 507: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 507/688

Specifications 13

bizhub 500/420 13-11

   S  p  e  c   i   f   i  c  a   t   i  o  n  s

   C   h  a  p   t  e  r   1   3

Output Tray OT-501

Job Separator JS-502

Maximum power consumption 63 W or less

Dimensions 538 (669 when trays are pulled out) (W) x 637 (D) x 978(1,055) (H) mm

Weight Approx. 86.4 lb

Consumables Staples: 2 sets of MS-5D (Binding max. 50 sheets, con-taining 5,000 staples/set)

Item Description

Name OT-501

Function Paper output tray for main unit

Paper types Normal paper (16 to 24 lb), thick paper (25 to 115 lb), thinpaper (13 to 15 lb), overhead projector transparencies, en-velopes, labels, etc.

Output tray capacity 100 sheets

Dimensions 437 (W) x 511 (D) x 183 (H) mm

Weight Approx. 2.9 lb

Item Description

Name JS-502

Function Distributes output

Paper types Normal paper (16 to 24 lb), thick paper (251 to 115 lb), thinpaper (13 to 15 lb), overhead projector transparencies, en-velopes, labels, etc.

Output tray capacity 100 sheets

Dimensions 450 (W) x 511 (D) x 183 (H) mm

Weight Approx. 3.7 lb

Item Description

Page 508: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 508/688

13 Specifications

13-12 bizhub 500/420

Specifications

Chapter13

Other Options

Relay Unit RU-502

Image Controller IC-204

Mounting Kit MK-708

Multiple Line Expansion Kit ML-503

Fax Kit FK-502

Hard Disk HD-505

Stamp Unit SP-501

Staple MS-2C

Staple MS-5D

Key Counter Kit (TBD)

Key Counter Kit 4 (TBD)

Key Counter Mounting Kit (TBD)

Dehumidifier Heater IC

Page 509: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 509/688

14    U   t   i   l   i   t  y  <   U  s  e  r   S  e   t   t   i  n  g  >

   C   h  a  p   t  e  r

   1   4

Utility <User Setting>

Page 510: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 510/688

14 Utility <User Setting>

14-2 bizhub 500/420

Utility<UserSetting>

Chapter

14

14 Utility <User Setting>

14.1 User Setting OutlinesThe screens which develop succeedingly when the [Utility/Counter] key onthe control panel is pressed are generally referred to as Utility Screen.The top menu, referred to as Utility/Counter Screen, appears right after [Util-ity/Counter] is pressed.

The Utility Screen includes two types of setting items: one in which a user

can set and the other in which an administrator is required to enter a pass-word. This section describes the user setting.

Page 511: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 511/688

Utility <User Setting> 14

bizhub 500/420 14-3

   U   t   i   l   i   t  y  <   U  s  e  r   S  e   t   t   i  n  g  >

   C   h  a  p   t  e  r

   1   4

How to use [Close], [Exit], and layer keys

Touch [Close] to return to the previous screen.

Touch the desired layer key on the left side area of the screen to jump to thatscreen.

Touch [Exit] to restore the Basic Screen.

Function list of User Setting

Setting Item/Description Default

1 System Setting

1 Language SelectionSelect the language used in the LCD.English/French/Spanish/Japanese

English

2 Measurement Unit SettingSelect the unit of measurement for the value to be enteredby user and to be displayed on the touch panel.mm (Numerical Value)/ inch (Numerical Value)/ inch (Frac-tion)

inch (Fraction)

3 Paper Tray Setting

1 Paper TypeSpecify the paper size and type for each tray.Normal/User/Recycled/Colored Paper/Letterhead

Normal

2 Auto Tray Select SettingSpecify the trays and their priority to be detected in

 Auto Tray Switch function.• Auto Tray Select: All trays• Tray Priority: All trays

 Auto Tray Select: All traysdeselectedTray Priority: All trays dese-lected

3 Auto Tray Switch ON/OFFSet Auto Tray Switch function ON or OFF.

 Allow/Restrict

Restrict

4 No Matching Paper in Tray SettingSelect the machine operation to be performed whendesignated tray is out of corresponding paper size.Stop Printing (Tray Fixed)/ Switch Trays (Tray Priority)

Stop Printing (Tray Fixed)

Page 512: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 512/688

14 Utility <User Setting>

14-4 bizhub 500/420

Utility<UserSetting>

Chapter

14

5 Print ListsSelect the tray to feed copy paper for printing lists,such as the sales counter.Tray 1/ Tray 2/ Tray 3/ Tray 4/ LCT BypassIn addition, single-sided or double-sided printing can

be selected.1-sided/2-sided

Tray 1

1-sided

2 Display Setting

1 Sub Screen Display ON/OFFSelect either the setting value or simple job list to be dis-played in the sub area (left side) of the Basic Screen.Setting Value/Job List

Setting Value

2 Copier Setting[No Rotate] KeySelect whether or not No Rotate appears in the BasicScreen.ON/OFF

OFF

3 Scan Basic Screen Default SettingSpecify the settings concerning scanner function. For de-tails, see the User’s Guide <Network Scanner Operations>.

- - -

4 Fax Basic Screen Default SettingSpecify the settings concerning facsimile function.For details, see the User's Guide <Fax Operations>

- - -

5 Copy ScreenSelect whether or not to display a specific screen whileprinting.ON/OFF

OFF

6 Fax Active ScreenSpecify the setting concerning fax active screens.For details, see the User's Guide <Fax Operations>

- - -

7 Copy Basic Screen SettingSpecify the default display for the Basic Screen in Copymode.• TYPE 1

Key for selecting functions and the current settings aredisplayed in the Basic Screen.

• TYPE 2Some keys for selecting functions are displayed in the

Basic Screen, and the current settings are highlighted.TYPE1/TYPE2

TYPE1

8 Job List DefaultSelect the job list displayed as the default in the Job ListScreen.• Current Setting:

The Current Jobs List appears on the Print tab.• Print Job History:

The Job History List appears on the Print tab.Current Print Jobs/Print Job History

Current Print Jobs

3 Initial SettingSpecify the copy settings to be set automatically when the ma-

chine is reset.Current Setting/Factory Default

Factory Default

Setting Item/Description Default

Page 513: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 513/688

Utility <User Setting> 14

bizhub 500/420 14-5

   U   t   i   l   i   t  y  <   U  s  e  r   S  e   t   t   i  n  g  >

   C   h  a  p   t  e  r

   1   4

!Detail

The Administrator Security Level setting in the Administrator Setting can

allow general users to specify the following settings to be performed reg- 

ularly by an administrator. For setting procedure of each item, see Sec- tion 15: Utility <Administrator Setting>.

Power Save Setting, Output Setting, Original Image Density, Auto Zoom

(Platen), Auto Zoom (ADF), Select Tray when APS OFF, Select Tray for In- 

sert Sheet, Print Setting for Separate Scan, Print Jobs During Copy Op- 

eration 

4 Copier Setting

 Auto Booklet ON When Fold & StapleSet the machine to automatically select the Booklet func-tion when Fold & Staple is selected.

 Auto Select Booklet/OFF

 Auto Select Booklet

 Auto Zoom for Combine/BookletSet the machine to automatically select an appropriatemagnification ratio when Combine Originals or Bookletfunction is selected along with Auto Paper Select.

 Auto Display Zoom Ratio/OFF

 Auto Display Zoom Ratio

Sort/Group Auto ChangeSet the machine to automatically select the Sort modewhen two or more sheets of the original are to be printed ina single job.ON/OFF

ON

Enlarged RotationSet the machine to automatically rotate and enlarge an8.5"×11" or 5.5"×8.5" original image to match the short-edge-fed 11"×17" or 8.5"×14" original paper sizeON/OFF

ON

Setting Item/Description Default

Page 514: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 514/688

14 Utility <User Setting>

14-6 bizhub 500/420

Utility<UserSetting>

Chapter

14

14.2 1 System Setting

14.2.1 1 Language Selection

Select the language used on the touch panel.The initial setting is English.

To specify Language Selection

1 Press the [Utility/Counter] to display the Utility/Counter Screen.

2 Touch [2 User Setting] to display the User Setting Screen.

3 Touch [1 System Setting].

The System Setting Screen will be displayed.

4 Touch [1 Language Selection].

The Language Selection Screen will be displayed.

Page 515: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 515/688

Utility <User Setting> 14

bizhub 500/420 14-7

   U   t   i   l   i   t  y  <   U  s  e  r   S  e   t   t   i  n  g  >

   C   h  a  p   t  e  r

   1   4

5 Touch the desired language key to highlight it.

6 Touch [OK] to complete the setting.

– To cancel the change, touch [Cancel].

In either case, the System Setting Screen will be restored.

7 If further changes are required, touch the desired key.

Page 516: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 516/688

14 Utility <User Setting>

14-8 bizhub 500/420

Utility<UserSetting>

Chapter

14

14.2.2 2 Measurement Unit Setting

Select the unit of measurement for the value to be entered by user and to bedisplayed on the touch panel.

To specify Measurement Unit Setting

1 Press the [Utility/Counter] to display the Utility/Counter Screen.

2 Touch [2 User Setting] to display the User Setting Screen.

3 Touch [1 System Setting].

The System Setting Screen will be displayed.

4 Touch [2 Measurement Unit Setting].

The Measurement Unit Setting Screen will be displayed.

Page 517: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 517/688

Utility <User Setting> 14

bizhub 500/420 14-9

   U   t   i   l   i   t  y  <   U  s  e  r   S  e   t   t   i  n  g  >

   C   h  a  p   t  e  r

   1   4

5 Touch the desired unit key to highlight it.

6 Touch [OK] to complete the setting.

– To cancel the change, touch [Cancel].

In either case, the System Setting Screen will be restored.

7 If further changes are required, touch the desired key.

Page 518: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 518/688

14 Utility <User Setting>

14-10 bizhub 500/420

Utility<UserSetting>

Chapter

14

14.2.3 3 Paper Tray Setting > 1 Paper Type

Specify the paper size and type for each tray.

To specify Paper Type

1 Press the [Utility/Counter] to display the Utility/Counter Screen.

2 Touch [2 User Setting] to display the User Setting Screen.

3 Touch [1 System Setting], then touch [3 Paper Tray Setting].

The Paper Tray Setting Screen will be displayed.

4 Touch [1 Paper Type].

The Paper Type Setting Screen will be displayed.

Page 519: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 519/688

Utility <User Setting> 14

bizhub 500/420 14-11

   U   t   i   l   i   t  y  <   U  s  e  r   S  e   t   t   i  n  g  >

   C   h  a  p   t  e  r

   1   4

5 Touch to highlight the desired tray key under “Paper Tray” in the leftside area of the screen.

6 Touch [Paper Type].

The Paper Type Screen will be displayed.

7 Touch the desired paper type key to highlight it.

8 Touch [OK] to complete the setting.

– To cancel the change, touch [Cancel].In either case, the Paper Type Setting Screen will be restored.

9 If further changes are required, touch the desired key.

Page 520: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 520/688

14 Utility <User Setting>

14-12 bizhub 500/420

Utility<UserSetting>

Chapter

14

14.2.4 3 Paper Tray Setting > 2 Auto Tray Select Setting

Specify the trays and their priority to be detected by Auto Tray Switch.

To specify Auto Tray Select Setting

1 Press the [Utility/Counter] to display the Utility/Counter Screen.

2 Touch [2 User Setting] to display the User Setting Screen.

3 Touch [1 System Setting].

The System Setting Screen will be displayed.

4 Touch [3 Paper Tray Setting], then touch [2 Auto Tray Select Setting].

The Auto Tray Select Setting Screen will be displayed.

Page 521: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 521/688

Utility <User Setting> 14

bizhub 500/420 14-13

   U   t   i   l   i   t  y  <   U  s  e  r   S  e   t   t   i  n  g  >

   C   h  a  p   t  e  r

   1   4

5 Touch to highlight the desired tray keys under “Auto Tray Select” in theleft side area of the screen.

– The selected trays are automatically detected when Auto TraySwitch functions.

– The tray not selected here will not be detected even when Auto Tray

Switch functions.

The selected trays will be displayed as tray keys under “Tray Priority”in the right side area of the screen.

6 Specify the priority of the trays to be detected in Auto Tray Switch us-ing the tray keys in the right side area of the screen.

– Touch to highlight the desired tray key, then touch [Up] or [Down]to change its priority.

7 Touch [OK] to complete the setting.

– To cancel the change, touch [Cancel].In either case, the Paper Tray Setting Screen will be restored.

8 If further changes are required, touch the desired key.

Page 522: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 522/688

14 Utility <User Setting>

14-14 bizhub 500/420

Utility<UserSetting>

Chapter

14

14.2.5 3 Paper Tray Setting > 3 Auto Tray Switch ON/OFF

Set Auto Tray Switch function ON or OFF.

To specify Auto Tray Switch ON/OFF

1 Press the [Utility/Counter] to display the Utility/Counter Screen.

2 Touch [2 User Setting] to display the User Setting Screen.

3 Touch [1 System Setting].

The System Setting Screen will be displayed.

4 Touch [3 Paper Tray Setting].

The Paper Tray Setting Screen will be displayed.

Page 523: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 523/688

Utility <User Setting> 14

bizhub 500/420 14-15

   U   t   i   l   i   t  y  <   U  s  e  r   S  e   t   t   i  n  g  >

   C   h  a  p   t  e  r

   1   4

5 Touch [3 Auto Tray Switch ON/OFF].

The Auto Tray Switch ON/OFF Screen will be displayed.

6 Touch [Allow] to use Auto Tray Switch, or [Restrict] to deactivate this

function.

7 Touch [OK] to complete the setting.

– To cancel the change, touch [Cancel].In either case, the Paper Tray Setting Screen will be restored.

8 If further changes are required, touch the desired key.

Page 524: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 524/688

14 Utility <User Setting>

14-16 bizhub 500/420

Utility<UserSetting>

Chapter

14

14.2.6 3 Paper Tray Setting > 4 No Matching Paper in Tray Setting

Select the machine operation to be performed in the case when the tray au-tomatically selected by Auto Tray Switch is loaded with different paper typefrom that has been used for the current job.

With [Stop Printing (Tray Fixed)] selected, the machine ceases the currentoperation.With [Switch Trays (Tray Priority)] selected, the machine makes a search foranother tray loaded with the same paper type as that has been used, thencontinues the current job if any substitute is found.

To specify No Matching Paper in Tray Setting

1 Press the [Utility/Counter] to display the Utility/Counter Screen.

2 Touch [2 User Setting] to display the User Setting Screen.

3 Touch [1 System Setting].

The System Setting Screen will be displayed.

4 Touch [3 Paper Tray Setting].

The Paper Tray Setting Screen will be displayed.

Page 525: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 525/688

Utility <User Setting> 14

bizhub 500/420 14-17

   U   t   i   l   i   t  y  <   U  s  e  r   S  e   t   t   i  n  g  >

   C   h  a  p   t  e  r

   1   4

5 Touch [4 No Matching Paper in Tray Setting].

The No Matching Paper in Tray Setting Screen will be displayed.

6 Touch [Stop Printing (Tray Fixed)] or [Switch Trays (Tray Priority)] to

highlight it.

7 Touch [OK] to complete the setting.

– To cancel the change, touch [Cancel].In either case, the Paper Tray Setting Screen will be restored.

8 If further changes are required, touch the desired key.

Page 526: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 526/688

14 Utility <User Setting>

14-18 bizhub 500/420

Utility<UserSetting>

Chapter

14

14.2.7 3 Paper Tray Setting > 5 Print Lists

Select the tray to feed copy paper for printing lists, such as the sales counter.

In addition, single-sided or double-sided printing can be selected.

To specify Print Lists

1 Press the [Utility/Counter] to display the Utility/Counter Screen.

2 Touch [2 User Setting] to display the User Setting Screen.

3 Touch [1 System Setting].

The System Setting Screen will be displayed.

4 Touch [3 Paper Tray Setting].

The Paper Tray Setting Screen will be displayed.

Page 527: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 527/688

Utility <User Setting> 14

bizhub 500/420 14-19

   U   t   i   l   i   t  y  <   U  s  e  r   S  e   t   t   i  n  g  >

   C   h  a  p   t  e  r

   1   4

5 Touch [5 Print Lists].

The Print Lists Screen will be displayed.

6 Touch the desired tray key to highlight it, and touch either [1-Sided] or

[2-sided].

7 Touch [OK] to complete the setting.

– To cancel the change, touch [Cancel].In either case, the Paper Tray Setting Screen will be restored.

8 If further changes are required, touch the desired key.

Page 528: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 528/688

14 Utility <User Setting>

14-20 bizhub 500/420

Utility<UserSetting>

Chapter

14

14.3 2 Display Setting

14.3.1 1 Sub Screen Display ON/OFF

To specify Sub Screen Display ON/OFF

Select either the setting value or simple job list to be displayed in the subarea (left side) of the Basic Screen.

1 Press the [Utility/Counter] to display the Utility/Counter Screen.

2 Touch [2 User Setting] to display the User Setting Screen.

3 Touch [2 Display Setting].

The Display Change Setting Screen will be displayed.

4 Touch [1 Sub Screen Display ON/OFF].

The Sub Screen Display ON/OFF Screen will be displayed.

Page 529: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 529/688

Utility <User Setting> 14

bizhub 500/420 14-21

   U   t   i   l   i   t  y  <   U  s  e  r   S  e   t   t   i  n  g  >

   C   h  a  p   t  e  r

   1   4

5 Select either [Setting Value] or [Job List].

6 Touch [OK] to complete the setting.

– To cancel the change, touch [Cancel].

In either case, the Display Change Setting Screen will be restored.

7 If further changes are required, touch the desired key.

14.3.2 2 Copier Setting

Select whether or not [No Rotate] appears in the Basic Screen.

To specify Copier Setting

1 Press the [Utility/Counter] to display the Utility/Counter Screen.

2 Touch [2 User Setting] to display the User Setting Screen.

3 Touch[ 2 Display Setting].

The Display Change Setting Screen will be displayed.

Page 530: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 530/688

14 Utility <User Setting>

14-22 bizhub 500/420

Utility<UserSetting>

Chapter

14

4 Touch [2 Copier Setting].

The Copier Setting Screen will be displayed.

5 Touch [Not Rotate Key Dsp] to highlight it, then select either [ON] or

[OFF] under Job Setting on the right side area of the screen.

6 If further changes are required, touch the desired key.

14.3.3 3 Scan Basic Screen Default Setting

Specify the settings concerning scanner function. For details, refer to the Us-er’s Guide - Network/Scanner.

14.3.4 4 Fax Basic Screen Default SettingSpecify the settings concerning facsimile function. For details, refer to theUser’s Guide-Fax Operations.

Page 531: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 531/688

Utility <User Setting> 14

bizhub 500/420 14-23

   U   t   i   l   i   t  y  <   U  s  e  r   S  e   t   t   i  n  g  >

   C   h  a  p   t  e  r

   1   4

14.3.5 5 Copy Screen

Select whether or not to display a specific screen while printing.

With [ON] selected, the Copy Operating Screen appears while printing job isin progress, allowing the user to reserve the next job by touching [Next Job

Reservation].With [OFF] selected, the Basic Screen (Copy mode) appears while printing job is in progress, directly allowing the user to reserve the next job.

To specify Copy Screen

1 Press the [Utility/Counter] to display the Utility/Counter Screen.

2 Touch [2 User Setting] to display the User Setting Screen.

3 Touch [2 Display Setting].

The Display Change Setting Screen will be displayed.

4 Touch [5 Copy Screen].

The Copy Active Screen will be displayed.

Page 532: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 532/688

14 Utility <User Setting>

14-24 bizhub 500/420

Utility<UserSetting>

Chapter

14

5 Touch [Copy Operating Screen] to highlight it, then select either [ON]or [OFF] under Job Setting on the right side area of the screen.

6 If further changes are required, touch the desired key.

14.3.6 6 Fax Active Screen

Specify the setting concerning fax active screen. For details, refer to the Us-er’s Guide-Fax Operations.

14.3.7 7 Copy Initial Screen Setting

Specify the default display for the Basic Screen in Copy mode.- TYPE 1

Key for selecting functions and the current settings are displayed in the

Basic Screen.- TYPE 2

Some keys for selecting functions are displayed in the Basic Screen, andthe current settings are highlighted.

To specify the Copy Basic Screen Setting

1 Press the [Utility/Counter] to display the Utility/Counter Screen.

2 Touch [2 User Setting] to display the User Setting Screen.

3 Touch [2 Display Setting].

Page 533: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 533/688

Utility <User Setting> 14

bizhub 500/420 14-25

   U   t   i   l   i   t  y  <   U  s  e  r   S  e   t   t   i  n  g  >

   C   h  a  p   t  e  r

   1   4

The Display Change Setting Screen will be displayed.

4 Touch [7 Copy Basic Screen Setting].

The Copy Basic Screen Setting Screen will be displayed.

5 Select either [TYPE 1] or [TYPE 2].

6 If further changes are required, touch the desired key.

14.3.8 8 Job List Default

Select the job list displayed as the default in the Job List Screen.- Current Setting:

The Current Job List appears on the Print tab.- Print Job History:The Job History List appears on the Print tab.

To specify the Job List Default

1 Press the [Utility/Counter] to display the Utility/Counter Screen.

2 Touch [2 User Setting] to display the User Setting Screen.

Page 534: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 534/688

14 Utility <User Setting>

14-26 bizhub 500/420

Utility<UserSetting>

Chapter

14

3 Touch [2 Display Setting].

The Display Change Setting Screen will be displayed.

4 Touch [8 Job List Default].

The Job List Default Screen will be displayed.

5 Select either [Current Print Jobs] or [Print Job History].

6 If further changes required, touch the desired key.

Page 535: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 535/688

Utility <User Setting> 14

bizhub 500/420 14-27

   U   t   i   l   i   t  y  <   U  s  e  r   S  e   t   t   i  n  g  >

   C   h  a  p   t  e  r

   1   4

14.4 3 Initial Setting

Specify the copy settings to be set automatically when the machine is reset.

The following two types of initial setting can be specified.- Factory default: Settings specified when the machine is set up.

- Current setting: Settings specified from the touch panel before Utilitymode is entered.

2

Note

The machine will be reset: 

- when the machine is powered on 

- when Auto Reset is operated 

- when Power Save is operated 

- when copy operation becomes available after the user/account authen- tication has been successfully made 

- when a key counter or copy card is inserted 

- when [Reset] on the control panel is pressed 

2

Note

Factory default settings are as follows.

Basic settings: Print quantity 001, Simplex/Duplex 1>1, ADF On, Density

 AE, Zoom 1.000, Auto Paper Select On Combine Originals: Combine Pages Off, Original Direction Normal, Mar- 

gin Auto 

Original Image Type: Text/Photo 

 Application: Off 

To specify the initial setting

1 First specify the copy settings to be used as initial setting, if factory de-

fault is not desired.

2 Press the [Utility/Counter] to display the Utility/Counter Screen.

3 Touch [2 User Setting] to display the User Setting Screen.

Page 536: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 536/688

14 Utility <User Setting>

14-28 bizhub 500/420

Utility<UserSetting>

Chapter

14

4 Touch [3 Initial Setting].

The Initial Setting Screen will be displayed.

5 Touch [Current Setting] or [Factory Default] to highlight it.

6 Touch [OK] to complete the setting.

– To cancel the change, touch [Cancel].In either case, the User Setting Screen will be restored.

7 If further changes are required, touch the desired key.

Page 537: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 537/688

Utility <User Setting> 14

bizhub 500/420 14-29

   U   t   i   l   i   t  y  <   U  s  e  r   S  e   t   t   i  n  g  >

   C   h  a  p   t  e  r

   1   4

14.5 4 Copier Setting

14.5.1 Auto Booklet ON When Fold & Staple

Set the machine to automatically select the Booklet function when Fold &Staple is selected.

To specify Auto Booklet ON When Fold & Staple

1 Press the [Utility/Counter] to display the Utility/Counter Screen.

2 Touch [2 User Setting] to display the User Setting Screen.

3 Touch [4 Copier Setting].

The Copier Setting Screen will be displayed.

4 Touch [Auto Booklet ON When Fold & Staple].

The setting menu will be displayed on the right side of the screen.

Page 538: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 538/688

14 Utility <User Setting>

14-30 bizhub 500/420

Utility<UserSetting>

Chapter

14

5 Touch either [Auto Select Booklet] or [OFF] to highlight it.

6 If further changes are required, touch the desired key.

2Note

This setting is available only for the machine with Finisher FS-510 with

Saddle stitcher SD-502 option installed.

Page 539: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 539/688

Utility <User Setting> 14

bizhub 500/420 14-31

   U   t   i   l   i   t  y  <   U  s  e  r   S  e   t   t   i  n  g  >

   C   h  a  p   t  e  r

   1   4

14.5.2 Auto Zoom for Combine/Booklet

Set the machine to automatically select an appropriate magnification ratiowhen Combine Originals or Booklet function is selected along with Auto Pa-per Select.

With [Auto Display Zoom Ratio] selected:×0.647 for 2 in 1, Booklet×0.500 for 4 in 1, Booklet×0.323 for 8 in 1, Booklet

With [OFF] selected: Not selected automatically

To specify Auto Zoom for Combine/Booklet

1 Press the [Utility/Counter] to display the Utility/Counter Screen.

2 Touch [2 User Setting] to display the User Setting Screen.

3 Touch [4 Copier Setting].

The Copier Setting Screen will be displayed.

4 Touch [Auto Zoom for Combine/Booklet].

The setting menu will be displayed on the right side of the screen.

Page 540: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 540/688

14 Utility <User Setting>

14-32 bizhub 500/420

Utility<UserSetting>

Chapter

14

5 Touch either [Auto Display Zoom Ratio] or [OFF] to highlight it.

The magnification ratio to be selected for each mode is as follows.

6 If further changes are required, touch the desired key.

Page 541: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 541/688

Utility <User Setting> 14

bizhub 500/420 14-33

   U   t   i   l   i   t  y  <   U  s  e  r   S  e   t   t   i  n  g  >

   C   h  a  p   t  e  r

   1   4

14.5.3 Sort/Group Auto Change

Set the machine to automatically select the Sort mode when two or moresheets of the original are to be printed in a single job.

With [ON] selected When the original document is loaded into ADF and

[Start] is pressed, the machine will automatically select the Group mode iforiginal count is one, or select the Sort mode if original count is two or more.

With [OFF] selected: The machine will not select the finishing mode automat-ically.

To specify Sort/Group Auto Change

1 Press the [Utility/Counter] to display the Utility/Counter Screen.

2 Touch [2 User Setting] to display the User Setting Screen.

3 Touch [4 Copier Setting].

The Copier Setting Screen will be displayed.

4 Touch [Sort/Group Auto Change].

The setting menu will be displayed on the right side of the screen.

Page 542: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 542/688

14 Utility <User Setting>

14-34 bizhub 500/420

Utility<UserSetting>

Chapter

14

5 Touch either [ON] or [OFF] to highlight it.

6 If further changes are required, touch the desired key.

14.5.4 Enlarged RotationWhen turned on the feature allows the machine to automatically rotate andenlarge an 8.5”x11" or 5.5"x8.5" original image to match the short-edge-fed11"x17" or 8.5"x14" paper size.

To specify Enlarged Rotation

1 Press the [Utility/Counter] to display the Utility/Counter Screen.

2Touch [2 User Setting] to display the User Setting Screen.

3 Touch [4 Copier Setting].

The Copier Setting Screen will be displayed.

Page 543: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 543/688

Utility <User Setting> 14

bizhub 500/420 14-35

   U   t   i   l   i   t  y  <   U  s  e  r   S  e   t   t   i  n  g  >

   C   h  a  p   t  e  r

   1   4

4 Touch [Enlarged Rotation].

The setting menu will be displayed on the right side of the Screen.

5 Touch either [ON] or [OFF] to highlight it.

6 If further changes are required, touch the desired key.

Page 544: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 544/688

Page 545: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 545/688

15   U   t   i   l   i   t  y  <

   A   d  m   i  n   i  s   t  r  a   t  o  r   S  e   t   t   i  n  g  >

   C   h  a  p   t  e  r   1   5

Utility <AdministratorSetting>

Page 546: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 546/688

15 Utility <Administrator Setting>

15-2 bizhub 500/420

Utility<

AdministratorSetting>

Chapter15

15 Utility <Administrator Setting>

15.1 Administrator Setting OutlinesThis section describes the items in [3 Administrator Setting] of the Utility/ Counter Screen, and setting procedure of these items.The Administrator Setting can only be specified by the administrator after aspecific administrator password is entered.

How to access the Administrator Setting Screen

1 Press [Utility/Counter] on the control panel.

The Utility/Counter Screen will be displayed.

2 Touch [3 Administrator Setting].

The Administrator Password Screen will be displayed.

Page 547: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 547/688

Utility <Administrator Setting> 15

bizhub 500/420 15-3

   U   t   i   l   i   t  y  <

   A   d  m   i  n   i  s   t  r  a   t  o  r   S  e   t   t   i  n  g  >

   C   h  a  p   t  e  r   1   5

3 Enter an eight-digit administrator password, then touch [OK].

The Administrator Setting Screen will be displayed.

4 Set each function item.

How to use [Close], [Exit], and layer keys

Touch [Close] to return to the previous screen.

Touch the desired layer key on the left side area of the screen to jump to thatscreen.

Touch [Exit] to restore the Basic Screen.

Page 548: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 548/688

15 Utility <Administrator Setting>

15-4 bizhub 500/420

Utility<

AdministratorSetting>

Chapter15

15.1.1 Chart of Setting Items on Utility Screens

This section uses a systematic chart to describe the setting items providedon layered Utility Screens.This chart includes not only the Administrator Setting items to be performedby an administrator but User Setting items described in Section 14, network/ scanner setting items, and fax setting items.

 Administrator Security Level

The Administrator Security Level setting in the Administrator Setting can al-low general users to specify some settings to be performed regularly by anadministrator.The settings that can be performed by general users are classified into twolevels according to its importance. With Level 2 settings allowed, the userscan perform more administrative settings.For details and procedure of the settings allowed in the User Setting mode,see appropriate pages in this Administrator Setting section.

!Detail

For the Administrator Security Level setting, see “Administrator Security

Level” on page 15-125 .

Marks and indication in the chart

The dimmed items will be allowed in User Setting mode by the AdministratorSecurity Level setting.

For details of the items marked with “*”, refer to the User’s Guide [NetworkScanner Operations].

For details of the items marked with “**”, refer to the IC-204 User’s Guide.

For details of the items marked with “***”, refer to the User’s Guide [Box Op-erations].

For details of the items marked with “****”, refer to the User’s Guide [Fax Op-erations].

For details of the items marked with “*****”, contact your service representa-tive.

Page 549: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 549/688

Utility <Administrator Setting> 15

bizhub 500/420 15-5

   U   t   i   l   i   t  y  <

   A   d  m   i  n   i  s   t  r  a   t  o  r   S  e   t   t   i  n  g  >

   C   h  a  p   t  e  r   1   5

Utility/Counter

[1] One-Touch Regis-tration

[1] Scan* [1] Address*Book

[1] E-Mail*

[2] FTP*

[3] SMB*

[4] User Box*

[2] Group*

[3] Program*

[4] Subject/Text(for E-mail)*

[1] Subject*

[2] Text*

[2] Fax**** [1] AddressBook****

[1] Addr.Dial****

[2] E-Mail****

[3] User Box****

[2] Group****

[3] Program****

[4] Subject/Text(for E-mail)****

[1] Subject****

[2] Text****

[3] User Box [1] Public/Per-sonal User Box***

[2] Bulletin BoardUser Box***

[3] Relay User

Box***[2] User Setting( p. 14-2 )

[1] System Set-ting ( p. 14-6 )

[1] LanguageSelection

[2] MeasurementUnit Setting

[3] Paper TraySetting

[1] Paper Type Paper Type

[2] Auto TraySelect Setting

[3] Auto TraySwitch ON/OFF

[4] No Match-ing Paper inTray Setting

Page 550: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 550/688

15 Utility <Administrator Setting>

15-6 bizhub 500/420

Utility<

AdministratorSetting>

Chapter15

[2] User Setting(Cont.)

[1] System Set-ting (Cont.)

[3] Paper TraySetting (Cont.)

[5] Print Lists

[5] Power SaveSetting

Low PowerMode Setting

Sleep ModeSetting

[6] OutputSetting

[1] Print/FaxOutput Setting**

Print

Fax****

[2] Output TraySetting

[7] Original Im-age Density

[2] Display Set-ting ( p. 14-20 )

[1] Sub ScreenDisplay ON/OFF

[2] Copier Set-ting

Not Rotate KeyDsp of Proof Copy

[3] Scan BasicScreen DefaultSetting*

Default Tab*

ProgramDefault*

 Address BookDefault Index*

 Address TypeSymbol Display*

[4] Fax BasicScreen DefaultSetting****

Default Tab****

Default Pro-gram ****

 Address BookDefault Index****

 Address TypeSymbol Dis-play****

No. of Charac-

ters for Dest.Display****

[5] Copy Screen Copy Operat-ing Screen

[6] Fax ActiveScreen****

TX Display****

RX Display****

[7] Copy BasicScreen

[8] Job List De-

fault

[3] Initial Setting( p. 14-27 )

Page 551: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 551/688

Utility <Administrator Setting> 15

bizhub 500/420 15-7

   U   t   i   l   i   t  y  <

   A   d  m   i  n   i  s   t  r  a   t  o  r   S  e   t   t   i  n  g  >

   C   h  a  p   t  e  r   1   5

[2] User Setting(Cont.)

[4] Copier Set-ting ( p. 14-29 )

 Auto Booklet ONWhen Fold & Staple

 Auto Zoom forCombine/Booklet

Sort/Group Auto Change

Enlarged Rota-tion

 AutoZoom (Platen)

 Auto Zoom (ADF)

Select Traywhen APS OFF

Select Tray forInsert Sheet

Print Jobs DuringCopy Operation

[5] Scanner Set-ting*

Black Com-pression Level*

[6] Printer Set-ting**

[1] Basic Set-ting**

PDL Setting**

Number ofSets**

OriginalDirection**

Spool PrintJobs in HDDbefore RIP**

 A4/A3↔ LTR/ LGR Auto Switchbefore RIP**

Banner Set-ting**

 Admin. NumberText Density**

Skip BlankPages**

[2] Paper Set-ting**

Paper Tray**

Default PaperSize**

2-Sided Print**

Bind Direction**

Staple**

Hole-Punch**

Banner PaperTray**

Page 552: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 552/688

15 Utility <Administrator Setting>

15-8 bizhub 500/420

Utility<

AdministratorSetting>

Chapter15

[2] User Setting(Cont.)

[6] Printer Set-ting** (Cont.)

[3] PCL Set-ting**

[1] Font Set-ting**

[2] SymbolSet**

[3] Font Size**

[4] Line/Page**

[5] CR/LFMapping**

[4] PS Setting** PS Error Print**

[5] Print Re-ports**

ConfigurationPage**

Demo Page**

PCL Font List**

PS Font List**

[3] A dministrator Set-ting ( p. 15-2 )

[1] System Set-ting ( p. 15-25 )

[1] Power SaveSetting

Low PowerMode Setting(Level 1)

Sleep Mode

Setting (Level 1)

Power SaveKey

Entering PowerSave Mode(Fax)****

[2] OutputSetting

[1] Print/Fax Out-put Settings**

Print**

Fax***

[2] Output TraySetting

[4] Offset EachJob Setting

[3] Date/TimeSetting

[4] Daylight Sav-ing Time Setting

[5] WeeklyTimer Setting

[1] Weekly TimerON/OFF Setting

[2] TimeSetting

[3] Date Setting

[4] Select Timefor Power Save

[5] Password forNon-Business Hours

Page 553: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 553/688

Utility <Administrator Setting> 15

bizhub 500/420 15-9

   U   t   i   l   i   t  y  <

   A   d  m   i  n   i  s   t  r  a   t  o  r   S  e   t   t   i  n  g  >

   C   h  a  p   t  e  r   1   5

[3] Administrator Set-ting (Cont.)

[1] System Set-ting (Cont.)

[6] Restrict User Access

[1] Restrict Ac-cess to SavedProgram Jobs

[2] Delete SavedProgram Jobs

[3] Restrict Ac-cess to JobSettings

Changing JobPriority

Deleting OtherUser’s Jobs

Registering andChanging Addresses

Changing ZoomRatio

Changing the"From" Address

Changing ImageOverlay

[4] Restrict Op-eration Setting

Restrict FaxBroadcasting

[7] Expert Adjustment

[1] Original Im-age Density

[2] Erase Ad- justment

Non Image AreaErase

Non Image AreaErase Setting

 ADF FrameErase

[3] Finisher Adjustment

[1] CenterStaple Position

[2] Half-FoldPosition

[3] Punch Hori-zontal Position

[4] Punch ResistLoop Size

[8] List/Counter [1] Manage-ment List

Job SettingsList

[2] Paper Size/ Type Counter

[9] Reset Set-ting

[1] System Auto Reset

[2] Auto Reset

[3] Job Reset When Accountis changed

When Original isset on ADF

When NEXTJOB is selected

Staple Setting

Page 554: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 554/688

15 Utility <Administrator Setting>

15-10 bizhub 500/420

Utility<

AdministratorSetting>

Chapter15

[3] Administrator Set-ting (Cont.)

[1] System Set-ting (Cont.)

[9] Reset Set-ting (Cont.)

[3] Job Reset(Cont.)

When NEXT JOBis selected(Cont.)

Original Set/ Bind Direction

Reset Data AfterJob

[4] System Auto Reset of

Proof Copy

[0] User BoxSetting***

[1] Delete Un-used UserBox***

[2] Delete Se-cure Print Doc-uments***

[3] Auto DeleteSecure Docu-ment***

[2] StandardSize Setting****

Original GlassOriginal SizeDetect****

 ADF OriginalSize Detect*****

Original GlassSmall Size De-tect*****

Foolscap SizeSetting*****

8K/16K Select

*****Original Glass 

*****

BypassTray*****

[2] Administrator/ Machine Setting( p. 15-79 )

[1] Administra-tor Registration

[2] Input Ma-chine Address

[3] One-TouchRegistration 

[1] Scan* [1] AddressBook*

[1] E-Mail*

[2] FTP*

[3] SMB*

[4] User Box*

[2] Group*

[3] Program*

[4] Subject/Text(for E-mail)*

[1] Subject*

[2] Text*

Page 555: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 555/688

Utility <Administrator Setting> 15

bizhub 500/420 15-11

   U   t   i   l   i   t  y  <

   A   d  m   i  n   i  s   t  r  a   t  o  r   S  e   t   t   i  n  g  >

   C   h  a  p   t  e  r   1   5

[3] Administrator Set-ting (Cont.)

[3] One-TouchRegistration(Cont.)

[2] Fax**** [1] AddressBook****

[1] Addr.Dial****

[2] E-Mail****

[3] User Box****

[2] Group****

[3] Program****

[4] Subject/Text(for E-mail)****

[1] Subject****

[2] Text****

[3] User Box [1] Public/Person-al User Box***

[2] Bulletin BoardUser Box***

[3] ProgramList***

[4] E-Mail Sub- ject/Text List***

[4] One-TouchRegistrationList***

[1] AddressBook List***

[2] Group List***

[3] ProgramList***

[4] E-Mail Sub- ject/Text List***

[4] User Authen-tication/AccountTrack( p. 15-84 )

[1] General Set-tings

[2] User Authen-tication Setting

[1] Administra-tive Setting

User Name List

Default Func-

tion Permission

Public User Key

[2] UserRegistration

[3] UserCounter

[3] Account TrackSetting

[1]  Account TrackRegistration

[2] AccountTrack Counter

[4] Print without Authentication

Page 556: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 556/688

15 Utility <Administrator Setting>

15-12 bizhub 500/420

Utility<

AdministratorSetting>

Chapter15

[3] Administrator Set-ting (Cont.)

[4] User Authen-tication/AccountTrack (Cont.)

[5] Counter List

[5] Network Set-ting*

[1] Network Set-ting*

[2] TCP/IP

Setting*[3] NetWareSetting*

[4] http ServerSetting*

[5] FTP Setting*

[6] SMB Set-ting*

[7] AppleTalkSetting*

[8] LDAPSetting*

[1] EnablingLDAP*

[2] Setting UpLDAP*

[3] Default LDAPServer Setting*

[9] E-MailSetting*

[1] E-Mail TX(SMTP)*

[2] E-Mail RX(POP)*

[0] DetailSetting*

[1] DeviceSetting*

[2] Time Adjust-ment Setting*

[3] Status Noti-fication Setting*

[1] Notification Address Setting*

[2] NotificationItem Setting*

[3] NotificationTime Setting*

[4] Total Coun-

ter Report Set-ting

[5] PING Con-firmation*

[6] SLP Set-ting*

[7] LPD Set-ting*

[8] Prefix/SuffixSetting*

[1] ON/OFFSetting*

[2] Prefix/Suffix

Setting*

[9] Action forInvalid Certifi-cate

[1] SNMP Set-ting*

Page 557: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 557/688

Utility <Administrator Setting> 15

bizhub 500/420 15-13

   U   t   i   l   i   t  y  <

   A   d  m   i  n   i  s   t  r  a   t  o  r   S  e   t   t   i  n  g  >

   C   h  a  p   t  e  r   1   5

[3] Administrator Set-ting (Cont.)

[5] Network Set-ting* (Cont.)

[0] DetailSetting* (Cont.)

[9] Action forInvalid Certifi-cate (Cont.)

[2]Bonjour Set-ting*

[3]TCP SocketSetting*

[6] Copier Set-ting( p. 15-113 )

 Auto Zoom

(Platen)

 Auto Zoom(ADF)

Select Tray when APS OFF

Select Tray forInsert Sheet

Image Rotation

Print Jobs During

Copy Operation[7] Printer Set-ting**

[1] I/F Timeout**

[8] Fax Set-ting****

[1] Header Infor-mation****

[2] Header/ Footer Posi-tion****

Header Posi-tion****

Print Receiv-er’s Name****

Footer Posi-

tion****

[3] TelephoneLine Settings****

Dialing Meth-od****

ReceiveMode****

Number of Re-dials****

Redial Inter-val****

Line MonitorSound****

Line MonitorSound Vol-ume****

[4] TX/RX Set-ting****

Duplex Print(RX)****

Inch Paper Pri-ority Over A4****

Print Paper Se-lection****

Print PaperSize****

Incorrect UserBox No. Entry****

Page 558: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 558/688

15 Utility <Administrator Setting>

15-14 bizhub 500/420

Utility<

AdministratorSetting>

Chapter15

[3] Administrator Set-ting (Cont.)

[8] Fax Set-ting**** (Cont.)

[4] TX/RX Set-ting**** (Cont.)

Tray Selectionfor RX Print****

Min.Reductioinfor RX Print****

Print SeparateFax Pages****

File After Poll-ing TX****

No. of Sets(RX)****

[5] FunctionSetting****

[1] FunctionON/OFF****

F-code TX****

Relay RX****

Relay Print****

DestinationCheck DisplayFunction****

Number Dis-play Setting****

[2] Dial-In Set-tings****

[3] MemoryRX****

[4] Closed Net-work RX****

[6] RemoteRX****

[7] ConfidentialRX Password****

[6] PBX CNSet****

[7] Report Set-tings****

 Activity Re-port****

TX Report****

Sequential TX

Report****

Timer Reserva-tion TX Re-port****

ConfidentialRX Report****

Bulletin TX Re-port****

TX Result Re-port Check****

[8] Job Settings

List****

[9] Multi LineSetting****

[1] TelephoneLine Setting****

Dialing Meth-od****

Page 559: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 559/688

Utility <Administrator Setting> 15

bizhub 500/420 15-15

   U   t   i   l   i   t  y  <

   A   d  m   i  n   i  s   t  r  a   t  o  r   S  e   t   t   i  n  g  >

   C   h  a  p   t  e  r   1   5

[3] Administrator Set-ting (Cont.)

[8] Fax Set-ting**** (Cont.)

[9] Multi Line Set-ting**** (Cont.)

[1] Telephone LineSetting**** (Cont.)

Number of RX CallRings**** (Cont.)

Line MonitorSound****

Line MonitorSound Volume****

[2] FunctionSetting****

PC-FAX TX Set-ting****

Number DisplayFunction****

[3] Multi LinesSetting****

[4] Sender FaxNo.****

[9] SystemConnection*

[1] IS OpenAPISetting*

 Access Set-ting*

Port No.*

 Authentica-tion*

[3] Prefix/SuffixSetting*

[0] Security Set-ting ( p. 15-123 )

[1] Administra-tor Password

[2] User Box Ad-min. Setting***

[3]  Administrator

Security Level

[4] SecurityDetails

PasswordRules

Prohibit Func-tion When Auth. Error

Manual Desti-nation Input

[5] Enhanced Se-curity Mode****

[6] HDD Set-

ting***

[1] Check HDD

Capacity***

[2] TemporaryData OverwriteSetting***

[3] Overwrite All Data***

[4] HDD LockPassword***

Page 560: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 560/688

15 Utility <Administrator Setting>

15-16 bizhub 500/420

Utility<

AdministratorSetting>

Chapter15

[3] Administrator Set-ting (Cont.)

[0] Security Set-ting (Cont.)

[6] HDD Set-ting*** (Cont.)

[5] HDD For-matting***

[7] ManagementFunction Set-ting*

[3] NetworkFunction Set-ting*

Page 561: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 561/688

Utility <Administrator Setting> 15

bizhub 500/420 15-17

   U   t   i   l   i   t  y  <

   A   d  m   i  n   i  s   t  r  a   t  o  r   S  e   t   t   i  n  g  >

   C   h  a  p   t  e  r   1   5

15.1.2 Function List of Administrator Setting

 As for the function list of User Setting, see Section 14.

Setting Item/Description Default

1 System Setting

1 Power Save Setting (Level 1)

Low Power Mode SettingSpecify the interval of time to elapse before the ma-chine automatically operates Low Power.1 to 240 min. in 1 min. increments

15 min. (bizhub 500)1 min. (bizhub 420)

Sleep Mode SettingSpecify the interval of time to elapse before the ma-chine automatically operates Sleep.1 to 240 min. in 1 min. increments

90 min. (bizhub 500)15 min. (bizhub 420)

Power Save KeySelect either Low Power or Sleep as Power Savefunction.Low Power/Sleep

Low Power

2 Output Setting

1 Print/Fax Output Settings**Specify the settings for printer/fax function.For details, refer to the IC-204 User’s Guide.

2 Output Tray Setting (Level 2)• CopySpecify the output tray to be used as default for cop-ying.Tray 1/Tray 2/Tray 3• PrintSpecify the output tray to be used as default for print-ing.Tray 1/Tray 2/Tray 3• ReportsSpecify the output tray to be used as default for re-ports.Tray 1/Tray 2/Tray 3• FaxSpecify the output tray to be used as default for fac-simile.

Tray 1/Tray 2/Tray 3

Copy: Tray 1Print: Tray 1Reports: Tray 2Fax: Tray 2

4 Offset Each Job SettingSelect whether or not printed copies are fed out shift-ed while a finisher FS-510/FS-511 is installed.ON/OFF

ON

3 Date/Time SettingSet the current date, time, and also the time difference(Time Zone) for the internal clock of the machine.Current TimeTime Zone: -12:00 to 13:00 in 30 min. increments

00:00

Page 562: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 562/688

15 Utility <Administrator Setting>

15-18 bizhub 500/420

Utility<

AdministratorSetting>

Chapter15

4 Daylight Saving Time SettingSelect whether or not to use the summer time (daylight-saving time) for the internal clock of the machine, and alsospecify the minutes to gain.ON/OFF

1 to 150 min. in 1 min. increments

OFF60 min.

5 Weekly Timer Setting

1 Weekly Timer ON/OFF SettingEnable or disable the Weekly Timer.ON/OFF

OFF

2 Time SettingSet the on/off times in hours and minutes for eachday of the week.

- - -

3 Date SettingSet the timer on/off for a given day of a given month.

- - -

4 Select Time for Power SaveSelect whether or not to use off-time interval functionwhile the machine is turned on according to theWeekly Timer setting.ON/OFF

OFF

5 Password for Non-Business HoursSet a password to turn on the machine temporarilywhile the machine power is shut down by WeeklyTimer function.ON/OFF

OFF

6 Restrict User Access

1 Restrict Access to Saved Program JobsLock the registered jobs (programmed contents ofMode Memory) in order to prevent it from being de-leted during other store/delete operations.

- - -

2 Delete Saved Program JobsDelete the registered jobs (programmed contents ofMode Memory).

- - -

3 Restrict Access to Job Settings

Changing Job Priority Allow/Restrict to change the priority order in

printing. Allow/Restrict

 Allow

Deleting Other User’s Jobs Allow/Restrict to delete other user’s job whenuser authentication has been made on the ma-chine.

 Allow/Restrict

Restrict

Setting Item/Description Default

Page 563: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 563/688

Utility <Administrator Setting> 15

bizhub 500/420 15-19

   U   t   i   l   i   t  y  <

   A   d  m   i  n   i  s   t  r  a   t  o  r   S  e   t   t   i  n  g  >

   C   h  a  p   t  e  r   1   5

Registering and Changing Addresses Allow/Restrict to enter the address of recipientmanually on the Scanner Screen.

 Allow/Restrict

 Allow

Changing Zoom Ratio Allow/Restrict to alter already programmedmagnification ratios.

 Allow/Restrict

 Allow

Changing the “From” AddressSelect whether or not to allow the specifiedFrom Address to be changed.

 Allow/Restrict

 Allow

Changing Image OverlaySelect whether or not an image stored with the“Store Overlay” function can be deleted or over-written.

 Allow/Restrict

Restrict

4 Restrict Operation Setting

Restrict Fax BroadcastingSelect whether to prevent multiple recipientsfrom being specified for fax transmissions.ON/OFF

ON

7 Expert Adjustment

1 Original Image DensitySpecify the original image type and adjust the densi-ty.

• Function: Copy/Fax• Original Type: Text/Photo/Text Photo/Dot Matrix• Density Adjustment

Text/Photo: 0 (Light) ~ 5 (Dark): 3Text: 0 (Light) ~ 5 (Dark): 3Photo: 0 (Light) ~ 5 (Dark): 1Dot Matrix: 0 (Light) ~ 5 (Dark): 2

• Function: Copy• Original Type: Text/Photo• Density Adjustment

Text/Photo: 3Text: 3Photo: 1Dot Matrix: 2

2 Erase AdjustmentSpecify the conditions in operating the Non Image

 Area Erase function, and also specify the eraseamount of the ADF Frame Erase function.

Non Image Area Erase: Always/Only when AutoSize or ×1.0 is selected/Do Not Erase when ×1.0is selected

Do Not Erase when ×1.0 isselected

Non Image Area Erase Setting: Auto/Specify• How to Erase: Diagonal Erase/Square Erase• Original Density: 1 (Light) ~ (Dark)

Specify• How to Erase: Square

Erase• Original Density: 3 (Std.)

 ADF Frame Erase: 0 to 5 mm in 1 mm incre-ments

3 mm

3 Finisher Adjustment

1 Center Staple Position Adjust the dislocation of the center staple posi-tion on each paper size.-5.0 to 5.0 mm in 0.5 mm increments

0.0 mm

Setting Item/Description Default

Page 564: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 564/688

15 Utility <Administrator Setting>

15-20 bizhub 500/420

Utility<

AdministratorSetting>

Chapter15

2 Half-Fold Position Adjust the dislocation of half-fold position oneach paper size.-5.0 to 5.0 mm in 0.5 mm increments

0.0 mm

3 Punch Horizontal Position Adjust the horizontal position of punch holes.-5.0 to 5.0 mm in 0.5 mm increments

0.0 mm

4 Punch Resist Loop Size Adjust the slanted punch position in double-sid-ed copies or in cover sheet.-4 to 4 mm in 1 mm increments

0 mm

8 List/Counter

1 Management ListPrint out the machine management lists.

- - -

2 Paper Size/Type CounterRegister up to nine combinations of paper size andtype to be counted.

- - -

9 Reset Setting

1 System Auto ResetSet the machine to automatically switch to the select-ed priority mode after specified period of machine in-activity.• Priority Mode: Copy/Scan• System Auto Reset Time: 1-9 min./OFF

Priority Mode: CopySystem Auto Reset Time:1 min.

2 Auto Reset

Set the machine to restore the default copier/scannersettings when the specified period of time haselapsed without any operation on the touch panel orcontrol panel made.• Copy: 1-9 min./OFF• Scan: 1-9 min./OFF

Copy: 1 min.

Scan: 1 min.

3 Job Reset

When Account is changedSelect whether or not to initialize the settingscurrently specified when the machine takes itthat the user has changed.Reset/Do Not Reset

Reset

When Originals Set on ADFSelect whether or not to initialize the settingscurrently specified when original document isloaded into the ADF.Reset/Do Not Reset

Do Not Reset

When NEXT JOB is selectedSelect the settings to be initialized each time asingle job has been completed.• Staple Setting: ON/OFF• Original Set/Bind Direction: ON/OFF• Reset Data After Job: ON/OFF

Staple Setting: OFFOriginal Set/Bind Direction:OFFReset Data After Job: ON

Setting Item/Description Default

Page 565: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 565/688

Utility <Administrator Setting> 15

bizhub 500/420 15-21

   U   t   i   l   i   t  y  <

   A   d  m   i  n   i  s   t  r  a   t  o  r   S  e   t   t   i  n  g  >

   C   h  a  p   t  e  r   1   5

4 System Auto Reset of Proof CopySelect whether or not to initialize the settings current-ly specified when a job is stopped for proof copying.ON/OFF

2 Administrator/Machine Setting

1 Administrator RegistrationRegister an administrator name, extension number, and e-mail address.Name/Extension No./E-Mail/Address

2 Input Machine AddressRegister the name and e-mail address of the machine.Machine Name/E-Mail

4 Use Authentication/Account Track

1 Authentication Method

Specify User Authentication, Public User Access, AccountTrack, Account Track Input Method, When # of JobsReach Maximum, Synchronize User Authentication & Ac-count Track, and # of Counters Assigned for Users set-tings.• User Authentication: OFF/ON (External Server)/ON

(MFP)• Public User Access: Restrict/Allow• Account Track: OFF/ON• Account Track Input Method: Account Name & Pass-

word/Password Only• Synchronize User Authentication & Account Track:

Synchronize/Do Not Synchronize

• # of Counters Assigned for Users: 1 to 99

• User Authentication: OFF

• Public User Access: Re-strict

• Account Track: OFF• Account Track Input Meth-

od: Account Name & Pass-word

• Synchronize User Authen-tication & Account Track:Do Not Synchronize

• # of Counters Assigned forUsers: 50

2 User Authentication Setting

1 Administrative Setting

User Name ListSpecify whether or not to display the User NameList.ON/OFF

Default Function PermissionIf external server authentication is enabled, thefollowing functions available to authenticated

users can be limited.• Copy: Allow/Restrict• Scan: Allow/Restrict• User Box: Allow/Restrict

• Copy: Allow• Scan: Allow• User Box: Allow

Public User keySelect whether or not the public user is authen-ticated with the user authentication screenwhen Public User Access on the General Set-tings Screen is set to Allow.Display/Do Not Display

Do Not Display

2 User RegistrationRegister/Change/Delete a user.

User Name/User Password/E-Mail Address/AccountTrack/Max. Allowance Set/Function Permission

Setting Item/Description Default

Page 566: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 566/688

15 Utility <Administrator Setting>

15-22 bizhub 500/420

Utility<

AdministratorSetting>

Chapter15

3 User CounterThe total print count/ copy count/ scan count of thefollowing modes can be checked for each user.Copy + Print/Copy/Scan

3 Account Track Setting

1 Account Track Registration Account names, passwords, and the maximumnumber of sheets for printing can be set for each ac-count using this machine.

 Account Name/Password/Max. Allowance Set

2 Account Track CounterThe total print count/ scan count of the followingmodes can be checked for each account.Copy + Print/Copy/Scan

4 Print without Authentication

Specify whether or not to allow unspecified users or ac-counts to print.

 Allow/Restrict

Restrict

5 Counter ListPrint the User Counter and the Account Track Counter.

- - -

6 Copier Setting

 Auto Zoom (Platen)Specify whether or not to enable Auto Zoom when makinga copy using the original glass.ON/OFF

OFF

 Auto Zoom (ADF)Specify whether or not to enable Auto Zoom when makinga copy using the ADF.ON/OFF

ON

Select Tray when APS OFFSpecify the tray to be selected when Auto Paper Select isreleased.Tray Before APS ON/Default Tray

Tray Before APS ON

Select Tray for Insert SheetSpecify the tray to be loaded with paper for Cover Modeand Insert Sheet functions.Tray 1/Tray 2/Tray 3/Tray 4/LCT Bypass

Tray 2

Image RotationWhen the trays contain only the paper size different fromthe original, rotate the image of the original and adjust tofit into the copying paper size.

 APS/AMS/ APS/AMS/ Reduce

 APS/AMS

Print Jobs During Copy OperationSpecify whether or not to accept print data while copy op-eration is in process.

 Accept/Receive Only/Do Not Accept

 Accept

Setting Item/Description Default

Page 567: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 567/688

Utility <Administrator Setting> 15

bizhub 500/420 15-23

   U   t   i   l   i   t  y  <

   A   d  m   i  n   i  s   t  r  a   t  o  r   S  e   t   t   i  n  g  >

   C   h  a  p   t  e  r   1   5

9 Security Setting

1 Administrator PasswordSet a new administrator password.

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

3 Administrator Security LevelSpecify the administrator settings to be allowed to generalusers.Level 1/Level 2/Prohibit

Prohibit

4 Security Details

Password RulesSelect whether or not to apply the password rules.Select ON to enhance the security.ON/OFF

OFF

Prohibit Functions when Auth. ErrorSelect the operations that are prohibited if user au-

thentication failed.• [Mode 1]:

Operations cannot be performed for a fixed lengthof time.

• [Mode 2]:Operations cannot be performed from the controlpanel if repeated authentication attempts can beset to between 1 and 5 times.If operation of the control panel is restricted, touch[Release], and then select the items whose opera-tion restrictions are cancelled.

• [User &Group]:Operations for user authentication and account

track• [Secure Print]:Operations for confidential documents

• [User Box]:Operations for password-protected boxes

• [SNMP]:Operations for SNMPv3 Write user authentication

Mode 1/Mode 2

Mode 1

Manual Destination InputSelect whether or not a recipient can be typed inmanually in a recipient screen.

 Allow/Restrict

 Allow

Print Data CaptureSelect whether or not data for a print job can be cap-tured. For details, refer to the IC-204 User’s Guide.

Setting Item/Description Default

Page 568: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 568/688

15 Utility <Administrator Setting>

15-24 bizhub 500/420

Utility<

AdministratorSetting>

Chapter15

Secure Document Access MethodThe operation method for confidential documentscan be viewed.If “Prohibit Functions when Auth. Error” to “Mode 1”,this parameter is set to “Mode 1”. If “Prohibit Func-

tions when Auth. Error” is set to “Mode 2”, this pa-rameter is set to “Mode 2”.• [Mode 1]:

Type in the ID and password for the confidentialdocument, and then select the document.

• [Mode 2]:Type in the ID for confidential document, and thentype in the password after the document is select-ed.

Mode 1/Mode 2

Mode 1

Restrict Fax TXSelect whether or not fax transmissions are prohibit-

ed.ON/OFF

ON

Manual Destination InputSelect whether or not to allow users to input the des-tination manually.

 Allow/Restrict

 Allow

7 Management Function Setting

3 Network Function SettingSome network functions can be restricted in use inorder to enhance the security.

 Allow/Disable

 Allow

Setting Item/Description Default

Page 569: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 569/688

Utility <Administrator Setting> 15

bizhub 500/420 15-25

   U   t   i   l   i   t  y  <

   A   d  m   i  n   i  s   t  r  a   t  o  r   S  e   t   t   i  n  g  >

   C   h  a  p   t  e  r   1   5

15.2 1 System Setting

15.2.1 1 Power Save Setting

Specify the interval of time to elapse before the machine automatically oper-ates Low Power and Sleep.Select either Low Power or Sleep as Power Save function to be activatedwhen the [Power Save] key on the control panel is pressed, and also selectwhether or not to immediately return to the power saving condition after re-ceiving a fax transmission during the Power Save mode.

To specify Power Save Setting

0 Low Power setting: 1 to 240 min. in 1 min. increments; factory default 15min. (bizhub 500)/ 1 min. (bizhub 420)

0 Low Power will not function if the period of time specified for Low Powerexceeds the Sleep setting.

0 Sleep setting: 1 to 240 min. in 1 min. increments; factory default 90 min.(bizhub 500)/ 15 min. (bizhub 420)

0 If the period of time selected for Sleep is longer than the Low Power set-ting, Low Power operates first, then Sleep will take it over.If the Sleep setting is shorter than the Low Power setting, Low Powerdoes not function while Sleep keeps operating.

Page 570: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 570/688

15 Utility <Administrator Setting>

15-26 bizhub 500/420

Utility<

AdministratorSetting>

Chapter15

1 Follow the procedure on page 15-2 to display the Administrator SettingScreen.

2 Touch [1 System Setting], then touch [1 Power Save Setting].

The Power Save Setting Screen will be displayed.

3 Select the interval of time to elapse before Low Power operates auto-matically.

– Touch [Low Power Mode Setting] to display the Low Power ModeSetting Screen.

Page 571: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 571/688

Utility <Administrator Setting> 15

bizhub 500/420 15-27

   U   t   i   l   i   t  y  <

   A   d  m   i  n   i  s   t  r  a   t  o  r   S  e   t   t   i  n  g  >

   C   h  a  p   t  e  r   1   5

Use the control panel keypad to enter the desired waiting period.

– Touch [OK] to complete the setting, or touch [Cancel] to restore theprevious setting. In either case, the Power Save Setting Screen will

be restored.

4 Select the interval of time to elapse before Sleep operates automatical-ly.

– Touch [Sleep Mode Setting] to display the Sleep Mode SettingScreen.

Use the control panel keypad to enter the desired waiting period.

– Touch [OK] to complete the setting, or touch [Cancel] to restore theprevious setting. In either case, the Power Save Setting Screen willbe restored.

Page 572: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 572/688

15 Utility <Administrator Setting>

15-28 bizhub 500/420

Utility<

AdministratorSetting>

Chapter15

5 Select the Power Save mode to be set manually when [Power Save] onthe control panel is pressed.

– Touch [Power Save Key].

Select [Low Power] or [Sleep] under “Job Setting” in the right sidearea of the screen.

Low Power selected: Energy saving condition will be entered withthe touch panel blacked out.Sleep selected: More energy can beconserved than Low Power. However, it takes longer to recover thestandby state because the machine needs warmup.

6 If further changes are required, touch the desired key.

2Note

The Low Power Mode Setting and Sleep Mode Setting can be accessed

also from the User Setting Screen if the Administrator Security Level in

the Administrator Setting is set to Level 1 or Level 2.

Page 573: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 573/688

Utility <Administrator Setting> 15

bizhub 500/420 15-29

   U   t   i   l   i   t  y  <

   A   d  m   i  n   i  s   t  r  a   t  o  r   S  e   t   t   i  n  g  >

   C   h  a  p   t  e  r   1   5

15.2.2 2 Output Setting>2 Output Tray Setting

Select the output tray of high priority for each job type (Copy, Print, and Re-ports).

To specify Output Tray Setting

1 Follow the procedure on page 15-2 to display the Administrator SettingScreen.

2 Touch [1 System Setting], [2 Output Setting], and then [2 Output TraySetting].

The Output Tray Setting Screen will be displayed.

Page 574: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 574/688

15 Utility <Administrator Setting>

15-30 bizhub 500/420

Utility<

AdministratorSetting>

Chapter15

3 Select the default output tray to be used in copy jobs.

– Touch [Copy], then select the desired tray number under Default inthe right side area of the screen.

4 Similarly, touch [Print], [Reports], and [Fax] to select the desired outputtray.

5 Touch [OK] to complete the setting.

– To cancel the change, touch [Cancel].In either case, the Output Setting Screen will be restored.

6 If further changes are required, touch the desired key.

2

Note

This setting is available on the condition that the machine is mounted

with the optional Finisher FS-510/FS-511 or Job Separator JS-502.

2

Note

The Output Tray Setting can be accessed also from the User SettingScreen if the Administrator Security Level in the Administrator Setting is

set to Level 2.

Page 575: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 575/688

Utility <Administrator Setting> 15

bizhub 500/420 15-31

   U   t   i   l   i   t  y  <

   A   d  m   i  n   i  s   t  r  a   t  o  r   S  e   t   t   i  n  g  >

   C   h  a  p   t  e  r   1   5

15.2.3 2 Output Selling >4 Offset Each Job Setting

Select whether or not printed copies are fed out shifted while a finisher FS-510/FS-511 is installed.

To specify Offset Each Job Setting

1 Follow the procedure on page 15-2 to display the Administrator SettingScreen.

2 Touch [1 System Setting], [2 Output Setting], and then [4 Offset EachJob Setting].

The Offset Each Job Setting Screen will be displayed.

3 Touch [ON] or [OFF] to highlight it.

Page 576: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 576/688

15 Utility <Administrator Setting>

15-32 bizhub 500/420

Utility<

AdministratorSetting>

Chapter15

The default setting is ON.

4 Touch [OK] to complete the setting.

– To cancel the change, touch [Cancel].

In either case, the System Setting Screen will be restored.

5 If further changes are required, touch the desired key.

Page 577: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 577/688

Utility <Administrator Setting> 15

bizhub 500/420 15-33

   U   t   i   l   i   t  y  <

   A   d  m   i  n   i  s   t  r  a   t  o  r   S  e   t   t   i  n  g  >

   C   h  a  p   t  e  r   1   5

15.2.4 3 Date/Time Setting

Set the current date, time, and also the time difference (Time Zone) for theinternal clock of the machine.

To specify Date/Time Setting

1 Follow the procedure on page 15-2 to display the Administrator SettingScreen.

2 Touch [1 System Setting], then touch [3 Date/Time Setting].

The Date/Time Setting Screen will be displayed.

Page 578: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 578/688

15 Utility <Administrator Setting>

15-34 bizhub 500/420

Utility<

AdministratorSetting>

Chapter15

3  Adjust the time for the internal clock of the machine.On the left side of the screen is indicated the current time in the orderof year, month, day, hour, and minute.

– Touch [Year] to highlight it, then enter the current year using the

control panel keypad.– Similarly, touch each key to highlight the digits before entering the

month, day, hour, and minute.

4 Set the Time Zone.This setting is provided in order to give the time difference informationwhen an e-mail is received.

– Use [+] and [–] in the Time Zone area to specify the time differencebetween the Universal time and the local time in the machine set-

ting area.Touching [+] will increase the time by 30 minutes, while [–] decreas-es by 30 minutes. (e.g. Touch [–] six times to display “-0300” for sixhours later than the Universal time.)

5 Touch [OK] to complete the setting.

– To cancel the change, touch [Cancel].In either case, the System Setting Screen will be restored.

6 If further changes are required, touch the desired key.

2

Note

The Date/Time Setting can be accessed also from the User Setting

Screen if the Administrator Security Level in the Administrator Setting is

set to Level 2.

Page 579: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 579/688

Utility <Administrator Setting> 15

bizhub 500/420 15-35

   U   t   i   l   i   t  y  <

   A   d  m   i  n   i  s   t  r  a   t  o  r   S  e   t   t   i  n  g  >

   C   h  a  p   t  e  r   1   5

15.2.5 4 Daylight Saving Time Setting

Select whether or not to use the summer time (daylight-saving time) for theinternal clock of the machine, and also specify the minutes to gain.The default setting for the summer time is OFF.

To specify Daylight Saving Time Setting

1 Follow the procedure on page 15-2 to display the Administrator SettingScreen.

2 Touch [1 System Setting], then touch [4 Daylight Saving Time Setting].

The Daylight Saving Time Setting Screen will be displayed.

Page 580: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 580/688

15 Utility <Administrator Setting>

15-36 bizhub 500/420

Utility<

AdministratorSetting>

Chapter15

3 Select whether or not to use the summer time.

The Daylight Saving Time function is initially deactivated.

– To activate this function, touch [ON] to highlight it.

4 Specify the time to gain.

– Use the control panel keypad to enter the desired amount of timefrom 1 to 150 minutes in 1 minute increments.Entered amount will be displayed on the right side of the screen.

5 Touch [OK] to complete the setting.

– To cancel the change, touch [Cancel].In either case, the System Setting Screen will be restored.

6 If further changes are required, touch the desired key.

2

Note

The Daylight Saving Time Setting can be accessed also from the User

Setting Screen if the Administrator Security Level in the Administrator

Setting is set to Level 2.

Page 581: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 581/688

Utility <Administrator Setting> 15

bizhub 500/420 15-37

   U   t   i   l   i   t  y  <

   A   d  m   i  n   i  s   t  r  a   t  o  r   S  e   t   t   i  n  g  >

   C   h  a  p   t  e  r   1   5

15.2.6 Weekly Timer Setting Outlines

The Weekly Timer is a function accessed only by the administrator that man-ages the machine as follows.- Specify the timer working day individually or weekly in Date Setting.- Specify the time to turn on/off the machine individually for each day of the

week in Time Setting.- Basically turn on and off the machine once a day. However, power saving

time can also be programmed once a day while the machine is poweredby Weekly Timer function.

-  A specific password can be set by the administrator and then used when[Power Save] on the control panel is pressed, in order to allow temporaryuse of the machine while power is shut down by Weekly Timer function.

The Weekly Timer is disabled as factory default.

Conditions required to use the Weekly Timer- The power plug is inserted into the wall socket.If the machine is unplugged, the Weekly Timer will not function while thesetting data such as on/off time will be kept stored.

- The main power switch and sub power switch are turned on.- The current date and time are correctly set.

Page 582: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 582/688

15 Utility <Administrator Setting>

15-38 bizhub 500/420

Utility<

AdministratorSetting>

Chapter15

15.2.7 5 Weekly Timer Setting>1 Weekly Timer ON/OFF Setting

Use this function to enable or disable the Weekly Timer.

To specify Weekly Timer ON/OFF Setting

1 Follow the procedure on page 15-2 to display the Administrator SettingScreen.

2 Touch [1 System Setting], [5 Weekly Timer Setting], and then [1 WeeklyTimer ON/OFF Setting].

The Weekly Timer ON/OFF Setting Screen will be displayed.

Page 583: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 583/688

Utility <Administrator Setting> 15

bizhub 500/420 15-39

   U   t   i   l   i   t  y  <

   A   d  m   i  n   i  s   t  r  a   t  o  r   S  e   t   t   i  n  g  >

   C   h  a  p   t  e  r   1   5

3 Touch [ON] or [OFF] to highlight it.The default setting is OFF.

– [ON]: Enables the Weekly Timer. With this setting ON, the machineshould be kept powered.

– [OFF]: Disables the Weekly Timer. Use the main power switch andsub power switch to turn on/off the machine.

4 Touch [OK] to complete the setting.

– To cancel the change, touch [Cancel].In either case, the Weekly Timer Setting Screen will be restored.

5 If further changes are required, touch the desired key.

15.2.8 5 Weekly Timer Setting>2 Time Setting

Use this function to set the on/off times in hours and minutes for each day ofthe week.

To specify Time Setting

0 If ON-time and OFF-time are the same, the power will not be turned on.

0 Setting on/off times will not turn on the power on that day. To turn on themachine power, specify the days to operate the timer in the next setting

(Date Setting).

1 Follow the procedure on page 15-2 to display the Administrator SettingScreen.

Page 584: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 584/688

15 Utility <Administrator Setting>

15-40 bizhub 500/420

Utility<

AdministratorSetting>

Chapter15

2 Touch [1 System Setting], [5 Weekly Timer Setting], and then [2 TimeSetting].

The Time Setting Screen will be displayed.

Page 585: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 585/688

Utility <Administrator Setting> 15

bizhub 500/420 15-41

   U   t   i   l   i   t  y  <

   A   d  m   i  n   i  s   t  r  a   t  o  r   S  e   t   t   i  n  g  >

   C   h  a  p   t  e  r   1   5

3 Specify the on/off times.

– Touch the key for the desired day to highlight it, then use the controlpanel keypad to enter a two-digit ON hour in terms of the 24-hourclock. (e.g. 14 for 2 p.m.)

Use the right arrow key to move the cursor to ON minute, then enterthe desired ON minute. (e.g. 07 for 7 min.)Similarly enter the OFF hour and OFF minute.

– If wrong number is entered, touch [Clear] to delete it, then enter thecorrect number.Press [C] (Clear) on the control panel to delete both ON and OFFtime of the selected day of the week.

– Touch [Setting for all timers] after entering both ON and OFF timeof one day to set the on/off time collectively.

4 Touch [OK] to complete the setting.

– To cancel the change, touch [Cancel].In either case, the Weekly Timer Setting Screen will be restored.

5 If further changes are required, touch the desired key.

Page 586: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 586/688

15 Utility <Administrator Setting>

15-42 bizhub 500/420

Utility<

AdministratorSetting>

Chapter15

15.2.9 5 Weekly Timer Setting>3 Date Setting

Use this function to set the timer on/off for a given day of a given month. Setthe on-off condition for specific days individually or collectively for all Mon-days through Sundays of the given month.

To specify Date Setting

1 Follow the procedure on page 15-2 to display the Administrator SettingScreen.

2 Touch [1 System Setting], [5 Weekly Timer Setting], and then [3 DateSetting].

The Date Setting Screen will be displayed.

Page 587: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 587/688

Utility <Administrator Setting> 15

bizhub 500/420 15-43

   U   t   i   l   i   t  y  <

   A   d  m   i  n   i  s   t  r  a   t  o  r   S  e   t   t   i  n  g  >

   C   h  a  p   t  e  r   1   5

3 Touch to highlight the key of the desired date of the calendar to acti-vate the timer on that day.

– Use the [–] and [+] keys to scroll to the desired year/month.

4 To collectively set the on/off data for the entire month by the day of theweek, use the keys under Daily Setting to switch on/off.

– Touch the bidirectional arrow key to switch ON/OFF indication ofthe keys beside the day to be specified, then touch it.Touching [ON] will highlight all corresponding dates of the calendar,while [OFF] will deselect them.Use up/down arrow keys to scroll to the desired day of the week, ifnot displayed.

5 Touch [OK] to complete the setting.

– To cancel the change, touch [Cancel].In either case, the Weekly Timer Setting Screen will be restored.

6 If further changes are required, touch the desired key.

2

Note

The default setting is ON for Mondays through Saturdays, and OFF forSundays.

Page 588: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 588/688

15 Utility <Administrator Setting>

15-44 bizhub 500/420

Utility<

AdministratorSetting>

Chapter15

15.2.105 Weekly Timer Setting>4 Select Time for Power Save

The Weekly Timer function turns the machine on and off once a day. Use Se-lect Time for Power Save to shut down the power and then turn it on againwhile the machine is turned on according to the Weekly Timer setting. Onlyone off-time interval can be programmed.The factory default of this setting is OFF.

To specify Select Time for Power Save

1 Follow the procedure on page 15-2 to display the Administrator SettingScreen.

2 Touch [1 System Setting], [5 Weekly Timer Setting], and then [4 SelectTime for Power Save].

The Select Time for Power Save Screen will be displayed.

Page 589: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 589/688

Utility <Administrator Setting> 15

bizhub 500/420 15-45

   U   t   i   l   i   t  y  <

   A   d  m   i  n   i  s   t  r  a   t  o  r   S  e   t   t   i  n  g  >

   C   h  a  p   t  e  r   1   5

3 To enable this function, touch [ON] to highlight it.

– Touch [Power Save Start Time] to highlight it, then enter the starttime using the control panel keypad.

– Similarly, touch [Power Save End Time] to highlight it, then enter the

end time using the control panel keypad.– With [OFF] selected, this function will be disabled.

4 Touch [OK] to complete the setting.

– To cancel the change, touch [Cancel].In either case, the Weekly Timer Setting Screen will be restored.

5 If further changes are required, touch the desired key.

Page 590: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 590/688

15 Utility <Administrator Setting>

15-46 bizhub 500/420

Utility<

AdministratorSetting>

Chapter15

15.2.11 5 Weekly Timer Setting>5 Password for Non-BusinessHours

Use this function to turn on the machine temporarily while the machine pow-er is shut down by Weekly Timer function. Establishing a password with thisfunction, you will be able to use the machine by entering the specified pass-word after [Power Save] on the control panel is pressed.

To specify Password for Non-Business Hours

1 Follow the procedure on page 15-2 to display the Administrator SettingScreen.

2 Touch [1 System Setting], [5 Weekly Timer Setting], and then [5 Pass-word for Non-Business Hours].

The Password for Non-Business Hours Screen will be displayed.

Page 591: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 591/688

Utility <Administrator Setting> 15

bizhub 500/420 15-47

   U   t   i   l   i   t  y  <

   A   d  m   i  n   i  s   t  r  a   t  o  r   S  e   t   t   i  n  g  >

   C   h  a  p   t  e  r   1   5

3 Select whether or not to allow the use of the machine during non-busi-ness hours.

– Touch [ON] or [OFF] in the left side area of the screen to highlight it.

4 Specify a password, if desired.

– Touch [Password] in the right side area of the screen.

The Password Creation Screen will be displayed.– Use the control panel keypad to enter the desired password.

Up to eight digits can be entered.

5 Touch [OK] to complete the setting.

– To cancel the change, touch [Cancel].In either case, the Weekly Timer Setting Screen will be restored.

6 If further changes are required, touch the desired key.

2

Note

If any password has not been specified, the temporary use of the ma- 

chine will be allowed by pressing [Power Save] on the control panel and

simply touching [OK] on the Password Entry Screen.

Page 592: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 592/688

15 Utility <Administrator Setting>

15-48 bizhub 500/420

Utility<

AdministratorSetting>

Chapter15

15.2.12 6 Restrict User Access>1 Restrict Access to Saved Pro-gram Jobs

Use this function to lock the registered jobs (programmed contents of ModeMemory) in order to prevent it from being deleted during other store/deleteoperations.

To specify Restrict Access to Saved Program Jobs

1 Follow the procedure on page 15-2 to display the Administrator SettingScreen.

2 Touch [1 System Setting], [6 Restrict User Access], and then [1 Restrict Access to Saved Program Jobs].

The Restrict Access to Saved Program Jobs Screen will be displayed.

Page 593: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 593/688

Utility <Administrator Setting> 15

bizhub 500/420 15-49

   U   t   i   l   i   t  y  <

   A   d  m   i  n   i  s   t  r  a   t  o  r   S  e   t   t   i  n  g  >

   C   h  a  p   t  e  r   1   5

3 Select the program to be locked.

– Touch the desired program key to highlight it.If more than one program is to be locked, continue touching the de-sired keys to highlight them all.

– To release the lock, touch the highlighted key to deselect it.

4 Touch [OK] to complete the setting.

– To cancel the change, touch [Cancel].In either case, the Restrict User Access Screen will be restored.

5 If further changes are required, touch the desired key.

Page 594: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 594/688

15 Utility <Administrator Setting>

15-50 bizhub 500/420

Utility<

AdministratorSetting>

Chapter15

15.2.13 6 Restrict User Access>2 Delete Saved Program Jobs

Use this function to delete the registered jobs (programmed contents ofMode Memory).

To specify Delete Saved Program Jobs

1 Follow the procedure on page 15-2 to display the Administrator SettingScreen.

2 Touch [1 System Setting], [6 Restrict User Access], and then [2 DeleteSaved Program Jobs].

The Delete Saved Program Jobs Screen will be displayed.

Page 595: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 595/688

Utility <Administrator Setting> 15

bizhub 500/420 15-51

   U   t   i   l   i   t  y  <

   A   d  m   i  n   i  s   t  r  a   t  o  r   S  e   t   t   i  n  g  >

   C   h  a  p   t  e  r   1   5

3 Touch to highlight the job to be deleted, then touch [Delete].

The selected job will be deleted with the name on that key and highlightalso cleared.

4 If further changes are required, touch the desired key.

2

Note

 All registered jobs are subject to this deleting procedure, irrespective of

the lock indication. Note that the job once deleted cannot be recalled.

Up to 30 jobs can be stored. Use up/down arrow keys to scroll to the de- 

sired job.

15.2.14 6 Restrict User Access>3 Restrict Access to Job Settings

Select whether or not to allow the users to change the following job settings.

Changing Job Priority: Allow/Restrict to change the priority order in printing.Deleting Other User’s Jobs: Allow/Restrict to delete other user’s job whenuser authentication has been made on the machine.Registering and Changing Addresses: Allow/Restrict to enter the address ofrecipient manually on the Scanner Screen.

Changing Zoom Ratio: Allow/Restrict to alter already programmed magnifi-cation ratios.

Changing the “From” Address: Allow/ Restrict to change From Address.Changing Image Overlay: Allow/Restrict to delete an image stored.

To specify Restrict Access to Job Settings

1 Follow the procedure on page 15-2 to display the Administrator SettingScreen.

Page 596: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 596/688

15 Utility <Administrator Setting>

15-52 bizhub 500/420

Utility<

AdministratorSetting>

Chapter15

2 Touch [1 System Setting], [6 Restrict User Access], and then [3 Restrict Access to Job Settings].

The Restrict Access to Job Settings Screen will be displayed.

Page 597: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 597/688

Utility <Administrator Setting> 15

bizhub 500/420 15-53

   U   t   i   l   i   t  y  <

   A   d  m   i  n   i  s   t  r  a   t  o  r   S  e   t   t   i  n  g  >

   C   h  a  p   t  e  r   1   5

3 Touch the desired item to highlight it, then select [Allow] or [Restrict] inthe right side area of the screen.

4 If further changes are required, touch the desired key.

Page 598: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 598/688

15 Utility <Administrator Setting>

15-54 bizhub 500/420

Utility<

AdministratorSetting>

Chapter15

15.2.15 7 Expert Adjustment>1 Original Image Density 

Shift the nine density levels that can be selected manually on the BasicScreen to three levels lighter or three levels darker.

This function can be applied to each of three original image types (Photo,

Text, Dot Matrix) in addition to the regular setting (Text/Photo).

To specify Original Image Density 

1 Follow the procedure on page 15-2 to display the Administrator SettingScreen.

2 Touch [1 System Setting], [7 Expert Adjustment], and then [1 OriginalImage Density].

The Original Image Density Screen will be displayed.

Page 599: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 599/688

Utility <Administrator Setting> 15

bizhub 500/420 15-55

   U   t   i   l   i   t  y  <

   A   d  m   i  n   i  s   t  r  a   t  o  r   S  e   t   t   i  n  g  >

   C   h  a  p   t  e  r   1   5

3 Touch either [Copy] or [Fax] under Function in the left side area of thescreen.

4 Select the original type to be adjusted in the center of the screen, then

touch [Light] or [Dark] in the right side area of the screen to specify thedesired adjustment level.

– Repeat this step to make an adjustment for each original type.

5 Touch [OK] to complete the setting.

– To cancel the change, touch [Cancel].In either case, the Expert Adjustment Screen will be restored.

6 If further changes are required, touch the desired key.

2

Note

The Original Image Density can be accessed also from the User Setting

Screen if the Administrator Security Level in the Administrator Setting is

set to Level 2.

Page 600: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 600/688

15 Utility <Administrator Setting>

15-56 bizhub 500/420

Utility<

AdministratorSetting>

Chapter15

15.2.16 7 Expert Adjustment>2 Erase Adjustment

Specify the conditions in operating the Non Image Area Erase function, andalso specify the erase amount of the ADF Frame Erase function.

To specify Erase Adjustment

1 Follow the procedure on page 15-2 to display the Administrator SettingScreen.

2 Touch [1 System Setting], [7 Expert Adjustment], and then [2 Erase Ad- justment].

The Erase Adjustment Screen will be displayed.

Page 601: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 601/688

Utility <Administrator Setting> 15

bizhub 500/420 15-57

   U   t   i   l   i   t  y  <

   A   d  m   i  n   i  s   t  r  a   t  o  r   S  e   t   t   i  n  g  >

   C   h  a  p   t  e  r   1   5

3 Select the condition to operate the Non Image Area Erase function.

– Touch [Non Image Area Erase] to display the Non Image Area EraseScreen.

– Select the desired condition to operate this function.

[Always]: No condition is specified.

[Only when Auto Size or ×1.0 is selected]: Operates only when AutoSize or ×1.0 magnification ratio is selected.[Do Not Erase when ×1.0 is selected]: Operates when any magnifi-cation ratio except ×1.0 is specified.

– Touch [OK] to complete the setting.To cancel the change, touch [Cancel]. In either case, the Non Image Area Erase Screen will be restored.

Page 602: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 602/688

15 Utility <Administrator Setting>

15-58 bizhub 500/420

Utility<

AdministratorSetting>

Chapter15

4 Select the desired operation of Non Image Area Erase function.

– Touch [Non Image Area Erase Setting] to display the Non Image Area Erase Setting Screen.

– Select the desired machine operation of this function.

[Auto]: Erases automatically.[Specify]: Erase type and original density specified on this screenwill be applied. Five levels are provided to adjust the original densi-ty.

– Specify the erase type and original density.Touch either [Diagonal Erase] or [Square Erase] to highlight it.To specify the original density level, touch [Light] or [Dark] to high-light the desired level. Touch [Std.] to restore the standard level.

– Touch [OK] to complete the setting.To cancel the change, touch [Cancel]. In either case, the Non Image Area Erase Screen will be restored.

Page 603: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 603/688

Utility <Administrator Setting> 15

bizhub 500/420 15-59

   U   t   i   l   i   t  y  <

   A   d  m   i  n   i  s   t  r  a   t  o  r   S  e   t   t   i  n  g  >

   C   h  a  p   t  e  r   1   5

5 Select the condition to operate the ADF Frame Erase function.Select whether or not to operate this function whenever using ADF, andalso specify the erase amount.

– Touch [ADF Frame Erase] to highlight it, then specify the desired

erase amount using [+] and [–] under Job Setting in the right sidearea of the screen. Available range is 1 to 5 mm. Over 5 mm of the erase amount can-not be specified.

– To disable this function, specify 0 mm as erasure amount.– This setting will be valid just after specified.

6 If further changes are required, touch the desired key.

15.2.17 7 Expert Adjustment>3 Finisher Adjustment

Use this function to make the following adjustments for finisher options.

 Adjustment menu items may differ depending upon the configuration of themachine options being installed.

To specify Finisher Adjustment

0 Perform Center Staple Position and Half-Fold Position for the machinewith Finisher FS-510 and Saddle stitcher SD-502 installed.

0 Perform Punch Horizontal Position and Punch Resist Loop Size for themachine with Finisher FS-510 and Punch unit PU-501 installed, or for themachine with Finisher FS-511 installed.

0 Follow the steps as 1-2-3-7-8 for making Center Staple Position.Follow the steps as 1-2-4-7-8 for making Half-Fold Position.Follow the steps as 1-2-5-7-8 for making Punch Horizontal Position.Follow the steps as 1-2-6-7-8 for making Punch Resist Loop Size.

1 Follow the procedure on page 15-2 to display the Administrator Setting

Screen.

Page 604: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 604/688

15 Utility <Administrator Setting>

15-60 bizhub 500/420

Utility<

AdministratorSetting>

Chapter15

2 Touch [1 System Setting], [7 Expert Adjustment], and then [3 Finisher Adjustment].

The Finisher Adjustment Screen will be displayed.

Page 605: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 605/688

Utility <Administrator Setting> 15

bizhub 500/420 15-61

   U   t   i   l   i   t  y  <

   A   d  m   i  n   i  s   t  r  a   t  o  r   S  e   t   t   i  n  g  >

   C   h  a  p   t  e  r   1   5

3  Adjust the dislocation of staple position on each paper size, referring toa sample copy made by using Fold & Staple mode.

– Touch [1 Center Staple Position] to display the Center Staple Posi-

tion Screen.– Select the paper size to be adjusted, then touch [Test Copy].

The Test Copy Screen will be displayed.– Press [Start] to make a sample copy. When completed, touch

[Close] to return to the Center Staple Position Screen.– Compare the page widths of left and right pages to check the cent-

er line of the sample copy. Change the adjustment value if satisfac-tory result is not obtained.Touch [+] to enter the adjustment value if the staple position is offthe center to the right. (Range: 0.5 mm ~ 5.0 mm)

Contrary, touch [–] if it is off the center to the left. (Range: –0.5 mm~ –5.0 mm)

– Repeat this procedure until a satisfactory result is obtained.

Page 606: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 606/688

15 Utility <Administrator Setting>

15-62 bizhub 500/420

Utility<

AdministratorSetting>

Chapter15

4  Adjust the dislocation of fold position on each paper size, referring to asample copy made by using Half-Fold mode.

– Touch [2 Half-Fold Position] to display the Half-Fold PositionScreen.

– Select the paper size to be adjusted, then touch [Test Copy].The Test Copy Screen will be displayed.

– Press [Start] to make a sample copy. When completed, touch[Close] to return to the Half-Fold Position Screen.

– Compare the page widths of left and right pages to check the cent-er line of the sample copy. Change the adjustment value if satisfac-tory result is not obtained.Touch [+] to enter the adjustment value if the fold position is off thecenter to the right. (Range: 0.5 mm ~ 5.0 mm)Contrary, touch [–] if it is off to the left. (Range: –0.5 mm ~ –5.0 mm)

– Repeat this procedure until a satisfactory result is obtained.

Page 607: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 607/688

Utility <Administrator Setting> 15

bizhub 500/420 15-63

   U   t   i   l   i   t  y  <

   A   d  m   i  n   i  s   t  r  a   t  o  r   S  e   t   t   i  n  g  >

   C   h  a  p   t  e  r   1   5

5  Adjust the horizontal position of punch holes, referring to a samplecopy made by using Punch mode.

– Touch [3 Punch Horizontal Position] to display the Punch HorizontalPosition Screen.

– Touch [Test Copy].The Test Copy Screen will be displayed.

– Press [Start] to make a sample copy. When completed, touch[Close] to return to the Punch Horizontal Position Screen.

– Check the hole positions of the sample copy. Change the adjust-ment value if satisfactory result is not obtained.Touch [+] to increase the adjustment value for shifting the hole po-sitions to the right. (Range: 0.5 mm ~ 5.0 mm)Contrary, touch [–] if it is off to the left. (Range: –0.5 mm ~ –5.0 mm)

– Repeat this procedure until a satisfactory result is obtained.

6  Adjust the Punch Resist Loop Size, i.e., the slanted punch position indouble-sided copies or in cover sheet, referring to a sample copy madeby using Punch mode.

– Touch [4 Punch Resist Loop Size] to display the Punch Resist LoopSize Screen.

Page 608: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 608/688

15 Utility <Administrator Setting>

15-64 bizhub 500/420

Utility<

AdministratorSetting>

Chapter15

– Select the menu item to be adjusted, then touch [Test Copy].The Test Copy Screen will be displayed.

– Press [Start] to make a sample copy. When completed, touch[Close] to return to the Punch Resist Loop Size Screen.

– Check the hole positions of the sample copy.Touch [+] or [–] to change the adjustment value if satisfactory resultis not obtained.Too much adjustment value may cause a fold at the end of paper.

– Repeat this procedure until a satisfactory result is obtained.

7 Touch [OK] to complete the setting.

– To cancel the change, touch [Cancel].In either case, the Expert Adjustment Screen will be restored.

8 If further changes are required, touch the desired key.

Page 609: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 609/688

Utility <Administrator Setting> 15

bizhub 500/420 15-65

   U   t   i   l   i   t  y  <

   A   d  m   i  n   i  s   t  r  a   t  o  r   S  e   t   t   i  n  g  >

   C   h  a  p   t  e  r   1   5

15.2.18 8 List/Counter>1 Management List

Use this function to print out the machine management lists.

To specify Management List

1 Follow the procedure on page 15-2 to display the Administrator SettingScreen.

2 Touch [1 System Setting], [8 List/Counter], and then [1 ManagementList].

The Management List Screen will be displayed.

Page 610: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 610/688

15 Utility <Administrator Setting>

15-66 bizhub 500/420

Utility<

AdministratorSetting>

Chapter15

3 Touch the desired list key.

– On the subsequent screen, select paper and simplex/duplex forprinting the list, then press [Start] on the control panel.To suspend printing, press [Stop].

4 Touch [Close] repeatedly to return to the List/Counter Screen.If further changes are required, touch the desired key.

Page 611: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 611/688

Utility <Administrator Setting> 15

bizhub 500/420 15-67

   U   t   i   l   i   t  y  <

   A   d  m   i  n   i  s   t  r  a   t  o  r   S  e   t   t   i  n  g  >

   C   h  a  p   t  e  r   1   5

15.2.19 8 List/Counter>2 Paper Size/Type Counter

Use this function to register up to ten combinations of paper size and type tobe counted.

To specify Paper Size/Type Counter

1 Follow the procedure on page 15-2 to display the Administrator SettingScreen.

2 Touch [1 System Setting], [8 List/Counter], and then [2 Paper Size/TypeCounter].

The Paper Size/Type Counter Screen will be displayed.

Page 612: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 612/688

15 Utility <Administrator Setting>

15-68 bizhub 500/420

Utility<

AdministratorSetting>

Chapter15

3 Touch the number to clear the counter or change the setting.

4 Touch [Change Setting] to change the setting.

– Touch the desired paper type key to highlight it.

– Touch change the paper size, touch [Paper Size] and then touch thedesired paper size key to highlight it.

Page 613: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 613/688

Utility <Administrator Setting> 15

bizhub 500/420 15-69

   U   t   i   l   i   t  y  <

   A   d  m   i  n   i  s   t  r  a   t  o  r   S  e   t   t   i  n  g  >

   C   h  a  p   t  e  r   1   5

– Touch [OK], to display the Confirmation Screen.Touch [Yes].To cancel the change, touch [No].

5 Touch [Clear Counter] to clear the counter.– The Confirmation Screen will be displayed.– Touch [Yes] to clear the counter.

To cancel the clearance, touch [No].

15.2.209 Reset Setting > 1 System Auto Reset

The machine can be set to automatically switch to the specified prioritymode (Copy or Scan) after a certain period of machine inactivity.

This function is referred to as System Auto Reset.Use this setting to specify the priority mode and period of time to be elapsedbefore the touch panel displays the priority mode screen. According to the factory default, the machine will switch to the Copy modewith Basic Screen displayed after one minute of machine inactivity.

To specify System Auto Reset

1 Follow the procedure on page 15-2 to display the Administrator Setting

Screen.

Page 614: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 614/688

15 Utility <Administrator Setting>

15-70 bizhub 500/420

Utility<

AdministratorSetting>

Chapter15

2 Touch [1 System Setting], [9 Reset Setting], and then [1 System AutoReset].

The System Auto Reset Screen will be displayed.

3 Select the desired priority mode in the left side area of the screen.Touch [Copy], [Scan], or [Fax] to highlight it.In the right side area of the screen, specify the period of time beforeSystem Auto Reset is activated. Select the desired time from 1 to 9minutes.

Page 615: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 615/688

Utility <Administrator Setting> 15

bizhub 500/420 15-71

   U   t   i   l   i   t  y  <

   A   d  m   i  n   i  s   t  r  a   t  o  r   S  e   t   t   i  n  g  >

   C   h  a  p   t  e  r   1   5

When touching [OFF] to highlight it, System Auto Reset is not activat-ed.

4 Touch [OK] to complete the setting.

– To cancel the change, touch [Cancel].In either case, the Reset Setting Screen will be restored.

5 If further changes are required, touch the desired key.

2

Note

With OFF selected for System Auto Reset function, the Enlarge Display

mode will not be released, while User Authentication/ Account Track

function will be cancelled in one minute.

15.2.219 Reset Setting > 2 Auto Reset

 Auto Reset is the function to automatically restore the copier/scanner set-tings specified as initial setting when the specified period of time has elapsedwithout any operation on the touch panel or control panel made.

Use this setting mode to specify the period of time to be elapsed before Auto

Reset is activated. According to the factory default, the machine will activate Auto Reset in oneminute.

To specify Auto Reset

1 Follow the procedure on page 15-2 to display the Administrator SettingScreen.

Page 616: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 616/688

15 Utility <Administrator Setting>

15-72 bizhub 500/420

Utility<

AdministratorSetting>

Chapter15

2 Touch [1 System Setting], [9 Reset Setting], and then [2 Auto Reset].

The Auto Reset Screen will be displayed.

3 Touch [Input] in each area of Copy, Scan, and Fax, then use the controlpanel keypad to enter the desired period of time to be elapsed before Auto Reset is activated.

Page 617: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 617/688

Utility <Administrator Setting> 15

bizhub 500/420 15-73

   U   t   i   l   i   t  y  <

   A   d  m   i  n   i  s   t  r  a   t  o  r   S  e   t   t   i  n  g  >

   C   h  a  p   t  e  r   1   5

When touching [OFF] to highlight it, Auto Reset for each is not activat-ed.

4 Touch [OK] to complete the setting.

– To cancel the change, touch [Cancel].In either case, the Reset Setting Screen will be restored.

5 If further changes are required, touch the desired key.

Page 618: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 618/688

15 Utility <Administrator Setting>

15-74 bizhub 500/420

Utility<

AdministratorSetting>

Chapter15

15.2.22 9 Reset Setting > 3 Job Reset

Select whether or not to initialize the settings currently specified when themachine takes it that the user has changed or original document is loadedinto the ADF.

 Also, select the copy condition to be initialized each time a single job hasbeen completed. The following settings are provided.Staple Setting: Initializes specified conditions in Staple mode.Original Set Bind Direction: Initializes specified conditions in Original Direc-tion and Margin.Reset Data After Job: Initializes all copy conditions specified for the complet-ed job.

2

NoteThis machine considers the following cases as user change (When Ac- 

count is Changed): 

- When the optional key counter or magnetic card of the data controller

is removed.

- When [Access] is pressed after the User Authentication/ Account Track

setting has once been performed.

To specify Job Reset

1 Follow the procedure on page 15-2 to display the Administrator SettingScreen.

Page 619: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 619/688

Utility <Administrator Setting> 15

bizhub 500/420 15-75

   U   t   i   l   i   t  y  <

   A   d  m   i  n   i  s   t  r  a   t  o  r   S  e   t   t   i  n  g  >

   C   h  a  p   t  e  r   1   5

2 Touch [1 System Setting], [9 Reset Setting], and then [3 Job Reset].

The Job Reset Screen will be displayed.

3 Specify the reset setting for account change.

– Touch [When Account is changed] to display the setting menu onthe right side of the screen.

Page 620: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 620/688

15 Utility <Administrator Setting>

15-76 bizhub 500/420

Utility<

AdministratorSetting>

Chapter15

– Select [Reset] to initialize the current settings and to clear the cur-rent account and password when key counter is removed.

4 Specify the reset setting for original change.

Select whether or not to initialize the previous job settings when origi-nal document is loaded into the ADF.

– Touch [When Original is set on ADF] to display the setting menu onthe right side of the screen.

– Select [Reset] to initialize the previous job settings when original isloaded into the ADF. Copy settings are to be made each time theoriginal document is loaded into the ADF.

5 Specify the setting for job change.Select whether or not to release the Staple Setting and Original Set/ Bind Direction, and to reset all the setting data after completion of each job.

– Touch [When NEXT JOB is selected] to display the Next JobScreen.

– Touch the key to be specified. The setting menu will be displayedon the right side of the screen.Select either [ON] or [OFF] for each.

6 If further changes are required, touch the desired key.

Page 621: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 621/688

Utility <Administrator Setting> 15

bizhub 500/420 15-77

   U   t   i   l   i   t  y  <

   A   d  m   i  n   i  s   t  r  a   t  o  r   S  e   t   t   i  n  g  >

   C   h  a  p   t  e  r   1   5

15.2.23 9 Reset Setting>4 System Auto Reset of Proof Copy 

Select whether or not to initialize the settings currently specified when a jobis stopped for proof copying.

To specify System Auto Reset of Proof Copy 

1 Follow the procedure on page 15-2 to display the Administrator SettingScreen.

2 Touch [1 System Setting], [9 Reset Setting], and then [4 System AutoReset of Proof Copy].

The System Auto Reset of Proof Copy Screen will be displayed.

3 Select either [ON] or [OFF].

Page 622: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 622/688

15 Utility <Administrator Setting>

15-78 bizhub 500/420

Utility<

AdministratorSetting>

Chapter15

4 Touch [OK] to complete the setting.

– To cancel the change, touch [Cancel].In either case, the Reset Setting Screen will be restored.

5 If further changes are required, touch the desired key.

Page 623: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 623/688

Utility <Administrator Setting> 15

bizhub 500/420 15-79

   U   t   i   l   i   t  y  <

   A   d  m   i  n   i  s   t  r  a   t  o  r   S  e   t   t   i  n  g  >

   C   h  a  p   t  e  r   1   5

15.3 2 Administrator/Machine Setting

15.3.1 1 Administrator Registration

Use this function to register an administrator name, extension number, ande-mail address to be displayed on the Help Screen.

To specify Administrator Registration

1 Follow the procedure on page 15-2 to display the Administrator SettingScreen.

2 Touch [2 Administrator/Machine Setting], then touch [1 AdministratorRegistration].

The Administrator Registration Screen will be displayed.

Page 624: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 624/688

15 Utility <Administrator Setting>

15-80 bizhub 500/420

Utility<

AdministratorSetting>

Chapter15

3 Enter an administrator name.

– Touch [Name] to display the Administrator Name Input Screen.

Use the touch panel keypad to register the administrator name. Upto eight characters including hyphen (-) can be entered.

– Touch [OK] to complete the setting and return to the previousscreen.

4 Enter the extension number of the administrator from the control panelkeypad. Five-digit number including a hyphen (-) can be entered.

– If the extension number is less than five digits, enter hyphens tomake it five. First entered hyphen will be indicated as a space in theHelp Screen.

– Entered number will be displayed from the last digit, and will shiftleftward as the next number is entered.

Page 625: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 625/688

Utility <Administrator Setting> 15

bizhub 500/420 15-81

   U   t   i   l   i   t  y  <

   A   d  m   i  n   i  s   t  r  a   t  o  r   S  e   t   t   i  n  g  >

   C   h  a  p   t  e  r   1   5

5 Enter the e-mail address of the administrator.

– Touch [E-Mail Address] to display the Administrator E-Mail AddressInput Screen will be displayed.

Use the touch panel keypad to enter the e-mail address of the ad-ministrator.

– Touch [OK] to complete the setting and return to the previousscreen.

6 Touch [OK] to complete the setting.

– To cancel the change, touch [Cancel].In either case, the Administrator/Machine Setting Screen will be re-stored.

7 If further changes are required, touch the desired key.

Page 626: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 626/688

15 Utility <Administrator Setting>

15-82 bizhub 500/420

Utility<

AdministratorSetting>

Chapter15

15.3.2 2 Input Machine Address

Use this function to register the name and e-mail address of the machine.The registered address can be used as one of the From address for scan jobsand for receiving e-mail to the machine’s box.

To specify Input Machine Address

1 Follow the procedure on page 15-2 to display the Administrator SettingScreen.

2 Touch [2 Administrator/Machine Setting], then touch [2 Input Machine Address].

The Input Machine Address Screen will be displayed.

Page 627: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 627/688

Utility <Administrator Setting> 15

bizhub 500/420 15-83

   U   t   i   l   i   t  y  <

   A   d  m   i  n   i  s   t  r  a   t  o  r   S  e   t   t   i  n  g  >

   C   h  a  p   t  e  r   1   5

3 Enter the machine name.

– Touch [Machine Name] to display the Machine Name Input Screen.

Use the touch panel keypad to enter the machine name. Up to eightcharacters including hyphen (-) can be entered.

– Touch [OK] to complete the setting and return to the previousscreen.

4 Touch [E-Mail] to display the Machine E-Mail Address Input Screen.

– Use the touch panel keypad to enter the e-mail address of the ma-chine.

– Touch [OK] to complete the setting and return to the previous

screen.

5 If further changes are required, touch the desired key.

Page 628: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 628/688

15 Utility <Administrator Setting>

15-84 bizhub 500/420

Utility<

AdministratorSetting>

Chapter15

15.4 4 User Authentication/Account Track

User authentication and account track settings can be specified to limit theuse of this machine.User authentication settings are specified to manage individuals, while ac-count track settings are specified to manage groups and multiple users.Specifying both user authentication and account track settings, the numberof prints made by each group can be managed along with each individual us-er.

User Authentication and Account Track

User authentication and account track can be used to specify the followingsettings.

- User authentication– Limits available functions (copy operations, scanning operations and

printing)– Counts printing/scanning made by each user– Limits the number of printing pages– Manages personal boxes owned by each user

-  Account track– Counts printing/scanning made from each account– Limits the number of printing pages

2

Reminder

It is recommended to distribute authentication number for both user and

account. If all numbers are assigned to one party, the other party cannot

use this authentication function.

!Detail

 A total of 100 users and accounts can be registered on this machine.

If authentication mode is enabled, the Authentication Screen will be dis- 

played while the machine is on standby. In order to use this machine, a

user name and password must be entered to clear the authentication.

For details, refer to “Making Authentication” on page 2-42 .

Page 629: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 629/688

Utility <Administrator Setting> 15

bizhub 500/420 15-85

   U   t   i   l   i   t  y  <

   A   d  m   i  n   i  s   t  r  a   t  o  r   S  e   t   t   i  n  g  >

   C   h  a  p   t  e  r   1   5

2

Note

The account track and user authentication settings can be specified sep- 

arately. Check the differences between these features, and then make

the appropriate setting.

Synchronizing user authentication and account track: 

This setup is suitable when the machine is jointly used by multiple depart- 

ments and every use of the machine by employees is to be managed also

in terms of each department. With this setup, totals can be maintained

not only on each employee (each user) but on each department (each ac- 

count).

Making user authentication and account track separately: 

This setup is suitable when the machine is used by multiple employeeswith each employee performing multiple duties, which are to be totalled

separately. With this setup, totals can be maintained on each employee

(each user) as well as on each duty of the employee (each account).

Page 630: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 630/688

15 Utility <Administrator Setting>

15-86 bizhub 500/420

Utility<

AdministratorSetting>

Chapter15

15.4.1 1 Authentication Method

To specify Authentication Method

When setting to use an external server for authentication, please give heedto the following.

0 When selecting [Active Directory] for user authentication setting, be sureto specify a specific password (one character or more); otherwise the au-thentication may not be performed successfully. Also, be sure to specify the IP address, subnet mask, priority DNS serverin the TCP/IP setting. For details of TCP/IP setting, refer to the User’sGuide <Network Scanner Operations>.

0 Do not use another user name of the same spelling distinguished by cap-ital letters. The machine cannot discriminate between capitals and smallletters, so that the authentication procedure may not be completed prop-erly.

0 “"” and “+” cannot be used in a password specified for the external serv-er.

0 Please contact your network administrator for details of operational con-ditions of the external server.

0 Specify the authentication using an external server according to your net-work environment.

0 Public User Access setting will be unavailable if user authentication is

disabled, or [Do Not Synchronize] is selected for Synchronize User Au-thentication & Account Track setting.

0  Account Track Input Method setting will be unavailable if Account Trackis set to OFF.

0 Synchronize User Authentication & Account Track and # of Counters As-signed for Users settings will be unavailable if User Authentication or Ac-count Track is set to OFF.

1 Follow the procedure on page 15-2 to display the Administrator SettingScreen.

Page 631: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 631/688

Utility <Administrator Setting> 15

bizhub 500/420 15-87

   U   t   i   l   i   t  y  <

   A   d  m   i  n   i  s   t  r  a   t  o  r   S  e   t   t   i  n  g  >

   C   h  a  p   t  e  r   1   5

2 Touch [4 User Authentication/Account Track], then touch [1 Authenti-cation Method].

The Authentication Method Screen will be displayed.

3 Make the User Authentication setting.

– Select [OFF] to disable user authentication, then proceed to step 5.Select [ON (MFP)] to use the authentication system of the machine,then proceed to step 5.To use the authentication system of external server, proceed to thenext step.

Page 632: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 632/688

15 Utility <Administrator Setting>

15-88 bizhub 500/420

Utility<

AdministratorSetting>

Chapter15

4 Make the authentication using an external server.

– Using Windows 2000 Server 

Touch [ON (External Server)] on the Authentication Method Screento display the External Server Authentication Screen.Touch [Active Directory] to display the Active Directory Screen.

Touch the desired registration key (1~20) to highlight it, and thentouch [Registration].

Enter the desired default domain name using the screen keypad.

– Using Windows NT 4.0 Server 

Touch [ON (External Server)], then touch [NTLMv1] or [NTLMv2].Touch [Default Domain Name] to enter the desired default domainname, complete the setting to return to the Authentication Method

Page 633: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 633/688

Utility <Administrator Setting> 15

bizhub 500/420 15-89

   U   t   i   l   i   t  y  <

   A   d  m   i  n   i  s   t  r  a   t  o  r   S  e   t   t   i  n  g  >

   C   h  a  p   t  e  r   1   5

Screen as described above, then proceed to the next step.

– Using NetWare 5.1, NetWare 6.0 

Touch [ON (External Server)], then touch [NDS].

Touch [Default NDS Tree Name] to specify the default NDS treename, and also touch [Default NDS Context Name] to specify thedefault NDS context name.

Complete the setting as described above, then proceed to the nextstep.

5 Make the Public User Access setting.

– Select [Restrict] to prohibit the nonregistered users from using themachine.Select [Allow] to permit the nonregistered users to use the machine.With this option selected, the machine does not ask a user to enterthe user name and password while the user authentication settingis active.

6 Make the Account Track setting.

– Select [ON] to activate, or [OFF] to deactivate the account track set-

ting.

7 Make the Account Track Input Method setting.

Page 634: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 634/688

15 Utility <Administrator Setting>

15-90 bizhub 500/420

Utility<

AdministratorSetting>

Chapter15

– Touch [Account Name & Password] or [Password Only] to highlightit.

8 Make the Synchronize User Authentication & Account Track setting.

– With [Synchronize] selected, required authentication procedurevaries depending on the authentication system to be used.Using external server, the first use of the machine will be availablewith making both user authentication and account track, and onlythe user name will be required from the second use.Using the authentication system of the machine (MFP), the machineuse will be available with making user authentication only.

– With [Do Not Synchronize] selected, the user authentication andaccount track setting will be required each time of the machine use.

9 Make the # of Counters Assigned for Users setting.

– If 50 counters are assigned, available number of account registrywill be 50.

– Press [C] (Clear), then enter the desired value from the control panelkeypad. (1 to 100)When making the user authentication and account track synchro-nize each other, the counters can be distributed to both users andaccounts, and the aggregate counts can be calculated.

10 Touch [OK] to complete the setting.

– To cancel the change, touch [Cancel].In either case, the User Authentication/Account Track Screen willbe restored.

11 If further changes are required, touch the desired key.

Page 635: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 635/688

Utility <Administrator Setting> 15

bizhub 500/420 15-91

   U   t   i   l   i   t  y  <

   A   d  m   i  n   i  s   t  r  a   t  o  r   S  e   t   t   i  n  g  >

   C   h  a  p   t  e  r   1   5

15.4.2 2 User Authentication Setting>1 Administrative Setting

User Name List 

If authentication mode is enabled, [List] can be displayed on the User Au-thentication Setting Screen and the User Registration Screen. When [List] istouched, user names registered in the unit will be displayed, so you can seta user name simply by selecting from the list.

Default Function Permission 

If external server authentication is enabled, functions available to authenti-cated users can be limited.

Public User Key 

Select whether or not the public user is authenticated with the user authen-tication screen “Public User Access” on the General Settings Screen is notto “Allow”.

The following functions are subject to restrictions.- Copy- Scan- Fax- Print (Print from printer)- Print (Modifying documents stored on the hard disk)- Print Scan/ Fax Form Box

To specify Administrative Setting0 User Registration setting will be unavailable if user authentication is dis-

abled

1 Follow the procedure on page 15-2 to display the Administrator SettingScreen.

Page 636: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 636/688

15 Utility <Administrator Setting>

15-92 bizhub 500/420

Utility<

AdministratorSetting>

Chapter15

2 Touch [4 User Authentication/Account Track], [2 User AuthenticationSetting], and then [1 Administrative Setting].

The Administrative Setting Screen will be displayed.

3 Touch [User Name List].

Page 637: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 637/688

Utility <Administrator Setting> 15

bizhub 500/420 15-93

   U   t   i   l   i   t  y  <

   A   d  m   i  n   i  s   t  r  a   t  o  r   S  e   t   t   i  n  g  >

   C   h  a  p   t  e  r   1   5

– Select either [ON] or [OFF] in the Job Setting at the right of thescreen.

4 Touch [Default Function Permission].

The Default Function Permission Screen will be displayed.

5 Select either [Allow] or [Restrict] for each function.

6 Touch [Public User Key].

– Select either [Display] or [Do not Display] in the Administrative Set-ting Screen.

7 If further changes are required, touch the desired key.

Page 638: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 638/688

15 Utility <Administrator Setting>

15-94 bizhub 500/420

Utility<

AdministratorSetting>

Chapter15

15.4.3 2 User Authentication Setting>2 User Registration

In this screen, you can allocate a user No. to each user, and register a username, password, account, print permission, maximum number of sheets forprinting, and available functions for each user No. You can also select a reg-istered user to change, reset, or delete data.

To specify User Registration

0  A total of 100 user authentications and account tracks can be registeredin this machine. For the machine mounted with HDD, a total of 1,000 canbe registered. Contact your service representative, if desired.

0 If public user is set to [Allow] in the Authentication Method, one Public ac-count will be added. You can also set function permission for the publicuser.

0 If account track is set to [ON] in Authentication Method, you can registeraccounts up to the number set in the counter assignment.

0 If external server authentication is enabled, it will be automatically regis-tered in User Registration. If it’s registered in advance, you can set func-tion permission.

0 If [Delete] is touched, selected user information will be deleted.

1 Follow the procedure on page 15-2 to display the Administrator SettingScreen.

Page 639: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 639/688

Utility <Administrator Setting> 15

bizhub 500/420 15-95

   U   t   i   l   i   t  y  <

   A   d  m   i  n   i  s   t  r  a   t  o  r   S  e   t   t   i  n  g  >

   C   h  a  p   t  e  r   1   5

2 Touch [4 User Authentication/Account Track], [2 User AuthenticationSetting], and then [2 User Registration].

The User Registration Screen will be displayed.

Page 640: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 640/688

15 Utility <Administrator Setting>

15-96 bizhub 500/420

Utility<

AdministratorSetting>

Chapter15

3 Touch up/down arrow keys on the User Registration Screen to displaythe desired user name box, and touch the key to select it. The UserRegistration Screen for that user will be displayed.

– To delete user registration, proceed to step 10.

4 Touch [User Name] to display the User Name screen, enter the username, and touch [OK].

– User names can be entered using up to 64 alphanumerical charac-ters.

5 Touch [User Password] to display the User Password Screen, enter apassword, and touch [OK].

– Passwords can be entered using up to 64 alphanumerical charac-ters.

– [User Password] will not be displayed if user authentication in the Authentication Method is set to ON (External Server).

6 Touch [E-Mail Address] to display the E-Mail Address Screen, enter ane-mail address, and touch [OK].

– If an e-mail address is 116 characters or longer, [Details] will be dis-played in User Registration Screen for that user. If you touch [De-

tails], an E-mail Address Details Screen will be displayed so thatyou can check the e-mail address.

Page 641: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 641/688

Utility <Administrator Setting> 15

bizhub 500/420 15-97

   U   t   i   l   i   t  y  <

   A   d  m   i  n   i  s   t  r  a   t  o  r   S  e   t   t   i  n  g  >

   C   h  a  p   t  e  r   1   5

7 Touch [Account Name] to display the Account Name Screen.

– Touch up/down arrow keys to display the desired account, select itand touch [OK].

– If Synchronize User Authentication & Account Track is set to [Syn-chronize], you can set the [Account Name].

8 Touch [Max. Allowance Set]. The Max Allowance Set Screen will bedisplayed. Select either [Limit] or [No Limit].

– If [Limit] is touched, enter a maximum number using the numericalkeypad, then touch [OK]. The maximum number will be set.

– If [All Users] is touched, current screen settings will be reflected toother user registrations. If [All Users] is touched and [OK] is touchedtwice, a data processing message will be displayed and themaximum allowance value is set for all users.

9 Touch [Function Permission]. The Function Permission Screen will bedisplayed.

– Select either [Allow] or [Restrict] for each function.

Page 642: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 642/688

15 Utility <Administrator Setting>

15-98 bizhub 500/420

Utility<

AdministratorSetting>

Chapter15

10 To delete user registration, follow the procedure below.

– Touch [Delete]. The Delete Confirmation popup menu will bedisplayed.

– Touch [Yes] to delete, or [No] to cancel. In either case, the UserRegistration Screen will be restored.

11 Touch [OK] to complete the setting.

– To cancel the change, touch [Cancel].In either case, the User Registration Screen will be restored.

12 Touch [Close] to return to the User Authentication Setting Screen.If further changes are required, touch the desired key.

Page 643: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 643/688

Utility <Administrator Setting> 15

bizhub 500/420 15-99

   U   t   i   l   i   t  y  <

   A   d  m   i  n   i  s   t  r  a   t  o  r   S  e   t   t   i  n  g  >

   C   h  a  p   t  e  r   1   5

15.4.4 2 User Authentication Setting>3 User Counter

The following items can be checked for each user.- Copy + Print

The total number of printed pages made with the copier and printer willbe displayed.Total: The total number of printed pages.Max Allowance: The maximum number of printed pages set in User Reg-istration.Large Size: The total number of printed pages using large size paper.Original Counter: The number of scanned sheets will be displayed.Paper Counter: The number of sheets used for printing will be displayed.

- CopyThe total number of printed pages made with the copier will be displayed.Total: The total number of printed pages made with the copier.

Large Size: The total number of printed pages made with the copier usinglarge size paper.

- PrinterThe total number of printed pages made with the printer will be displayed.Total: The total number of printed pages made with the printer.Large Size: The total number of printed pages made with the printer usinglarge size paper.

- ScannerTotal: The total number of sheets scanned and printed with the scanner.Large Size: The total number of sheets scanned and printed with the

scanner using large size paper.

To specify User Counter

0 When external server authentication is enabled, the user counter is auto-matically counted.

Page 644: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 644/688

15 Utility <Administrator Setting>

15-100 bizhub 500/420

Utility<

AdministratorSetting>

Chapter15

1 Follow the procedure on page 15-2 to display the Administrator SettingScreen.

2 Touch [4 User Authentication/Account Track], [2 User AuthenticationSetting], and then [3 User Counter].

The User Counter Screen will be displayed.

Page 645: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 645/688

Utility <Administrator Setting> 15

bizhub 500/420 15-101

   U   t   i   l   i   t  y  <

   A   d  m   i  n   i  s   t  r  a   t  o  r   S  e   t   t   i  n  g  >

   C   h  a  p   t  e  r   1   5

3 Touch the desired user key. The User Counter Screen for the user willbe displayed.

– If [Reset All Counters] on the User Counter Screen is touched, alluser counters will be cleared. If [Reset All Counters] is touched, the

confirmation screen will be displayed. If [Yes] on the confirmationscreen is touched, all user counters will be cleared. The maximumallowance value will not be cleared.

4 Touch the desired item to check the counter.

– If [Clear Counter] on the User Counter Screen for each user istouched, the counter for the displayed user will be cleared. If [ClearCounter] is touched, the confirmation screen will be displayed. If

[Yes] on the confirmation screen is touched, the counter for thedisplayed user will be cleared. The maximum allowance value willnot be cleared.

5 Touch [Close] to return to the User Authentication Setting Screen.

Page 646: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 646/688

15 Utility <Administrator Setting>

15-102 bizhub 500/420

Utility<

AdministratorSetting>

Chapter15

15.4.5 3 Account Track Setting>1 Account Track Registration

 Account names, passwords, and the maximum number of sheets for printingcan be set for each account using this machine.

This section describes an example of setting the account track authentica-

tion method to [Account Name & Password].

To specify Account Track Registration

1 Follow the procedure on page 15-2 to display the Administrator SettingScreen.

2 Touch [4 User Authentication/Account Track], [3 Account Track Set-ting], and then [1 Account Track Registration].

The Account Track Registration Screen will be displayed.

Page 647: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 647/688

Utility <Administrator Setting> 15

bizhub 500/420 15-103

   U   t   i   l   i   t  y  <

   A   d  m   i  n   i  s   t  r  a   t  o  r   S  e   t   t   i  n  g  >

   C   h  a  p   t  e  r   1   5

3 Touch the desired account key. The Account Track RegistrationScreen will be displayed.

– A total of 100 user authentications and account tracks can be reg-istered in this machine. If the machine is mounted with HDD, a total

of 1,000 can be registered. Contact your service representative, ifdesired.

4 Touch [Account Name]. The Account Name Entry Screen will bedisplayed.

– Enter an account name (up to 8 alphanumerical characters), andtouch [OK]. The account name will be set.

– If [Name] is displayed, enter an account name (maximum of 20 al-

phanumerical characters), and touch [OK].– If the authentication method is set to [Account Name & Password],

the same account name cannot be registered.– If [Delete] is touched, selected account information will be deleted.– A different screen will be displayed depending on the account track

authentication method.

Page 648: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 648/688

15 Utility <Administrator Setting>

15-104 bizhub 500/420

Utility<

AdministratorSetting>

Chapter15

5 Touch [Password]. The Password Screen will be displayed.

– Enter a password (up to 8 one-byte characters), and touch [OK].The Password Screen will be displayed again.

– If the Security Setting/ Password Rules are set to [ON], the

following passwords cannot be used.Same password as the one currently setOne-character passwordExample: “11111111”Password of less than eight characters

6 Touch [Max. Allowance Set]. The Max. Allowance Set Screen will bedisplayed.

– If [All Accounts] is touched, the current screen settings will bereflected to other account registrations. If [All Accounts] is touchedand [OK] is touched twice, a data processing message will bedisplayed and the maximum allowance value is set for all accounts.

7 Touch either [No Limit] or [Limit].

– If [Limit] is selected, enter the maximum number using thenumerical keypad.

– Touch [OK]. The maximum number will be set.

Page 649: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 649/688

Utility <Administrator Setting> 15

bizhub 500/420 15-105

   U   t   i   l   i   t  y  <

   A   d  m   i  n   i  s   t  r  a   t  o  r   S  e   t   t   i  n  g  >

   C   h  a  p   t  e  r   1   5

8 Touch [OK] to complete the setting.

– To cancel the change, touch [Cancel].In either case, the Account Track Registration Screen will be re-stored.

9 Touch [Close] to return to the Account Track Setting Screen.If further changes are required, touch the desired key.

Page 650: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 650/688

15 Utility <Administrator Setting>

15-106 bizhub 500/420

Utility<

AdministratorSetting>

Chapter15

15.4.6 3 Account Track Setting>2 Account Track Counter

The following items can be checked for each account.- Copy + Print

The total number of printed pages made with the copier and printer willbe displayed.Total: The total number of printed pages.Max Allowance: The maximum number of printed pages set in the Ac-count Registration.Large Size: The total number of printed pages using large size paper.Original Counter: The number of scanned sheets will be displayed.Paper Counter: The number of sheets used for printing will be displayed.

- CopyThe total number of printed pages made with the copier will be displayed.Total: The total number of printed pages made with the copier.

Large Size: The total number of printed pages made with the copier usinglarge size paper.

- PrinterThe total number of printed pages made with the printer will be displayed.Total: The total number of printed pages made with the printer.Large Size: The total number of printed pages made with the printer usinglarge size paper.

- ScannerTotal: The total number of sheets scanned and printed with the scanner.Large Size: The total number of sheets scanned and printed with the

scanner using large size paper.

To specify Account Track Counter

1 Follow the procedure on page 15-2 to display the Administrator SettingScreen.

Page 651: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 651/688

Utility <Administrator Setting> 15

bizhub 500/420 15-107

   U   t   i   l   i   t  y  <

   A   d  m   i  n   i  s   t  r  a   t  o  r   S  e   t   t   i  n  g  >

   C   h  a  p   t  e  r   1   5

2 Touch [4 User Authentication/Account Track], [3 Account Track Set-ting], and then [2 Account Track Counter].

The Account Track Counter Screen will be displayed.

Page 652: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 652/688

15 Utility <Administrator Setting>

15-108 bizhub 500/420

Utility<

AdministratorSetting>

Chapter15

3 Touch the desired account key. The Account Track Counter Screen forthe account will be displayed.

– If [Reset All Counters] on the Account Track Counter Screen istouched, all account track counters will be cleared. If [Reset All

Counters] is touched, the confirmation screen will be displayed. If[Yes] on the confirmation screen is touched, all account trackcounters will be cleared. The maximum allowance value will not becleared.

4 Touch the desired item to check the counter.

– If [Clear Counter] on the Account Track Counter Screen for eachaccount is touched, the counter for the displayed account will be

cleared. If [Clear Counter] is touched, the confirmation screen willbe displayed. If [Yes] on the confirmation screen is touched, thecounter for the displayed account will be cleared. The maximumallowance value will not be cleared.

5 Touch [Close] to return to the Account Track Setting Screen.If further changes are required, touch the desired key.

Page 653: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 653/688

Utility <Administrator Setting> 15

bizhub 500/420 15-109

   U   t   i   l   i   t  y  <

   A   d  m   i  n   i  s   t  r  a   t  o  r   S  e   t   t   i  n  g  >

   C   h  a  p   t  e  r   1   5

15.4.7 4 Print without Authentication

This setting is available whether or not printing is allowed for unspecified us-ers or accounts. When allowed, the number of printed pages will be countedas a public user.

To specify Print without Authentication

1 Follow the procedure on page 15-2 to display the Administrator SettingScreen.

2 Touch [4 User Authentication/Account Track], then touch [4 Print with-out Authentication].

The Print without Authentication Screen will be displayed.

Page 654: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 654/688

15 Utility <Administrator Setting>

15-110 bizhub 500/420

Utility<

AdministratorSetting>

Chapter15

3 Select either [Allow] or [Restrict] on the Print without AuthenticationScreen.

4 Touch [OK] to complete the setting.

– To cancel the change, touch [Cancel].In either case, the User Authentication/Account Track Screen willbe restored.

5 If further changes are required, touch the desired key.

Page 655: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 655/688

Utility <Administrator Setting> 15

bizhub 500/420 15-111

   U   t   i   l   i   t  y  <

   A   d  m   i  n   i  s   t  r  a   t  o  r   S  e   t   t   i  n  g  >

   C   h  a  p   t  e  r   1   5

15.4.8 5 Counter List

The User Counter and the Account Track Counter can be printed.

To specify Counter List

0 Counter List cannot be selected in the following situations.[User Authentication] is set to [OFF][Account Track] is set to [OFF]

1 Follow the procedure on page 15-2 to display the Administrator SettingScreen.

2 Touch [4 User Authentication/Account Track], and then touch [5 Coun-ter List].

The Counter List Screen will be displayed.

Page 656: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 656/688

15 Utility <Administrator Setting>

15-112 bizhub 500/420

Utility<

AdministratorSetting>

Chapter15

3 Select the desired paper tray to print the list on the Counter ListScreen.

4 Touch [Close] to return to the User Authentication/Account Track

Screen.If further changes are required, touch the desired key.

Page 657: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 657/688

Utility <Administrator Setting> 15

bizhub 500/420 15-113

   U   t   i   l   i   t  y  <

   A   d  m   i  n   i  s   t  r  a   t  o  r   S  e   t   t   i  n  g  >

   C   h  a  p   t  e  r   1   5

15.5 6 Copier Setting

15.5.1 Auto Zoom (Platen)

Specify whether or not to enable Auto Zoom when making a copy using theoriginal glass.

To specify Auto Zoom (Platen)

1 Follow the procedure on page 15-2 to display the Administrator SettingScreen.

2 Touch [6 Copier Setting].

The Copier Setting Screen will be displayed.

3 Touch [Auto Zoom (Platen)] on the Copier Setting Screen. Select either[ON] or [OFF] under Job Setting in the right side area of the screen.

4 Touch [Close] to return to the Administrator Setting Screen.If further changes are required, touch the desired key.

Page 658: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 658/688

15 Utility <Administrator Setting>

15-114 bizhub 500/420

Utility<

AdministratorSetting>

Chapter15

2

Note

The Auto Zoom (Platen) can be accessed also from the User Setting

Screen if the Administrator Security Level in the Administrator Setting is

set to Level 1 or Level 2.

Page 659: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 659/688

Utility <Administrator Setting> 15

bizhub 500/420 15-115

   U   t   i   l   i   t  y  <

   A   d  m   i  n   i  s   t  r  a   t  o  r   S  e   t   t   i  n  g  >

   C   h  a  p   t  e  r   1   5

15.5.2 Auto Zoom (ADF)

Specify whether or not to enable Auto Zoom when making a copy using the ADF.

To specify Auto Zoom (ADF)

1 Follow the procedure on page 15-2 to display the Administrator SettingScreen.

2 Touch [6 Copier Setting].

The Copier Setting Screen will be displayed.

3 Touch [Auto Zoom (ADF)] on the Copier Setting Screen. Select either

[ON] or [OFF] under Job Setting in the right side area of the screen.

4 Touch [Close] to return to the Administrator Setting Screen.If further changes are required, touch the desired key.

2

Note

The Auto Zoom (ADF) can be accessed also from the User Setting Screen

if the Administrator Security Level in the Administrator Setting is set toLevel 1 or Level 2.

Page 660: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 660/688

15 Utility <Administrator Setting>

15-116 bizhub 500/420

Utility<

AdministratorSetting>

Chapter15

15.5.3 Select Tray when APS OFF

Specify the tray to be selected when Auto Paper Select is released.

To specify Select Tray when APS OFF

1 Follow the procedure on page 15-2 to display the Administrator SettingScreen.

2 Touch [6 Copier Setting].

The Copier Setting Screen will be displayed.

3 Touch [Select Tray when APS OFF] on the Copier Setting Screen. Se-lect either [Tray Before APS ON] or [Default Tray] under Job Setting in

the right side area of the screen.

– [Tray Before APS ON]: Use the tray selected before APS is speci-fied.

Page 661: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 661/688

Utility <Administrator Setting> 15

bizhub 500/420 15-117

   U   t   i   l   i   t  y  <

   A   d  m   i  n   i  s   t  r  a   t  o  r   S  e   t   t   i  n  g  >

   C   h  a  p   t  e  r   1   5

– [Default Tray]: Use the tray specified as factory default.

4 Touch [Close] to return to the Administrator Setting Screen.If further changes are required, touch the desired key.

2

Note

The Select Tray when APS OFF can be accessed also from the User Set- 

ting Screen if the Administrator Security Level in the Administrator Set- 

ting is set to Level 1 or Level 2.

Page 662: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 662/688

15 Utility <Administrator Setting>

15-118 bizhub 500/420

Utility<

AdministratorSetting>

Chapter15

15.5.4 Select Tray for Insert Sheet

Specify the tray to be loaded with paper for Cover Mode and Insert Sheetfunctions.

To specify Select Tray for Insert Sheet

1 Follow the procedure on page 15-2 to display the Administrator SettingScreen.

2 Touch [6 Copier Setting].

The Copier Setting Screen will be displayed.

3 Touch [Select Tray for Insert Sheet] on the Copier Setting Screen. The

Insert Sheet Tray Selection Screen will be displayed.

Page 663: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 663/688

Utility <Administrator Setting> 15

bizhub 500/420 15-119

   U   t   i   l   i   t  y  <

   A   d  m   i  n   i  s   t  r  a   t  o  r   S  e   t   t   i  n  g  >

   C   h  a  p   t  e  r   1   5

4 Touch the desired tray key to highlight it.

5 Touch [OK] to complete the setting.

– To cancel the change, touch [Cancel].

In either case, the Copier Setting Screen will be restored.

6 Touch [Close] to return to the Administrator Setting Screen.If further changes are required, touch the desired key.

2

Note

The Select Tray for Insert Sheet can be accessed also from the User Set- 

ting Screen if the Administrator Security Level in the Administrator Set- 

ting is set to Level 1 or Level 2.

Page 664: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 664/688

15 Utility <Administrator Setting>

15-120 bizhub 500/420

Utility<

AdministratorSetting>

Chapter15

15.5.5 Image Rotation

When the trays contain only the paper size different from the original, rotatethe image of the original and adjust to fit into the copying paper size.

To specify Image Rotation

1 Follow the procedure on page 15-2 to display the Administrator SettingScreen.

2 Touch [6 Copier Setting].

The Copier Setting Screen will be displayed.

3 Touch [Image Rotation] on the Copier Setting Screen.Select either,

[APS/AMS] or [APS/AMS/Reduction] under Job Setting in the right sidearea of the screen.

4 Touch [Close] to return to the Administrator Setting Screen.If further changes are required, touch the desired key.

Page 665: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 665/688

Utility <Administrator Setting> 15

bizhub 500/420 15-121

   U   t   i   l   i   t  y  <

   A   d  m   i  n   i  s   t  r  a   t  o  r   S  e   t   t   i  n  g  >

   C   h  a  p   t  e  r   1   5

15.5.6 Print Jobs During Copy Operation

Specify whether or not to accept print data while copy operation is in proc-ess.

To specify Print Jobs During Copy Operation

1 Follow the procedure on page 15-2 to display the Administrator SettingScreen.

2 Touch [6 Copier Setting].

The Copier Setting Screen will be displayed.

3 Touch the down arrow key to scroll to the next page, then touch [Print

Jobs During Copy Operation]. Select the desired condition key underJob Setting in the right side area of the screen.

– [Accept]: Accept print data and start printing immediately.– [Receive Only]: Accept print data and start printing when copy op-

eration is completed.

Page 666: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 666/688

15 Utility <Administrator Setting>

15-122 bizhub 500/420

Utility<

AdministratorSetting>

Chapter15

– [Do Not Accept]: Do not receive print data.

4 Touch [Close] to return to the Administrator Setting Screen.If further changes are required, touch the desired key.

2

Note

The Print Jobs During Copy Operation can be accessed also from the

User Setting Screen if the Administrator Security Level in the Administra- 

tor Setting is set to Level 2.

Page 667: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 667/688

Utility <Administrator Setting> 15

bizhub 500/420 15-123

   U   t   i   l   i   t  y  <

   A   d  m   i  n   i  s   t  r  a   t  o  r   S  e   t   t   i  n  g  >

   C   h  a  p   t  e  r   1   5

15.6 9 Security Setting

15.6.1 1 Administrator Password

Set the new administrator password.

To specify Administrator Password

1 Follow the procedure on page 15-2 to display the Administrator SettingScreen.

2 Touch [9 Security Setting], then touch [1 Administrator Password].

The Administrator Password Setting Screen will be displayed.

Page 668: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 668/688

15 Utility <Administrator Setting>

15-124 bizhub 500/420

Utility<

AdministratorSetting>

Chapter15

3 Enter the current password.

– Password entry is limited to 8 alphanumerical characters.– The password is case sensitive.– If entered password is wrong or less than 8 characters, an error

message will be displayed on touching [OK] and any key on thecontrol/touch panel will be unavailable for the next five seconds.Enter the correct password after five seconds.

– Wrong operations will be recorded in the audit log.

Touch [OK].

4 Enter the new password, then touch [OK].

5 Enter the new password again for confirmation, then touch [OK]. Or,

touch [Cancel] to cancel the change.In either case, the Security Setting Screen will be restored.

6 If further changes are required, touch the desired key.

Page 669: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 669/688

Utility <Administrator Setting> 15

bizhub 500/420 15-125

   U   t   i   l   i   t  y  <

   A   d  m   i  n   i  s   t  r  a   t  o  r   S  e   t   t   i  n  g  >

   C   h  a  p   t  e  r   1   5

15.6.2 3 Administrator Security Level

Specify the administrator settings to be allowed to general users.

To specify Administrator Security Level

1 Follow the procedure on page 15-2 to display the Administrator SettingScreen.

2 Touch [9 Security Setting], then touch [3 Administrator Security Level].

The Administrator Security Level Screen will be displayed.

Page 670: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 670/688

15 Utility <Administrator Setting>

15-126 bizhub 500/420

Utility<

AdministratorSetting>

Chapter15

3 Select the desired security level from [Level 1], [Level 2], and [Prohibit].

– [Level 1]: Allow the general users to specify the Power Save Setting, Auto Zoom (Platen), Auto Zoom (ADF), Select Tray when APS OFF,and Select Tray for Insert Sheet.

– [Level 2]: Allow the general users to specify the Power Save Setting,Output Setting, Original Image Density, Auto Zoom (Platen), AutoZoom (ADF), Select Tray when APS OFF, Select Tray for InsertSheet, and Print Jobs During Copy Operation.

– [Prohibit]: Both Level 1 and Level 2 settings are not allowed.

4 Touch [OK] to complete the setting.

– To cancel the change, touch [Cancel].In either case, the Security Setting Screen will be restored.

5 If further changes are required, touch the desired key.

Page 671: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 671/688

Utility <Administrator Setting> 15

bizhub 500/420 15-127

   U   t   i   l   i   t  y  <

   A   d  m   i  n   i  s   t  r  a   t  o  r   S  e   t   t   i  n  g  >

   C   h  a  p   t  e  r   1   5

15.6.3 4 Security Details

To specify Security Details

1 Follow the procedure on page 15-2 to display the Administrator Setting

Screen.

2 Touch [9 Security Setting], then touch [4 Security Details].

The Security Details Screen will be displayed.

3 Select whether or not to apply the password rules. Select [ON] to en-hance the security.

Page 672: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 672/688

15 Utility <Administrator Setting>

15-128 bizhub 500/420

Utility<

AdministratorSetting>

Chapter15

– Touch [Password Rules] to display the Password Rules Screen,then select either [ON] or [OFF].Touch [OK] to complete the setting.

To cancel the change, touch [Cancel]. In either case, the Security De-

tails Screen will be restored.

4 Specify the Prohibit Functions When Auth. Error.

– Touch [Prohibit Functions When Auth. Error] to display the ProhibitFunctions When Auth. Error Screen, then select either [Mode 1] or[Mode 2].

– When Selecting [Mode 2], enter the number of tries (1~5) using [-]and [+].

– Touch [Release] to display the Release Setting Screen, then touchthe desired key to highlight it. (It is possible to select plural keys.)

Page 673: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 673/688

Utility <Administrator Setting> 15

bizhub 500/420 15-129

   U   t   i   l   i   t  y  <

   A   d  m   i  n   i  s   t  r  a   t  o  r   S  e   t   t   i  n  g  >

   C   h  a  p   t  e  r   1   5

5 Select whether or not to allow users to input the destination manually.

– Touch [Manual Destination Input]. Select either [Allow] or [Restrict]under Job Setting in the right side area of the screen.

6 Touch the down arrow key to scroll to the next page.

– Specify the Print Data Capture Setting, if desired.This is the setting concerning Printer function. For details, refer tothe IC-204 User’s Guide.

– The setting of Secure Document Access Method is displayed. Thishas been linked with the setting of Prohibit Functions When Auth.Error.

7 Select whether or not to allow Fax TX.

– Touch [Restrict Fax TX]. Select either [ON] or [OFF] under Job Set-ting in the right side area of the screen.

8 Touch [Close] to return to the Security Setting Screen.If further changes are required, touch the desired key.

Page 674: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 674/688

15 Utility <Administrator Setting>

15-130 bizhub 500/420

Utility<

AdministratorSetting>

Chapter15

15.6.4 7 Management Function Setting>3 Network Function Set-ting

The following network functions can be restricted in use in order to enhancethe security.PC FX Transmission, HDD TWAIN, PageScope Box Operator, PageScopeScan Direct, PageScope Job Spooler

To specify Network Function Setting

1 Follow the procedure on page 15-2 to display the Administrator SettingScreen.

2 Touch [9 Security Setting], [6 Management Function Setting], and then[3 Network Function Setting].

The Network Function Setting Screen will be displayed.

Page 675: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 675/688

Utility <Administrator Setting> 15

bizhub 500/420 15-131

   U   t   i   l   i   t  y  <

   A   d  m   i  n   i  s   t  r  a   t  o  r   S  e   t   t   i  n  g  >

   C   h  a  p   t  e  r   1   5

3 Select whether or not to use this function.

– Select [Use] to use the network functions, or [Not Use] to disablethose functions.

4 If further changes are required, touch the desired key.

!Detail

For details of the network functions to be restricted by this function, refer

to the User’s Guide [Network Scanner Operations] and [Fax Operations].

Page 676: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 676/688

Page 677: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 677/688

16   A  p  p  e  n   d   i  x

   C   h  a  p   t  e  r   1

   6

 Appendix

Page 678: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 678/688

16  Appendix

16-2 bizhub 500/420

Appendix

Chapter1

6

16 Appendix

16.1 Entering TextThe following procedure describes how to use the keyboard that appears inthe touch panel for typing in the names of registered accounts and custompaper sizes. The keypad can also be used to type in numbers.

 Any of the following keyboards may appear.

Example

Password input screen:

Screen for entering the name of a custom paper size:

Page 679: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 679/688

 Appendix 16

bizhub 500/420 16-3

   A  p  p  e  n   d   i  x

   C   h  a  p   t  e  r   1

   6

Touching [Shift] switches the keyboard display between lowercase letters(numbers) and uppercase letters (symbols).

Page 680: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 680/688

16  Appendix

16-4 bizhub 500/420

Appendix

Chapter1

6

To type text

% Touch the button for the desired character from the keyboard that ap-peared.– To type in uppercase letters or symbols, touch [Shift].– Numbers can also be typed in with the keypad.

The entered characters appear in the text box.

2

Note

To cancel changes to the settings, touch [Cancel].

To clear all entered text, press [C] (clear).

!Detail

To change a character in the entered text, touch [ ←  ] and [ →  ] to move the

cursor to the character to be changed, touch [Delete], and then type in

the desired letter or number.

List of Available Characters

Alphanumericcharacters / symbols

(Space)

Page 681: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 681/688

17Index

Page 682: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 682/688

17 Index

17-2 bizhub 500/420

17 Index

Numerics1-1  ................................................. 3-46

1-2  ................................................. 3-48

2 in 1  ................................................ 4-2

2/4/8 Repeat .................................. 5-50

2-1  ................................................. 3-56

2-2  ................................................. 3-48

4 in 1  ................................................ 4-3

8 in 1  ................................................ 4-4

 A 

 Access key  .................................... 2-20

 Accessibility ................................... 7-24

 Accessibility key  ............................ 2-21

account track ................................. 2-45

 Actions in response to troubles ....... 1-7

 Adding Staples  .............................. 10-9

 ADF .................................................. 3-7

 Adjusting Angle of the Control Panel  2-27

administrator password ................. 15-2

 Administrator Security Level .......... 15-4

 Administrator Setting ..................... 15-2 Account Track Counter ........ 15-109

 Account Track Registration  . 15-105 Account Track Setting  ......... 15-105 Administrative Setting ............ 15-94 Administrator Password  ...... 15-126 Administrator Registration  ..... 15-81 Administrator Security Level  15-128 Administrator/Machine Setting  .. 15-81 Authentication Method  .......... 15-88 Auto Zoom (ADF)

 ................. 15-118

 Auto Zoom (Platen)  .............. 15-116Copier Setting  ...................... 15-116

Counter List  ......................... 15-114Date Setting  ........................... 15-43Date/Time Setting  .................. 15-34Daylight Saving Time Setting  . 15-36Default Function Permission  .. 15-94Delete Saved Program Jobs  .. 15-51Erase Adjustment ................... 15-57Expert Adjustment  ................. 15-55Finisher Adjustment  ...............15-60Input Machine Address  .......... 15-84

List/Counter  ...........................15-66Management Function Setting ... 15-133Management List  ................... 15-66Network Function Setting  .... 15-133Original Image Density  ........... 15-55Output Tray Setting ................ 15-29Paper Size/Type Counter ....... 15-68Password for Non-Business Hours  .

15-47Power Save Setting  ...............15-25Print Jobs During Copy Operation ...15-124Print without Authentication . 15-112Restrict Access to Job Settings . 15-52Restrict Access to Saved ProgramJobs  ....................................... 15-49Restrict User Access  ............. 15-49

Security Details  .................... 15-130Security Setting .................... 15-126Select Time for Power Save ... 15-45Select Tray for Insert Sheet  . 15-121Select Tray when APS OFF .. 15-119System Setting .......................15-25Time Setting  ........................... 15-40User Authentication Setting  ... 15-94User Authentication/Account Track  .15-86User Counter ........................ 15-102User Name List  ...................... 15-94

Page 683: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 683/688

Index 17

bizhub 500/420 17-3

User Registration  ...................15-97Weekly Timer ON/OFF Setting 15-39Weekly Timer Setting  ............. 15-38

 Auto Detect ....................................3-20

 Auto Paper Select ..........................3-16

 Auto Tray Switch Function  ..............9-8

 Auto Zoom  ..................................... 3-43

 Automatic Panel Reset  .................. 2-33

 Automatic System Reset  ...............2-33

 Available characters  ......................16-4

 Available Features  ......................... x-18

B

Background Removal  ....................3-14

Basic Screen ........................2-22, 2-25

Before successive holidays  ............. 1-8

binding position  .............................4-17

Book Copy  ..................................... 5-36

Booklet ........................................... 5-60

Booklet Pagination .........................5-56

Box key  .......................................... 2-20Built-in Stamp  ..............................5-102

Bypass tray  ...................................... 2-3

bypass tray  ....................................2-58

C

Call Technical Representative  ....... 11-2

CAUTION  ......................................... 1-2

Caution Notations and Labels  ....... 1-13Caution notations and labels  .........1-13

Center Erase  .................................. 5-78

Centering  ....................................... 5-84

Chapters  ........................................ 5-25

Cleaning ......................................... 12-2

Clear key  ........................................ 2-21

Combine Pages  ...............................4-2

Consumables ...................................1-8

Contrast dial  .................................. 2-21

Control Panel  .................................2-20

Control panel  ...................................2-3

Copy key  ........................................2-20

Copy Operating Screen  .....3-64, 14-23

Copy Paper  ......................................9-2copy program  ................................7-11

Counters  ........................................12-6

Cover Mode  .....................................5-7

Crosswise  ...................................... x-28

Current Jobs  ....................................8-7

Custom Size ...................................3-22

DData indicator  ................................2-21

Date/Time  ......................................5-91

delete a suspended job  .................3-68

Density  ...........................................3-14

Density Setting ...............................3-14

Disassemble and modification .........1-3

Dot Matrix mode  ............................4-20

E

Edit Margin .....................................5-70

Emptying Dust Boxes  ..................10-22

Energy Star  ...................................... x-2

Enlarge Display key  .......................2-21

Enlarge Display Timer Setting ........7-27

enlargement  ...................................3-33

Entering text ...................................16-2

Envelope lever  .................................2-7

Eras  ................................................5-74

Erase  ..............................................5-75

F

Fax key ...........................................2-20

Features  ......................................... x-18

Finisher FS-510/Output Tray OT-601/ Punch Unit PU-501  ........................2-14

Page 684: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 684/688

17 Index

17-4 bizhub 500/420

Finisher FS-511/Relay Unit RU-502 2-18

Fold & Staple  ................................. 6-19

Front door ........................................ 2-3

Function Map Screen  .................... 7-22

G

Grounding ........................................ 1-5

Group ............................. 6-2, 6-6, 6-22

Group + Offset ....................... 6-6, 6-22

Group and Offset ............................. 6-2

H

Half Fold  ........................................ 6-19

Help  ............................................... 7-20

Help key ......................................... 2-21

Help Screen  ................................... 7-21

I

Icons  .................................... 2-22, 2-25

IEEE1284 port (type C)  .................... 2-5

Image Adjustment  ......................... 5-83

Image Repeat  ................................ 5-43

Incompatible Copy Settings  .......... 2-64

Insert Image ................................... 5-20

Insert Sheet  ................................... 5-12

Installation  ....................................... 1-6

Interrupt Copying ............................. 7-9

Interrupt key  .................................. 2-20

JJob ................................................... 8-2

Job History  ...................................... 8-9

Job List  ............................................ 8-2

Job List Screen ................................ 8-2

Job Stop Screen ............................ 3-67

Key Repeat Start/Interval Time ...... 7-24

Keypad  .......................................... 2-21

L

large capacity unit  .........................2-56

Large Capacity Unit LU-201  .......... 2-12

Laser Safety ................................... 1-10

Legal Restrictions on Copying  ...... x-31

Lengthwise  .................................... x-28

Loading Paper  ...............................2-49

Low Power ................................... 15-25

Low Power Mode  ..........................2-35

M

Machine Configuration  .................... 2-2

Mailbin Kit MT-501  ........................ 2-17Main Messages and Their Remedies 11-13

Main Power indicator ..................... 2-21

Main power switch  .......................... 2-7

main power switch .........................2-29

Main Unit Specifications ................ 13-2

Manual conventions  ...................... x-27

Manually Conserving Energy  ......... 2-38

Margin ............................................ 4-17

Memory Becomes Full While Queuing aJob ................................................. 11-9

Memory Becomes Full While Scanning  .11-8

Message Display Time ................... 7-29

Meter Count ................................... 12-6

Minimal  .......................................... 3-31

Misfeed Screen .............................. 11-5

Mixed Original .................................. 4-8

Mode Check  .................................... 7-6

Mode Check key ............................2-21

Mode Memory  ...............................7-11

Mode Memory key .........................2-21

NNeg-Pos. Reverse ..........................5-64

Page 685: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 685/688

Index 17

bizhub 500/420 17-5

Network connector (10 Base-T/100Base-TX)  .......................................... 2-5

Next Job Reservation  ....................3-64

No Rotate ....................................... 5-86

Non-Image Area Erase  .................. 5-80non-standard paper size ................ 3-22

O

OHP Interleave .................................5-2

Operating Environment .................. 1-17

Operating environment  .................. 1-17

Option Specifications  ....................13-5

Optional output tray .......................2-15Options  ............................................ 2-8

Original Direction  ...........................4-12

Original glass  ...........................2-3, 3-7

Original Image Type .......................4-20

Originals ......................................... 9-12

overhead projector transparencies ..5-2

P

Page # ............................................ 5-95

Page Margin  .................................. 5-66

Paper Capacity  ................................9-4

paper feed cabinet .........................2-53

Paper Feed Cabinet PC-202  .........2-11

Paper Feed Cabinet PC-402  .........2-11

paper misfeed  ................................11-6

Paper Orientation ........................... x-28Paper Setting for Bypass Tray ....... 3-20

Paper Size ........................................ 9-6

Paper Size Setting  .........................3-16

Paper Storage ................................9-11

paper type ...................................... 3-27

Paper Weight  ...................................9-3

Paper-empty indicator  .....................2-3

Photo mode  ................................... 4-20

Positioning the Original ....................3-7

Power cord  ......................................1-3

Power plug .......................................1-5

Power Save Indicator .....................2-34

Power Save key  .............................2-20

Power Source  ................................1-17Power source  .........................1-4, 1-17

Precautions for Paper  ....................9-11

preset zoom ratio  ...........................3-33

Primary output tray (tray 2)  ............2-19

print quantity  ..................................3-12

Proof Copy key  ..............................2-21

Proof Copying  ..................................7-2

Punch .............................................6-15

Punch dust box ..............................2-15

punch dust box ............................10-22

R

reduction  ........................................3-33

Regulation Notices ...........................1-9

Regulation notices  ...........................1-9

Replacing Toner Cartridge .............10-3

Reset key  .......................................2-20

Rotation  .........................................5-86

S

Saddle Stitcher SD-502  .................2-17

Safety Information ............................1-2

Safety information ............................1-2

Scan key  ........................................2-20

Secondary output tray (tray 1)  .......2-19

Separate Scan Setting  ...................3-58

Separator  .......................................6-22

Set Individual Zoom  .......................3-37

Set Numbering .............................5-100

Set Zoom  .......................................3-40

Setting Job During Warmup  ..........3-62

Simple Troubleshooting  ...............11-10

Simplex/Duplex Setting  .................3-46

Page 686: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 686/688

17 Index

17-6 bizhub 500/420

Sleep ............................................ 15-25

Sleep Mode  ................................... 2-36

Sort  ................................ 6-2, 6-6, 6-22

Sort + Offset  .......................... 6-6, 6-22

Sort and Offset  ................................ 6-2Sound Setting ................................ 7-31

Space Requirements  ..................... 1-15

Space requirements  ...................... 1-15

Special Paper  .................................. 9-9

Stamp  ............................................ 5-88

Staple  ............................................ 6-10

Staple cartridge holder  ........ 2-15, 2-19

Stapler  ........................................... 2-19

Start key  ........................................ 2-21

Stop key  ........................................ 2-21

stop/resume the job in process ..... 3-67

Storage of Copies .......................... 1-17

stored magnification ratio .............. 3-40

Sub power switch .................. 2-3, 2-21

sub power switch

 .......................... 2-30

T

Text /Photo mode .......................... 4-20

Text mode  ..................................... 4-20

Time Zone .................................... 15-34

Touch panel  ................................... 2-20

Touch Panel Adjustment  ............... 7-35

Tray 1

 ............................................... 2-3

Tray 2 ............................................... 2-3

U

Unsuitable ADF Originals ............... 9-12

USB port (type B) USB 2.0/1.1-compliant .......................................................... 2-5

user authentication  ........................ 2-42

User Setting ................................... 14-2

 Auto Booklet ON When Fold & Staple................................................ 14-29

 Auto Reset  ............................. 15-73

 Auto Tray Select Setting  ........ 14-12 Auto Tray Switch ON/OFF  ..... 14-14 Auto Zoom for Combine/Booklet 14-31Copier Setting  ........................14-29

Copy Screen  .......................... 14-23Display Setting  .......................14-20Initial Setting  ..........................14-27Job Reset  ............................... 15-76Language Selection  ................. 14-6Measurement Unit Setting  ....... 14-8No Matching Paper in Tray Setting ..14-16Paper Tray Setting  ................. 14-10Paper Type .............................14-10

Print Lists  ...............................14-18Reset Setting  .........................15-71Scan Basic Screen Default Setting  ..14-21, .................................... 14-22Sort/Group Auto Change  ....... 14-33Sub Screen Display ON/OFF  . 14-20System Auto Reset  ................ 15-71System Setting .........................14-6

User’s Guides  ................................ x-29

User’s guides ................................. x-29

Utility Screen  ................................. 14-2

Utility/Counter key  .........................2-21

Utility/Counter Screen  ................... 12-6

 V 

 Ventilation  ........................................ 1-7

WWARNING ........................................ 1-2

Warning and Precaution Symbols  ... 1-2

Watermark  ................................... 5-106

Weekly Timer  ................................. 2-39

When moving the machine  .............. 1-8

 X 

 XY Zoom  ........................................ 3-38

Z

Page 687: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 687/688

Index 17

bizhub 500/420 17-7

Z-Folded Original  ...........................4-10

Zoom Setting  .................................3-30

Page 688: 420_500 Copier Bizhub

8/21/2019 420_500 Copier Bizhub

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/420500-copier-bizhub 688/688